TRI CONTINENTAL CORP
N-2, 1998-04-16
Previous: SOFTNET SYSTEMS INC, 3, 1998-04-16
Next: UNION PLANTERS CORP, 8-K, 1998-04-16








<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                                              Registration No. 333-
                                              Investment Company Act No. 811-266

                    U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION,
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM N-2

[X]       REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

[ ]       Pre-Effective Amendment No._______

[ ]       Post-Effective Amendment No._______
                                      and/or

[X]       REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

[X]       Amendment No. 27


               Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter:

                          TRI-CONTINENTAL CORPORATION

Address of Principal Executive Offices (Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code):
                   100 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017

              Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code:
                        (212) 850-1864 or (800) 221-2450


 Name and Address (Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code) of Agent for Service:
                              Frank J. Nasta, Esq.,
                    100 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017


                 Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.


If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or
continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other
than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check
the following box. [X]
                        

        Calculation of Registration Fee Under the Securities Act of 1933
   
<TABLE>
                                       Proposed Maximum        Proposed Maximum
Title of Securities     Amount Being    Offering Price            Aggregate            Amount of
Being Registered         Registered        per Unit              Offering Price     Registration Fee
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                     <C>                <C>                     <C>              <C>
   Common Stock
   $.50 par value         2,000,000       $29.7813               $59,562,600        $17,570.97*
</TABLE>

* A credit of $17,074.24 remains from prior year.
    

The Registration Statement shall become effective hereafter in accordance with
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933.





<PAGE>
<PAGE>





                           TRI-CONTINENTAL CORPORATION
                              CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                             Pursuant to Rule 495(a)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Form N-2-Part A                                      Prospectus Caption
- -------------------                                  -------------------
Item No.
- --------                                             <C>
<S>                                                                                       
 1.  Outside Front Cover                             Outside Front Cover of the Prospectus

 2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Page        Inside Front and Outside Back
                                                     Cover Page of Prospectus

 3.  Fee Table and Synopsis                          Summary of Corporation Expenses;
                                                     Prospectus Summary

 4.  Financial Highlights                            Financial Highlights

 5.  Plan of Distribution                            Not Applicable

 6.  Selling Shareholders                            Not Applicable

 7.  Use of Proceeds                                 Description of Investment Plans and
                                                     Other Services - Method of Purchase

 8.  General Description of the Registrant           Prospectus Summary; The Corporation;
                                                     Investment and Other Policies; Trading
                                                     and Net Asset Value Information
                                                     Concerning Tri-Continental Corporation
                                                     Common Stock

 9.  Management                                      Management of the Corporation;
                                                     Description of Investment Plans and
                                                     Other Services; Back Cover Page of
                                                     Prospectus

10. Capital Stock, Long-Term Debt, and Other         Description of Capital Stock;
    Securities                                       Description of Warrants;
                                                     Dividend Policy and Taxes; Description
                                                     of Investment Plans and Other Services;
                                                     Capitalization at March 31, 1998

11.  Defaults and Arrears on Senior Securities       Not Applicable

12.  Legal Proceedings                               Not Applicable

13.  Table of Contents of the Statement              Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional
     of Additional Information                       Information
</TABLE>




<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                           TRI-CONTINENTAL CORPORATION
                        CROSS REFERENCE SHEET (continued)
                             Pursuant to Rule 495(a)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Form N-2-Part B                                      Statement of Additional Information Caption
- ---------------                                      -------------------------------------------
Item No.
- --------
<S>                                                <C>
14.  Cover Page                                    Cover Page of the Statement of Additional Information

15.  Table of Contents                             Cover Page of the Statement of Additional Information

16.  General Information and History               Appendix

17.  Investment Objectives and Policies            Additional Investment Objectives and Policies

18.  Management                                    Directors and Officers

19.  Control Persons and Principal Holders         Directors and Officers - Holdings of Preferred Stock,
     of Securities                                 Common Stock and Warrants

20.  Investment Advisory and Other Services        Directors and Officers - Holdings of
                                                   Preferred Stock, Common Stock and
                                                   Warrants; Management; Experts;
                                                   Custodian, Stockholder Service Agent
                                                   and Dividend Paying Agent

21.  Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices      Brokerage Commissions

22.  Tax Status                                    Additional Investment Objectives and Policies

23.  Financial Statements                          Incorporation of Financial Statements
                                                   by Reference
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                          Tri-Continental Corporation
                        AN INVESTMENT YOU CAN LIVE WITH
   
                                  May 1, 1998
    
                                100 Park Avenue
                               New York, NY 10017
                     New York City Telephone (212) 850-1864
     Toll-Free Telephone (800) 874-1092  --  all continental United States
    For Retirement Plan Information  --  Toll-Free Telephone (800) 445-1777
 
     Tri-Continental Corporation (the 'Corporation') is a diversified,
closed-end investment company -- a publicly traded investment fund. The
Corporation's Common Stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the
symbol 'TY.'
 
     The Corporation invests primarily for the longer term, and over the years
the Corporation's objective has been to produce future growth of both capital
and income while providing reasonable current income. Common stocks have made up
the bulk of investments. However, assets may be held in cash or invested in all
types of securities. See 'Investment and Other Policies.' No assurance can be
given that the Corporation's investment objective will be realized. The
Corporation's Investment Manager is J. & W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated.
 
     This Prospectus applies to all shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to
the Corporation's various Investment Plans. See 'Description of Investment Plans
and Other Services.' The shares of Common Stock covered by this Prospectus also
may be issued from time to time by the Corporation in connection with the
acquisition of the assets of personal holding companies, private investment
companies or publicly-owned investment companies. See 'Issuance of Shares in
Connection with Acquisitions.'
 
   
     This Prospectus sets forth concisely the information that a prospective
investor should know about the Corporation before investing. Investors are
advised to read this Prospectus carefully and to retain it for future reference.
Additional information about the Corporation, including a Statement of
Additional Information (the 'SAI'), has been filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission. The SAI is available upon request and without charge by
writing or calling the Corporation at the address or telephone numbers listed
above. The SAI is dated the same date as this Prospectus and is incorporated
herein by reference in its entirety. The table of contents of the SAI appears on
page 22 of this Prospectus. In addition, copies of the 1997 Annual Report to
Stockholders of the Corporation (the '1997 Annual Report') will be furnished,
without charge, to investors requesting copies of the SAI. The 1997 Annual
Report contains financial statements of the Corporation for the year ended
December 31, 1997 which are incorporated by reference into the SAI.
    
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
   ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                        CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    ----
<S>                                                 <C>
Summary of Corporation Expenses..................     2
Prospectus Summary...............................     3
Financial Highlights.............................     4
Capitalization at March 31, 1998.................     7
Trading and Net Asset Value Information
  Concerning Tri-Continental Corporation Common
  Stock..........................................     7
The Corporation..................................     8
Investment and Other Policies....................     8
Management of the Corporation....................    11
Description of Capital Stock.....................    12
Description of Warrants..........................    14
Computation of Net Asset Value...................    14
Dividend Policy and Taxes........................    15
Description of Investment Plans and Other
  Services.......................................    16
Issuance of Shares in Connection with
  Acquisitions...................................    20
Additional Information...........................    21
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional
  Information....................................    22
Authorization Form for Automatic Dividend
  Investment and Cash Purchase Plan..............    23
Authorization Form for Automatic Check Service...    24
</TABLE>
    
 
                        SUMMARY OF CORPORATION EXPENSES
 
     The following table illustrates the expenses and fees that the Corporation
expects to incur and that stockholders can expect to bear.
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>
STOCKHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
     Automatic Dividend Investment and Cash Purchase Plan Fees..........................    (1)
ANNUAL EXPENSES FOR 1997 (AS A PERCENTAGE OF NET ASSETS ATTRIBUTABLE
  TO COMMON STOCK)
     Management Fees....................................................................    .40%
     Other Expenses.....................................................................    .20%
                                                                                           ----
          Total Annual Expenses.........................................................    .60%
                                                                                           ----
                                                                                           ----
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) Stockholders participating in the Corporation's investment plans pay a
    maximum $2.00 fee per transaction. See 'Description of Investment Plans and
    Other Services  --  Automatic Dividend Investment and Cash Purchase Plan'
    for a description of the investment plans and services.
 
     The purpose of the table above is to assist investors in understanding the
various costs and expenses they will bear directly or indirectly. For more
complete descriptions of the various costs and expenses, see 'Management of the
Corporation' and 'Description of Investment Plans and Other
Services  --  Automatic Dividend Investment and Cash Purchase Plan.'
 
     The following example illustrates the expenses an investor would pay on a
$1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1 YEAR    3 YEARS    5 YEARS    10 YEARS
                                                          ------    -------    -------    --------
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Tri-Continental Corporation
  Common Stock.........................................     $6        $19        $33        $ 75
</TABLE>
    
 
     The example does not represent actual or anticipated expenses, which may be
greater or less than those shown. Moreover, the Corporation's actual rate of
return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the
example.
 
                                       2
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The following is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
   
     The Corporation is a Maryland corporation formed in 1929 by the
consolidation of two predecessor corporations. It is registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the '1940 Act'), as a diversified
management investment company of the closed-end type. This Prospectus applies to
shares of Common Stock of the Corporation. The Corporation invests primarily for
the longer term and has no Charter restrictions with respect to such
investments. Over the years the Corporation's objective has been to produce
future growth of both capital and income while providing reasonable current
income. See 'The Corporation.' There can be no assurance that this objective
will be attained. While common stocks have made up the bulk of investments,
assets may be held in cash or invested in all types of securities in whatever
amounts or proportions J. & W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated (the 'Manager')
believes best suited to current and anticipated economic and market conditions.
These may include repurchase agreements, options, illiquid securities and
securities of foreign issuers, each of which could involve certain risks. See
'Investment and Other Policies.' The Corporation's Common Stock is listed on the
New York Stock Exchange under the symbol 'TY.' The average weekly trading volume
on that and other exchanges during 1997 was 378,536 shares. The Corporation's
Common Stock has historically been traded on the market at less than net asset
value. As of March 31, 1998, the Corporation had 105,740,345 shares of Common
Stock outstanding and net assets attributable to Common Stock of $3,785,427,349.
    
 
   
     The Manager manages the investment of the assets of the Corporation and
administers its business and other affairs pursuant to a Management Agreement
approved by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Corporation. The
Manager also serves as manager of seventeen other investment companies which,
together with the Corporation, make up the 'Seligman Group.' The aggregate
assets of the Seligman Group at March 31, 1998 were approximately $20.2 billion.
The Manager also provides investment management or advice to institutional and
other accounts having a value at March 31, 1998 of approximately $7.4 billion.
The Manager's fee is based in part on the average daily net assets of the
Corporation. The management fee rate for 1997 was equivalent to .40% of the
Corporation's average daily net investment assets. See 'Management of the
Corporation.'
    
 
   
     Shares of Common Stock covered by this Prospectus may be purchased from
time to time by Seligman Data Corp., the Plan service agent for Automatic
Dividend Investment and Cash Purchase Plans, Individual Retirement Accounts
('IRAs'), Retirement Plans for Self-Employed Individuals, Partnerships and
Corporations, the J. & W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated Matched Accumulation Plan
and the Seligman Data Corp. Employees' Thrift Plan (collectively, the 'Plans'),
as directed by participants, and may be sold from time to time by the Plan
service agent for participants in Systematic Withdrawal Plans. See 'Description
of Investment Plans and Other Services -- Automatic Dividend Investment and Cash
Purchase Plan' and ' -- Systematic Withdrawal Plan.' Shares will be purchased
for the Plans on the New York Stock Exchange or elsewhere when the market price
of the Common Stock is equal to or less than its net asset value, and any
brokerage commissions applicable to such purchases will be charged pro rata to
the Plan participants. Shares will be purchased for the Plans from the
Corporation at net asset value when the net asset value is lower than the market
price, all as more fully described in this Prospectus.
    
 
                                       3


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
 
   
     The Corporation's financial highlights for the years presented below have
been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors. This information
which is derived from the financial and accounting records of the Corporation
should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes contained
in the 1997 Annual Report which may be obtained from the Corporation as provided
on the cover page of this Prospectus.
    
 
   
     'Per share operating performance' data is designed to allow an investor to
trace the operating performance, on a per Common share basis, from the beginning
net asset value to the ending net asset value so that investors can understand
what effect the individual items have on their investment, assuming it was held
throughout the year. Generally, the per share amounts are derived by converting
the actual dollar amounts incurred for each item, as disclosed in the financial
statements, to their equivalent per Common share amount.
    
 
                                          PER SHARE OPERATING PERFORMANCE, TOTAL
                                                    (FOR A SHARE OF COMMON STOCK
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                ---------------------------------------
                                                                 1997       1996       1995       1994
                                                                ------     ------     ------     ------
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
PER SHARE OPERATING PERFORMANCE:
Net asset value, beginning of year..........................    $29.28     $27.58     $23.70     $27.49
                                                                ------     ------     ------     ------
Net investment income*......................................       .60        .68        .74        .83
Net realized and unrealized investment gain (loss)..........      6.94       4.84       6.14      (1.69)
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) from foreign
  currency transactions.....................................      (.17)      (.02)       .03        .02
                                                                ------     ------     ------     ------
Increase (decrease) from investment operations..............      7.37       5.50       6.91       (.84)
Dividends paid on Preferred Stock...........................      (.02)      (.02)      (.02)      (.03)
Dividends paid on Common Stock..............................      (.60)      (.66)      (.73)      (.79)
Distribution from net gain realized.........................     (3.45)     (2.72)     (2.01)     (1.90)
Issuance of Common Stock in gain distributions..............      (.52)      (.40)      (.27)      (.23)
Issuance of Common Stock from exercise of Rights............        --         --         --         --
Rights offering costs.......................................        --         --         --         --
Issuance of Common Stock upon Warrant exercise**............        --         --         --         --
                                                                ------     ------     ------     ------
Net increase (decrease) in net asset value..................      2.78       1.70       3.88      (3.79)
                                                                ------     ------     ------     ------
Net asset value at end of year..............................    $32.06     $29.28     $27.58     $23.70
                                                                ------     ------     ------     ------
                                                                ------     ------     ------     ------
Adjusted net asset value at end of year**...................    $31.99     $29.22     $27.52     $23.65
Market value, end of year...................................    $26.6875   $24.125    $22.625    $19.875
TOTAL INVESTMENT RETURN FOR YEAR:
Based upon market value.....................................     27.96%     21.98%     27.95%     (5.07)%
Based upon net asset value..................................     26.65%     21.45%     30.80%     (2.20)%
RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:***
Expenses to average net investment assets...................       .60%       .62%       .63%       .64%
Expenses to average net assets for Common Stock.............       .60%       .63%       .64%       .65%
Net investment income to average net investment assets......      1.80%      2.27%      2.71%      3.08%
Net investment income to average net assets for Common
  Stock.....................................................      1.82%      2.31%      2.75%      3.14%
Portfolio turnover rate.....................................     83.98%     53.96%     62.28%     70.38%
Average commission rate paid................................      $.0385     $.0478
Net investment assets, end of year (000s omitted):
    For Common Stock........................................    $3,391,816 $2,835,026 $2,469,149 $1,994,098
    For Preferred Stock.....................................      37,637     37,637     37,637     37,637
                                                                ---------  ---------- ---------- ----------
Total net investment assets.................................    $3,429,453 $2,872,663 $2,506,786 $2,031,735
                                                                ---------  ---------- ---------- ----------
                                                                ---------  ---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
  * Net investment income per share has been calculated by dividing the
    respective actual amounts for the year by average shares outstanding.
   
 ** Assumes the exercise of outstanding warrants. Warrant exercise terms were:
    December 30, 1987 to December 29, 1988 -- 7.83 shares at $2.87 per share,
    December 30, 1988 to December 29, 1989 -- 8.14 shares at $2.76 per share,
    December 30, 1989 to December 28, 1990 -- 8.81 shares at $2.55 per share,
    December 29, 1990 to December 27, 1991 -- 9.25 shares at $2.43 per share,
    December 28, 1991 to November 1, 1992 -- 9.69 shares at $2.32 per share,
    November 2, 1992 to December 28, 1992 -- 11.07 shares at $2.03 per share,
    December 29, 1992 to December 28, 1993 -- 11.29 shares at $1.99 per share,
    December 29, 1993 to December 21, 1994 -- 11.95 shares
    
 
                                       4
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The total investment return based on market value measures the
Corporation's performance assuming investors purchased shares of the Corporation
at the market value as of the beginning of the year, invested dividends and
capital gains paid as provided for in the Corporation's Automatic Dividend
Investment and Cash Purchase Plan, and then sold their shares at the closing
market value per share on the last day of the year. The computation does not
reflect any sales commissions investors may incur in purchasing or selling
shares of the Corporation. The total investment return based on net asset value
is similarly computed except that the Corporation's net asset value is
substituted for the corresponding market value.
 
     'Average commission rate paid' represents the average commission paid by
the Corporation to purchase or sell portfolio securities. It is determined by
dividing the total commission dollars paid by the number of shares purchased and
sold during the period for which commissions were paid.
 
INVESTMENT RETURNS, RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH YEAR)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1993          1992          1991          1990          1989          1988
    ------        ------        ------        ------        ------        ------
    <S>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
    $28.03        $28.57        $24.60        $27.44        $23.55        $23.94
    ------        ------        ------        ------        ------        ------
       .83           .81           .81           .81           .88           .84
      1.46          1.19          5.79         (1.05)         6.78          1.01
                                                                      
        --            --            --            --            --            --
    ------        ------        ------        ------        ------        ------
      2.29          2.00          6.60          (.24)         7.66          1.85
      (.03)         (.03)         (.03)         (.03)         (.04)         (.04)
      (.80)         (.78)         (.78)         (.86)         (.84)         (.81)
     (1.80)         (.70)        (1.80)        (1.60)        (2.55)        (1.25)
      (.19)         (.05)         (.02)         (.11)         (.33)         (.14)
        --          (.97)           --            --            --            --
        --          (.01)           --            --            --            --
      (.01)           --            --            --          (.01)           --
    ------        ------        ------        ------        ------        ------
      (.54)         (.54)         3.97         (2.84)         3.89          (.39)
    ------        ------        ------        ------        ------        ------
    $27.49        $28.03        $28.57        $24.60        $27.44        $23.55
    ------        ------        ------        ------        ------        ------
    ------        ------        ------        ------        ------        ------
    $27.42        $27.95        $28.48        $24.52        $27.35        $23.47
    $23.75        $25.50        $27.75        $21.375       $23.00        $19.25
      3.47%          .61%'D'     42.98%         3.46%        37.96%         3.02%
      8.95%         7.42%'D'     27.91%         (.20)%       34.54%         8.58%
       .66%          .67%          .67%          .56%          .55%          .57%
       .67%          .68%          .69%          .57%          .56%          .59%
      2.88%         2.86%         2.90%         3.01%         3.19%         3.33%
      2.94%         2.92%         2.99%         3.07%         3.25%         3.40%
     69.24%        44.35%        49.02%        41.23%        59.87%        67.39%
$2,166,212    $2,088,102    $1,833,664    $1,500,281    $1,594,505    $1,263,848
    37,637        37,637        37,637        37,637        37,637        37,637
$2,203,849    $2,125,739    $1,871,301    $1,537,918    $1,632,142    $1,301,485
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    at $1.88 per share, December 22, 1994 to December 27, 1995 -- 12.77 shares
    at $1.76 per share; December 28, 1995 to July 1, 1996 -- 13.54 shares at
    $1.66 per share; July 2, 1996 to December 20, 1996 -- 13.79 shares at $1.63
    per share; December 21, 1996 to July 1, 1997 -- 14.69 shares at $1.53 per
    share; July 2, 1997 to December 19, 1997 -- 14.99 shares at $1.50 per share;
    and subsequently, 16.06 shares at $1.40 per share.
    
  'D' The total investment returns for 1992 have been adjusted for the effect of
      the exercise of Rights (equivalent to approximately $0.97 per share),
      assuming full subscription by Common Stockholders.
   
*** The ratios of expenses to average net investment assets and net investment
    income to average net investment assets and to average net assets for Common
    Stock for all years presented do not reflect the effect of dividends paid to
    Preferred Stockholders.
    
 
                                       5


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

SENIOR SECURITIES  --  $2.50 CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The following information is being presented with respect to the
Corporation's $2.50 Cumulative Preferred Stock. The first column presents the
number of preferred shares outstanding at the end of each of the periods
presented. Asset Coverage represents the total amount of net assets of the
Corporation in relation to each share of Preferred Stock outstanding as of the
end of the respective periods. The involuntary liquidation preference is the
amount each share of Cumulative Preferred Stock would be entitled to upon
involuntary liquidation of these shares.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       AVERAGE
                                                        YEAR-                           DAILY
                                                         END       INVOLUNTARY          MARKET
                                                        ASSET      LIQUIDATION        VALUE PER
                                      TOTAL SHARES    COVERAGE      PREFERENCE     SHARE (EXCLUDING
               YEAR                   OUTSTANDING     PER SHARE     PER SHARE        BANK LOANS)
- -----------------------------------   ------------    ---------    ------------    ----------------
<S>                                   <C>             <C>          <C>             <C>
1997...............................      752,740      $4,556           $ 50             $35.62
1996...............................      752,740       3,816             50              34.28
1995...............................      752,740       3,330             50              33.37
1994...............................      752,740       2,699             50              34.12
1993...............................      752,740       2,928             50              36.17
1992...............................      752,740       2,824             50              34.97
1991...............................      752,740       2,486             50              31.51
1990...............................      752,740       2,043             50              28.62
1989...............................      752,740       2,168             50              28.61
1988...............................      752,740       1,729             50              28.49
 
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       6
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
                        CAPITALIZATION AT MARCH 31, 1998
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     AMOUNT HELD
                                                                                                          BY
                                                                                                      REGISTRANT
                                                                                                      OR FOR ITS
                      TITLE OF CLASS                            AUTHORIZED         OUTSTANDING         ACCOUNT
- ----------------------------------------------------------   ----------------    ----------------    ------------
<S>                                                          <C>                 <C>                 <C>
$2.50 Cumulative Preferred Stock,
  $50 par value...........................................     1,000,000 shs.        752,740 shs.     - 0 -  shs.
Common Stock,
  $.50 par value..........................................   129,000,000 shs.*   105,740,345 shs.     - 0 -  shs.
Warrants to purchase
  Common Stock............................................        14,429 wts.         14,429 wts.     - 0 -  wts.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
*  231,730 shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance upon the exercise
   of outstanding Warrants.
    
 
               TRADING AND NET ASSET VALUE INFORMATION CONCERNING
                    TRI-CONTINENTAL CORPORATION COMMON STOCK
 
   
     The following table shows the high and low sale prices of the Corporation's
Common Stock on the composite tape for issues listed on the New York Stock
Exchange, the high and low net asset value and the percentage discount or
premium to net asset value per share for each calendar quarter since the
beginning of 1996.
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        DISCOUNT TO NET
                                             MARKET PRICE                  NET ASSET VALUE                ASSET VALUE
                                             -------------                 ----------------           --------------------
1996                                      HIGH           LOW               HIGH        LOW              HIGH        LOW
- -----------------------------------   ------------   ------------          -----      -----           --------    --------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>                   <C>        <C>             <C>         <C>
1st Q..............................   24 1/2         22 5/8                29.58      27.32           (17.17)%    (17.19)%
2nd Q..............................   25 1/4         23 3/8                30.32      28.65           (16.72)%    (18.41)%
3rd Q..............................   25             22 1/4                30.07      27.75           (16.86)%    (19.82)%
4th Q..............................   27 1/8         23 1/2                32.17      28.65           (15.68)%    (17.98)%
 
<CAPTION>
 
1997
- -----------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>                   <C>        <C>             <C>         <C>
1st Q..............................   26 1/8         23 3/4                31.19      29.05           (16.24)%    (18.24)%
2nd Q..............................   28 1/2         23 1/2                34.33      29.45           (16.98)%    (20.20)%
3rd Q..............................   29 3/4         27 1/16               35.32      33.46           (15.77)%    (19.12)%
4th Q..............................   30 1/2         24 7/8                36.80      31.41           (17.12)%    (20.81)%
<CAPTION>
 
1998
- -----------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>                   <C>        <C>             <C>         <C>
1st Q..............................   30             25 1/8                35.94      30.98           (16.53)%    (18.90)%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     The Corporation's Common Stock has historically been traded on the market
at less than net asset value. The closing market price, net asset value and
percentage discount to net asset value per share of the Corporation's Common
Stock on March 31, 1998 were $29.5625, $35.80 and (17.42)%, respectively.
    
 
                                       7


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                THE CORPORATION
 
     The Corporation is a Maryland corporation formed on December 31, 1929, by
the consolidation of two predecessor corporations. Since the date of its
formation, it has been engaged in business as an investment company. It is
registered under the 1940 Act as a diversified, management investment company of
the closed-end type and is subject to applicable regulatory and other provisions
of that Act. Such registration, of course, does not involve government
supervision of management, investment policies or investment practices. As
indicated by its financial statements incorporated by reference herein, the
Corporation's principal assets, other than cash and receivables, are its
portfolio of investment securities.
 
                         INVESTMENT AND OTHER POLICIES
 
     The Corporation invests primarily for the longer term and has no Charter
restrictions with respect to such investments. Over the years, the Corporation's
objective has been to produce future growth of both capital and income while
providing reasonable current income. There can be no assurance that this
objective will be attained in the future. While common stocks have made up the
bulk of investments, assets may be held in cash or invested in all types of
securities, that is, in bonds, debentures, notes, preferred and common stocks,
rights and warrants (subject to limitations as set forth in the SAI), and other
securities, in whatever amounts or proportions the Manager believes best suited
to current and anticipated economic and market conditions.
 
     The management's present investment policies, in respect to which it has
freedom of action, are:
 
          (1) it keeps investments in individual issuers within the limits
     permitted diversified companies under the 1940 Act (i.e., 75% of its total
     assets must be represented by cash items, government securities, securities
     of other investment companies, and securities of other issuers which, at
     the time of investment, do not exceed 5% of the Corporation's total assets
     at market value in the securities of any issuer and do not exceed 10% of
     the voting securities of any issuer);
 
          (2) it does not make investments with a view to exercising control or
     management except that it has an investment in Seligman Data Corp.;
 
          (3) it ordinarily does not invest in other investment companies, but
     it may purchase up to 3% of the voting securities of such investment
     companies, provided purchases of securities of a single investment company
     do not exceed in value 5% of the total assets of the Corporation and all
     investments in investment company securities do not exceed 10% of total
     assets; and
 
   
          (4) it has no fixed policy with respect to portfolio turnover and
     purchases and sales in the light of economic, market and investment
     considerations. The portfolio turnover rates for the ten fiscal years ended
     December 31, 1997 are shown under 'Financial Highlights.'
    
 
The foregoing objective and policies may be changed by management without
stockholder approval, unless such a change would change the Corporation's status
from a 'diversified' to a 'non-diversified' company under the 1940 Act.
 
     The Corporation's stated fundamental policies relating to the issuance of
senior securities, the borrowing of money, the underwriting of securities of
other issuers, the concentration of investments in a particular industry or
groups of industries, the purchase or sale of real estate and real estate
mortgage loans, the purchase or sale of commodities or commodity contracts, and
the making of loans may not be
 
                                       8
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

changed without a vote of stockholders. A more detailed description of the
Corporation's investment policies, including a list of those restrictions on the
Corporation's investment activities which cannot be changed without such a vote,
appears in the SAI. Within the limits of these fundamental policies, the
management has reserved freedom of action.
 
   
     REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS: The Corporation may enter into repurchase agreements
with respect to debt obligations which could otherwise be purchased by the
Corporation. A repurchase agreement is an instrument under which the Corporation
may acquire an underlying debt instrument and simultaneously obtain the
commitment of the seller (a commercial bank or a broker or dealer) to repurchase
the security at an agreed upon price and date within a number of days (usually
not more than seven days from the date of purchase). The value of the underlying
securities will be at least equal at all times to the total amount of the
repurchase obligation, including the interest factor. The Corporation will make
payment for such securities only upon physical delivery or evidence of book
transfer to the account of the Corporation's custodian. Repurchase agreements
could involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the other
party, including possible delays or restrictions upon the Corporation's ability
to dispose of the underlying securities. The Corporation did not enter into
repurchase agreements in 1997.
    
 
   
     ILLIQUID SECURITIES: The Corporation may invest up to 15% of its net
investment assets in illiquid securities, including restricted securities (i.e.,
securities not readily marketable without registration under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the '1933 Act')) and other securities that are not readily
marketable. The Corporation may purchase restricted securities that can be
offered and sold to 'qualified institutional buyers' under the Rule 144A of the
1933 Act, and the Manager, acting pursuant to procedures approved by the
Corporation's Board of Directors, may determine, when appropriate, that specific
Rule 144A securities are liquid and not subject to the 15% limitation on
illiquid securities. Should this determination be made, the Manager will
carefully monitor the security (focusing on such factors, among others, as
trading activity and availability of information) to determine that the Rule
144A security continues to be liquid. It is not possible to predict with
assurance exactly how the market for Rule 144A securities will further evolve.
This investment practice could have the effect of increasing the level of
illiquidity in the Corporation, if and to the extent that qualified
institutional buyers become for a time uninterested in purchasing Rule 144A
securities.
    
 
     FOREIGN SECURITIES: The Corporation may invest in commercial paper and
certificates of deposit issued by foreign banks and may invest in other
securities of foreign issuers directly or through American Depositary Receipts
('ADRs'), American Depositary Shares ('ADSs'), European Depositary Receipts
('EDRs') or Global Depositary Receipts ('GDRs') (collectively, 'Depositary
Receipts'). Foreign investments may be affected favorably or unfavorably by
changes in currency rates and exchange control regulations. There may be less
information available about a foreign company than about a U.S. company and
foreign companies may not be subject to reporting standards and requirements
comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies. Foreign securities may not be
as liquid as U.S. securities. Securities of foreign companies may involve
greater market risk than securities of U.S. companies, and foreign brokerage
commissions and custody fees are generally higher than those in the United
States. Investments in foreign securities may also be subject to local economic
or political risks, political instability and possible nationalization of
issuers. ADRs and ADSs are instruments generally issued by domestic banks or
trust companies that represent the deposits of a security of a foreign issuer.
ADRs and ADSs may be publicly traded on exchanges or over-the-counter in the
United States and are quoted and settled in dollars at a price that generally
reflects the dollar equivalent of the
 
                                       9
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
home country share price. EDRs and GDRs are typically issued by foreign banks or
trust companies and traded in Europe. Depositary Receipts may be issued under
sponsored or unsponsored programs. In sponsored programs, the issuer has made
arrangements to have its securities traded in the form of a Depositary Receipt.
In unsponsored programs, the issuers may not be directly involved in the
creation of the program. Although regulatory requirements with respect to
sponsored and unsponsored programs are generally similar, the issuers of
securities represented by unsponsored Depositary Receipts are not obligated to
disclose material information in the United States and, therefore, the import of
such information may not be reflected in the market value of such receipts. The
Corporation may invest up to 10% of its total assets in foreign securities that
it holds directly, but this 10% limit does not apply to foreign securities held
through Depositary Receipts or to commercial paper and certificates of deposit
issued by foreign banks.
    
 
   
     LEVERAGE: Senior securities issued or money borrowed to raise funds for
investment have a prior fixed dollar claim on the Corporation's assets and
income. Any gain in the value of securities purchased or in income received in
excess of the cost of the amount borrowed or interest or dividends payable
causes the net asset value of the Corporation's Common Stock or the income
available to it to increase more than otherwise would be the case. Conversely,
any decline in the value of securities purchased or income received on them to
below the asset or income claims of the senior securities or borrowed money
causes the net asset value of the Common Stock or income available to it to
decline more sharply than would be the case if there were no prior claim. Funds
obtained through senior securities or borrowings thus create investment
opportunity, but they also increase exposure to risk. This influence ordinarily
is called 'leverage.' As of March 31, 1998, the only senior securities of the
Corporation outstanding were 752,740 shares of its $2.50 Cumulative Preferred
Stock, $50 par value. The Corporation's portfolio requires an annual return of
0.07% in order to cover dividend payments on the Preferred Stock. The following
table illustrates the effect of leverage relating to presently outstanding
Preferred Stock on the return available to a holder of the Corporation's Common
Stock.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Assumed return on portfolio (net of
  expenses)..................................          - 10%          - 5%            0%            5%            10%
Corresponding return to common stockholder...       - 10.15%       - 5.10%       - 0.05%         5.00%         10.05%
</TABLE>
    
 
     The purpose of the table above is to assist an investor in understanding
the effects of leverage. The percentages appearing in the table do not represent
actual or anticipated returns, which may be greater or less than those shown.
 
   
     YEAR 2000 RISKS: The Corporation is dependent upon service providers and
their computer systems for its day-to-day operations, and many of the
Corporation's service providers in turn depend upon computer systems of other
persons. Many computer systems currently cannot properly recognize or process
date sensitive information relating to the year 2000 and beyond. The Manager and
the Corporation's custodian have been evaluating the impact the year 2000 issue
may have on their computer systems. They expect that any modifications to their
computer systems necessary to address the year 2000 issue will be made and
tested in a timely manner. They are also working with vendors and other persons
whose systems are linked to theirs to obtain satisfactory assurances regarding
the year 2000 issue. Seligman Data Corp., which provides certain corporate and
stockholder account services to the Corporation at cost, has informed the
Corporation that it does not expect that the cost to the Corporation of its
services will increase materially as a result of the modifications to its
computer systems necessary to prepare for the year 2000. The costs of systems
remediation by persons other than
    
 
                                       10
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
Seligman Data Corp. will not be borne directly by the Corporation. There can be
no assurance that the remedial actions taken by the Corporation's service
providers will be sufficient or timely. Inadequate remediation could have an
adverse effect on the Corporation's operations, including pricing and securities
trading and settlement, and the provision of shareholder services.
    
 
                         MANAGEMENT OF THE CORPORATION
 
     THE MANAGER: In accordance with the applicable laws of the State of
Maryland, the Board of Directors provides broad supervision over the affairs of
the Corporation. Pursuant to a Management Agreement approved by the Board and
the stockholders, the Manager manages the investment of the assets of the
Corporation and administers its business and other affairs. In that connection,
the Manager makes purchases and sales of portfolio securities consistent with
the Corporation's investment objectives and policies.
 
     The Manager also serves as manager of seventeen other investment companies
which, together with the Corporation, make up the 'Seligman Group.' These other
companies are: Seligman Capital Fund, Inc., Seligman Cash Management Fund, Inc.,
Seligman Common Stock Fund, Inc., Seligman Communications and Information Fund,
Inc., Seligman Frontier Fund, Inc., Seligman Growth Fund, Inc., Seligman
Henderson Global Fund Series, Inc., Seligman High Income Fund Series, Seligman
Income Fund, Inc., Seligman Municipal Fund Series, Inc. and Seligman Municipal
Series Trust, Seligman New Jersey Municipal Fund, Inc., Seligman Pennsylvania
Municipal Fund Series, Seligman Portfolios, Inc., Seligman Quality Municipal
Fund, Inc., Seligman Select Municipal Fund, Inc., and Seligman Value Fund
Series, Inc. The address of the Manager is 100 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017.
 
     As compensation for the services performed and the facilities and personnel
provided by the Manager, the Corporation pays to the Manager promptly after the
end of each month a fee, calculated on each day during such month, equal to the
Applicable Percentage of the daily net assets of the Corporation at the close of
business on the previous business day. The term 'Applicable Percentage' means
the amount (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest one millionth
of one percent) obtained by dividing (i) the Fee Amount by (ii) the Fee Base.
The term 'Fee Amount' means the sum on an annual basis of:
 
                     .45 of 1% of the first $4 billion of Fee Base
                     .425 of 1% of the next $2 billion of Fee Base
                     .40 of 1% of the next $2 billion of Fee Base, and
                     .375 of 1% of the Fee Base in excess of $8 billion.
 
The term 'Fee Base' as of any day means the sum of the net assets at the close
of business on the previous day of each of the investment companies registered
under the 1940 Act for which the Manager or any affiliated company acts as
investment adviser or manager (including the Corporation).
 
     Charles C. Smith, Jr., a Managing Director of the Manager since January 1,
1994, has been Portfolio Manager for the Corporation since January 1, 1995. Mr.
Smith is also Vice President and Portfolio Manager of Seligman Common Stock
Fund, Inc. and Seligman Income Fund, Inc., and Vice President of Seligman
Portfolios, Inc. ('SPI') and Portfolio Manager of SPI's Seligman Common Stock
Portfolio and Seligman Income Portfolio. Mr. Smith joined the Manager in 1985 as
Vice President,
 
                                       11
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Investment Officer and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Senior Investment
Officer in August 1992, and to Managing Director in January 1994.
 
   
     Odette S. Galli, Senior Vice President, Investment Officer, of the Manager,
has served as Co-Portfolio Manager of the Corporation since October 1996. She is
also Co-Portfolio Manager of Seligman Common Stock Fund, Inc. and Seligman
Common Stock Portfolio of Seligman Portfolios, Inc. Ms. Galli joined the Manager
in 1993 as Vice President, Investment Officer.
    
 
     The Corporation pays all its expenses other than those assumed by the
Manager, including brokerage commissions, fees and expenses of independent
attorneys and auditors, taxes and governmental fees, cost of stock certificates,
expenses of printing and distributing prospectuses, expenses of printing and
distributing reports, notices and proxy materials to stockholders, expenses of
printing and filing reports and other documents with governmental agencies,
expenses of stockholders' meetings, expenses of corporate data processing and
related services, stockholder record keeping and stockholder account services,
fees and disbursements of transfer agents and custodians, expenses of disbursing
dividends and distributions, fees and expenses of directors of the Corporation
not employed by the Manager or its affiliates, insurance premiums and
extraordinary expenses such as litigation expenses.
 
     The Management Agreement provides that it will continue in effect until
December 29 of each year if such continuance is approved in the manner required
by the 1940 Act (i.e., by a vote of a majority of the Board of Directors or of
the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation and by a vote of a majority
of Directors who are not parties to the Management Agreement or interested
persons of any such party) and if the Manager shall not have notified the
Corporation at least 60 days prior to December 29 of any year that it does not
desire such continuance. The Management Agreement may be terminated by the
Corporation, without penalty, on 60 days' written notice to the Manager and will
terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
 
   
     Prior to March 30, 1998, the Manager was party to a Subadvisory Agreement
with Seligman Henderson Co. pursuant to which Seligman Henderson Co. agreed to
provide investment advisory services to the Fund in respect of foreign assets to
the extent requested by the Manager. On March 30, 1998, the Subadvisory
Agreement terminated in accordance with its terms. The Manager has no present
plans to enter into similar subadvisory arrangements in respect of the Fund.
    
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
   
     (a) DIVIDEND RIGHTS: Common Stockholders are entitled to receive dividends
only if and to the extent declared by the Board of Directors and only after (i)
such provisions have been made for working capital and for reserves as the Board
may deem advisable, (ii) full cumulative dividends at the rate of $.625 per
share per quarterly dividend period have been paid on the Preferred Stock for
all past quarterly periods and have been provided for the current quarterly
period, and (iii) such provisions have been made for the purchase or for the
redemption (at a price of $55 per share) of the Preferred Stock as the Board may
deem advisable. In any event, no dividend may be declared upon the Common Stock
unless, at the time of such declaration, the net assets of the Corporation,
after deducting the amount of such dividend and the amount of all unpaid
dividends declared on the Preferred Stock, shall be at least equal to $100 per
outstanding share of Preferred Stock. The equivalent figure was $5,078.86 at
March 31, 1998.
    
 
                                       12
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     (b) VOTING RIGHTS: The Preferred Stock is entitled to two votes and the
Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share at all meetings of stockholders.
In the event of a default in payments of dividends on the Preferred Stock
equivalent to six quarterly dividends, the Preferred Stockholders are entitled,
voting separately as a class to the exclusion of Common Stockholders, to elect
two additional directors, such right to continue until all arrearages have been
paid and current Preferred Stock dividends are provided for. Notwithstanding any
provision of law requiring any action to be taken or authorized by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a designated portion of all the shares or of
the shares of each class, such action shall be effective if taken or authorized
by the affirmative vote of a majority of the aggregate number of the votes
entitled to vote thereon, except that a class vote of Preferred Stockholders is
also required to approve certain actions adversely affecting their rights. Any
change in the Corporation's fundamental policies may also be authorized by the
vote of 67% of the votes present at a meeting if the holders of a majority of
the aggregate number of votes entitled to vote are present or represented by
proxy.
 
   
     Consistent with the requirements of Maryland law, the Corporation's Charter
provides that the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the aggregate number of
votes entitled to be cast thereon shall be necessary to authorize any of the
following actions: (i) the dissolution of the Corporation; (ii) a merger or
consolidation of the Corporation (in which the Corporation is not the surviving
corporation) with (a) an open-end investment company or (b) a closed-end
investment company, unless such closed-end investment company's Articles of
Incorporation require a two-thirds or greater proportion of the votes entitled
to be cast by such company's stock to approve the types of transactions covered
by clauses (i) through (iv) of this paragraph; (iii) the sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to any person (as such term
is defined in the 1940 Act); or (iv) any amendment of the Charter of this
Corporation which makes any class of the Corporation's stock a redeemable
security (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) or reduces the two-thirds
vote required to authorize the actions listed in this paragraph. This could have
the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing changes in control of the
Corporation.
    
 
     (c) LIQUIDATION RIGHTS: In the event of any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after payment to the
Preferred Stockholders of an amount equal to $50 per share plus dividends
accrued or in arrears, the Common Stockholders are entitled, to the exclusion of
the Preferred Stockholders, to share ratably in all the remaining assets of the
Corporation available for distribution to stockholders.
 
     (d) OTHER PROVISIONS: Common Stockholders do not have preemptive,
subscription or conversion rights, and are not liable for further calls or
assessments. The Corporation's Board of Directors (other than any directors who
may be elected to represent Preferred Stockholders as described above) are
classified as nearly as possible into three equal classes with a maximum three
year term so that the term of one class of directors expires annually. Such
classification provides continuity of experience and stability of management
while providing for the election of a portion of the Board of Directors each
year. Such classification could have the effect of delaying, deferring or
preventing changes in control of the Corporation.
 
     The Board of Directors may classify or reclassify any unissued stock of any
class with or without par value (including Preferred Stock and Common Stock)
into one or more classes of preference stock on a parity with, but not having
preference or priority over, the Preferred Stock by fixing or altering before
the issuance thereof the designations, preferences, voting powers, restrictions
and qualifications
 
                                       13
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

of, the fixed annual dividends on, the times and prices of redemption, the terms
of conversion, the number and/or par value of the shares and other provisions of
such stock to the full extent permitted by the laws of Maryland and the
Corporation's Charter. Stockholder approval of such action is not required.
 
                            DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS
 
   
     The Corporation's Charter and Warrant certificates provide that each
Warrant represents the right during an unlimited time to purchase one share of
Common Stock at a price of $22.48 per share, subject to increase in the number
of shares purchasable and adjustment of the price payable pursuant to provisions
of the Charter requiring such adjustments whenever the Corporation issues any
shares of Common Stock at a price less than the Warrant purchase price in effect
immediately prior to issue. Each Warrant presently entitles the holder to
purchase 16.06 shares of Common Stock at $1.40 per share. There were 14,429
Warrants outstanding at March 31, 1998. Fractional shares of Common Stock are
not issued upon the exercise of Warrants. In lieu thereof, the Corporation
issues scrip certificates representing corresponding fractions of the right to
receive a full share of Common Stock if exchanged by the end of the second
calendar year following issuance or of the proceeds of the sale of a full share
if surrendered during the next four years thereafter.
    
 
                         COMPUTATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
 
     Net asset value per share of Common Stock is determined by dividing the
current value of the assets of the Corporation less its liabilities and the
prior claim of the Preferred Stock by the total number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding. Securities owned by the Corporation for which market quotations are
readily available are valued at current market value or, in their absence, fair
value determined in accordance with procedures approved by the Board of
Directors at current market value. Securities traded on national exchanges are
valued at the last sales prices, or in their absence and in the case of
over-the-counter securities, a mean of bid and asked prices. United Kingdom
securities and securities for which there are no recent sales transactions are
valued based on quotations provided by primary market makers in such securities.
Any securities for which recent market quotations are not readily available are
valued at fair value determined in accordance with procedures approved by the
Board of Directors. Short-term holdings maturing in 60 days or less are
generally valued at amortized cost if their original maturity was 60 days or
less. Short-term holdings with more than 60 days remaining to maturity will be
valued at current market value until the 61st day prior to maturity, and will
then be valued on an amortized cost basis based on the value of such date unless
the Board determines that this amortized cost value does not represent fair
market value.
 
     All assets and liabilities initially expressed in foreign currencies will
be converted into U.S. dollars by a pricing service based upon the mean of the
bid and asked prices of such currencies against the U.S. dollar quoted by a
major bank which is a regular participant in the institutional foreign exchange
markets.
 
   
     Net asset value of the Common Stock is determined daily as of the close of
regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (normally, 4:00 p.m. Eastern
time) each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.
    
 
                                       14
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                           DIVIDEND POLICY AND TAXES
 
     DIVIDENDS: Dividends are paid quarterly on the Preferred Stock and on the
Common Stock in amounts representing substantially all of the net investment
income earned each year. Payments on the Preferred Stock are in a fixed amount,
but payments on the Common Stock vary in amount, depending on investment income
received and expenses of operation. Substantially all of any taxable net gain
realized on investments is paid to Common Stockholders at least annually in
accordance with requirements under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the 'Code'), and other applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. Unless
Seligman Data Corp. is otherwise instructed by a Common Stockholder, dividends
on the Common Stock are paid in cash and capital gain distributions are paid in
book shares of Common Stock which are entered in a stockholder's Tri-Continental
account as 'book credits.' Long-term gain distributions ordinarily are paid in
shares of Common Stock, or, at the stockholder's option, 75% in book shares and
25% in cash, or, in the alternative, 100% in cash. Shares distributed in payment
of gain distributions are valued at market price or at net asset value,
whichever is lower, on the valuation date. Dividends and capital gain
distributions will generally be taxable to stockholders in the year in which
they are declared by the Corporation if paid before February 1 of the following
year. Distributions or dividends received by a stockholder will have the effect
of reducing the net asset value of the shares of the Corporation by the amount
of such distributions. If the net asset value of shares is reduced below a
stockholder's cost by a distribution, the distribution will be taxable as
described below even though it is in effect a return of capital.
 
   
     TAXES: The Corporation intends to continue to qualify and elect to be
treated as a regulated investment company under the Code. As a regulated
investment company, the Corporation will generally be exempt from federal income
taxes on net investment income and capital gains that it distributes to
stockholders provided that at least 90% of its investment income and net
short-term capital gains are distributed to stockholders each year.
    
 
   
     Dividends on Common or Preferred Stock representing net investment income
and distributions of net short-term capital gains are taxable to stockholders as
ordinary income, whether received in cash or invested in additional shares and,
to the extent designated as derived from the Corporation's dividend income that
would be eligible for the dividends received deduction if the Corporation were
not a regulated investment company, they are eligible, subject to certain
restrictions, for the 70% dividends received deduction for corporations.
Distributions of net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital
gains over any net short-term capital losses) are taxable as long-term capital
gain, whether received in cash or invested in additional shares, regardless of
how long shares have been held by the stockholders. Such distributions are not
eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporate stockholders.
Shareholders receiving distributions in the form of additional shares issued by
the Fund will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received a
distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value on the date of
distribution of the shares received. Individual stockholders will be subject to
federal income tax on net capital gains at a maximum rate of 28% if designated
as derived from the Fund's capital gains from distributions of property held for
more than one year and at a maximum rate of 20% if designated as derived from
the Fund's capital gains from property held for more than eighteen months.
    
 
     Any gain or loss realized upon a sale or redemption of Common or Preferred
Stock by a stockholder who is not a dealer in securities will generally be
treated as a long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for
more than one year and otherwise as a short-term capital gain or loss.
 
                                       15
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
Individual shareholders will be subject to federal income tax on net capital
gains at a maximum rate of 28% in respect of shares held for more than one year
and at a maximum rate of 20% in respect of shares held for more than eighteen
months. Net capital gain of a corporate shareholder is taxed at the same rate as
ordinary income. However, if shares on which a long-term capital gain
distribution has been received are subsequently sold or redeemed and such shares
have been held for six months or less, any loss realized will be treated as
long-term capital loss to the extent that it offsets the long-term capital gain
distribution. No loss will be allowed on the sale or other disposition of shares
of the Fund if, within a period beginning 30 days before the date of such sale
or disposition and ending 30 days after such date, the holder acquires (such as
through the Automatic Dividend Investment and Cash Purchase Plan), or enters
into a contract or option to acquire, securities that are substantially
identical to the shares of the Fund.
    
 
     The Corporation will generally be subject to an excise tax of 4% on the
amount by which distributions to stockholders fall short of certain required
levels, such that income or gain is not taxable to stockholders in the calendar
year in which it was earned by the Corporation. Furthermore, dividends declared
in October, November or December payable to stockholders of record on a
specified date in such a month and paid in the following January will be treated
as having been paid by the Corporation and received by each stockholder in
December. Under this rule, therefore, stockholders may be taxed in one year on
dividends or distributions actually received in January of the following year.
 
     The tax treatment of the Corporation and of stockholders under the tax laws
of the various states may differ from the federal tax treatment. Stockholders
are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding specific questions as to
federal, state or local taxes.
 
     THE CORPORATION IS REQUIRED TO WITHHOLD AND REMIT TO THE U.S. TREASURY 31%
OF TAXABLE DIVIDENDS AND OTHER REPORTABLE PAYMENTS PAID ON AN ACCOUNT IF THE
HOLDER OF THE ACCOUNT PROVIDES THE CORPORATION WITH EITHER AN INCORRECT TAXPAYER
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER OR NO NUMBER AT ALL OR FAILS TO CERTIFY THAT THE
STOCKHOLDER IS NOT SUBJECT TO SUCH WITHHOLDING. STOCKHOLDERS SHOULD BE AWARE
THAT, UNDER REGULATIONS PROMULGATED BY THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE, THE
CORPORATION MAY BE FINED $50 ANNUALLY FOR EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH A CERTIFIED
TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER IS NOT PROVIDED. THE CORPORATION MAY CHARGE A
SERVICE FEE OF UP TO $50 FOR ACCOUNTS NOT HAVING A CERTIFIED TAXPAYER
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. CERTIFICATES WILL NOT BE ISSUED UNLESS AN ACCOUNT IS
CERTIFIED.
 
               DESCRIPTION OF INVESTMENT PLANS AND OTHER SERVICES
 
AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND INVESTMENT AND CASH PURCHASE PLAN
 
   
     The Automatic Dividend Investment and Cash Purchase Plan is available for
any Common stockholder who wishes to purchase additional shares of the
Corporation's Common Stock with dividends or other cash payments on shares
owned, with cash dividends paid by other corporations in which is owned stock or
with cash funds. Details of the services offered under the Plan are given in the
Authorization Form appearing in this Prospectus. Under the Plan, stockholders
appoint the Corporation as their purchase agent to receive or invest such
dividends and cash funds forwarded by stockholders for their accounts in
additional shares of the Corporation's Common Stock (after deducting a service
charge), as described under 'Method of Purchase' below. Funds forwarded by
stockholders under the Plan should be made payable to Tri-Continental
Corporation and mailed to Tri-Continental Corporation, P.O. Box 9766,
Providence, RI 02940-9766. Checks for investment must be
    
 
                                       16
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
in U.S. dollars drawn on a domestic bank. Credit card convenience checks and
third party checks, i.e., checks made payable to a party other than
Tri-Continental Corporation may not be used to purchase shares under this Plan.
Stockholders should direct all correspondence concerning the Plan to Seligman
Data Corp., 100 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017. At present, a service fee of up
to a maximum of $2.00 will be charged for each cash purchase transaction. There
is no charge for Automatic Dividend Investment. As of March 31, 1998, 24,709
stockholders, owning 31,426,370 shares of Common Stock, were using the Plan. A
stockholder may choose one or more of the services under the Plan and is free to
change his choices (or terminate his participation) at any time by notifying
Seligman Data Corp. in writing. The Plan may be amended or terminated by written
notice to Planholders.
    
 
AUTOMATIC CHECK SERVICE
 
     The Automatic Check Service enables an Automatic Dividend Investment and
Cash Purchase Planholder to authorize checks to be drawn on the stockholder's
regular checking account at regular intervals for fixed amounts to be invested
in additional shares of Common Stock for their account. An Authorization Form to
be used to start the Automatic Check Service is included in this Prospectus.
 
SHARE KEEPING SERVICE
 
   
     Any stockholder may send certificates for shares of the Corporation's
Common Stock to Seligman Data Corp. to be placed in the stockholder's account.
Certificates should be sent to Seligman Data Corp., 100 Park Avenue, New York,
NY 10017, with a letter requesting that they be placed in the account. The
stockholder should not sign the certificates and they should be sent by
certified or registered mail. Return receipt is advisable; however, this may
increase mailing time. When a stockholder's certificates are received, the
shares will be entered in the stockholder's Tri-Continental account as 'book
credits' and shown on the Statement of Account the stockholder receives from
Seligman Data Corp. Stockholders using the Share Keeping Service should keep in
mind that they must have a stock certificate for delivery to a broker if they
wish to sell shares. A certificate will be issued on the stockholder's written
request to Seligman Data Corp., usually within two business days of the receipt
of the request, and sent to the stockholder. The time it takes for a letter of
request to arrive and for a certificate to be delivered by mail should be taken
into consideration by stockholders who may choose to use this service.
    
 
TAX-DEFERRED RETIREMENT PLANS
 
     Shares of the Corporation may be purchased for:
 
           -- Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs);
 
           -- Savings Incentive Match Plans for Employees (SIMPLE IRAs);
 
           -- Simplified Employee Pension Plans (SEPs);
 
           -- Section 401(k) Plans for corporations and their employees; and
 
           -- Money Purchase Pension and Profit Sharing Plans for sole
              proprietorships, partnerships and corporations.
 
                                       17
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
     These types of plans may be established only upon receipt of a written
application form. The Corporation may register an IRA investment for which an
account application has not been received as on ordinary taxable account.
    
 
   
     For more information, write Retirement Plan Services, Seligman Data Corp.,
100 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017. You may telephone toll-free by dialing
(800) 445-1777 from all continental United States.
    
 
     Investors Fiduciary Trust Company ('IFTC') acts as trustee and custodian
and performs other related services with respect to the Plans.
 
J. & W. SELIGMAN & CO. INCORPORATED MATCHED ACCUMULATION PLAN
 
     The Manager has a Matched Accumulation Plan ('Profit-Sharing Plan') which
provides that, through payroll deductions which may be combined with matching
contributions and through any profit sharing distribution made by the Manager to
the Profit-Sharing Plan, eligible employees of the Manager, Seligman Financial
Services, Inc. and Seligman Services, Inc. may designate that the payroll
deductions and contributions made by the Manager and invested by the Plan
trustee, be invested in certain investment companies for which the Manager
serves as investment adviser. One such fund consists of Common Stock of the
Corporation purchased by the trustee as described under 'Method of Purchase.'
 
SELIGMAN DATA CORP. EMPLOYEES' THRIFT PLAN
 
     Seligman Data Corp. has an Employees' Thrift Plan ('Thrift Plan') which
provides a systematic means by which savings, through payroll deductions, of
eligible employees of Seligman Data Corp. may be combined with matching
contributions made by the company and invested by the Plan trustee, in certain
investment companies for which the Manager serves as investment adviser, as
designated by the employee. One such fund consists of Common Stock of the
Corporation purchased by the trustee as described under 'Method of Purchase.'
 
METHOD OF PURCHASE
 
     Purchases will be made by the Corporation from time to time on the New York
Stock Exchange or elsewhere to satisfy dividend and cash purchase investments
under the Automatic Dividend Investment and Cash Purchase Plan, tax-deferred
retirement plans, and the investment plans noted above. Purchases will be
suspended on any day when the closing price (or closing bid price if there were
no sales) of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the preceding
trading day was higher than the net asset value per share (without adjustment
for the exercise of Warrants remaining outstanding). If on the dividend payable
date or the date shares are issuable to stockholders making Cash Purchase
investments under the Plan (the 'Issuance Date'), shares previously purchased by
the Corporation are insufficient to satisfy dividend or Cash Purchase
investments and on the last trading day immediately preceding the dividend
payable date or the Issuance Date the closing sale or bid price of the Common
Stock is lower than or the same as the net asset value per share, the
Corporation will continue to purchase shares until a number of shares sufficient
to cover all investments by stockholders has been purchased or the closing sale
or bid price of the Common Stock becomes higher than the net asset value, in
which case the Corporation will issue the necessary additional shares. If on the
last trading date immediately preceding the dividend payable date or Issuance
Date, the closing sale or bid
 
                                       18
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

price of the Common Stock was higher than the net asset value per share, and if
shares of the Common Stock previously purchased on the New York Stock Exchange
or elsewhere are insufficient to satisfy dividend or Cash Purchase investments,
the Corporation will issue the necessary additional shares from authorized but
unissued shares of the Common Stock.
 
     Shares will be issued on the dividend payable date or the Issuance Date at
a price equal to the lower of (i) the closing sale or bid price, plus
commission, of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the
ex-dividend date or Issuance Date or (ii) the greater of the net asset value per
share of the Common Stock on such trading day (without adjustment for the
exercise of Warrants remaining outstanding) and 95% of the closing sale or bid
price of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on such trading day. In
the past, the Common Stock ordinarily has been priced in the market at less than
net asset value per share. The Corporation may change the price at which shares
of its Common Stock may be purchased from it for the Plans, if the Board of
Directors determines it to be desirable, but the Board may not authorize the
issuance of shares of Common Stock at a price less than net asset value without
prior specific approval of stockholders or of the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
 
     The net proceeds to the Corporation from the sale of any shares of Common
Stock to the Plan will be added to its general funds and will be available for
additional investments and general corporate purposes. The Manager anticipates
that investment of any proceeds, in accordance with the Corporation's investment
objective and policies, will take up to thirty days from their receipt by the
Corporation, depending on market conditions and the availability of appropriate
securities, but in no event will such investment take longer than six months.
Pending such investment in accordance with the Corporation's objectives and
policies, the proceeds will be held in U.S. Government Securities (which term
includes obligations of the United States Government, its agencies or
instrumentalities) and other short-term money market instruments.
 
     Stockholders participating in the Automatic Dividend Investment and Cash
Purchase Plan who wish to terminate their participation in the Plan and whose
shares are held under the Plan in book credit form may choose to receive a
certificate for all or a part of their shares or to have all or a part of their
shares sold for them by the Corporation and to retain unsold shares in book
credit form or receive a certificate for any shares not sold. Instructions must
be signed by all registered stockholders and should be sent to Seligman Data
Corp., 100 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017. Stockholders who elect to have
shares sold will receive the proceeds from the sale, less any brokerage
commissions. Only participants whose shares are held in book credit form may
elect upon termination of their participation in the Plan to have shares sold in
the above manner. Whenever the value of the shares being sold is $50,000 or
more, or the proceeds are to be paid or mailed to an address or payee different
from that on our records, the signature of all stockholders must be guaranteed
by an eligible financial institution including, but not limited to, the
following: banks, trust companies, credit unions, securities brokers and
dealers, savings and loan associations and participants in the Securities
Transfer Association Medallion Program (STAMP), the Stock Exchanges Medallion
Program ('SEMP') and the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program
('MSP'). Notarization by a notary public is not an acceptable signature
guarantee. The Corporation reserves the right to reject a signature guarantee
where it is believed that the Corporation will be placed at risk by accepting
such guarantee.
 
                                       19
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PLAN
    
 
     This Plan is available for stockholders who wish to receive fixed payments
from their investment in the Common Stock in any amount at specified regular
intervals. A Plan may be started with shares of the Corporation's Common Stock
with a market value of $5,000 or more. Shares must be held in the stockholder's
account as book credits. Seligman Data Corp. acts for stockholders, makes
payments to them in specified amounts on the 15th day of each month designated,
and maintains their accounts. There is a charge by the agent of $1.00 per
withdrawal payment for this service, which charge may be changed from time to
time.
 
     Payments under the Withdrawal Plan will be made by selling exactly enough
full and fractional shares of Common Stock to cover the amount of the designated
withdrawal. Sales may be made on the New York Stock Exchange, to the agent or a
trustee for one of the other Plans, or elsewhere. Payments from sales of shares
will reduce the amount of capital at work and dividend earning ability, and
ultimately may liquidate the investment. Sales of shares may result in gain or
loss for income tax purposes. Withdrawals under this Plan or any similar Plan of
any other investment company, concurrent with purchases of shares of the Common
Stock or of shares of any other investment company, will ordinarily be
disadvantageous to the Planholder because of the payment of duplicative
commission or sales loads.
 
STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION
 
   
     Seligman Data Corp. maintains books and records for all of the Plans, and
confirms transactions to Stockholders. To insure prompt delivery of checks,
account statements and other information, Stockholders should notify Seligman
Data Corp. immediately, in writing, of any address changes. Stockholders will be
sent reports quarterly regarding the Corporation. General information about the
Corporation, may be requested by writing the Corporate Communications/Investor
Relations Department, J. & W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated, 100 Park Avenue, New
York, NY 10017 or by telephoning the Corporate Communications/Investor Relations
Department toll-free at (800) 221-7844 from all continental United States,
except New York or (212) 850-1864 in New York State and in the greater New York
City area. Information about a Stockholder account (other than a retirement plan
account), may be requested by writing Stockholder Services, Seligman Data Corp.,
at the same address or by toll-free telephone by dialing (800) 874-1092 from all
continental United States or 212-682-7600 outside the continental United States.
For information about a retirement account, call Retirement Plan Services
toll-free at (800) 445-1777 or write Retirement Plan Services, Seligman Data
Corp. at the above address. Seligman Data Corp. may be telephoned Monday through
Friday (except holidays) between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Eastern
time, and calls will be answered by a service representative.
    
 
     24-HOUR TELEPHONE ACCESS IS AVAILABLE BY DIALING (800) 622-4597 (WITHIN THE
CONTINENTAL UNITED STATES) ON A TOUCHTONE PHONE, WHICH PROVIDES INSTANT ACCESS
TO PRICE, ACCOUNT BALANCE, MOST RECENT TRANSACTION AND OTHER INFORMATION. IN
ADDITION, ACCOUNT STATEMENTS AND FORM 1099-DIV MAY BE ORDERED.
 
               ISSUANCE OF SHARES IN CONNECTION WITH ACQUISITIONS
 
     The Corporation may issue shares of its Common Stock in exchange for the
assets of another investing company in transactions in which the number of
shares of Common Stock of the Corporation
 
                                       20
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

to be delivered will be generally determined by dividing the current value of
the seller's assets by the current per share net asset value or market price on
the New York Stock Exchange of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or by an
intermediate amount. In such acquisitions, the number of shares of the
Corporation's Common Stock to be issued will not be determined on the basis of
the market price of such Common Stock if such price is lower than its net asset
value per share, except pursuant to an appropriate order of the Securities and
Exchange Commission or approval by stockholders of the Corporation, as required
by law. The Corporation is not presently seeking to acquire the assets of any
investing company, but it may acquire the assets of companies from time to time
in the future.
 
     Some or all of the stock so issued may be sold from time to time by the
recipients or their stockholders through brokers in ordinary transactions on
stock exchanges at current market prices. The Corporation has been advised that
such sellers may be deemed to be underwriters as that term is defined in the
1933 Act.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
   
     During 1997, the Corporation had transactions in the ordinary course of
business with firms and companies of which one or more directors and officers
was a director and/or officer of the Corporation, and it is expected that the
Corporation will continue to have transactions of such nature during the current
year.
    
 
                                       21


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                            TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE
                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The table of contents of the SAI is as follows:
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                             <C>
Additional Investment Objectives and Policies................................................................     2
Directors and Officers.......................................................................................     4
Management...................................................................................................     9
Experts......................................................................................................     9
Custodian, Stockholder Service Agent and Dividend Paying Agent...............................................     9
Brokerage Commissions........................................................................................     9
Incorporation of Financial Statements by Reference...........................................................    10
Independent Auditors' Report on Financial Highlights --
  Senior Securities -- $2.50 Cumulative Preferred Stock......................................................    11
Appendix.....................................................................................................    12
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       22


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>
Tri-Continental Corporation                                                  AUTHORIZATION FORM
an investment you can live with                                                     FOR
To:   Seligman Data Corp.                                              AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND INVESTMENT
P.O. Box 3947                                                              AND CASH PURCHASE PLAN
New York, New York 10008-3947                                                 AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND INVESTMENT
                                                                              AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT OF OTHER
                                                                              CORPORATIONS' DIVIDENDS
                                                                              CASH PURCHASE PLAN
                                                                              AUTOMATIC CHECK SERVICE

                                                                       Date  ....................................
</TABLE>
 
Gentlemen:
 
     I own shares of Tri-Continental Corporation Common Stock registered as
shown below:
 
ACCOUNT REGISTRATION
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
______________________________________________________________________________________________
 Stockholder's Name (print or type)                       Stockholder's Signature*

______________________________________________________________________________________________
 Co-Holder's Name                                         Co-Holder's Signature*

______________________________________________________________________________________________
 Address (street and number)                              Taxpayer Identification Number

______________________________________________________________________________________________
 City                State                Zip Code        Stockholder Account Number, if known
</TABLE>
 
* If shares are held or to be held in more than one name, all must sign, and
  plural pronouns will be implied in the text. In the case of co-holders, a
  joint tenancy with right of survivorship will be presumed unless otherwise
  specified.
 
Under penalties of perjury I certify that the number shown on this form is my
correct Taxpayer Identification Number (Social Security Number) and that I am
not subject to backup withholding either because I have not been notified that I
am subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest
or dividends, or the Internal Revenue Service has notified me that I am no
longer subject to backup withholding. I certify that to my legal capacity to
purchase or sell shares of the Corporation for my own Account, or for the
Account of the organization named above. I have received a current Prospectus of
the Corporation and appoint Seligman Data Corp. as my agent to act in accordance
with my instructions herein.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
- ------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date                Stockholder's Signature
</TABLE>
 
     I have read the Terms and Conditions of the Automatic Dividend Investment
and Cash Purchase Plan and the current Prospectus, a copy of which I have
received, and I wish to establish a Plan to use the Services checked below:
 
SERVICE(S) DESIRED
 
     [ ] AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT OF TRI-CONTINENTAL DIVIDENDS
 
         I wish to have my quarterly dividends invested in additional shares,
         and distributions from gains paid as follows:
 
         [ ] Credited to my account in additional full and fractional shares.
 
         [ ] Credited 75% to my account in shares and 25% paid to me in cash.
 
     [ ] AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT OF OTHER CORPORATION'S DIVIDENDS
 
         I intend to give orders for the payment of cash dividends from other
         corporations to be invested in shares of Tri-Continental Common Stock
         for my account.
 
         Note: Checks in payment of dividends from other corporations should
         indicate your name and Tri-Continental account number. The checks
         should be made payable to the order of Tri-Continental Corporation and
         be mailed to Seligman Data Corp., P.O. Box 3936, New York, NY
         10008-3936.
 
     [ ] CASH PURCHASES
 
         I intend to send funds from time to time to be invested in shares of
         Tri-Continental Common Stock for my account.
 
         Note: Your checks should indicate your name and Tri-Continental account
         number. Make all checks payable to Tri-Continental Corporation and mail
         to Seligman Data Corp., P.O. Box 3947, New York, NY 10008-3947.
 
     [ ] AUTOMATIC CHECK SERVICE
 
         I have completed the Authorization Form to have pre-authorized checks
         drawn on my regular checking account at regular intervals for
         investment in shares of Tri-Continental Common Stock.
 
   
                                                                            5/98
    
 
                                       23
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Tri-Continental Corporation                          AUTHORIZATION FORM
an investment you can live with                              FOR
                                                   AUTOMATIC CHECK SERVICE
</TABLE>
 
To start your Automatic Check Service, fill out this form and forward it with an
unsigned bank check from your regular checking account (marked 'void') to:
             Seligman Data Corp.
             P.O. Box 3947
             New York, New York 10008-3947
 
                                                    Date  ......................
 
Gentlemen:
 
     I own shares of Tri-Continental Corporation Common Stock, registered as
shown below, which are entered in the Automatic Dividend Investment and Cash
Purchase Plan.
 
1. Stockholder Account Number (if known)________________________________________
 
2. AUTOMATIC CHECK SERVICE
  Please arrange with my bank to draw pre-authorized checks on my regular
checking account and invest $___________________________ in shares of
  Tri-Continental Common Stock every:
 
                    [ ] month                   [ ] 3 months
 
     I have completed the 'Bank Authorization to Honor Pre-Authorized Checks'
     which appears below and have enclosed one of my bank checks marked 'void.'
     I understand that my checks will be invested on the fifth day of the month
     and that I must remember to deduct the amount of my investment as it is
     made from my checking account balance.
 
BANK AUTHORIZATION TO HONOR PRE-AUTHORIZED CHECKS
 
To:_____________________________________________________________________________
  (Name of Bank)
 
________________________________________________________________________________
  (Address of Bank or Branch, Street, City, State and Zip)
 
Please honor pre-authorized checks drawn on my account by Seligman Data Corp.,
100 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017, to the order of Tri-Continental
Corporation, and charge them to my checking account. Your authority to do so
shall continue until you receive written notice from me revoking it. You may
terminate your participation in this arrangement at any time by written notice
to me. I agree that your rights with respect to each pre-authorized check shall
be the same as if it were a check drawn and signed by me. I further agree that
should any such check be dishonored, with or without cause, intentionally or
inadvertently, you shall be held under no liability whatsoever.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
 Checking Account No.

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
 Name(s) of Depositor(s) -- Please Print                  Signature(s) of Depositor(s) -- As Carried by Bank

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
 Address (Street)                                                City          State                Zip Code
</TABLE>
 
   
                                                                            5/98
    
 
                                       24
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                     [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]
 
                                       25
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
     The Automatic Dividend Investment and Cash Purchase Plan provides
Tri-Continental Common Stockholders with four ways to add to their investments:
1) with Tri-Continental dividends and distributions, 2) with cash dividends from
other corporations, 3) with cash payments, in any amount at any time, and 4)
with cash provided by pre-authorized checks through the Automatic Check Service.
A Planholder may use any or all of these Services, subject to the following
terms and conditions:
 
     1. Seligman Data Corp. ('SDC'), as Plan service agent, will maintain
accounts and confirm to Planholders, as soon as practicable after each
investment, the number of shares of Common Stock acquired and credited to the
accounts and the cost. Tri-Continental Corporation (the 'Corporation'), as
purchase agent, will purchase shares for Planholders. All checks for dividends
payable by other corporations or for cash purchase payments sent by Planholders
for investment in additional shares of Tri-Continental Common Stock should be
drawn to the order of Tri-Continental Corporation and mailed to Seligman Data
Corp., P.O. Box 3947, New York, NY 10008-3947.
 
     2. Funds received by the Corporation for a Planholder will be combined with
funds of other Planholders and those funds may be combined with funds available
under the plans for the purchase of Tri-Continental Common Stock in order to
minimize brokerage commissions on shares purchased. Shares will be purchased in
accordance with the current Prospectus. Dividends from other corporations and
purchase cash received from Planholders or through the Automatic Check Service
will be invested at least once each 30 days.
 
     3. The cost of shares acquired for each Plan will be the average cost,
including brokerage commissions and any other costs of acquisition, of all
shares acquired for all Planholders in connection with a particular investment.
 
     4. No stock certificates will be delivered for shares acquired unless the
Plan account is terminated or the Planholder requests their delivery by writing
to SDC. The shares acquired will be held in each Planholder's account as book
credits.
 
     5. Certificates held by a Planholder, or subsequently received, may be sent
to SDC for credit to a Plan account. A certificate for any full shares held in a
Plan account will be issued at a Planholder's request. The time required to
obtain a certificate to sell through a broker, or for other purposes, will be
that needed to send a written request to SDC to withdraw the certificate
(normally two business days) and to mail the certificate to the Planholder
through the U.S. Postal Service.
 
     6. A maximum service charge of $2.00 will be deducted before each
investment is made for a Plan account. There is no charge for Automatic Dividend
Investment.
 
     7. Applications for the Automatic Check Service are subject to acceptance
by the Planholder's bank and SDC. SDC will prepare Automatic Check Service
checks with the same magnetic ink numbers that are on a Planholder's check and
will arrange with the Planholder's bank to start the Service in accordance with
the Planholder's instructions. A minimum of 30 days from the date of receipt of
an application by SDC is required to contact the bank and initiate the Service.
If for any reason the bank is unable to honor a pre-authorized check request,
the Planholder will be notified promptly.
 
     Shares with a market value of at least two times the amount of the
authorized checks must be held as book credits for the Planholder's account by
SDC. If any check is dishonored or if the value of shares held by SDC in an
account falls below the required minimum, the Service may be suspended. The
Service may be reinstated upon written request by the Planholder including an
indication that the cause of the interruption has been corrected.
 
     If a Planholder's check is not honored by the Planholder's bank at any
time, SDC is authorized to sell exactly enough full and fractional shares from
the Planholder's account to equal the amount of the dishonored check.
 
     8. A Planholder or SDC may terminate a Plan account at any time upon notice
in writing before the record date of a dividend or distribution by
Tri-Continental. A Plan account will terminate automatically if the Planholder
sells or transfers all of the shares in the Plan account. If a Plan account is
terminated, a certificate for the full shares held may be issued and sent to the
Planholder, and any fractional shares may be liquidated at the Planholder's
request. Terminating Planholders may elect to have all or part of their shares
sold by the Corporation, if their shares are held in book credit form. If a Plan
account is terminated between the record and payment dates of a dividend, the
dividend payment will be made in cash.
 
     9. In acting under this Plan, the Corporation and SDC will be liable only
for willful misfeasance or gross negligence.
 
     10. A Planholder may adopt or suspend one or more of the Plan Services by
sending a revised Authorization Form or notice in writing to SDC.
 
     11. All additional shares registered in a Planholder's name which are
acquired under one or more of the Plan Services or by other means will
participate automatically in each of the Plan services elected.
 
   
                                                                            5/98
    
 
                                       26


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Tri-Continental Corporation

                        AN INVESTMENT YOU CAN LIVE WITH
 
                                100 Park Avenue
                            New York, New York 10017
 
                               INVESTMENT MANAGER
                             J. & W. Seligman & Co.
                                  Incorporated
                                100 Park Avenue
                            New York, New York 10017
 
   
                           STOCKHOLDER SERVICE AGENT
                              Seligman Data Corp.
                                100 Park Avenue
                            New York, New York 10017
    
 
   
                         PORTFOLIO SECURITIES CUSTODIAN
                       Investors Fiduciary Trust Company
                                801 Pennsylvania
                          Kansas City, Missouri 64105
    
 
                                GENERAL COUNSEL
                              Sullivan & Cromwell
                                125 Broad Street
                            New York, New York 10004
                     ------------------------------------
                                 Listed on the
                            New York Stock Exchange
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
CETRI 1 5/98
    


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Tri-Continental Corporation

                        AN INVESTMENT YOU CAN LIVE WITH
 
                               A MANAGEMENT TYPE
                            DIVERSIFIED, CLOSED-END
                               INVESTMENT COMPANY
 
                    ------------------------------------
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                ($.50 PAR VALUE)
  
                    ------------------------------------
 
   
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                  MAY 1, 1998
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                          STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
   
                                      May 1, 1998
    
                              TRI-CONTINENTAL CORPORATION

                                    100 Park Avenue
                               New York, New York 10017
                        New York City Telephone: (212) 850-1864
           Toll-Free Telephone: (800) 874-1092 all continental United States
         For Retirement Plan Information - Toll-Free Telephone: (800) 445-1777

   
        This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus. This
Statement of Additional Information relates to the Prospectus dated May 1, 1998,
and should be read in conjunction therewith. A copy of the Prospectus may be
obtained from Tri-Continental Corporation (the "Corporation") at 100 Park
Avenue, New York, NY 10017.
    

        A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). These securities
may not be sold nor any offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the
registration statement becomes effective.

                                   TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  Page
   
                                                  ----
<S>                                                <C>
Additional Investment Objectives and
 Policies.......................................    2
 (See "Investment and other Policies" in the
  Prospectus)
Directors and Officers.........................     4
Management.....................................     9
  (See "Management of the Corporation" in the
  Prospectus)

Experts.......................................      9
Custodian, Stockholder Service Agent
  and Dividend Paying Agent...................      9
Brokerage Commissions.........................      9
Incorporation of Financial Statements by
  Reference...................................     10
Independent Auditors' Report on
  Financial Highlights - Senior Securities -
  $2.50 Cumulative Preferred Stock............     11
Appendix......................................     12
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                  ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

   The investment objectives and policies of the Corporation are set forth in
the Prospectus. Certain additional investment information is set forth below.
Defined terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings
ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

   The Corporation's stated fundamental policies, which may not be changed
without a vote of stockholders are listed below; within the limits of these
fundamental policies, the management has reserved freedom of action. The
Corporation:

   (1) may issue senior securities such as bonds, notes or other evidences of
indebtedness if immediately after issuance the net assets of the Corporation
provide 300% coverage of the aggregate principal amount of all bonds, notes or
other evidences of indebtedness and that amount does not exceed 150% of the
capital and surplus of the Corporation;

   (2) may issue senior equity securities on a parity with, but not having
preference or priority over, the Preferred Stock if immediately after issuance
its net assets are equal to at least 200% of the aggregate amount (exclusive of
any dividends accrued or in arrears) to which all shares of the Preferred Stock,
then outstanding, shall be entitled as a preference over the Common Stock in the
event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation;

   (3) may borrow money for substantially the same purposes as it may issue
senior debt securities, subject to the same restrictions and to any applicable
limitations prescribed by law;

   (4) may engage in the business of underwriting securities either directly or
through majority-owned subsidiaries subject to any applicable restrictions and
limitations prescribed by law;

   (5) does not intend to concentrate its assets in any one industry although it
may from time to time invest up to 25% of the value of its assets, taken at
market value, in a single industry;

   (6) may not, with limited exceptions, purchase and sell real estate directly
but may do so through majority-owned subsidiaries, so long as its real estate
investments do not exceed 10% of the value of the Corporation's total assets;

   (7) may not purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts; and

   (8) may make money loans (subject to restrictions imposed by law and by
charter) (a) only to its subsidiaries, (b) as incidents to its business
transactions or (c) for other purposes. It may lend its portfolio securities to
brokers or dealers in corporate or government securities, banks or other
recognized institutional borrowers of securities subject to any applicable
requirements of a national securities exchange or of a governmental regulatory
body against collateral consisting of cash or direct obligations of the United
States, maintained on a current basis, so long as all such loans do not exceed
10% of the value of total assets, and it may make loans represented by
repurchase agreements, as described in the Prospectus, so long as such loans do
not exceed 10% of the value of total assets.

   When securities are loaned, the Corporation receives from the borrower the
equivalent of dividends or interest paid by the issuer of securities on loan
and, at the same time, makes short-term investments with the cash collateral and
retains the interest earned, after payment to the borrower or placing broker of
a negotiated portion of such interest, or receives from the borrower an agreed
upon rate of interest in the case of loans collateralized by direct obligations
of the United States. The Corporation does not have the right to vote securities
on loan, but would expect to terminate the loan and regain the right to vote if
that were considered important with respect to the investment.

   During its last three fiscal years, the Corporation did not: (a) issue senior
securities; (b) borrow any money; (c) underwrite securities; (d) concentrate
investments in particular industries or groups of industries; (e) purchase or
sell real estate, commodities, or commodity contracts; or (f) make money loans
or lend portfolio securities.

   In order to take advantage of opportunities that may be provided by debt
instruments of foreign issuers, the Corporation may from time to time invest up
to 3% of its assets in debt securities issued or guaranteed by a foreign
government or any of its political subdivisions, authorities, agencies or
instrumentalities and in related forward contracts. The Manager will determine
the percentage of assets invested in securities of a particular country or
denominated in a particular currency in accordance with its assessment of the
relative yield and appreciation potential of such securities and the
relationship of a country's currency to the U.S. dollar. Currently, the
Corporation will invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies or U.S.
dollars of issuers located in the following countries: Australia, Austria,
Belgium, Canada, Denmark, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Italy, Japan, Malaysia,
Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Singapore, Spain, Sweden,


                                       2

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Switzerland, Thailand and the United Kingdom. An issuer of debt securities
purchased by the Corporation may be domiciled in a country other than the
country in whose currency the instrument is denominated. The Corporation may
also invest in debt securities denominated in the European Currency Unit
("ECU"), which is a "basket" consisting of specified amounts of the currencies
of certain of the economic member states of the European Community.

   The Corporation's returns on foreign currency denominated debt instruments
can be adversely affected by changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar
and foreign currencies. The Corporation may engage in currency exchange
transactions to protect against uncertainty in the level of future exchange
rates in connection with hedging and other non-speculative strategies involving
specific settlement transactions or portfolio positions. The Corporation will
conduct its currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis
at the rate prevailing in the currency market or through forward contracts.

Rights and Warrants. The Corporation may not invest in rights and warrants if,
at the time of acquisition, the investment in rights and warrants would exceed
5% of the Corporation's net assets, valued at the lower of cost or market. In
addition, no more than 2% of net assets may be invested in warrants not listed
on the New York or American Stock Exchanges. For purposes of this restriction,
warrants acquired by the Corporation in units or attached to securities may be
deemed to have been purchased without cost.

Foreign Currency Transactions. A forward foreign currency exchange contract is
an agreement to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date and at a
price set at the time the contract is entered into. The Corporation will
generally enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts to fix the U.S.
dollar value of a security it has agreed to buy or sell for the period between
the date the trade was entered into and the date the security is delivered and
paid for, or, to hedge the U.S. dollar value of securities it owns.
   
   The Corporation may enter into a forward contract to sell or buy the amount
of a foreign currency it believes may experience a substantial movement against
the U.S. dollar. In this case the contract would approximate the value of some
or all of the Corporation's portfolio securities denominated in such foreign
currency. Under normal circumstances, the portfolio manager will limit forward
currency contracts to not greater than 75% of the Corporation's portfolio
position in any one country as of the date the contract is entered into. This
limitation will be measured at the point the hedging transaction is entered into
by the Corporation. Under extraordinary circumstances, the Manager may enter
into forward currency contracts in excess of 75% of the Corporation's portfolio
position in any one country as of the date the contract is entered into. The
precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of securities
involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such
securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market
involvement in the value of those securities between the date the forward
contract is entered into and the date it matures. The projection of short-term
currency market movement is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of
a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. Under certain circumstances,
the Corporation may commit up to the entire value of its assets which are
denominated in foreign currencies to the consummation of these contracts. The
Manager will consider the effect a substantial commitment of its assets to
forward contracts would have on the investment program of the Corporation and
its ability to purchase additional securities.

   Except as set forth above and immediately below, the Corporation will also
not enter into such forward contracts or maintain a net exposure to such
contracts where the consummation of the contracts would oblige the Corporation
to deliver an amount of foreign currency in excess of the value of the
Corporation's portfolio securities or other assets denominated in that currency.
The Corporation, in order to avoid excess transactions and transaction costs,
may nonetheless maintain a net exposure to forward contracts in excess of the
value of the Corporation's portfolio securities or other assets denominated in
that currency provided the excess amount is "covered" by cash or liquid,
high-grade debt securities, denominated in any currency, at least equal at all
times to the amount of such excess. Under normal circumstances, consideration of
the prospect for currency parties will be incorporated into the longer term
investment decisions made with regard to overall diversification strategies.
However, the Manager believes that it is important to have the flexibility to
enter into such forward contracts when it determines that the best interests of
the Corporation will be served.
    
   At the maturity of a forward contract, the Corporation may either sell the
portfolio security and make delivery of the foreign currency, or it may retain
the security and terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the foreign
currency by purchasing an "offsetting" contract obligating it to purchase, on
the same maturity date, the same amount of the foreign currency.

   As indicated above, it is impossible to forecast with absolute precision the
market value of portfolio securities at the expiration of the forward contract.
Accordingly, it may be necessary for the Corporation to purchase additional
foreign currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such purchase) if
the market value of the security is less than the





                                       3

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


amount of foreign currency the Corporation is obligated to deliver and if a
decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency.
Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on the spot market some of the foreign
currency received upon the sale of the portfolio security if its market value
exceeds the amount of foreign currency the Corporation is obligated to deliver.
However, the Corporation may use liquid, high-grade debt securities, denominated
in any currency, to cover the amount by which the value of a forward contract
exceeds the value of the securities to which it relates.

   If the Corporation retains the portfolio security and engages in offsetting
transactions, the Corporation will incur a gain or a loss (as described below)
to the extent that there has been movement in forward contract prices. If the
Corporation engages in an offsetting transaction, it may subsequently enter into
a new forward contract to sell the foreign currency. Should forward prices
decline during the period between the Corporation's entering into a forward
contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it enters into an
offsetting contract for the purchase of the foreign currency, the Corporation
will realize a gain to the extent the price of the currency it has agreed to
sell exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase. Should forward
prices increase, the Corporation will suffer a loss to the extent the price of
the currency it has agreed to purchase exceeds the price of the currency it has
agreed to sell.
   
   The Corporation's dealing in forward foreign currency exchange contracts will
be limited to the transactions described above. Of course, the Corporation is
not required to enter into forward contracts with regard to its foreign
currency-denominated securities and will not do so unless deemed appropriate by
the Manager. It also should be realized that this method of hedging against a
decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the
underlying prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange at
a future date. Additionally, although such contracts tend to minimize the risk
of loss due to a decline in the value of a hedged currency, at the same time,
they tend to limit any potential gain which might result from an increase in the
value of that currency.
    
   Stockholders should be aware of the costs of currency conversion. Although
foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a
profit based on the difference (the "spread") between the prices at which they
are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a
foreign currency to the Corporation at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of
exchange should the Corporation desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

   Investment income received by the Corporation from sources within foreign
countries may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. The
United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries which
entitle the Corporation to a reduced rate of such taxes or exemption from taxes
on such income. It is impossible to determine the effective rate of foreign tax
in advance since the amounts of the Corporation's assets to be invested within
various countries is not known.

                             DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

   A listing of the directors and officers of the Corporation and their business
experience for the past five years follows. An asterisk (*) indicates directors
who are "interested persons" of the Corporation (as defined by the Investment
Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"). Unless otherwise noted, the address of
each director and officer is 100 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017.

   

<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>

WILLIAM C. MORRIS*               Director, Chairman of the Board, Chief
    (60)                         Executive Officer and Chairman of the Executive
                                 Committee

                                 Chairman, J. & W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated,
                                 investment managers and advisers; Chairman and
                                 Chief Executive Officer, the Seligman Group of
                                 Investment Companies; Chairman, Seligman
                                 Financial Services, Inc., broker/dealer;
                                 Seligman Services, Inc., broker/dealer; and
                                 Carbo Ceramics Inc., ceramic proppants for oil
                                 and gas industry; Director, Seligman Data Corp.
                                 shareholder service agent; Kerr-McGee
                                 Corporation, diversified energy company; and
                                 Sarah Lawrence College; and a Member of the
                                 Board of Governors of the Investment Company
                                 Institute; formerly, Chairman, Seligman
                                 Advisors, Inc., advisers; Seligman Holdings,
                                 Inc., holding company; Seligman Securities,
                                 Inc., broker/dealer; and J. & W. Seligman Trust
                                 Company, trust company.
</TABLE>
    



                                       4

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>
BRIAN T. ZINO*                   Director, President and Member of the Executive
    (45)                         Committee

                                 Director and President, J. & W. Seligman & Co.
                                 Incorporated, investment managers and advisers;
                                 Director or Trustee, the Seligman Group of
                                 Investment Companies; President, the Seligman
                                 Group of Investment Companies, except Seligman
                                 Quality Municipal Fund, Inc. and Seligman
                                 Select Municipal Fund, Inc.; Chairman, Seligman
                                 Data Corp., shareholder service agent;
                                 Director, Seligman Financial Services, Inc.,
                                 broker/dealer; Seligman Services, Inc.,
                                 broker/dealer; and Seligman Henderson Co.,
                                 adviser; formerly, Director, Seligman Advisors,
                                 Inc., advisers; Seligman Securities, Inc.,
                                 broker/dealer and J. & W. Seligman Trust
                                 Company, trust company.

RICHARD R. SCHMALTZ*             Director and Member of the Executive Committee
     (57)                        

                                 Director and Managing Director, Director of
                                 Investments, J. & W. Seligman & Co.
                                 Incorporated; Director of Seligman Henderson
                                 Co. and Trustee Emeritus of Colby College;
                                 formerly, Director, Investment Research at
                                 Neuberger & Berman from May 1993 to September
                                 1996 and Executive Vice President of McGlinn
                                 Capital from July 1987 to May 1993.

JOHN R. GALVIN                   Director
     (68)
                                 Dean, Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy at
                                 Tufts University; Director or Trustee, the
                                 Seligman Group of Investment Companies;
                                 Chairman of the American Council on Germany; a
                                 Governor of the Center for Creative Leadership;
                                 National Committee on U.S.-China Relations,
                                 National Defense University; the Institute for
                                 Defense Analysis; and Raytheon Co.,
                                 electronics; formerly, Director, USLIFE
                                 Corporation, life insurance; Ambassador, U.S.
                                 State Department for negotiations in Bosnia;
                                 Distinguished Policy Analyst at Ohio State
                                 University and Olin Distinguished Professor of
                                 National Security Studies at the United States
                                 Military Academy. From June, 1987 to June,
                                 1992, he was the Supreme Allied Commander,
                                 Europe and the Commander-in-Chief, United
                                 States European Command.
                                 Tufts University, Packard Avenue, Medford,
                                 MA 02105.

ALICE S. ILCHMAN                 Director
     (63)
                                 President, Sarah Lawrence College; Director or
                                 Trustee, the Seligman Group of Investment
                                 Companies; and the Committee for Economic
                                 Development; Chairman, The Rockefeller
                                 Foundation, charitable foundation; formerly,
                                 Trustee, The Markle Foundation, philanthropic
                                 organization; and Director, NYNEX, telephone
                                 company; and International Research and
                                 Exchange Board, intellectual exchanges.
                                 Sarah Lawrence College, Bronxville, New York
                                 10708

FRANK A. McPHERSON               Director
        (65)

                                 Director, various corporations; Director or
                                 Trustee, the Seligman Group of Investment
                                 Companies; Kimberly-Clark Corporation, consumer
                                 products; Bank of Oklahoma Holding Company;
                                 Baptist Medical Center; Oklahoma Chapter of the
                                 Nature Conservancy; Oklahoma Medical Research
                                 Foundation; and National Boys and Girls Clubs
                                 of America; and a Member of the Business
                                 Roundtable and National Petroleum Council;
                                 formerly, Chairman of the Board and Chief
                                 Executive Officer, Kerr-McGee Corporation,
                                 energy; Chairman of Oklahoma City Public
                                 Schools Foundation; and Director, Federal
                                 Reserve System's Kansas City Reserve Bank; and
                                 the Oklahoma City Chamber of Commerce.
                                 123 Robert S. Kerr Avenue, Oklahoma City, OK
                                 73102
</TABLE>
    


                                       5

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


   

<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>
JOHN E. MEROW                    Director 
    (68)
                                 Retired Chairman and Senior Partner, Sullivan
                                 & Cromwell, law firm; Director or Trustee, the
                                 Seligman Group of Investment Companies; Commonwealth
                                 Industries, Inc., manufacturer of aluminum
                                 sheet products; the Foreign Policy Association;
                                 the Municipal Art Society of New York; the U.S.
                                 Council for International Business; and The New
                                 York and Presbyterian Hospital; Chairman,
                                 American Australian Association; and The New
                                 York and Presbyterian Hospital Care Network,
                                 Inc.; Vice-Chairman, the U.S.-New Zealand
                                 Council; a Member of the American Law Institute
                                 and the Council on Foreign Relations.
                                 125 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004

BETSY S. MICHEL                  Director
   (55)
  
                                 Attorney; Director or Trustee, the Seligman
                                 Group of Investment Companies; Trustee, The
                                 Geraldine R. Dodge Foundation, charitable
                                 foundation; and Chairman of the Board of
                                 Trustees of St. George's School (Newport, RI);
                                 formerly, Director, the National Association of
                                 Independent Schools (Washington DC).
                                 St. Bernard's Road, Gladstone, NJ 07934

JAMES C. PITNEY                  Director
     (71)
                                 Retired Partner, Pitney, Hardin, Kipp & Szuch,
                                 law firm; Director or Trustee, the Seligman
                                 Group of Investment Companies; and Director,
                                 Public Broadcasting Service (PBS); formerly,
                                 Director, Public Service Enterprise Group,
                                 public utility.
                                 Park Avenue at Morris County, P.O. Box 1945,
                                 Morristown, NJ 07962-1945

JAMES Q. RIORDAN                 Director
      (70)
                                 Director, various corporations; Director or
                                 Trustee, the Seligman Group of Investment
                                 Companies; The Brooklyn Museum; The Brooklyn
                                 Union Gas Company; The Committee for Economic
                                 Development; and Public Broadcasting Service
                                 (PBS); formerly, Co-Chairman of the Policy
                                 Council of the Tax Foundation; Director and
                                 Vice Chairman, Mobil Corporation; Director,
                                 Tesoro Petroleum Companies; Dow Jones & Co.
                                 Inc.; and Director and President, Bekaert
                                 Corporation.
                                 675 Third Avenue, Suite 3004, New York,
                                 NY 10017

 ROBERT L. SHAFER                Director
       (65)
                                 Director, various organizations, Director or
                                 Trustee, the Seligman Group of Investment
                                 Companies; formerly, Vice President, Pfizer
                                 Inc., pharmaceuticals; and Director, USLIFE
                                 Corporation, life insurance.
                                 235 East 42nd Street, New York, NY 10017

JAMES N. WHITSON                 Director
      (63)

                                 Director, Sammons Enterprises, Inc.; Director
                                 or Trustee, the Seligman Group of Investment
                                 Companies; C-SPAN; and CommScope, Inc.,
                                 manufacturer of coaxial cables; formerly,
                                 Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
                                 Officer, Sammons Enterprises, Inc.; and
                                 Director, Red Man Pipe and Supply Company,
                                 piping and other materials.
                                 5949 Sherry Lane, Suite 1900, Dallas, TX 75225
</TABLE>
    


                                       6

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   

<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>
CHARLES C. SMITH, JR.            Vice President and Portfolio Manager
        (41)

                                 Managing Director (formerly, Senior Vice
                                 President and Senior Investment Officer), J. &
                                 W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated, investment
                                 managers and advisers; Vice President and
                                 Portfolio Manager, three open-end investment
                                 companies in the Seligman Group of Investment
                                 Companies.

CHARLES W. KADLEC                Vice President
        (52)

                                 Managing Director, J. & W. Seligman & Co.
                                 Incorporated, investment managers and advisers;
                                 Chief Investment Strategist, Seligman Financial
                                 Services, Inc., broker/dealer.

LAWRENCE P. VOGEL                Vice President
      (41)
                                 Senior Vice President, Finance, J. & W.
                                 Seligman & Co. Incorporated, investment
                                 managers and advisers; Seligman Financial
                                 Services, Inc., broker/dealer; and Seligman
                                 Data Corp., shareholder service agent; Vice
                                 President, the Seligman Group of Investment
                                 Companies and Seligman Services, Inc.,
                                 broker/dealer; Treasurer, Seligman Henderson
                                 Co., advisers; formerly, Senior Vice President,
                                 Seligman Advisors, Inc., advisers; and
                                 Treasurer, Seligman Holdings, Inc., holding
                                 company.

FRANK J. NASTA                   Secretary
     (33)
                                 Senior Vice President, Law and Regulation, and
                                 Corporate Secretary, J. & W. Seligman & Co.
                                 Incorporated, investment managers and advisers;
                                 Secretary, the Seligman Group of Investment
                                 Companies; Corporate Secretary, Seligman
                                 Financial Services, Inc., broker/dealer;
                                 Seligman Henderson Co., advisers; Seligman
                                 Services, Inc., broker/dealer; and Seligman
                                 Data Corp., shareholder service agent;
                                 formerly, Senior Vice President, Law and
                                 Regulation, and Corporate Secretary, Seligman
                                 Advisors, Inc., advisers; and an attorney at
                                 Seward & Kissel, law firm.

THOMAS G. ROSE                   Treasurer
      (40)
                                 Treasurer, the Seligman Group of Investment
                                 Companies; and Seligman Data Corp., shareholder
                                 service agent.
</TABLE>


                               Compensation Table
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Pension or
                                              Aggregate       Retirement Benefits   Total Compensation
                                            Compensation      Accrued as part of   from Corporation and
 Name and Position with Corporation      from Corporation(1)  Corporation Expenses  Fund Complex(1)(2)
 -----------------------------------     -------------------  --------------------- ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>                   <C>                   <C>
 William C. Morris, Director and 
   Chairman                                      N/A                  N/A                  N/A
 Brian T. Zino, Director and President           N/A                  N/A                  N/A
 Richard R. Schmaltz, Director                   N/A                  N/A                  N/A
 Fred E. Brown, Director Emeritus**              N/A                  N/A                  N/A
 John R. Galvin, Director                     $19,600.00              N/A               $69,000.00
 Alice S. Ilchman, Director                    18,000.00              N/A                65,000.00
 Frank A. McPherson, Director                  18,400.00              N/A                66,000.00
 John E. Merow, Director                       18,000.00              N/A                65,000.00
 Betsy S. Michel, Director                     19,600.00              N/A                69,000.00
 James C. Pitney, Director                     17,600.00              N/A                64,000.00
 James Q. Riordan, Director                    18,800.00              N/A                67,000.00
 Robert L. Shafer, Director                    18,800.00              N/A                67,000.00
 James N. Whitson, Director                    19,200.00(d)           N/A                68,000.00(d)
</TABLE>
    



                                       7


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



- ----------------------
   
(1) Based on remuneration received by the Directors of the Corporation for the
    year ended December 31, 1997. Effective January 16, 1998, the per meeting
    fee for Directors was increased by $1,000, which is allocated among all
    Funds in the Fund Complex.

(2) As defined in the Corporation's prospectus, the Seligman Group of Investment
    Companies consists of eighteen investment companies.

**  Retired as Director and designated Director Emeritus on March 20, 1997.
    

(d) Deferred.
   
   The Corporation has a compensation arrangement under which outside directors
may elect to defer receiving their fees. Under this arrangement, interest is
accrued on the deferred balances. The annual cost of such fees and interest is
included in the director's fees and expenses and the accumulated balance thereof
is included in "Liabilities" in the Corporation's financial statements. As of
December 31, 1997, the total amount of deferred compensation (including
interest) payable in respect of the Corporation to Mr. Whitson was $97,044.
Messrs. Merow and Pitney no longer defer current compensation; however, they
have accrued deferred compensation in the amounts of $126,735 and $263,955,
respectively, as of December 31, 1997. The Corporation has applied for and
received exemptive relief that would permit a director who has elected deferral
of his or her fees to choose a rate of return equal to either (i) the interest
rate on short-term Treasury bills, or (ii) the rate of return on the shares of
any of the investment companies advised by the Manager, as designated by the
director. The Corporation may, but is not obligated to, purchase shares of such
investment companies to hedge its obligations in connection with this deferral
arrangement.
    
   Directors and officers of the Corporation are also directors, trustees and
officers of some or all of the other investment companies in the Seligman Group.
   
   The Executive Committee of the Board of Directors has the power to (a)
determine the value of securities and assets owned by the Corporation, (b) elect
or appoint officers of the Corporation to serve until the next meeting of the
Directors succeeding such action and (c) determine the price at which shares of
Common Stock of the Corporation shall be issued and sold. All action taken by
the Executive Committee is recorded and reported to the Board of Directors at
their meeting succeeding such action. The members of the Executive Committee
consist of Mr. William C. Morris, Chairman, Richard R. Schmaltz, and Brian T.
Zino, President.
    
HOLDINGS OF PREFERRED STOCK, COMMON STOCK AND WARRANTS:
   
   As of March 31, 1998 holders of record of Preferred Stock totaled 630;
holders of record of Common Stock totaled 43,714; and holders of record of
Warrants totaled 147. Insofar as is known by the Corporation, no person owns or
controls or holds, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of the outstanding equity
securities, except for Cede & Co., a nominee for The Depository Trust Company,
P.O. Box 20, Bowling Green Station, New York, NY 10274 who owns of record 46.48%
of the Corporation's Common Stock and 74.37% of the Corporation's Preferred
Stock.

   As of March 31, 1998 all directors and officers of the Corporation, as a
group, owned less than 1% of the Corporation's Common Stock. As of that date,
no directors or officers owned any of the Corporation's Preferred Stock or
Warrants. Mr. William C. Morris is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the
Manager and Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the
Corporation. Mr. Morris owns a majority of the outstanding voting securities of
the Manager.

   These securities of the Corporation shown as being owned beneficially by the
directors and officers include shares held by or for the benefit of members of
their families or held by a trust of which a director is a trustee but in which
they disclaim beneficial ownership.
    





                                       8

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                   MANAGEMENT
   

   The Corporation pays the Manager for its services a management fee,
calculated daily and payable monthly, equal to a percentage of the daily net
assets of the Corporation. The method for determining this percentage, referred
to as the management fee rate, is set forth in the Prospectus. The management
fee amounted to $13,151,570 in 1997, $11,136,312 in 1996 and $9,761.731 in 1995
which was equivalent to annual rates of .40%, .41% and .42%, respectively, of
the average daily net assets of the Corporation. The Manager paid fees to
Seligman Henderson Co., pursuant to a subadvisory contract no longer in effect,
of $1,361,562, $1,192,207 and $810,796 for the years ended December 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995, respectively.
    

   As part of its services to the Corporation, the Manager provides the
Corporation with such office space, administrative and other services and
executive and other personnel as are necessary for the operations of the
Corporation. The Manager also provides senior management for Seligman Data
Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation and certain other investment
companies in the Seligman Group. The Manager pays all of the compensation of the
directors of the Corporation who are employees or consultants of the Manager and
its affiliates, of the officers and employees of the Corporation and of certain
executive officers of Seligman Data Corp.

   The Manager is a successor firm to an investment banking business founded in
1864 which has provided investment services to individuals, families,
institutions and corporations. On December 23, 1988, a majority of the
outstanding voting securities of the Manager were purchased by Mr. William C.
Morris, and a simultaneous recapitalization of the Manager occurred. See the
Appendix for a history of the Manager.
   
    
                                     EXPERTS

   Deloitte & Touche LLP, Two World Financial Center, New York, New York 10281
acts as independent auditors for the Corporation and in such capacity audits the
Corporation's annual and semi-annual financial statements and financial
highlights.

   The financial information of the Corporation included in the Prospectus under
the caption "Financial Highlights" and the financial statements incorporated by
reference in this Statement of Additional Information have been so included or
incorporated by reference in reliance on the reports of Deloitte & Touche LLP
given upon their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.

         CUSTODIAN, STOCKHOLDER SERVICE AGENT AND DIVIDEND PAYING AGENT

   Seligman Data Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, acts as
the stockholder service agent and dividend paying agent and performs, at cost,
certain recordkeeping functions for the Corporation, maintains the records of
shareholder accounts and furnishes dividend paying, redemption and related
services.

   
   Investors Fiduciary Trust Company, 801 Pennsylvania, Kansas City, Missouri
64105, serves as custodian for the Corporation. It also maintains, under the
general supervision of the Manager, the accounting records and determines the
net asset value for the Corporation.
    
                              BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
   

   The Management Agreement recognizes that in the purchase and sale of
portfolio securities of the Corporation, the Manager will seek the most
favorable price and execution, and, consistent with that policy, may give
consideration to the research, statistical and other services furnished by
brokers or dealers to the Manager for its use, as well as to the general
attitude toward and support of investment companies demonstrated by such brokers
or dealers. Such services include supplemental investment research, analysis and
reports concerning issuers, industries and securities deemed by the Manager to
be beneficial to the Corporation. In addition, the Manager is authorized to
place orders with brokers who provide supplemental investment and market
research and security and economic analysis although the use of such brokers may
result in a higher brokerage charge to the Corporation than the use of brokers
selected solely on the basis of seeking the most favorable price and execution
and although such research and analysis may be useful to the Manager in
connection with its services to clients other than the Corporation.
    

   In over-the-counter markets, the Corporation deals with primary market makers
unless a more favorable execution or price is believed to be obtainable. The
Corporation may buy securities from or sell securities to dealers acting as
principal, except dealers with which its directors and/or officers are
affiliated.



                                       9

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   When two or more of the investment companies in the Seligman Group or other
investment advisory clients of the Manager desire to buy or sell the same
security at the same time, the securities purchased or sold are allocated by the
Manager in a manner believed to be equitable to each. There may be possible
advantages or disadvantages of such transactions with respect to price or the
size of positions readily obtainable or saleable.

   
   Information as to the Corporation's portfolio turnover rate for recent years
is stated under "Financial Highlights" in the Prospectus. Total brokerage
commissions (not including any spreads on principal transactions on a net basis)
paid by the Corporation during the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
were $6,815,388, $4,105,756 and $3,825,533, respectively.
    

               INCORPORATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BY REFERENCE
   
   The Corporation's financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1997
are herein incorporated by reference to the 1997 Annual Report to Stockholders
of the Corporation (the "1997 Annual Report"), filed with the Commission
pursuant to Section 30(b) of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations
thereunder. The 1997 Annual Report contains schedules of the Corporation's
portfolio investments as of December 31, 1997 and certain other financial
information. A copy of the 1997 Annual Report will be sent without charge to all
investors who request a copy of this Statement of Additional Information.
    





                                       10

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT ON FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS - SENIOR SECURITIES -
                        $2.50 CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK

To the Board of Directors and Security Holders of
   Tri-Continental Corporation:

   We have previously audited, in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards, the statements of assets and liabilities, including the portfolio of
investments, and the statements of capital stock and surplus of Tri-Continental
Corporation as of December 31 for each of the ten years in the period ended
December 31, 1997 and the related statements of operations and of changes in net
investment assets, and the financial highlights for each of the years then ended
(none of which are presented herein); and we expressed unqualified opinions on
those financial statements.

   In our opinion, the information appearing on page 6 of the Prospectus, under
the caption "Senior Securities - $2.50 Cumulative Preferred Stock", for each of
the ten years in the period ended December 31, 1997 is fairly stated, in all
material respects, in relation to the financial statements from which it has
been derived.




   

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
New York, New York
April 13, 1998
    


                                       11

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                    APPENDIX

                 HISTORY OF J. & W. SELIGMAN & CO. INCORPORATED

        Seligman's beginnings date back to 1837, when Joseph Seligman, the
oldest of eight brothers, arrived in the United States from Germany. He earned
his living as a pack peddler in Pennsylvania, and began sending for his
brothers. The Seligmans became successful merchants, establishing businesses in
the South and East.

        Backed by nearly thirty years of business success - culminating in the
sale of government securities to help finance the Civil War - Joseph Seligman,
with his brothers, established the international banking and investment firm of
J. & W. Seligman & Co. In the years that followed, the Seligman Complex played a
major role in the geographical expansion and industrial development of the
United States.

THE SELIGMAN COMPLEX:

 .... Prior to 1900

        Helps finance America's fledgling railroads through underwriting.

        Is admitted to the New York Stock Exchange in 1869. Seligman remained a
        member of the NYSE until 1993, when the evolution of its business made
        it unnecessary.

        Becomes a prominent underwriter of corporate securities, including New
        York Mutual Gas Light Company, later part of Consolidated Edison.

        Provides financial assistance to Mary Todd Lincoln and urges the Senate
        to award her a pension.

        Is appointed U.S. Navy fiscal agent by President Grant.

        Becomes a leader in raising capital for America's industrial and urban
        development.

 ...1900-1910

        Helps Congress finance the building of the Panama Canal.

 ...1910s

        Participates in raising billions for Great Britain, France and Italy,
        helping to finance World War I.

 ...1920s

        Participates in hundreds of underwritings including those for some of
        the country's largest companies: Briggs Manufacturing, Dodge Brothers,
        General Motors, Minneapolis-Honeywell Regulatory Company, Maytag
        Company, United Artists Theater Circuit and Victor Talking Machine
        Company.
   

        Forms Tri-Continental Corporation in 1929, today the nation's largest,
        diversified closed-end equity investment company, with over $3 billion
        in assets, and one of its oldest.
    

 ...1930s

        Assumes management of Broad Street Investing Co. Inc., its first mutual
        fund, today known as Seligman Common Stock Fund, Inc.

        Establishes Investment Advisory Service.

 ...1940s

        Helps shape the Investment Company Act of 1940.

        Leads in the purchase and subsequent sale to the public of Newport News
        Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company, a prototype transaction for the
        investment banking industry.

        Assumes management of National Investors Corporation, today Seligman
        Growth Fund, Inc.

        Establishes Whitehall Fund, Inc., today Seligman Income Fund, Inc.


                                       12

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



 ...1950-1989

        Develops new open-end investment companies. Today, manages more than 40
        mutual fund portfolios.

        Helps pioneer state-specific, municipal bond funds, today managing a
        national and 18 state-specific municipal funds.

        Establishes J. & W. Seligman Trust Company, and J. & W. Seligman
        Valuations Corporation.

        Establishes Seligman Portfolios, Inc., an investment vehicle offered
        through variable annuity products.

 ...1990s

        Introduces Seligman Select Municipal Fund, Inc. and Seligman Quality
        Municipal Fund, Inc., two closed-end funds that invest in high-quality
        municipal bonds.

        In 1991 establishes a joint venture with Henderson plc, of London, known
        as Seligman Henderson Co., to offer global investment products.

        Introduces to the public Seligman Frontier Fund, Inc., a small
        capitalization mutual fund.

        Launches Seligman Henderson Global Fund Series, Inc., which today offers
        five separate series: Seligman Henderson International Fund, Seligman
        Henderson Global Smaller Companies Fund, Seligman Henderson Global
        Technology Fund, Seligman Henderson Global Growth Opportunities Fund,
        and Seligman Henderson Emerging Markets Growth Fund.

        Launches Seligman Value Fund Series, Inc., which currently offers two
        separate series: Seligman Large-Cap Value Fund and Seligman Small-Cap
        Value Fund.

                                        13


<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation

Portfolio of Investments
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         December 31, 1997
                                                        Shares        Value
                                                       --------    ------------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>         
COMMON STOCKS - 93.2%

AEROSPACE - 2.4%
General Dynamics Corporation                            375,000    $ 32,414,063
  Diversified defense contractor
United Technologies Corporation                         680,000      49,512,500
  Manufacturer of elevators, jet engines,
  flight systems, and automotive parts
                                                                   ------------
                                                                   $ 81,926,563
                                                                   ------------
AUTOMOTIVE AND RELATED - 3.3%
Chrysler Corporation                                    880,000    $ 30,965,000
  Manufacturer of automobiles, trucks, and
  related parts
Dana Corporation                                        400,000      19,000,000
  Manufacturer and distributor of products and
  systems for automotive and related markets
Eaton Corporation                                       217,000      19,367,250
  Diversified manufacturer, including truck
  transmissions and axles
Harley-Davidson Inc.                                  1,200,000      32,850,000
  Manufacturer of motorcycles
Volkswagen AG (ADRs)* (Germany)                         100,000      11,243,750
  Manufacturer of automobiles
                                                                   ------------
                                                                   $113,426,000
                                                                   ------------
BASIC MATERIALS - 0.9%
Aluminum Company of America                             450,000    $ 31,668,750
  Aluminum producer                                                ------------

BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION - 0.5%
Sherwin-Williams Corporation                            600,000    $ 16,650,000
  Manufacturer of paints and related products                      ------------

CHEMICALS - 2.4%
duPont (E.I.) de Nemours and Company                    550,000    $ 33,034,375
  Producer of chemicals
The B.F. Goodrich Company                               747,000      30,953,813
  Chemical manufacturer; supplier of systems
  and component parts for the aerospace industry
Morton International, Inc.                              550,000      18,906,250
  Manufacturer and marketer of adhesives,
  coatings, salt, and specialty products                           ------------
</TABLE>
                                                                   $ 82,894,438
                                                                   ------------

- ----------
See footnotes on page 23.


                                       17

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Portfolio of Investments (continued)                     December 31, 1997
                                                        Shares        Value
                                                       --------    ------------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>         
COMMUNICATIONS - 6.6%
Alcatel Alsthom (France)                                 65,000    $  8,264,772
  Developer of equipment and systems for
  public telecommunications
Ameritech Corporation                                   440,000      35,420,000
  Provider of telecommunications services
Bell Atlantic Corporation                               392,200      35,690,200
  Telephone services in the Atlantic region
GTE Corporation                                         600,000      31,350,000
  Provider of telephone services, systems,
  and equipment
Magyar Tavkozlesi Rt. (ADRs)* "Matav" (Hungary)         240,000       6,240,000
   Provider of telecommunications services
SBC Communications, Inc.                                425,000      31,131,250
  Provider of telephone services in the Southwest
Sprint Corporation                                      381,900      22,388,887
  Global communications company
Telecomunicacoes Brasileiros (ADRs)
  "Telebras" (Brazil)                                    53,800       6,264,337
  Provider of telecommunications services
Telecom Italia-SpA* (Italy)                           1,468,600       6,475,272
  Provider of the whole spectrum of mobile
  telecommunications services
Telecom Italia-SpA (Italy)                            1,600,000      10,220,175
  Provider of the whole spectrum of mobile
  telecommunications services
WorldCom Inc.*                                        1,130,000      34,217,813
  Diversified telecommunications company
                                                                   ------------
                                                                   $227,662,706
                                                                   ------------
COMPUTER AND BUSINESS SERVICES - 6.9%
Compaq Computer Corporation                             625,000    $ 35,273,437
  Global PC manufacturer
Computer Associates International,Inc                   412,500      21,810,937
  Developer of software utilities and databases
Hewlett-Packard Company                                 300,000      18,750,000
  Computers and peripherals
Intel Corporation                                       638,000      44,799,563
  Manufacturer of semiconductors and
  memory circuits
International Business Machines Corporation             326,000      34,087,375
  Manufacturer of micro and personal computers
Microsoft Corporation*                                  393,000      50,782,969
  Developer of computer software
WPP Group plc (UK)                                    2,700,000      12,018,595
  Provider of worldwide marketing services
Xerox Corporation                                       255,200      18,836,950
   Developer and marketer of document
   processing products and services
                                                                   ------------
                                                                   $236,359,826
                                                                   ------------
CONSUMER GOODS AND SERVICES - 11.2%
Allied Domecq plc (UK)                                  870,000    $  7,903,384
  International food, drink, and hospitality group
Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc.                          770,000      33,880,000
  Brewery; theme park operator; manufacturer and
  recycler of aluminum beverage containers
B.A.T. Industries plc (UK)                            1,670,000      15,294,990
  Provider of financial services and
  producer of tobacco products
</TABLE>

- ----------
See footnotes on page 23.


                                       18

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Portfolio of Investments (continued)                      December 31, 1997
                                                        Shares        Value
                                                       --------    ------------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>
CONSUMER GOODS AND SERVICES (continued)
Coca-Cola Company                                       770,000    $ 51,301,250
  Manufacturer of soft drinks and
  consumer products
ConAgra, Inc.                                         1,190,000      39,046,875
  Developer and manufacturer of prepared
  foods and agricultural products
PepsiCo, Inc.                                         1,100,000      40,081,250
  Manufacturer and marketer of soft drinks
  and consumer products
Philip Morris Companies, Inc.                         1,415,000      64,117,187
  Manufacturer of tobacco products, food,
  and beverages
Procter & Gamble Company                                600,000      47,887,500
  Manufacturer and distributor of household
  and personal care products
RJR Nabisco Holdings Corporation                      1,375,000      51,562,500
  Manufacturer of tobacco products and
  processed foods
Sara Lee Corporation                                    600,000      33,787,500
  Manufacturer of processed foods and                              ------------
  consumer products                                                $384,862,436
                                                                   ------------
DIVERSIFIED - 1.3%
AlliedSignal Inc.                                     1,090,000    $ 42,441,875
  Producer of aerospace and automotive materials
Pacific Dunlop Ltd. (Australia)                       1,500,000       3,176,063
  Diversified manufacturer                                         ------------
                                                                   $ 45,617,938
                                                                   ------------
DRUGS AND HEALTH CARE - 8.3%
Abbott Laboratories                                     300,000    $ 19,668,750
  Developer and manufacturer of diversified
  health care products
American Home Products Corporation                      300,000      22,950,000
  Developer and manufacturer of pharmaceuticals,
  food, and housewares
Bristol-Myers Squibb Company                            585,000      55,355,625
  Developer and manufacturer of health and
  personal care products
Elan Corporation plc (ADRs)* (Ireland)                  300,000      15,356,250
  Developer, manufacturer, and marketer of
  drug delivery systems
Johnson & Johnson                                       600,000      39,525,000
  Manufacturer of health care products
Merck & Co., Inc.                                       428,400      45,517,500
  Manufacturer of pharmaceuticals
Novartis AG (Switzerland)                                10,300      16,696,990
  Manufacturer of pharmaceuticals
Pfizer Inc.                                             460,000      34,298,750
  Manufacturer of health care consumer products
  and specialty chemicals
Schering-Plough Corporation                             570,000      35,411,250
  Manufacturer of pharmaceuticals and health care                  ------------
  and personal care products                                       $284,780,115
                                                                   ------------
ELECTRIC AND GAS UTILITIES - 3.6%
BG plc (ADRs) (UK)                                      202,940    $  4,667,620
  Gas supplier
Companhia Energetica de Minas Gerais (ADRs)
"CEMIG" (Brazil)                                         87,400       3,933,000
  Electric utility
Electricidade de Portugal, S.A. (ADRs)* (Portugal)      279,600      10,834,500
  Generator and distributor of electricity
Endesa S.A. (ADRs) (Spain)                              528,000       9,603,000
  Provider of electric energy
</TABLE>
- ----------
See footnotes on page 23.


                                       19

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Portfolio of Investments (continued)                     December 31, 1997
                                                        Shares        Value
                                                       --------    ------------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>         
ELECTRIC AND GAS UTILITIES (continued)
Huaneng Power International, Inc. (ADRs)* (China)       270,000    $  6,260,625
  Power company
Unicom Corporation                                    1,065,000      32,748,750
  Electric utility
VEBA AG (Germany)                                       230,000      15,666,268
  Provider of electric energy
The Williams Companies, Inc.                          1,400,000      39,725,000
                                                                   ------------
  Transporter and producer of natural gas                          $123,438,763
                                                                   ------------
ELECTRONICS - 5.9%
AMP Inc.                                                665,000    $ 27,930,000
  Manufacturer of electronic connectors
  and systems
Applied Materials, Inc.*                                965,000      29,040,469
  Developer, manufacturer, marketer, and
  servicer of semiconductor wafer
  fabrication equipment
Arrow Electronics, Inc.*                                800,000      25,950,000
  Distributor of electronic components
KLA-Tencor Corporation*                                 630,000      24,314,063
  Manufacturer of wafer inspection and
  metrology equipment
Motorola Inc.                                           325,000      18,545,312
  Producer of semiconductors and
  communications equipment
Philips Electronics N.V. (Netherlands)                  225,000      13,612,500
  Worldwide manufacturer of consumer electronics
  and components
Raytheon Company                                        685,000      34,592,500
  Producer of defense and commercial electronics
Thomas & Betts Corporation                               600,000     28,350,000
  Manufacturer of electronic connectors
  and compoments                                                   ------------
                                                                   $202,334,844
                                                                   ------------
ENERGY - 8.3%
Amoco Corporation                                       400,000    $ 34,050,000
  Integrated petroleum and chemical company
Atlantic Richfield Company                              250,000      20,031,250
  Producer of oil; West Coast marketer
Baker Hughes Incorporated                               300,000      13,087,500
  Provider of products and services to explore for,
  extract, recover, and process oil and gas
Exxon Corporation                                     1,120,000      68,530,000
  Explorer and producer of natural gas, oil,
  and petroleum products
Mobil Corporation                                       400,000      28,875,000
  International oil enterprise
Royal Dutch Petroleum Company (Netherlands)             950,000      51,478,125
  International oil services
Schlumberger Ltd.                                       200,000      16,100,000
  Worldwide provider of energy services
Texaco Inc.                                             664,000      36,105,000
  Explorer, producer, transporter, refiner, and
  marketer of natural gas, oil, and
  petroleum products
Total S.A. Class "B" (France)                           147,583      16,066,960
   International oil enterprise                                    ------------
                                                                   $284,323,835
                                                                   ------------
</TABLE>


- ----------
See footnotes on page 23.


                                       20

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Portfolio of Investments (continued)                       December 31, 1997
                                                        Shares        Value
                                                       --------    ------------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>         
ENTERTAINMENT AND LEISURE - 1.0%
Disney (Walt) Company                                   250,000    $ 24,765,625
  Film entertainment; amusement parks;
  other forms of leisure-related activities
News Corp. Ltd. (ADRs) (Australia)                      260,000       5,801,250
  Provider of worldwide media and
  television services
News Corp. Ltd. (ADRs--Voting Preference
  Shares) (Australia)                                   130,000       2,583,750
  Provider of worldwide media and                                  ------------
  television services                                              $ 33,150,625
                                                                   ------------
FINANCE AND INSURANCE - 16.8%
ABN-AMRO Holdings N.V. (Netherlands)                    510,868    $  9,957,703
  Worldwide banking operator
ACE Limited                                             300,000      28,950,000
  Provider of liability insurance
Ahmanson (H.F.) &Company                                800,000      53,550,000
  Provider of savings and loan services
  throughout the US
American General Corporation                            400,000      21,625,000
  Diversified financial services provider
American International Group, Inc.                      450,000      48,937,500
  International insurance holding company
AXA-UAP (France)                                        235,209      18,206,072
  Provider of financial services and insurance
BankAmerica Corporation                                 330,000      24,090,000
  Commercial bank in California and
  the Western states
Bank of Ireland (Ireland)                               881,100      13,578,069
  Provider of financial services
Bank of New York Company, Inc.                        1,000,000      57,812,500
  Commercial bank
Bayerische Vereinsbank AG (Germany)                     375,000      24,187,495
  Provider of universal banking services
Citicorp                                                200,000      25,287,500
  Global commercial bank
Federal National Mortgage Association                   600,000      34,237,500
  Mortgage financer
First Union Corporation                                 700,000      35,875,000
  Operator of financial centers
General Re Corporation                                   75,000      15,900,000
  Property casualty re-insurer in the US
ING Groep N.V. (Netherlands)                            437,624      18,442,186
  Provider of banking and insurance services
Irish Life plc (Ireland)                                700,000       3,988,856
  Provider of insurance and related products
Mellon Bank Corporation                                 325,000      19,703,125
  Provider of financial services
St. Paul Companies, Inc.                                400,000      32,825,000
  Property and casualty insurer
Societe Generale (France)                                75,000      10,221,890
  Provider of full banking and financial services
TIG Holdings, Inc.                                      500,000      16,593,750
  Insurance provider
Travelers Incorporated                                  750,000      40,406,250
  Provider of broad-based financial services
Zurich Versicherungs-Gesellschaft (Switzerland)          42,700      20,327,770
  Provider of insurance services                                   ------------
                                                                   $574,703,166
                                                                   ------------
</TABLE>

- ----------
See footnotes on page 23.


                                       21

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Portfolio of Investments (continued)                      December 31, 1997
                                                        Shares        Value
                                                       --------    ------------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>         
MANUFACTURING AND
  INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT - 6.6%
Deere & Company, Inc.                                   463,900    $ 27,051,169
  Manufacturer, distributor, and financer
  of farm machinery
GATX Corporation                                        350,000      25,396,875
  Railcar leasing; equipment financing
General Electric Company                              1,335,000      97,955,625
  Supplier of electrical equipment and
  other industrial and consumer products
Harnischfeger Industries, Inc.                          477,000      16,844,062
  Manufacturer and distributor of machinery
  and mining equipment
Illinois Tool Works, Inc.                               700,000      42,087,500
  Manufacturer of fasteners, tools, and
  plastic items
Mannesmann AG (Germany)                                  32,500      16,318,218
  Manufacturer of plant and machinery equipment                    ------------
                                                                   $225,653,449
                                                                   ------------
PAPER AND FOREST PRODUCTS - 2.7%
Fort James Corporation                                  800,000    $ 30,600,000
  Producer of paper and related products
The Mead Corporation                                  1,200,000      33,600,000
  Manufacturer of paper, lumber, and
  wood products
Union Camp Corporation                                  500,000      26,843,750
  Producer of paper products, building                             ------------
  materials, and chemicals                                         $ 91,043,750
                                                                   ------------
PUBLISHING - 0.7%
Gannett Company, Inc.                                   400,000    $ 24,725,000
  Newspapers; radio and television broadcasting                    ------------

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS - 0.4%
Security Capital USRealty Trust                       1,000,000    $ 14,200,000
  Diversified investor in real estate companies                    ------------

RETAIL TRADE - 2.3%
May Department Stores Company                           400,000    $ 21,075,000
  Department store operator
J.C. Penney Company, Inc.                               306,000      18,455,625
  Operator of retail department stores and
  drugstores; insurance
Tesco plc (UK)                                        1,478,000      11,961,942
  Food retailer
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.                                   650,000      25,634,375
  Discount retailer                                                ------------
                                                                   $ 77,126,942
                                                                   ------------
STEEL - 0.6%
Allegheny Teledyne Inc.                                 800,000    $ 20,700,000
  Manufacturer of specialty metals and aviation                    ------------
  and electronics products

TRANSPORTATION - 0.5%
Norfolk Southern Corporation                            600,000    $ 18,487,500
  Railroad holding company                                         ------------

TOTAL COMMON STOCKS
  (Cost: $2,340,552,810)                                         $3,195,736,646
</TABLE>
                                                                 --------------

- ----------
See footnotes on page 23.


                                       22

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Portfolio of Investments (continued)                    December 31, 1997
                                                     Prin. Amt.       Value
                                                    -----------    ------------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>         
US GOVERNMENT SECURITIES - 4.2%
USTreasury Notes, 6 1/4%, 4/30/2001                 $15,000,000    $ 15,239,070
USTreasury Notes, 5 3/4%, 11/30/2002                 35,000,000      35,043,785
USTreasury Notes, 5 7/8%, 2/15/2004                  40,000,000      40,375,040
USTreasury Notes, 6 1/4%, 2/15/2007                  50,000,000      51,625,050
                                                                   ------------
TOTAL US GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
  (Cost: $141,719,531)                                             $142,282,945
                                                                   ------------
CORPORATE BONDS - 0.6%
AUTOMOTIVE AND RELATED - 0.3%
Ford Motor Credit Corp., 6 1/2%, 2/28/2002           10,000,000    $ 10,080,470
                                                                   ------------
COMMUNICATIONS - 0.3%
TCI Communications Inc., 8%, 8/1/2005                10,000,000    $ 10,715,460
                                                                   ------------
TOTAL CORPORATE BONDS
  (Cost: $20,006,300)                                              $ 20,795,930
                                                                   ------------
CONVERTIBLE BONDS - 0.1%
  (Cost: $3,500,000)

FINANCE AND INSURANCE - 0.1%
LibLife International (UK), 6 1/2%, 9/30/2004         3,500,000    $  4,103,778
                                                                   ------------
TRI-CONTINENTAL FINANCIAL DIVISION++ - 0.5%
  (Cost: $17,034,739)                                              $ 17,244,952
                                                                   ------------
SHORT-TERM HOLDINGS - 1.1%
  (Cost: $37,700,000)                                              $ 37,700,000
                                                                   ------------
TOTAL INVESTMENTS - 99.7%
  (Cost: $2,560,513,380)                                         $3,417,864,251

OTHER ASSETS LESS LIABILITIES - 0.3%                                 11,588,669
                                                                   ------------
NET INVESTMENT ASSETS - 100.0%                                   $3,429,452,920
</TABLE>
                                                                 ==============

- ----------
 *  Non-income producing security.
 ++ Restricted securities.
Descriptions of companies have not been audited by Deloitte and Touche LLP.
See Notes to Financial Statements.


                                       23

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation


Statement of Assets and Liabilities December 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>         
Assets:

Investments at value:
 Common stocks (cost -- $2,340,552,810) .......  $3,195,736,646
 US Government securities 
  (cost -- $141,719,531) ......................     142,282,945
 Corporate bonds (cost -- $20,006,300) ........      20,795,930
 Tri-Continental Financial Division
   (cost -- $17,034,739) ......................      17,244,952
 Convertible issues (cost -- $3,500,000) ......       4,103,778
 Short-term holdings (cost -- $37,700,000) ....      37,700,000  $3,417,864,251
                                                 --------------

Cash ..........................................                      32,915,071
Receivable for dividends and interest .........                      10,817,073
Receivable for securities sold ................                       1,701,351
Investment in, and expenses prepaid to, 
  stockholder service agent ...................                         441,778
Other .........................................                       1,097,050
                                                                 --------------
Total Assets ..................................                  $3,464,836,574
                                                                 --------------
Liabilities:
Payable for securities purchased ..............                    $ 31,701,053
Dividends payable .............................                         470,463
Accrued expenses, taxes, and other ............                       3,212,138
                                                                   ------------
Total Liabilities .............................                    $ 35,383,654
                                                                   ------------
Net Investment Assets .........................                  $3,429,452,920
Preferred Stock, at $50 par value .............                      37,637,000
                                                                 --------------
Net Assets for Common Stock ...................                  $3,391,815,920
                                                                 ==============
Net Assets per Share of Common Stock
  (market value--$26.6875) ....................                    $      32.06
                                                                   ============
Statement of Capital Stock and Surplus December 31, 1997

Capital Stock:
  $2.50 Cumulative Preferred Stock, 
  $50 par value, asset coverage per 
  share -- $4,555.96 Shares authorized 
  -- 1,000,000; issued and 
  outstanding -- 752,740 ......................                    $ 37,637,000
  Common Stock, $.50 par value:
  Shares authorized -- 129,000,000; issued
  and outstanding -- 105,796,914 ..............                      52,898,457

Surplus:
 Capital surplus ..............................                   2,286,719,552
 Accumulated net investment loss ..............                        (339,509)
 Undistributed net realized gain ..............                     195,203,642
 Net unrealized appreciation of investments ...                     865,108,232
 Net unrealized depreciation on 
  translation of assets and liabilities 
  denominated in foreign currencies* ..........                      (7,774,454)
                                                                   ------------
                                                                 $3,429,452,920
                                                                 ==============
</TABLE>

- ----------
* Includes net unrealized depreciation on translation of investments
  denominated in foreign currencies of $7,757,361.
See Notes to Financial Statements.


                                       24

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation


Statement of Operations For the Year Ended December 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>         
Investment Income:
 Dividends ....................................     $65,021,562
 Interest .....................................      13,208,997
                                                    -----------

Total Investment Income (net of foreign taxes
  withheld of $712,163) .......................                    $ 78,230,559

Expenses:
 Management fee ...............................     $13,151,570
 Stockholder account and registrar services ...       3,405,670
 Stockholder reports and communications .......         989,182
 Custody and related services .................         925,000
 Stockholders' meeting ........................         322,491
 Auditing and legal fees ......................         293,125
 Directors' fees and expenses .................         228,216
 Registration .................................          84,814
 Miscellaneous ................................         118,070
                                                    -----------
Total Expenses ................................                      19,518,138
                                                                   ------------
Net Investment Income .........................                    $ 58,712,421*
Net Realized and Unrealized Gain (Loss)
 On Investments and Foreign
 Currency Transactions:
 Net realized gain on investments .............    $463,458,808
 Net realized loss from foreign
  currency transactions .......................      (6,633,164)
 Net change in unrealized appreciation
  of investments ..............................     210,948,617
 Net change in unrealized appreciation
  on translation of assets and liabilities
  denominated in foreign currencies ...........      (9,609,797)
                                                   ------------
Net Gain on Investments and Foreign
 Currency Transactions ........................                     658,164,464
                                                                   ------------
Increase in Net Investment Assets
 From Operations ..............................                    $716,876,885
                                                                   ============
</TABLE>

- ----------
* Net investment income available for Common Stock is $56,902,487, which is
  net of Preferred Stock dividends of $1,881,850, and includes a portion of
  the net realized gain from foreign currency transactions of $71,916, which
  is taxable as ordinary income.
See Notes to Financial Statements.


                                       25

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation


Statements of Changes in Net Investment Assets

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Year Ended December 31,
                                                  -----------------------------------
                                                       1997                1996
                                                  ---------------     ---------------
<S>                                               <C>                 <C>            
Operations:
Net investment income ........................    $    58,712,421     $    61,661,375
Net realized gain on investments .............        463,458,808         273,265,510
Net realized loss from foreign currency
  transactions ...............................         (6,633,164)           (122,163)
Net change in unrealized appreciation
  of investments .............................        210,948,617         163,203,213
Net change in unrealized appreciation on
  translation of assets and liabilities
  denominated in foreign currencies ..........         (9,609,797)         (1,863,034)
                                                  ---------------     ---------------
Increase in Net Investment
  Assets from Operations .....................    $   716,876,885     $   496,144,901
                                                  ---------------     ---------------
Distributions to Stockholders:
Net investment income:
  Preferred Stock (per share: $2.50 and $2.50)    $    (1,881,850)    $    (1,881,850)
  Common Stock (per share: $.60 and $.66) ....        (58,603,778)        (59,457,756)
                                                  ---------------     ---------------
                                                  $   (60,485,628)    $   (61,339,606)

Net realized gain on investments:
  Common Stock (per share: $3.447 and $2.722)        (338,654,348)       (246,856,282)
                                                  ---------------     ---------------
Decrease in Net Investment Assets
  from Distributions .........................    $  (399,139,976)    $  (308,195,888)
                                                  ---------------     ---------------
Capital Share Transactions:
Value of shares of Common Stock issued
  at market price in gain distributions
  (9,018,136 and 7,302,117 shares) ...........    $   240,732,759     $   177,343,090
Value of shares of Common Stock issued
  for investment plans (1,805,903 and
  2,026,442 shares) ..........................         48,297,075          49,236,168
Cost of shares purchased for investment plans
  (1,864,646 and 2,017,316 shares) ...........        (49,978,136)        (48,673,006)
Net proceeds from issuance of shares of
  Common Stock upon exercise of
  Warrants (647 and 13,447 shares) ...........                989              22,301
                                                  ---------------     ---------------
Increase in Net Investment Assets
  from Capital Share Transactions ............    $   239,052,687     $   177,928,553
                                                  ---------------     ---------------
Increase in Net Investment Assets ............    $   556,789,596     $   365,877,566

Net Investment Assets:
Beginning of year ............................      2,872,663,324       2,506,785,758
                                                  ---------------     ---------------
End of Year (including accumulated net
  investment loss and undistributed net
  investment income of $(339,509) and
  $1,361,782, respectively) ..................    $ 3,429,452,920     $ 2,872,663,324
                                                  ===============     ===============
</TABLE>

- ----------
See Notes to Financial Statements.


                                       26

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements

1. Significant Accounting Policies -- The financial statements have been
prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles which
require management to make certain estimates and assumptions at the date of the
financial statements. The following summarizes the significant accounting
policies of the Corporation:

      a.    Security Valuation -- Investments in stocks, bonds, limited
            partnership interests, and short-term holdings maturing in more than
            60 days are valued at current market values or, in their absence,
            fair value determined in accordance with procedures approved by the
            Board of Directors. Securities traded on national exchanges are
            valued at last sales prices or, in their absence and in the case of
            over-the-counter securities, at the mean of bid and asked prices.
            Short-term holdings maturing in 60 days or less are valued at
            amortized cost.

      b.    Foreign Currency Transactions -- The books and records of the
            Corporation are maintained in US dollars. The market value of
            investment securities, other assets and liabilities denominated in
            foreign currencies are translated into US dollars at the daily rate
            of exchange as reported by a pricing service. Purchases and sales of
            investment securities, income, and expenses are translated into US
            dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing on the respective dates
            of such transactions.

                  The Corporation separates that portion of the results of
            operations resulting from changes in the foreign exchange rates from
            the fluctuations arising from changes in the market prices of
            securities held in the portfolio. Similarly, the Corporation
            separates the effect of changes in foreign exchange rates from the
            fluctuations arising from changes in the market prices of portfolio
            securities sold during the period.

      c.    Forward Currency Contracts -- The Corporation may enter into forward
            currency contracts in order to hedge its exposure to changes in
            foreign currency exchange rates on its foreign portfolio holdings,
            or other amounts receivable or payable in foreign currency. A
            forward contract is a commitment to purchase or sell a foreign
            currency at a future date at a negotiated forward rate. Certain
            risks may arise upon entering into these contracts from the
            potential inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their
            contracts. The contracts are valued daily at current exchange rates
            and any unrealized gain or loss is included in net unrealized
            appreciation or depreciation on translation of assets and
            liabilities denominated in foreign currencies and forward currency
            contracts. The gain or loss, if any, arising from the difference
            between the settlement value of the forward contract and the closing
            of such contract is included in net realized gain or loss from
            foreign currency transactions.

      d.    Federal Taxes -- There is no provision for federal income tax. The
            Corporation has elected to be taxed as a regulated investment
            company and intends to distribute substantially all taxable net
            income and net gain realized.

      e.    Security Transactions and Related Investment Income -- Investment
            transactions are recorded on trade dates. Identified cost of
            investments sold is used for both financial statements and federal
            income tax purposes. Dividends receivable and payable are recorded
            on ex-dividend dates, except that certain dividends from foreign
            securities where the ex-dividend dates may have passed are recorded
            as soon as the Corporation is informed of the dividend. Interest
            income is recorded on the accrual basis.

      f.    Distributions to Stockholders -- The treatment for financial
            statement purposes of distributions made during the year from net
            investment income or net realized gains may differ from their
            ultimate treatment for federal income tax purposes. These
            differences are caused primarily by differences in the timing of the
            recognition of certain components of income, expense or capital
            gain, and the recharacterization of foreign exchange gains or losses
            to either ordinary income or realized capital gain for federal
            income tax purposes. Where such differences are permanent in nature,
            they are reclassified in the components of net investment assets
            based on their ultimate characterization for federal income tax
            purposes. Any such reclassification will have no effect on net
            assets, results of operations, or net asset value per share of the
            Corporation.


                                       27

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation


Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

2. Automatic Dividend Investment and Cash Purchase Plans -- Under the
Corporation's Charter, dividends on the Common Stock cannot be declared unless
net assets, after such dividends and dividends on Preferred Stock, equal at
least $100 per share of Preferred Stock outstanding. The Preferred Stock is
subject to redemption at the Corporation's option at any time on 30 days' notice
at $55 per share (or a total of $41,400,700 for the shares outstanding) plus
accrued dividends, and entitled in liquidation to $50 per share plus accrued
dividends.

      The Corporation, in connection with its Automatic Dividend Investment and
Cash Purchase Plan and other Stockholder plans, acquires and issues shares of
its own Common Stock, as needed, to satisfy Plan requirements. For the year
ended December 31, 1997, 1,864,646 shares were purchased from Plan participants
at a cost of $49,978,136, which represented a weighted average discount of
18.14% from the net asset value of those acquired shares. A total of 1,805,903
shares were issued to Plan participants during the year for proceeds of
$48,297,075, a discount of 17.50% from the net asset value of those shares.

      At December 31, 1997, 231,842 shares of Common Stock were reserved for
issuance upon exercise of 14,436 Warrants, each of which entitled the holder to
purchase 16.06 shares of Common Stock at $1.40 per share. Assuming the exercise
of all Warrants outstanding at December 31, 1997, net investment assets would
have increased by $324,579 and the net asset value of the Common Stock would
have been $31.99 per share. The number of Warrants exercised during the years
1997 and 1996 was 44 and 929, respectively.

3. Purchases and Sales of Securities -- Purchases and sales of portfolio
securities, excluding USGovernment obligations and short-term investments,
amounted to $2,475,589,211 and $2,491,636,694, respectively; purchases and sales
of USGovernment obligations amounted to $245,907,031 and $105,938,281,
respectively. At December 31, 1997, the cost of investments for federal income
tax purposes was substantially the same as the cost for financial reporting
purposes, and the tax basis gross unrealized appreciation and depreciation of
portfolio securities, including the effects of foreign currency translations,
amounted to $879,986,666 and $22,635,795, respectively.

4. Short-Term Investments -- At December 31, 1997, the Corporation owned
short-term investments which matured in less than seven days.

5. Management Fee, Administrative Services, and Other Transactions -- J. & W.
Seligman & Co. Incorporated (the "Manager") manages the affairs of the
Corporation and provides or arranges for the necessary personnel and facilities.
Seligman Henderson Co. (the "Subadviser"), an entity owned 50% each by the
Manager and Henderson plc, supervises and directs all or a portion of the
Corporation's foreign investments.For this service, the Subadviser receives a
fee from the Manager, payable monthly. Compensation of all officers of the
Corporation, all directors of the Corporation who are employees or consultants
of the Manager, and all personnel of the Corporation and the Manager is paid by
the Manager or by Henderson plc. The Manager receives a fee, calculated daily
and payable monthly, equal to a percentage of the Corporation's daily net assets
at the close of business on the previous business day. The management fee rate
is calculated on a sliding scale of 0.45% to 0.375%, based on average daily net
assets of all the investment companies managed by the Manager. The management
fee for the year ended December 31, 1997, was equivalent to an annual rate of
0.40% of the average daily net assets of the Corporation.

      Seligman Data Corp., owned by the Corporation and certain associated
investment companies, charged the Corporation at cost $3,373,098 for stockholder
account services. The Corporation's investment in Seligman Data Corp. is
recorded at a cost of $43,681.

      Certain officers and directors of the Corporation are officers or
directors of the Manager, the Subadviser, and/or Seligman Data Corp.


                                       28

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation


Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

      The Corporation has a compensation arrangement under which directors who
receive fees may elect to defer receiving such fees. Interest is accrued on the
deferred balances. The annual cost of such fees and interest is included in
directors' fees and expenses, and the accumulated balance thereof at December
31, 1997, of $487,734 is included in other liabilities. Deferred fees and the
related accrued interest are not deductible for federal income tax purposes
until such amounts are paid.

6. Restricted Securities -- At December 31, 1997, the Tri-Continental Financial
Division of the Corporation was comprised of three investments that were
purchased through private offerings and cannot be sold without prior
registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or pursuant to an exemption
therefrom. These investments are valued at fair value as determined in
accordance with procedures approved by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation. The acquisition dates of investments in the limited partnerships,
along with their cost and values at December 31, 1997, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Investments           Acquisition Date(s)       Cost         Value
                                    ---------------------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                  <C>                   <C>           <C>        
Water Street Corporate Recovery
  Fund I, L.P.                       10/9/90 to 8/22/97    $   234,509   $   234,509
WCAS Capital Partners II, L.P.       12/11/90 to 9/5/97      7,367,379     6,728,259
Whitney Subordinated Debt Fund, L.P. 7/12/89 to 12/10/97     9,432,851    10,282,184
                                                           -----------   -----------
Total                                                      $17,034,739   $17,244,952
                                                           ===========   ===========
</TABLE>


7. Quarterly Results of Operations -- Following is a summary of unaudited
quarterly results of operations, in thousands of dollars except for per share
amounts:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    For Quarters Ended in the Year 1997
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                  March 31   June 30    Sept. 30   Dec. 31
                                  --------   --------   --------   -------
<S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>     
Total investment income ........  $ 18,802   $ 18,929   $ 18,394   $ 22,106
Net investment income for
  Common Stock .................  $ 13,753   $ 13,716   $ 12,936   $ 16,426
  Per Common share .............  $   0.14   $   0.14     $ 0.13   $   0.17
Net realized and unrealized
  investment gain (loss) .......  $ 35,560   $433,804   $251,385   $(62,585)
  Per Common share .............  $   0.37   $   4.49   $   2.54   $  (0.63)

<CAPTION>
                                    For Quarters Ended in the Year 1996
                                 ------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>
                                  March 31    June 30   Sept. 30   Dec. 31
                                  ---------   --------  ---------  --------
Total investment income ........  $ 17,998   $ 22,596   $ 20,659   $ 17,294
Net investment income for
 Common Stock ..................  $ 13,578   $ 17,969   $ 15,951   $ 12,282
 Per Common share ..............  $   0.15   $   0.20   $   0.18   $   0.13
Net realized and unrealized
 investment gain ...............  $151,454   $ 74,655   $ 53,426   $154,949
 Per Common share ..............  $   1.68   $   0.83   $ $ 0.59   $   1.72
</TABLE>


                                       29

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation


Financial Highlights

      The Corporation's financial highlights are presented below. "Per share
operating performance" data is designed to allow investors to trace the
operating performance, on a per Common share basis, from the beginning net asset
value to the ending net asset value, so that investors can understand what
effect the individual items have on their investment, assuming it was held
throughout the period. Generally, the per share amounts are derived by
converting the actual dollar amounts incurred for each item, as disclosed in the
financial statements, to their equivalent per Common share amounts.

      "Total investment return" measures the Corporation's performance assuming
that investors purchased shares of the Corporation at the market value or net
asset value as of the beginning of the period, invested dividends and capital
gains paid, as provided for in the Corporation's Prospectus and Automatic
Dividend Investment and Cash Purchase Plan, and then sold their shares at the
closing market value or net asset value per share on the last day of the period.
The computations do not reflect any sales commissions investors may incur in
purchasing or selling shares of the Corporation.

      "Average commission rate paid" represents the average commission paid by
the Corporation to purchase or sell portfolio securities. It is determined by
dividing the total commission dollars paid by the number of shares purchased and
sold during the period for which commissions were paid. This rate is provided
for periods beginning January 1, 1996.

      The ratios of expenses and net investment income to average net investment
assets and to average net assets for Common Stock, for the years presented do
not reflect the effect of dividends paid to Preferred Stockholders.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Year Ended December 31,
                                           ------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1997         1996         1995         1994         1993
                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>     
Per Share Operating Performance:

Net Asset Value,
 Beginning of Year ....................    $  29.28     $  27.58     $  23.70     $  27.49     $  28.03
                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
Net investment income .................         .60          .68          .74          .83          .83
Net realized and unrealized
 investment gain (loss) ...............        6.94         4.84         6.14        (1.69)        1.46
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
 from foreign currency transactions ...        (.17)        (.02)         .03          .02           --
                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
Increase (Decrease) from
 Investment Operations ................        7.37         5.50         6.91         (.84)        2.29
Dividends paid on Preferred Stock .....        (.02)        (.02)        (.02)        (.03)        (.03)
Dividends paid on Common Stock ........        (.60)        (.66)        (.73)        (.79)        (.80)
Distribution from net gain realized ...       (3.45)       (2.72)       (2.01)       (1.90)       (1.80)
Issuance of Common Stock
 in gain distributions ................        (.52)        (.40)        (.27)        (.23)        (.19)
Issuance of Common Stock
 upon Warrant exercise ................          --           --           --           --         (.01)
                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
Net Increase (Decrease)
 in Net Asset Value ...................        2.78         1.70         3.88        (3.79)        (.54)
                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
Net Asset Value,
 End of Year ..........................    $  32.06     $  29.28     $  27.58     $  23.70     $  27.49
                                           ========     ========     ========     ========     ========
Adjusted Net Asset Value,
  End of Year* ........................    $  31.99     $  29.22     $  27.52     $  23.65     $  27.42
Market Value, End of Year .............    $26.6875     $ 24.125     $ 22.625     $ 19.875     $  23.75
</TABLE>

- ----------
See footnotes on page 31.


                                       30

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation


Financial Highlights (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Year Ended December 31,
                                             -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1997           1996           1995           1994            1993
                                             ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------      ----------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>       
Total Investment Return:

Based upon market value .................         27.96%         21.98%         27.95%         (5.07)%          3.47%
Based upon net asset value ..............         26.65%         21.45%         30.80%         (2.20)%          8.95%

Ratios/Supplemental Data:
Expenses to average net investment assets           .60%           .62%           .63%           .64%            .66%
Expenses to average net assets for
  Common Stock ..........................           .60%           .63%           .64%           .65%            .67%
Net investment income to
  average net investment assets .........          1.80%          2.27%          2.71%          3.08%           2.88%
Net investment income to average
  net assets for Common Stock ...........          1.82%          2.31%          2.75%          3.14%           2.94%
Portfolio turnover rate .................         83.98%         53.96%         62.28%         70.38%          69.24%
Average commission rate paid ............        $.0385         $.0478
Net Investment Assets,
  End of Year (000s omitted):
  For Common Stock ......................    $3,391,816     $2,835,026     $2,469,149     $1,994,098      $2,166,212
  For Preferred Stock ...................        37,637         37,637         37,637         37,637          37,637
                                             ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------      ----------
Total Net Investment Assets .............    $3,429,453     $2,872,663     $2,506,786     $2,031,735      $2,203,849
                                             ==========     ==========     ==========     ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

- ----------
* Assumes the exercise of outstanding warrants.
See Notes to Financial Statements.


                                       31

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation


Report of Independent Auditors


The Board of Directors and Security Holders,
Tri-Continental Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities, including
the portfolio of investments, and the statement of capital stock and surplus of
Tri-Continental Corporation as of December 31, 1997, the related statements of
operations for the year then ended and of changes in net investment assets for
each of the years in the two-year period then ended, and the financial
highlights for each of the years in the five-year period then ended. These
financial statements and financial highlights are the responsibility of the
Corporation's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements and financial highlights based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements and financial
highlights are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of
December 31, 1997, by correspondence with the Corporation's custodians and
brokers; where replies were not received from brokers, we performed other
auditing procedures. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such financial statements and financial highlights present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Tri-Continental
Corporation as of December 31, 1997, the results of its operations, the changes
in its net investment assets, and the financial highlights for the respective
stated periods in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
New York, New York
January 30, 1998


                                       32




<PAGE>
<PAGE>





PART C. OTHER INFORMATION
   

Item 24.        Financial Statements and Exhibits

     1. Financial Statements:

     Part A: Financial Highlights for the ten years ended December 31, 1997;
     Table for the ten years ended December 31, 1997 under the caption "Senior
     Securities - $2.50 Cumulative Preferred Stock."

     Part B: The required financial statements are included in the Corporation's
     1997 Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference into the Statement
     of Additional Information. These statements include: Portfolio of
     Investments at December 31, 1997; Statement of Assets and Liabilities at
     December 31, 1997; Statement of Capital Stock and Surplus, December 31,
     1997; Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1997;
     Statements of Changes in Net Investment Assets for the years ended December
     31, 1997 and 1996; Notes to Financial Statements; Financial Highlights for
     the five years ended December 31, 1997; Report of Independent Auditors.
    

2. Exhibits: All Exhibits have been previously filed and are incorporated herein
except those marked with an asterisk (*) which are filed herewith.
   
a.   Amended and Restated Charter of Registrant.*

b.   Restated By-laws of the Registrant. (Incorporated by Reference to
     Registrant's Form N-2 filed on April 23, 1997).
    

d(1) Specimen certificates of Common Stock. (Incorporated by Reference to
     Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment #1 filed on March 6, 1981.)

d(2) Specimen certificates of $2.50 Cumulative Preferred Stock. (Incorporated by
     Reference to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment #1 filed on March 6, 
     1981.)

d(3) Specimen of Warrant of the Registrant. (Incorporated by Reference to
     Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment #1 filed on March 6, 1981.)

d(4) Form of Subscription Certificate - Subscription Right for shares of Common
     Stock. (Incorporated by Reference to Registrant's Registration Statement
     filed on September 17, 1992.)

d(5) The Registrant's Charter is the constituent instrument defining the rights
     of the $2.50 Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $50, and the Common
     Stock of the Registrant. A copy of the Charter as now in effect is filed as
     Exhibit "a" to this Registration Statement.

e.   Registrant's Automatic Dividend Investment and Cash Purchase Plan is set
     forth in Registrant's prospectus which is filed as Part A of this
     Registration Statement.

g(1) Amended Management Agreement between Registrant and J. & W. Seligman & Co.
     Incorporated. (Incorporated by Reference to Registrant's Registration
     Statement filed April 13, 1995.)





<PAGE>
<PAGE>







i(1) Matched Accumulation Plan of J. & W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated.
     (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 7 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 21
     to the Registration Statement of Seligman Frontier Fund, Inc. (No.
     2-92487), filed on January 28, 1997.)

i(2) Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Tri-Continental Corporation.*
   

j.   Form of Custodian Agreement between Registrant and Investors Fiduciary
     Trust Company. (Incorporated by Reference to Registrant's Form N-2 filed on
     April 23, 1997.)
    

   
l.   Opinion and Consent of Counsel.*
    

n.   Consent of Independent Auditors.*

   
q(1) The Seligman Roth/Traditional IRA Information Kit.*
    

q(2) The Seligman Simple IRA Plan documents for employers (Incorporated by
     reference to Exhibit 14 of Pre- Effective Amendment No. 2 to the
     Registration Statement of Seligman Value Fund Series, Inc. (No.
     333-20621), filed on April 17, 1997.)

q(3) The Seligman Simple IRA Plan Agreement and Disclosure Statement for
     participants. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 of Pre-Effective
     Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement of Seligman Value Fund,
     Series (No. 333-20621), filed on April 17, 1997.)

   
q(4) Qualified Plan and Trust Basic Plan Document.*

q(5) Flexible Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan Adoption Agreement.*

q(6) Flexible Nonstandardized Safe Harbor 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan Adoption
     Agreement.*
    

r.   Financial Data Schedule meeting the requirements of Rule 483 under the
     Securities Act of 1933.*

 Other Exhibits:         Power of Attorney*


Item 25.        Marketing Arrangements: Not Applicable

Item 26.        Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution:
                Registration fees                            $13,193.45
                NYSE listing fees                                -0-
                Registrar fees                                   -0-
                Legal fees                                       -0-
                Accounting fees                                  -0-
                Miscellaneous (mailing, etc.)                    -0-

Item 27.        Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant:
                Seligman Data Corp., a New York Corporation, is owned by the
                Registrant and certain associated investment companies. The
                Registrant's investment in Seligman Data Corp. is recorded at a
                cost of $43,681.
   

Item 28.        Number of Holders of Securities
                As of March 31, 1998:

               Title of Class                Number of Recordholders
               $2.50 Cumulative Preferred              630
               Common Stock                         43,714
               Warrants                                147
    





<PAGE>
<PAGE>





Item 29.        Indemnification:
   
                Reference is made to the provisions of Article Eleventh of
                Registrant's Amended and Restated Charter filed as an exhibit to
                this Registration Statement and Article II, Section 14 of
                Registrant's Restated By-laws filed as an exhibit to the
                Registration Statement filed on April 23, 1997.
    
                Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
                Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers
                and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the
                foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been
                advised by the Securities and Exchange Commission such
                indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
                and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
                indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment
                by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
                officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
                successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
                asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
                connection with the securities being registered, the registrant
                will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
                settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
                appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
                indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
                the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such
                issue.

Item 30.        Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser: J. & W.
                Seligman & Co. Incorporated, a Delaware corporation ("Manager"),
                is the Registrant's investment manager. The Manager also serves
                as investment manager to seventeen associated investment
                companies. They are Seligman Capital Fund, Inc., Seligman Cash
                Management Fund, Inc., Seligman Common Stock Fund, Inc.,
                Seligman Communications and Information Fund, Inc., Seligman
                Frontier Fund, Inc., Seligman Growth Fund, Inc., Seligman
                Henderson Global Fund Series, Inc., Seligman High Income Fund
                Series, Seligman Income Fund, Inc., Seligman Municipal Fund
                Series, Inc., Seligman Municipal Series Trust, Seligman New
                Jersey Municipal Fund, Inc., Seligman Pennsylvania Municipal
                Fund Series, Seligman Portfolios, Inc., Seligman Quality
                Municipal Fund, Inc., Seligman Select Municipal Fund, Inc., and
                Seligman Value Fund Series, Inc.
   

                The Manager has an advisory service division which provides
                investment management or advice to private clients. The list
                required by this Item 28 of officers and directors of the
                Manager, together with information as to any other business,
                profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature
                engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two
                years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form
                ADV, filed by the Manager, pursuant to the Investment Advisers
                Act of 1940 (SEC File No. 801-15798) which was filed on March
                31, 1998.
    

Item 31.        Location of Accounts and Records:

   
        Custodian:      Investors Fiduciary Trust Company
                        801 Pennsylvania
                        Kansas City, Missouri 64105
    

                             and

                        Tri-Continental Corporation
                        100 Park Avenue
                        New York, New York  10017





<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   

Item 32.        Management Services: Seligman Data Corp. ("SDC"), the
                Registrant's shareholder service agent, has an agreement with
                First Data Investor Services Group ("FDISG") pursuant to which
                FDISG provides a data processing system for certain shareholder
                accounting and recordkeeping functions performed by SDC, which
                commenced in July 1990. For the last three years ended December
                31, 1997, the approximate cost of these services on a yearly
                basis were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            1997              1996       1995
                                            ----              ----       -----
       <S>                                 <C>             <C>        <C>     
        Tri-Continental Common Stock       $243,200        $249,000   $252,000
        Tri-Continental Preferred Stock       3,800           3,900      3,900
        Tri-Continental Warrants                900           1,100      1,100

</TABLE>
    

Item 33.        Undertakings:

                I. The Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of shares
                until the prospectus is amended if (1) subsequent to the
                effective date of its registration statement, the net asset
                value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as
                of the effective date of the registration statement.

                II. The Registrant undertakes:

                (a) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are
                    being made, a post-effective amendment to the registration
                    statement:

                    (1)  to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3)
                         of the 1933 Act;

                    (2)  to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after
                         the effective da te of the registration statement (or
                         the most recent post-effective amendment thereof)
                         which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a
                         fundamental change in the information set forth in the
                         registration statement; and

                    (3)  to include any material information with respect to the
                         plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
                         registration statement or any material change to such
                         information in the registration statement;

                (b) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
                    1933 Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
                    to be a new registration statement relating to the
                    securities offered therein, and the offering of those
                    securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
                    bona fide offering thereof.

                III. The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or
                other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery within
                two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, the
                Registrant's Statement of Additional Information.






<PAGE>
<PAGE>





                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and/or the
Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of
the requirements for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment pursuant to
Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 and has duly caused this
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on the 16th day of
April, 1998.

                                         TRI-CONTINENTAL CORPORATION
                                                 (Registrant)



                                         By:  /s/ William C. Morris
                                           -----------------------------------
                                             William C. Morris, Chairman of
                                             the Board*



          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities indicated on April 16, 1998.


        Signature                               Title

/s/ William C. Morris                Chairman of the Board
- ------------------------------
William C. Morris*                   (Principal executive officer) and Director

/s/Brian T. Zino                     Director and President
- ------------------------------
Brian T. Zino


/s/ Thomas G. Rose                    Treasurer
- ------------------------------
Thomas G. Rose


John R. Galvin, Director        )
Alice S. Ilchman, Director      )
Frank A. McPherson, Director    )
John E. Merow, Director         )
Betsy S. Michel, Director       )             /s/Brian T. Zino
                                             ------------------------------
James C. Pitney, Director       )            * Brian T. Zino, Attorney-in-fact
James Q. Riordan, Director      )
Richard R. Schmaltz, Director   )
Robert L. Shafer, Director      )
James N. Whitson, Director      )






<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                          TRI-CONTINENTAL CORPORATION

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX



Form N-2 Item No.       Description

24.2.a                  Amended and Restated Charter

24.2.i(2)               Deferred Compensation Plan

24.2.1                  Opinion and Consent of Counsel

24.2.n                  Consent of Independent Auditors

24.2.q(1)               Seligman Roth/Traditional IRA Information Kit

24.2.q(4)               Qualified Plan and Trust Basic Plan Document

24.2.q(5)               Flexible Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
                        Adoption Agreement

24.2.q(6)               Flexible Nonstandardized Safe Harbor 401(k) Profit
                        Sharing Plan Adoption Agreement

24.2.r                  Financial Data Schedule

Other Exhibits          Power of Attorney



                          STATEMENT OF DIFFERENCES
                          ------------------------

The copyright symbol shall be expressed as............................   'c'
The dagger symbol shall be expressed as...............................   'D'




<PAGE>




<PAGE>



                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                    CHARTER

                                       of

                          TRI-CONTINENTAL CORPORATION



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        TRI-CONTINENTAL CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation, having its
principal office in the State of Maryland at First National Bank Building, Light
and Redwood Streets, Baltimore, Maryland (hereinafter called the Corporation),
hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of the
State of Maryland that:

        FIRST: The Corporation desires to restate its Charter as in effect on
the date hereof.

        SECOND: The Charter of the Corporation, as heretofore amended,
supplemented and restate, is hereby restated in its entirety, as follows:



                                      -2-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>






                                    CHARTER

                                       of

                          TRI-CONTINENTAL CORPORATION

        By virtue of an Agreement of Consolidation received for record and
approved December 31, 1929, by the State Tax Commission of Maryland,
Tri-Continental Corporation and Tri-Continental Allied Company Incorporated were
consolidated into a single corporation, which was a new corporation under the
laws of the State of Maryland, the Charter of which is and shall be as follows:

        FIRST. The name of the corporation (hereinafter referred to as the
Corporation) is TRI-CONTINENTAL CORPORATION.

        SECOND. The Corporation possesses each and all of the rights,
privileges, powers and franchises previously vested in Tri-Continental
Corporation and Tri-Continental Allied Company Incorporated; and in particular,
the purpose or purposes for which the Corporation is formed and the business or
objects to be carried on and promoted by it, are as follows:

        (1) To purchase or otherwise acquire, underwrite, hold, mortgage,
pledge, sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of, and generally to deal in, full
or part paid securities (which term "securities" shall for the purposes of this
Article SECOND, without limitation of the generality thereof, be deemed to
include any stocks, shares, bonds, debentures, notes, mortgages or other
obligations, and any certificates, receipts, warrants or other instruments
representing rights to receive, purchase or subscribe for the same, or
representing any other rights or interests therein or in any property or assets)
created or issued by any persons, firms, associations, corporations, syndicates,
governments or subdivisions thereof; to issue in exchange therefor or in payment
thereof in any lawful manner its own securities, or to make payment therefor by
any other lawful means whatsoever; and to exercise, as owner or holder of any
securities, all rights, powers and privileges in respect thereof.

        (2) To acquire by purchase, exchange or otherwise, all, or any part of,
or any interest in, the properties, assets, businesses and good will of any
persons, firms, associations, corporations or syndicates, engaged in any
businesses for which a corporation may now or hereafter be organized under the
laws of Maryland; to pay for the same in cash, property or its own or other
securities; to hold, operate, reorganize, liquidate, mortgage, pledge, sell,
exchange or in any manner dispose of the whole or any part thereof; and in
connection therewith, to assume or guarantee




                                      -3-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




performance of any liabilities, obligations or contracts of such persons, firms,
associations, corporations or syndicates, and to conduct in any lawful manner
the whole or any part of any business thus acquired.

        (3) To the extent now or hereafter permitted by the laws of Maryland, to
lend its uninvested funds from time to time to such extent, to such persons,
firms, associations, corporations, syndicates, governments or subdivisions
thereof, and on such terms and on such security, if any, as its Board if
Directors may determine.

        (4) To promote, organize, aid or assist, financially or otherwise,
persons, firms, assocations, corporations or syndicates engaged in any business
whatsoever, to the extent now or hereafter permitted by the laws of the State of
Maryland; and to a like extent to assume, guarantee or underwrite their
securities, or the principal, interest, dividends or sinking fund obligations in
respect thereof, or the performance of all or any of their other obligations.

        (5) To acquire, hold, use or dispose of, in any manner, any franchises,
licenses, grants, concessions, patents, trade-marks, copyrights, trade-names or
inventions, granted by, or existing under the laws of, any government or
subdivision thereof.

        (6) To borrow money for any of the purpose of the Corporation, from time
to time, and without limit as to amount; to issue and sell its own securities in
such amounts, on such terms and conditions, for such purposes and for such
prices, now or hereafter permitted by the laws of the state of Maryland and by
this Charter as its Board of Directors may determine; to secure such securities,
to the extent now or hereafter permitted by the laws of said State and by this
Charter, by mortgage upon, or the pledge of, or the conveyance or assignment in
trust of, the whole or any part of the properties, assets, business and good
will of the Corporation, then owned or thereafter acquired; and to acquire,
hold, dispose of, transfer, reissue or cancel its own securities (including
shares of its capital stock of any class), in any manner and to the extent now
or hereafter permitted by the laws of said State and not prohibited by this
Charter.

        (7) To conduct its business in all its branches at one or more offices
in the State of Maryland and elsewhere in any part of the world, without
restriction or limit as to extent, and to acquire, use, hold, and dispose of, in
any manner and for any purpose now or hereafter permitted by the laws of said
State, any real or personal property, or any rights or interests therein, in
said State or elsewhere, subject to the laws of the state or country in which
located.

        (8) To carry out all or any of the foregoing objects and purposes as
principal or agent, and alone or with associates or, to the extent now or
hereafter permitted by the laws of the State of Maryland, as a member of, or as
the owner or holder of any stock of, or shares or interest in, any firm,
association, corporation, trust or syndicate; and in connection therewith to
make or enter into such deeds or contracts with any persons, firms,
associations, corporations, syndicates, governments or subdivisions thereof, and
to do such acts and things and to exercise such powers, as a natural person
could lawfully make, enter into, do or exercise.



                                      -4-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>





        (9) To do any and all such further acts and things and to exercise any
and all such further powers as may be necessary, appropriate, or desirable for
the accomplishment, carrying out, or attainment of all or any of the foregoing
purposes or objects.

        The foregoing objects and purposes shall, except where otherwise
expressed, be in no way limited or restricted by reference to, or inference
from, the terms of any other clause of this or any other Article of this
Charter, and shall each be regarded as independent, and construed as powers as
well as objects and purposes.

        The Corporation shall be authorized to exercise and enjoy all of the
powers, rights and privileges granted to or conferred upon, corporations of a
similar character by the General Laws of the State of Maryland now or hereafter
in force, and the enumeration of the foregoing powers shall not be deemed to
exclude or waive any powers, rights or privileges so granted or conferred;
provided, however, that the Corporation shall not have the power to carry on
within the State of Maryland any business whatsoever, the carrying on of which
would disentitle it to be classified as an ordinary business corporation under
the laws of said State; nor shall it carry on any business, or exercise any
powers, in any other state, territory, district or country except to the extent
that a similar corporation organized under the laws thereof could carry on or
exercise the same.

        THIRD. The post-office address and the place at which the principal
office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland will be located is First
National Bank Building, Light and Redwood Streets, Baltimore, Maryland.

        The name of the Corporation's resident agent is the Corporation Trust
Incorporated and its post-office address is First National Bank Building, Light
and Redwood Streets, Baltimore, Maryland. Said resident agent is a corporation
of the State of Maryland.

        FOURTH. The number of directors is thirteen and the names of those at
the time in office are:

                Elliott V. Bell                 David H. McAlpin
                Thurston P. Blodgett            Frederick W. Page
                Henry C. Breck                  Carl W. Painter
                Fred E. Brown                   Bayard F. Pope
                Howard S. Bunn                  Cyril J. C. Quinn
                Lewis A. Lapham                 Frances F. Randolph
                                   W. Paul Stillman

        FIFTH. The total amount of authorized capital stock of the Corporation
is 130,000,000 shares, having an aggregate per value of $114,500,000, of which
1,000,000 shares of the per value of $50 each, amounting in the aggregate to
$50,000,000, are $2.50 Cumulative Preferred Stock (hereinafter called the
preferred stock) and 129,000,000 shares of the par value of $0.50 each,
amounting in the aggregate to $64,500,000, are Common Stock (hereinafter called
the common stock). Any of such capital stock may, from time to time before the
issuance thereof, be classified or reclassified by the Board of Directors as
hereinafter in Article SEVENTH provided.




                                      -5-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        SIXTH. A description of each class of stock of the Corporation with the
preferences, voting powers, restrictions and qualifications of each class is as
follows:

        1. Out of the surplus or net profits of the Corporation the holders of
the preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the
Board of Directors, dividends in cash at the rate of Two Dollars and fifty Cents
($2.50) per share per annum and no more, payable quarterly on the first days of
January, April, July and October in each year, accruing from April 1, 1963, if
issued on or before July 1, 1963, or if issued after July 1, 1963, from the
first day of the quarterly dividend period in which issued, before any sum or
sums shall be set apart for or applied to the purchase or redemption of
preferred stock and before any dividend shall be declared or paid upon or set
apart for, or any other distribution shall be ordered or made in respect of, the
common stock; and such dividends shall be cumulative (whether or not in any
dividend period or periods there shall be surplus or net profits available for
the payment of such dividends), so that if in any year or years dividends upon
the outstanding preferred stock at said rate shall not have been paid, dividends
to the amount of such deficiency shall be paid or declared and set apart for
payment before any sum or sums shall be set aside for or applied to the purchase
or redemption of preferred stock and before any dividend shall be declared or
paid upon or set apart for, or any other distribution shall be ordered or made
in respect of, the common stock.

        2. Out of any surplus or net profits of the Corporation remaining after
making such provision for working capital and for reserves for any purpose as
the Board of Directors of the Corporation may deem advisable, and after full
cumulative dividends as aforesaid upon the preferred stock shall have been paid
for all past quarterly dividend periods, and after or concurrently with making
payment of or provision for full dividends on the preferred stock for the
current quarterly dividend period, and after making such provision for the
purchase or redemption of preferred stock as the Board of Directors may deem
advisable, then, and not otherwise, the holders of the common stock shall be
entitled to receive, to the exclusion of the holders of the preferred stock,
such dividends, payable in cash, stock of any class or otherwise, as may from
time to time be declared by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that as
long as any of the preferred stock shall be outstanding, no dividend shall de
declared upon the common stock, unless at the time such dividend is do declared
the net assets of the Corporation as determined by the Board of Directors (whose
determination in the absence of fraud shall be conclusive) remaining after
deducting the amount of such dividend and the amount of any unpaid dividends
there to fore or then to be declared on any other class of stock shall be at
least two hundred per cent. (200%) of the aggregate amount (exclusive of any
dividends accrued or in arrears) to which all shares of the preferred stock and
all shares of stock on a parity with the preferred stock, then outstanding,
shall be entitled as a preference over the common stock, in the event of any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation.

        3. The preferred stock shall be preferred over the common stock as to
both earnings and assets, and in the event of any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation or dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of the
preferred stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the
Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, whether from
capital, surplus or earnings, an amount equal to the per value thereof, with all
dividends accrued or in arrears, before any distribution of the assets shall be
made to the holders of the common stock; but the




                                      -6-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



holders of the common stock shall be entitled, to the exclusion of preferred
stock, to share ratably according to the number of shares held by each in all
the assets of the Corporation remaining after such distribution to the holders
of the preferred stock, and any required distribution of assets to the holders
of all other shares entitled to a preference over the common stock in the event
of any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. If the assets distributable
as aforesaid among the holders of the preferred stock shall be insufficient to
permit the payment to such preferred stockholders of the preferential amounts
aforesaid, then the entire assets of the Corporation to be distributed shall be
distributed ratably among the holders of the preferred stock according to the
number of shares held by each.

        4. The terms "dividends accrued or in arrears" and "full cumulative
dividends" whenever used in this Charter with reference to shares of the
preferred stock shall be deemed to mean (whether or not in any dividend period
or any part thereof in respect of which such terms are used there shall have
been net profits or surplus available for the payment of such dividends) that
amount which shall be equal to cumulative dividends at the rate of Two Dollars
and fifty Cents ($2.50) per annum to date from the date on which such dividends
became cumulative (including an amount of equal to a dividend at such rate for
the elapsed portion of the current dividend period) less, in each case, the
amount of all cumulative dividends paid, or deemed paid upon such shares.

        5. The preferred stock at any time outstanding may be redeemed by the
Corporation, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at its election
expressed by resolution of the Board of Directors, upon not less than thirty
(30) days' prior notice to the holders of record of the preferred stock to be
redeemed, given as hereinafter provided, at the price (herein called the
redemption price) of Fifth-five Dollars ($55) per share and dividends accrued or
in arrears to the redemption date; provided, however, that if less then all the
outstanding preferred stock is to be redeemed such redemption may be made only
after full cumulative dividends upon all the outstanding preferred stock shall
have been paid for all past quarterly dividend periods and after or concurrently
with making payment of, or declaring and setting apart for payment, full
dividends on the then outstanding preferred stock not so to be redeemed to the
end of the current dividend period; and provided further that the preferred
stock shall not be redeemable by the Corporation on or prior to May 1, 1968, in
connection with a refunding involving the issuance of preference stock bearing
an annual dividend rate lower than that of the preferred stock. If less than all
the outstanding preferred stock is to be redeemed, the redemption may be made
either by lot or pro rata, in such manner as may be prescribed by resolution of
the Board of Directors. Notice of such redemption shall be by publication at
least once in one newspaper printed in the English language and published and of
general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, not less
than thirty (30) not more than sixty (60) days prior to the redemption date. A
similar notice shall be mailed by th eCorporation postage prepaid not less than
thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to such redemption date to the
respective holders of record of the preferred stock to be redeemed at their
respective record addresses, but the mailing of such notice shall not be a
condition precedent to such redemption. From and after the date fixed in any
such notice as the date of redemption (unless default shall be made by the
Corporation in providing moneys for the payment of the redemption price pursuant
to such notice), or, if the Corporation shall so elect, from and after a date
(hereinafter called the date of deposit and which shall be prior to the date
fixed as the date of redemption) on which the



                                      -7-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




Corporation shall provide moneys for the payment of the redemption price by
depositing the amount thereof for account of the holders of the preferred stock
entitled thereto with a bank or trust company doing business in the Borough of
Manhattan, in the City of New York, and having capital and surplus of at least
Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) pursuant to notice of such election included
in the notice of redemption specifying the date on which such deposit will be
made, all dividends on the preferred stock thereby called for redemption shall
cease to accrue and all rights of the holders thereof as stockholders of the
Corporation, except the right to receive the redemption price as hereinafter
provided, shall cease and terminate. After the deposit of such amount with such
bank or trust company, the respective holders of record of the preferred stock
to be redeemed shall be entitled to receive the redemption price at any time
upon actual delivery to such bank or trust company of certificates for the
number of shares to be redeemed properly stamped for transfer (if required) and
duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by proper instruments of assignment and
transfer thereof duly endorsed in blank. Any moneys deposited with such a bank
or trust company for the payment of the redemption price which shall remain
unclaimed by the holders of the preferred stock at the end of six (6) years
after the redemption date, together with any interest thereon which shall be
allowed by the bank of trust company with which the deposits shall have been
made, shall be paid by such bank or trust company to the Corporation. Preferred
stock redeemed, or acquired for retirement, under any provision of this Charter
shall not be reissued by the Corporation.

        6. The Corporation shall not, without the affirmative vote of at lease
two thirds in amount of such of the preferred stock as may be present in person
or by proxy and voting at a meeting of the preferred stockholders called for the
purpose or the written consent of the holders of at least two-thirds in amount
of the preferred stock at the time outstanding, so long as any preferred stock
shall be outstanding

        (a) create any shares of stock having preference or priority over the
preferred stock;

        (b) issue any shares of stock on a prity with the preferred stock,
unless immediately after the issue thereof, the net assets of the Corporation as
determined by the Board of Directors (whose determination in the absence of
fraud shall be conclusive) shall be equal to at least two hunder per cent.
(200%) of the aggregate amount (exclusive of any dividends accrued or in
arrears) to which all shares of the preferred stock, and all shares of such
stock on a parity with the preferred stock, then outstanding, shall be entitled
as a preference over the common stock in the event of any voluntary or
involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;

        (c) issue, assume or guarantee any bonds, notes, or other evidence of
indebtedness, whether secured or unsecured, maturing more than one year from the
issue, assumption or guaranty thereof, if immediately after the date of the
issue, assumption or guaranty thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all
bonds, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued, assumed or guaranteed by
the Corporation and maturing more than one year from such date shall exceed one
hundred and fifty per cent. (150%) of the capital and surplus of the
Corporation;

        (d) amend this Charter so as to change or alter the provisions thereof
relating to the preferences, voting powers, restrictions and qualifications of
the preferred stock.



                                      -8-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        The affirmative vote of two-thirds of the aggregate number of votes
entitled to be cast thereon shall be necessary to authorize any of the following
actions: (i) the dissolution of the Corporation; (ii) a merger or consolidation
of the Corporation (in which the Corporation is not the surviving corporation)
with (a) an open-end investment company or (b) a closed-end investment company
unless such closed-end investment company's Articles of Incorporation require a
two-thirds or greater proportion of the votes entitled to be cast by such
company's stock to approve the types of transactions covered by clauses (i)
through (iv) of this paragraph; (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Corporation to any person (as such term is defined in the
Investment Company Act of 1940); or (iv) any amendment of this Charter which
makes any class of the Corporation's stock a redeemable security (as such term
is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940) or reduces the two-thirds vote
required to authorize the actions listed in this paragraph.

        7. Subject to the provisions of the by-laws of the Corporation, as from
time to time amended, with respect to the closing of the transfer books and the
fixing of a record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote,
at each meeting of the stockholders each holder of record of the preferred stock
shall be entitles to two votes for each shares of preferred stock standing in
his name on the books of the Corporations and each holder of record of the
common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of common stock
standing in his name on the books of the Corporation; provided, however, that if
and whenever a default in preferred dividends, as hereinafter defined, shall
exist, the holders of the outstanding preferred stock, in addition to their
right to vote with the holders of the common stock in the election of the
remaining directors, shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to
elect two directors at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation for
the election of directors next succeeding the occurrence of such default, and at
each such annual meeting thereafter as long, but only as long, as such default
shall exist. The term of office of each such director elected by the holders of
the preferred stock as aforesaid shall continue until the next annual meeting of
stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors, notwithstanding
that prior to the end of such term the default in preferred dividends shall
cease to exist. If, prior to the end of the term, a vacancy in the office of any
such director shall occur by reason of his death, resignation, removal or
disability, or for any other cause, such vacancy shall be filled for the
remainder of the term in the manner provided in the by-laws of the Corporation,
provided that, if such vacancy shall be filled by election by the stockholders
at a meeting thereof, the holders of the then outstanding preferred stock shall
have the right, voting separately as a class, to fill such vacancy for the
remainder of the term, unless at the time of such election no default in
preferred dividends shall exist. At any meeting of stockholders at which the
holders of the preferred stocks shall be entitled to vote for the election of a
director or directors as aforesaid, the holders of twenty-five percent. (25%) of
the then outstanding preferred stock present in person or by proxy shall be
sufficient to constitute a quorum for the election of such director or
directors, and the vote of the holders of the majority of such preferred stock
so present at such meeting at which there shall be a quorum, shall be sufficient
to elect such director or directors. For the purpose of this paragraph 7, a
"default in preferred dividends" shall be deemed to have occurred whenever, on a
dividend payment date, the amount of unpaid full cumulative dividends upon the
preferred stock shall be equivalent to six (6) quarterly dividends thereon or
more, and, having so occurred, such default 



                                      -9-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




shall be deemed to exist thereafter until, but only until, full cumulative
dividends on all shares of preferred stock then outstanding to the end of the
last preceding dividend period shall have been paid and the fulldividend thereon
to the end of the then current dividend period shall have been paid or declared
and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set aside for such payment. Nothing
herein contained shall be deemed to prevent an amendment of the by-laws of the
Corporation, in the manner therein provided, which shall increase the number of
directors of the Corporation so as to provide as additional places on the Board
of Directors either or both the directorships to be filled by the two directors
so to be elected by the holders of the preferred stock, or to prevent any other
change in the number of directors of the Corporation.

        8. Notwithstanding any provision of law requiring any action to be taken
or authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or other
designated proportion of the shares or of the shares of each class, or to be
otherwise taken or authorized by vote of the stockholders, such action shall be
effective and valid if taken or authorized by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the aggregate number of the votes entitled to be cast thereon, except as
provided in this Charter.

        9. No holder of the common stock and no holder of the preferred stock
shall, as such holder, have any right to purchase or subscribe for any shares of
the capital stock of the Corporation of any class or any warrant or warrants,
option or options or other instruments or instruments, that shall confer upon
the holder or holders thereof the right to subscribe for or purchase or receive
from the Corporation any shares of the capital stock of the Corporation of any
class, which it may issue or sell (whether or not such shares of capital stock
shall be exchangeable for any shares of capital stock of the Corporation of any
class and whether or not such shares of capital stock shall be out of unissued
shares authorized by this Charter or out of any shares of capital stock of the
Corporation acquired by it after the issue thereof), or any right to purchase or
subscribe for any obligation which the Corporation may issue or sell that shall
be convertible into, or exchangeable for, any shares of the capital stock of the
Corporation of any class, or to which shall be attached or appertain any warrant
or warrants, option or options or other instrument or instruments that shall
confer upon the holder or holders of such obligation the right to subscribe for
or purchase or receive from the Corporation any shares of its capital stock of
any class, other than such right, if any, as the Board of Directors, in its
discretion, may determine.

        SEVENTH. A. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized and
empowered to classify or reclassify any unissued stock of any class of the
Corporation with or without par value (including preferred stock and the common
stock), into one or more classes of preference stock, on a parity with, but not
having preference or priority over, the preferred stock, by fixing or altering
in any one or more specified respects, from time to time before the issuance of
such stock, the designations, preferences, voting powers, restrictions and
qualifications of, the fixed annual dividends on, the times and prices of
redemption, the terms of conversion, the number and/or par value of the shares
and other provisions of, such stock, to the full extent now or hereafter
permitted by the laws of the State of Maryland, but subject to the limitations
or restrictions set forth in this Charter. Pursuant to the authority hereby
granted to and vested in the Board of Directors, but without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the Board of Directors may, in connection with the
creation of each such class of preference stock (by the classification or
reclassification of any unissued stock of the Corporation as aforesaid), fix and
determine, by 



                                      -10-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




the resolution or resolutions providing for such classification or
reclassification, the matters in respect of such class of stock set forth in the
following subdivisions (a) to (i) inclusive:

        (a) The designation of the stock of such class, which shall be
distinctive from the designation of the stock of any other class or classes and
which may contain the words "preferred stock" and/or any other descriptive
words, letters or figures;

        (b) The rate of fixed annual dividends on the stock of such class, which
in the case of stock having a par value, shall not exceed six per cent. (6%) per
share per annum upon the par value thereof, or, in the case of stock without par
value, shall not exceed six per cent. (6%) per share per annum upon the amount
per share to which the stock of such class is entitled as a preference over the
common stock out of the assets available for distribution to the stockholders,
whether from capital, surplus or earnings, in the event of any voluntary or
involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; and
whether or not the dividends on the stock of such class shall be cumulative or
non-cumulative and, if cumulative, the date on or after which such dividends
shall be so cumulative, provided, however, that such date shall not be prior to
the first day of the dividend period during which the first stock of such class
is issued; and whether or not such dividends shall be payable quarterly,
half-yearly or yearly, and the dates or date in each year on which such
dividends shall be so payable;

        (c) Whether or not the stock of such class shall be subject to
redemption, either in whole or in part, and either separately or together with
all or any part of the preferred stock or the stock of any one or more other
classes of preference stock, and if so subject, the manner in which such
redemption shall be effected and the redemption price per share, provided that
such price shall not, in the case of stock having a par value, exceed one
hundred and ten percent. (110%) of the par value thereof, or in the case of
stock without par value, shall not exceed one hundred and ten percent. (110%) of
the amount per share to which the stock of such class is entitled as a
preference over the common stock out of the assets available for distribution to
the stockholders, whether from capital, surplus or earnings, in the event of any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation, plus, if dividends thereon are cumulative, an amount equal to all
dividends accrued or in arrears in respect of such stock, or, if dividends
thereon are non-cumulative, an amount equal to all dividends declared and unpaid
in respect of such stock;

        (d) The preference of the stock of such class over the common stock out
of the assets available for distribution to the stockholders, whether from
capital, surplus or earnings, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, provided that such
preference shall not exceed, in the case of stock having a par value, an amount
equal to one hundred per cent. (100%) of the par value thereof, or, in the case
of stock without par value, shall not exceed the sum of one hundred dollars
($100) per share, plus, if dividends thereon are cumulative, an amount equal to
all dividends accrued or in arrears in respect of such stock, or, if dividends
thereon are non-cumulative, an amount equal to all dividends declared and unpaid
in respect of such stock;




                                      -11-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        (e) Whether or not the stock of such class shall be entitled to the
benefit of a sinking fund to be applied to the purchase and/or redemption
thereof, and if so entitled, the amount of such fund and the manner of its
application;

        (f) Whether or not the stock of such class shall be convertible into, or
exchangeable for, stock of the Corporation of any other class or classes, and if
so convertible or exchangeable, the conversion price or prices, or the rates of
exchange, and the adjustments, if any, to be made, in case of any such
conversion or exchange;

        (g) Whether or not the issue of any additional stock of such class or
the creation and/or issue of any other class or classes of stock of the
Corporation shall be subject to any limitations or restrictions, and if so, the
nature and extent of such limitations or restrictions;

        (h) Whether or not and to what extent the holders of the stock of such
class shall be entitled to vote.

        (i) Whether or not the shares of stock of such class shall have any
other rights, privileges, terms or provisions differing in any respect from the
rights, privileges, terms and provisions of the preferred stock or any other
class or classes of preference stock of the Corporation, and if so, the nature
and extent of such differences.

        B. All current dividends on the preferred stock and on each class of
preference stock which shall be payable on the same date shall be declared and
paid pro rata, so that the amounts of such current dividends declared and paid
in respect of each share of preferred stock and each share of each class of
preference stock shall in all cases bear to each other the same proportions as
the respective maximum dividend rates on such respective classes of stock bear
to each other; but the Board of Directors may declare dividends on the preferred
stock or any class of preference stock which shall be payable on a particular
date, without declaring or making provision for dividends on the preferred stock
or any other class or preference stock which shall be payable upon a later date
or dates. If at any time there shall be any dividends accrued and in arrears on
the preferred stock or on any class or classes of preference stock, no current
dividend shall be paid upon the preferred stock or on any class or classes of
preference stock unless the current dividends on the preferred stock and on each
class of preference stock to the end of the respective current dividend periods
of the several classes of stock shall have been declared and set apart for
payment. No payments shall be made on account of any dividends which may be
accrued and in arrears on the preferred stock or on any class or classes of
preference stock, unless the current dividends on the preferred stock and on
each class of preference stock to the end of the respective current dividend
periods of the several classes of stock shall have been declared and set apart
for payment; and all payments made on account of dividends which may be accrued
and in arrears on the preferred stock and on any class or classes of preference
stock shall be made pro rata in amounts proportionate to the maximum dividend
rates on the respective classes of stock, and not in proportion to the amounts
of dividends accrued and in arrears on such respective classes of stock. The
resolution or resolutions creating any class or classes of preference stock
shall contain such appropriate provisions, with respect to the payment of
dividends thereon in relation to the payment of dividends on the preferred stock
or on any other class or classes of preference stock,



                                      -12-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




as the Board of Directors shall determine to be necessary and proper to give
effect to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph.

        C. If the assets available for distribution to the stockholders, whether
from capital, surplus or earnings, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, shall be insufficient
to permit the payment in full of the preferential amounts payable in respect of
the shares of preferred stock and the shares of each calls of preference stock
outstanding, then the entire assets of the Corporation so distributable among
the stockholders shall be distributed pro rata among such holders of preferred
stock and each class of preference stock, according to the respective amounts
which would be payable to them in respect of the shares held by them upon such
distribution, if all amounts payable on or with respect to the stock of all such
classes were paid in full.

        D. The provisions of sub-paragraphs 8 and 9 of Article SIXTH shall apply
with respect to the stock of any class or classes into which any of the
preferred stock or common stock of the Corporation may be classified or
reclassified by the Board of Directors pursuant to the authority granted by this
Article SEVENTH in the same manner and to the same extent that the provisions of
said sub-paragraphs 8 and 9 are applicable with respect to the preferred stock
and the common stock of the Corporation.

        E. Whenever the Board of Directors shall from time to time create any
class or classes of stock by classifying or reclassifying any unissued stock of
the Corporation by fixing or altering the designations, preferences, voting
powers, restrictions and qualifications of, the fixed annual dividends on, the
times and prices of redemption, the terms of conversion, the number and/or par
value of the shares and other provisions of, such stock, pursuant to the
authority conferred by this Article SEVENTH, and before any such stock shall be
issued, a further description of such stock, with the designations, preferences,
voting powers, restrictions and qualifications thereof, the fixed annual
dividends thereon, the times and prices of redemption, the terms of conversion,
the number and/or par value of the shares and other provisions thereof, as so
fixed or altered by the Board of Directors, shall be set forth in a certificate
or articles supplementary to the Charter of the Corporation which shall be
executed, verified, acknowledged, filed and recorded in any manner required or
permitted by the laws of the State of Maryland, and thereupon the provisions of
any such certificate or articles supplementary shall become a part of the
Charter of the Corporation as amended and shall be subject to amendment to the
same extent provided herein for amendments to this Charter.

        EIGHTH: The following provisions are hereby adopted for the purpose of
defining, limiting and regulating the powers of the Corporation and of the
directors and stockholders:

        1. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 of this Article EIGHTH, the
Board of Directors of the Corporation is hereby empowered from time to time to
authorize the issue and sale or warrants, in bearer or registered form, or other
instruments, for the purchase of shares of the stock of any class of the
Corporation within such period of time, or without limit as to time, to such
aggregate number of shares, and at such price or prices per share, as the Board
of Directors may determine. Such warrants or other instruments may be issued
separately or in connection



                                      -13-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




with the issue of any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of
indebtedness or shares of the capital stock of any class of the Corporation and
for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the Board of
Directors of the Corporation in its discretion may determine.

        2. There are issued and outstanding warrants, in registered form,
entitling the registered holders thereof, upon presentation and surrender of the
warrants, to purchase at any time without limit as to the time shares of the
common stock at the price of $22.50 per share, subject to the increase of such
number of shares and the adjustment of such price as hereinafter provided.

        The warrants referred to in this paragraph 2 shall be subject to the
following terms and conditions:

        (a) The warrant purchase price shall be twenty-two dollars and fifty
cents ($22.50) per share, provided in the event that, and whenever prior to the
expiration of the warrants by exercise thereof, the Corporation shall issue any
shares of the common stock, in excess of 2,020,150 shares, at a price less than
the warrant purchase price in effect immediately prior to such issue (such
excess shares issued from time to time at such price or prices being hereinafter
collectively called "additional shares"), the warrant purchase price shall
thereupon be adjusted, and if more than one such issue shall be made,
successively adjusted, as follows: (i) if such issue of additional shares shall
not be pursuant to the reclassification or subdivision of the outstanding common
stock into a greater number of shares or the payment of a dividend upon, or the
making of any distribution in respect of, any stock of the Corporation paid in
common stock or in stock convertible into or exchangeable for common stock, the
adjusted warrant purchase price shall be determined by multiplying 2,020,150 by
$22.50 and adding to the product thereby obtained a sum equal to the aggregate
amount of money in dollars, or the fair value in dollars of the property or
other consideration, if any, received by the Corporation upon the issue of all
additional shares then or at any time theretofore issued, and dividing the
resulting total by the product of (a) 2,020,105 increased by the number of all
such additional shares issued or deemed to be or to have been issued otherwise
than pursuant to any such reclassification, subdivision, dividend or
distribution multiplied by (b) a number equal to one plus the cumulative number
of additional shares and fractions thereof (calculated to the nearest
one-hundredth of a share) which a holder of one share of common stock would have
received pursuant to all such reclassifica-tions, subdivisions, dividends or
distributions theretofore made, and the resulting quotient shall be the adjusted
warrant purchase price per share and (ii) if such issue of additional shares
shall be pursuant to such a reclassification, subdivision, dividend or
distribution (including the reclassification or subdivision effected
simultaneously with the effectiveness of this clause (ii)), the adjusted warrant
purchase price shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares of common
stock outstanding immmediatly prior to such issuance by the then existing
warrant purchase price and dividing the product thereby obtained by the number
of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after such issuance, and the
resulting quotient shall be the adjusted warrant purchase price per share.. Upon
each adjustment of the warrant purchase price pursuant to clause (i) above, the
holder of each warrant shall thereafter be entitled, instead of purchasing the
number of shares specified in his warrant at the price of $22.50 per share, to
purchase at the adjusted warrant purchase price per share the number of shares
calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a share, obtained by multiplying
$22.50 by the number of shares stated



                                      -14-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




to be purchasable on the face of the warrant and dividing the product so
obtained by the adjusted warrant purchase price per share. Upon each adjustment
of the warrant purchase price pursuant to clause (ii) above, the holder of each
warrant shall thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the warrant purchase price
resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares, calculated to the nearest
one-hundredth of a share, obtained by multiplying the warrant purchase price in
effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares purchaseable
pursuant to such warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the
product thereof by the warrant purchase price resulting from such adjustment.

        For the purposes of this sub-paragraph (a):

        (1) The term "common stock" shall be deemed to mean and include not only
the 28,000,000 shares of common stock authorized by this Chapter, but also the
shares of common stock of any class hereafter authorized which shall not be
limited to a fixed sum or percentage in respect to the right of the holders
thereof to participate in dividends, or in the distribution of assets upon a
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation.

        (2) Shares of common stock issued as a stock dividend shall be treated
as additional shares but shall not be deemed to have be issued for money or cash
value, and the excess number of shares of the common stock at any time issued in
exchange for shares of common stock theretofore issued over the number of shares
thereof surrendered on any such exchange, shall be deemed to have been issued as
a stock dividend. If at any time the Corporation shall declare a cash dividend
on any of the common stock and shall contemporaneously or within three months
after the date of payment of such dividend give to the holders thereof the right
to subscribe for additional common stock at a price which shall net the
Corporation in the aggregate substantially the amount of such cash dividend so
declared, such common stock so issued in respect of any such subscription shall
be deemed to have been issued as a stock dividend.

        (3) In case the Corporation shall issue any stock of any class or other
securities convertible into common stock at a price for such common stock less
than the warrant purchase price (determined as in this paragraph 2 provided) in
effect immediately prior to such issue, or in case the Corporation shall issue
any warrants or other instruments for the purchase of common stock at a price
for such common stock less than the warrant purchase price (determined as in
this paragraph 2 provided) in effect immediately prior to such issue, the
maximum total number of shares of the common stock which will be issuable upon
the conversion of such convertible securities or upon the exercise of such
warrants or other instruments shall be treated as additional shares and deemed,
for all purposes of this Article EIGHTH, to have been issued at the date of
issue of such convertible securities or such warrants or other instruments, as
the case may be, for the consideration received by the Corporation for such
convertible securities or for the purchase price for common stock specified in
such warrants or other instruments, as the case may be. Shares of common stock
issuable upon the conversion of such convertible securities or upon the exercise
of such warrants or other instruments as deemed to have been issued as above
provided shall not be recounted when and if such shares are actually issued.
  


                                      -15-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        (4) In case the Corporation shall issue any additional shares for
property or services, the value of such property or services shall, for the
purposes hereof, be conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation.

        (5) In determining the amount received by the Corporation upon the issue
of additional shares, such determination shall be made without the deduction of
any reasonable commission, discount or expenses paid for underwriting or
marketing, or in connection with the sale thereof.
 
        (b) The warrant purchase price shall never exceed twenty-two dollars and
fifty cents ($22.50) per share and having at any time been reduced by adjustment
as above provided shall never thereafter be increased above the amount to which
so reduced notwithstanding the subsequent issue of shares of common stock at a
price exceeding such reduced warrant purchase price.

        (c) If at any time while any of the warrants are outstanding, the
Corporation shall be consolidated with, or merged into, any other corporation or
corporations, or shall sell all, or substantially all, of its property, assets,
business and good will, as an entirety, to another corporation or other
corporations, lawful provision shall be made, as part of the terms of each such
consolidation, merger or sale, that the holder of each warrant shall thereafter
be entitled to purchase, in lieu of each share of the common stock otherwise
purchasable upon the exercise of such warrant, but at the warrant purchase price
in effect at the time of such consolidation, merger or sale, the same kind and
amount of securities (including in such term, stock of any class or classes) or
assets as may be issuable, distributable or payable upon such consolidation,
merger or sale with respect to each share of the common stock. Lawful provision
having been so made, from and after such consolidation, merger or sale, all
rights of the holders of the warrants shall cease and determine (including the
right to purchase shares of the common stock and all rights with respect to
further adjustments of the warrant purchase price and the number of shares of
common stock purchasable upon the exercise thereof) except the right to purchase
during the life of the warrants such securities or assets as above provided.

        (d) If the number of shares of the common stock purchasable upon the
exercise of the warrants shall be required to be increased and the warrant
purchase price required to be adjusted, or securities or assets other than
shares of the common stock shall become purchasable in lieu of shares of the
common stock upon the exercise of the warrants, then and in each such case the
Corporation shall forthwith (1) file with each Warrant Agent appointed by the
Corporation a certificate executed by the President or a Vice-President and
attested by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, stating
the increased number of shares, or specifying the kind and amount of the
securities or assets, so purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants, and
setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts
(including the amount in dollars, or the fair value in dollars as determined by
the Board of Directors, of any consideration received or deemed to have been
received for any additional shares or convertible securities) upon which such
calculation is based, and (2) cause a notice stating the fact of such increase
in the number of shares so purchasable or the fact that such kind and amount of
securities or assets are purchasable in lieu of each share of common stock, to
be published at least once in one daily newspaper printed in the English
language and published and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan,
The City of New York. No Warrant Agent shall be under any duty to



                                      -16-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




make any investigation or inquiry as to the comments contained in any such
certificate or as to the manner in which any computation was made, but may
accept such certificate or report as conclusive evidence of the statements
therein contained, and shall be fully protected with respect to any and all acts
done or actions taken or suffered by it in reliance thereon.

        (e) If the Corporation shall fix a record date or close the transfer
books for the determination of the holders of the common stock entitled to
receive the initial dividend or any subsequent dividend at a rate in excess of
that theretofore established, or any special stock dividend or extraordinary
distribution, with respect to the common stock, or to receive any rights to
purchase or subscribe to additional stock of any class, or securities
convertible into stock of any class of the Corporation, it shall, at least
twenty days prior to such record date or such date on which the transfer books
are to be closed, as the case may be, cause a notice thereof to be published at
least once in one daily newspaper printed in the English language and published
and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York,
and shall also cause a notice thereof to be mailed to the registered holders, if
any, of warrants, at their respective record addresses appearing on the books of
the Corporation, except that such notice need not to be published if on such
record date or such date on which the transfer books are to be closed, as the
case may be, no warrants other than registered warrants shall be outstanding.

        The words "special stock dividend" and "extraordinary distribution" as
used in this sub-section (e) shall be deemed to mean any dividend or
distribution in excess of dividends declared pursuant to the regular dividend
policy at the time established by the Board of Directors, whether the same be in
cash, stock or otherwise.

        (f) A warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the person
exercising the same to have become a common stockholder of record of the
Corporation for the purposes of receiving dividends and for all other purposes
whatsoever as of the date when the warrant is presented and surrendered to the
Corporation in accordance with its terms, accompanied by payment in cash of the
purchase price called for thereby.

        (g) Upon each increase of the number of shares of common stock of the
Corporation purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants, the increased number
of shares so purchasable shall be calculated only to the nearest hundredth of
one share. No fractional shares of common stock shall be issued upon the
exercise of the warrants but in lieu thereof the Corporation shall issue scrip
certificates in bearer or registered form representing one one-hundredth of the
right to receive one share and multiples thereof and exchangeable, when
surrendered together with other scrip certificates of like tenor representing in
the aggregate the right to receive one or more full shares, for certificates for
one or more full shares of the common stock and scrip certificates of like tenor
for any excess fractions of a share. Such scrip certificates shall be issued in
such form and shall be exchangeable on or before such date as the Board of
Directors may determine, except that the bearers thereof shall no be entitled to
vote, to receive dividends, or to exercise any other rights of a stockholder
until and only to the extent that such scrip certificates are exchanged for
certificates for common stock.



                                      -17-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        (h) In the event that a meeting of stockholders shall be called to
consider and take action on a proposal for the voluntary dissolution of the
Corporation, other than in connection with a consolidation, merger or sale of
all, or substantially all, of its property, assets, business and good will as an
entirety, then and in that event the Corporation shall cause a notice thereof to
be published at least once in one daily newspaper printed in the English
language and published and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan,
The City of New York, at lease twenty days prior to the date fixed as a record
date or the date of closing the transfer books for the determination of the
stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and shall also cause a notice
thereof to be mailed to the registered holders, if any, of the warrants, but
such notice need not be published if on such record date or date of closing the
transfer books no warrants other than registered warrants shall be outstanding.
If such notice shall have been so given and if such voluntary dissolution shall
be authorized at such meeting or any adjournment thereof, then from and after
the date on which such voluntary dissolution shall have been duly authorized by
the stockholders, the purchase rights represented by the warrants and all other
rights with respect thereto shall cease and determine.

        3. Of the authorized common stock, an amount sufficient to provide for
the exercise of any warrants and other instruments for the purpose thereof
issued and then outstanding pursuant to this Charter shall at all times be
reserved for such purpose. Neither any common stock nor any warrants or other
instruments for the purchase of the common stock shall at any time be issued
unless and until (a) the amount of the authorized unissued common stock shall at
least equal the amount thereof required, after such issue of the common stock or
warrants or other instruments, to be reserved for the purpose of providing for
the exercise of all warrants and other instruments for the purpose of common
stock then outstanding and (b) the Corporation shall have taken effective
corporate action to provide for the issue of such reserved common stock upon the
exercise of all such warrants and other instruments.

        4. Subject to such limitations and restrictions as may be set forth in
the by-laws of the Corporation, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, is
hereby empowered to authorize the issue from time to time of

        (a) all or any part of the total authorized number of shares of stock of
the Corporation of any class, and any securities convertible into shares of its
stock of any class, in each case for such consideration as the Board of
Directors may from time to time deem advisable subject to the provisions of
paragraph 3 of this Article EIGHTH;

        (b) the number of shares of stock of any class called for by any
warrants or other instruments for the purchase thereof issued and outstanding
pursuant to this Charter, at the price per share (not less than par for stock
having a par value) determined as provided in such warrants or other instruments
and upon the exercise thereof in accordance with the terms thereof.

        5. The Board of Directors may determine by resolution prior to the issue
of any shares of the capital stock of the Corporation without par value that
only a part of the consideration or of the value 



                                      -18-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>





thereof to be received for such shares shall be contributed as capital and that
the excess shall be surplus; and, on payment for such shares, the part of such
consideration or of the value thereof so contributed as capital shall be capital
and the excess shall be surplus. Against any such surplus there may be charged
any losses at any time incurred by the Corporation, and also any dividends or
other distributions made to the holders of its stock of any class except as
provided in paragraph 2 of Article SIXTH. The capital of the Corporation may be
increased and its surplus decreased from time to time by resolution of the Board
of Directors transferring the whole or any part of the surplus to the capital
account.

        6. The by-laws of the Corporation may fix the number of directors at a
number greater or less than that named in this Charter, provided that in no case
shall the number of directors be less than three, and may authorize the Board of
Directors, by the vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, to
increase the number of directors fixed by this Charter or by the by-laws within
a limit specified in the by-laws, and to fill the vacancies created by any such
increase in the number of directors. Unless otherwise provided by the by-laws of
the Corporation, the directors of the Corporation need not be stockholders
therein.

        7. The Board of Directors shall have power, if authorized by the
by-laws, to designate by resolution or resolutions adopted by a majority of the
whole Board of Directors, one or more committees, each committee to consist of
two or more of the directors of the Corporation, which, to the extent provided
in said resolutions or in the by-laws of the Corporation and permitted by the
laws of Maryland, shall have and may exercise any or all of the powers of the
Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the
Corporation, and may have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be
affixed to all papers which may require it.

        8. The Board of Directors shall, subject to the laws of Maryland, have
power to determine from time to time whether and to what extent and at what time
and places and under what conditions and regulations any accounts and books of
the Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to the inspection of the
stockholders; and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or
book or document of the Corporation, except as conferred by the laws of
Maryland, unless and until authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of
Directors, or of the stockholders.

        9. Any director, or any officer elected or appointed by the Board of
Directors or by any committee of said Board or by the stockholders or otherwise,
may be removed at anytime, with or without cause, in such lawful manner as may
be provided in the by-laws of the Corporation.

        10. If the by-laws so provide, the Board of Directors of the Corporation
shall have power to hold their meetings, to have an office or offices and,
subject to the provisions of the laws of Maryland, to keep the books of the
Corporation, outside of said State at such places as may from time to time be
designated by them.

        11. Subject to the provisions of sub-paragraph (c) of paragraph 6 of
article SIXTH, the Board of Directors shall have power to borrow or raise money,
from time to time and without limit, and upon any terms, for any corporate
purposes; and, subject to the laws of the State of Maryland, to authorize the
creation, issue, assumption or guaranty of bonds, notes or other evidences of
indebtedness for moneys to borrowed, to include therein such provisions as to
redeemability,



                                      -19-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




convertibility or otherwise, as the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion,
may determine and to secure the payment of principal, interest or sinking fund
in respect thereof by mortgage upon, or the pledge of, or the conveyance or
assignment in trust of, the whole or any part of the properties, assets and good
will of the Corporation then owned or thereafter acquired.

        12. In addition to the powers and authorities hereinbefore or by statute
expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all such
powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the
Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the express provisions of the laws of
Maryland, of this Charter, and of the by-aws of the Corporation.

        13. Shares of stock in other corporation shall be voted by such officer
or officers of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall designate for
that purpose, or by a proxy or proxies thereunto duly authorized by the Board of
Directors, except as otherwise ordered by vote of the holders of a majority of
the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and entitled to
vote in respect thereto.

        14. Any director individually, or any firm of which any director may be
a member, or any corporation of which any director may be an officer, director,
or holder of any amount of its capital stock, may be a party to, or may be
pecuniarily or otherwise interested in, any contract or transaction of the
Corporation, and in the absence of fraud no contract or other transaction shall
be thereby affected or invalidated; provided that in case a director, or a firm
of which a director is a member, is so interested, such fact shall be disclosed
or shall have been known to the Board of Directors or a majority thereof. Any
director of the Corporation who is also a director or officer or holder of any
amount of the capital stock of such other corporation or who, or the firm of
which he is a member, is so interested, may be counted in determining the
existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation which shall authorize any such contract or transaction, and may vote
thereat to authorize any such contract or transaction, with like force and
effect as if he were not such director, or officer, or holder of the capital
stock of such other corporation, or not so interested or a member of a firm so
interested.

        15. Any contract, transaction or act of the Corporation or of the
directors which shall be ratified by stockholders present and entitled to
exercise a majority of the voting power exercised at any annual meeting or at
any special meeting called for such purpose, a quorum being present, shall so
far as permitted by law be as valid and as binding as though ratified by every
stockholder of the Corporation.

        NINTH. From time to time any of the provision of this Charter
(including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any of the terms
of any of the outstanding stocks of the Corporation by classification,
reclassification or otherwise, and any of the terms of the outstanding warrants)
may be amended, altered or repealed, and other provisions authorized by the
statutes of the State of Maryland at the time in force may be added or inserted
in the manner at the time prescribed by said statutes or authorized by this
Charter, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders or warrant
holders of the Corporation by this Charter are granted subject to the provisions
of this Article NINTH, provided, however, that without the consent of the
holders of a majority in amount of the warrants at the time outstanding of the
class affected,



                                      -20-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




given in the manner hereinbelow provided, no such amendment may alter, amend or
repeal the provisions of Paragraph 2 of Article EIGHTH with respect to any
warrants then outstanding, but this provision shall not be deemed to require the
consent of the holders of outstanding warrants to any amendment of any provision
of this Charter other than so specified.

        The consent of such holders of warrants to such amendment either may be
given in writing without a meeting or may be given at a meeting of such warrant
holders called for the purpose, of which notice shall have been given by
publication in one daily newspaper of general circulation published in the
Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, and one newspaper of general
circulation published in the City of Baltimore, Maryland, once a week for two
successive weeks, the first publication to be not less than ten days nor more
than thirty days prior to the date of such meeting, but such notice need not be
published if at the time no warrants other than registered warrants shall be
outstanding. A copy of such notice shall also be mailed not less than ten days
before the date of such meeting to each holder of any registered warrant at his
last address, if any, appearing on the registry books.

        TENTH A director or officer of the Corporation shall not be liable to
the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a Director or Officer, except to the extent such exemption from
liability or limitation thereof is not permitted by law (including the
Investment Company Act of 1940) as currently in effect or as the same may
hereafter be amended).

        No amendment, modification or repeal of this Article Tenth shall
adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer that exists at
the time of such amendment modification or repeal.

        ELEVENTH Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees. The
Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law (including
the Investment Company Act of 1940) as currently in effect or as the same may
hereafter be amended, any person made or threatened to be made a party to any
action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or
investigative, by reason of the fact that such person or such person's testator
or intestate is or was a Director, Officer or employee of the Corporation or
serves or served at the request of the Corporation any other enterprise as a
Director, Officer or employee. To the fullest extent permitted by law (including
the Investment Company Act of 1940) as currently in effect or as the same may
hereafter be amended, expenses incurred by any such person in defending any such
action, suit or proceeding shall be paid or reimbursed by the Corporation
promptly upon receipt by it of an undertaking of such person to repay such
expenses if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled
to be indemnified by the Corporation. The rights provided to any person by this
Article shall be enforceable against the Corporation by such person who shall be
presumed to have relied upon it in serving or continuing to serve as a Director,
Officer or employee as provided above. No amendment of this Article Thirteenth
shall impair the rights of any person arising at any time with respect to events
occurring prior to such amendment. For purposes of this Article Thirteenth, the
term "Corporation" shall include any predecessor of the Corporation and any
constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed by
the Corporation in a consolidation or merger; the term "other



                                      -21-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




enterprise" shall include any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
employee benefit plan; service "at the request of the Corporation" shall include
service as a Director, Officer or employee of the Corporation which imposes
duties on, or involves services by, such Director, Officer or employee with
respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; any
excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan shall
be deemed to be indemnifiable expenses; and action by a person with respect to
any employee benefit plan which such person reasonably believes to be in the
interest of the participants and beneficiaries of such plan shall be deemed to
be action not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.





                                      -22-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




        THIRD: The foregoing restated Charter contains all of the provisions of
the Charter of the Corporation as in effect on the date hereof.

        FOURTH: The Board of Directors of the Corporation, at a meeting thereof
duly convened and held on August 13, 1963, duly adopted a resolution restating
the Charter of the Corporation as set forth in Paragraph SECOND above, by a vote
of the majority of the entire Board of Directors.

        FIFTH: No amendment of the Charter of the Corporation is being affected
by these Articles of Restatement of the Charter except as permitted by section
13 of the Maryland Corporations Law. 

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TRI-CONTINENTAL CORPORATION has caused these
presents to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its President or one
of its Vice-Presidents and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and duly
attested by its Secretary, on October 22, 1963.

                                                    TRI-CONTINENTAL CORPORATION,

                                                    by /s/  Thurston P. Blodgett
                                                       -------------------------
(Corporate seal)
Attest:

/s/  H. M. Baird Voorhis
- -------------------------
     H. M. Baird Voorhis
          Secretary



                                      -23-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




STATE OF NEW YORK,   ]
                     ]  ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK,  ]

        I HEREBY CERTIFY that on October 22, 1963, before me the subscriber, a
notary public of the State of New York in and for the County of New York,
personally appeared THURSTON P. BLODGETT , Vice-President of Tri-Continental
Corporation, a Maryland corporation, and in the name and on behalf of said
corporation acknowledged the foregoing Articles of Restatement of the Charter of
Tri-Continental Corporation to be the corporate act of said corporation; and at
the same time personall M. BAIRD VOORHIS who made oath in due form of law that
he was secretary of the meeting of the Board of Directors of said corporation at
which the adoption of said Articles of Restatement was approved, and that the
matters of fact set forth therein are true to the best of his knowledge,
information and belief.

        WITNESS my hand and notorial seal, the day and year first above written.


                                         /s/  Edward W. Servio               
                                         -----------------------------
                                              Notary Public

                                                    EDWARD W. SERVIO
                                            Notary Public, State of New York 
                                                       No. 30-8923950
                                                 Qualified in Nassau County
                                         Certificate filed with N. Y. Co. Clerk
                                           Commission Expires March 30, 1964





                                      -24-

<PAGE>





<PAGE>



                    DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR DIRECTORS

                                       OF

                          TRI-CONTINENTAL CORPORATION
                                    ("FUND")


1.  Election to Defer Payments. Any member of the Board of Directors (herein, a
"Director") of the Fund may elect to have payment of that Director's annual
retainer or meeting fees or both for Board service deferred as provided in this
Plan. The election shall be made in writing prior to, and to take effect from,
the beginning of a calendar year. For any Director in the year in which this
Plan is adopted or for a person elected a director in other than the last
calendar month of a year, the election shall be made within 30 days after that
event and prior to, and to take effect from, the beginning of the calendar
quarter next ensuing after that event. Elections shall continue in effect until
terminated in writing, any such termination to take effect on the first day of
the calendar year beginning after receipt of the notice of termination. An
election shall be irrevocable as to payments deferred in conformity with that
election.

2.  Deferred Payment Account. Each deferred retainer or fee shall be credited at
the time when it otherwise would have been payable to an account to be
established in the name of the Director on the books of the Fund (the "Deferred
Payment Account") adjusted for notional investment experience as hereinafter
described.

3. Return on Deferred Payment Account Balance. (a) For purposes of measuring the
investment return on his Deferred Payment Account, the Director may elect to
have the aggregate amount of his deferred compensation (or a specified portion
thereof) receive a return (i) at a rate equal to the return earned on
three-month U.S. Treasury Bills at the beginning of each calendar quarter (the
"Treasury Bill Rate") and such interest shall be credited to the account
quarterly at the end of each calendar quarter, or (ii) at a rate of return
(positive or negative) equal to the rate of return on the shares of any of the
registered investment companies managed by J. & W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated
("Seligman") or any other entity controlling, controlled by, or under common
control with (as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940)
Seligman (each, a "Notional Fund"), assuming reinvestment of dividends and
distributions from the Notional Funds. (b) A Director may amend his designation
of investment return as of the end of each calendar quarter by giving written
notice to the President of the Fund at least 30 days prior to the end of such
calendar quarter. A timely change to a Director's designation of investment
return shall become effective on the first day of the calendar quarter following
receipt by the President of the Fund (the "President").

4. Notional Investment Experience. Amounts credited to a Deferred Payment
Account shall be periodically adjusted for notional investment experience. In
each case such notional investment experience shall be determined by treating
the Deferred Payment Account as though an equivalent dollar amount had been
invested and reinvested in one or more of the Notional Funds. The Notional Funds
used as a basis for determining notional investment experience with respect to
any Director's Deferred Payment Account shall be designated by the Director in
writing by instrument of election substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit C and may be changed prospectively by similar written election effective
as of the first day of any calendar quarter. The President may from time to time
limit the Notional Funds available for purposes of such election. If at any time
any Notional Fund that has previously been





<PAGE>
<PAGE>





designated by a Director as a notional investment shall cease to exist or shall
be unavailable for any reason, or if the Director fails to designate one or more
Notional Funds pursuant to this Section 4, the President may, at his discretion
and upon notice to the Director, treat any amounts notionally invested in such
Notional Fund (whether representing past amounts credited to a Director's
Deferred Payment Account or subsequent fee deferrals or both) as having been
invested at the Treasury Bill Rate, only until such time as the Director shall
have made another investment election in accordance with the foregoing
procedures. Deferred Payment Accounts shall continue to be adjusted for notional
investment experience until distributed in full in accordance with the
distribution method elected by the Director pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

5. Payment of Deferred Amounts. All amounts credited to an account pursuant to
any election by the Director made as provided in Section 1 hereof shall be paid
to the Director

     (a)  in, or beginning in, the calendar year following the calendar year in
          which the Director ceases to be a Director of the Fund, or

     (b)  in, or beginning in, the calendar year following the earlier of the
          calendar year in which the Director ceases to be a Director of the
          Fund or attains age 70,

          and shall be paid

     (c)  in a lump sum payable on the first day of the calendar year in which
          payment is to be made, or

     (d)  in 10 or fewer installments, payable on the first day of each year
          commencing with the calendar year in which payment is to begin, all as
          the Director shall specify in making the election. If the payment is
          to be made in installments, the amount of each installment shall be
          equal to a fraction of the total of the amounts in the account at the
          date of the payment the numerator of which shall be one and the
          denominator of which shall be the then remaining number of unpaid
          installments (including the installment then to be paid). If the
          Director dies at any time before all amounts in the account have been
          paid, such amounts shall be paid at that time in a lump sum to the
          beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Director in writing to
          receive such payments or in the absence of such a designation to the
          estate of the Director.





<PAGE>
<PAGE>




The Board of Directors may, in the case of an unforseeable emergency, at its
sole discretion accelerate the payment of any unpaid amount for any or all
Directors. For purposes of this paragraph, an unforseeable emergency is severe
financial hardship to the Director resulting from a sudden and unexpected
illness or accident of the Director or of a dependent (as defined in section
152(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) of the Director, loss of the Director's
property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforseeable
circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Director.
Payment due to an unforseeable emergency may not be made to the extent that such
hardship is or may be relieved (i) through reimbursement or compensation by
insurance or otherwise; (ii) by liquidation of the Director's assets, to the
extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial
hardship, or (iii) by cessation of deferrals under the Plan. Examples of what
are not considered to be unforseeable emergencies include the need to send a
Director's child to college or the desire to purchase a home. Withdrawals of
amounts because of an unforseeable emergency are only permitted to the extent
reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need.

6. Assignment. No deferred amount or unpaid portion thereof may be assigned or
transferred by the Director except by will or the laws of descent and
distribution.

7. Withholding Taxes. The Fund shall deduct from all payments any federal, state
or local taxes and other charges required by law to be withheld with respect to
such payments.

8. Nature of Rights; Nonalienation. A Director's rights to deferred payment
under the Plan shall be solely those of an unsecured general creditor of the
Fund, and any payments by the Fund pursuant to the Plan will be made solely from
the Fund's general assets and property. The Fund will be under no obligation to
purchase, hold or dispose of any investment for the specific benefit of any
Director but, if the Fund should choose to purchase shares of any Notional Fund
in order to cover all or a portion of its obligations under the Plan, then such
investments will continue to be a part of the general assets and property of the
Fund. A Director's rights under the Plan may not be transferred, assigned,
pledged or otherwise alienated, and any attempt by the Director to do so shall
be null and void.

9. Status of Director. Nothing in the Plan nor any election hereunder shall be
construed as conferring on any Director the right to remain a Director of the
Fund or to receive fees at any particular rate.

10. Amendment and Acceleration. The Board of Directors may at any time at its
sole discretion amend or terminate this Plan, provided that no such amendment or
termination shall adversely affect the right of Directors to receive deferred
amounts credited to their account.

11. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the President or by such
person or persons as the President may designate to carry out administrative
functions hereunder. The President shall have complete discretion to interpret
and administer the Plan in accordance with its terms, and his determinations
shall be binding on all persons.

                                                    Amended as of March 19, 1998





<PAGE>
<PAGE>






                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                          SELIGMAN INVESTMENT COMPANIES

                           DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
                                 ELECTION FORM

        Pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, as amended as
of March 19, 1998, (the "Plan") adopted by each of the Seligman Investment
Companies (the "Funds"), I hereby elect to have ___% of my annual retainer fees
and ___% of my meeting fees for service to the Funds deferred as provided in the
Plan. This election will take effect at such time as is provided in section 1 of
the Plans, and shall continue in effect until terminated in writing, any such
termination to take effect of the first day of the next calendar year beginning
after receipt of the notice of termination.

        The Deferred Compensation Plan Return Designation Form attached hereto
indicates the percentage of each of the above amounts that should earn the
designated returns. Such designations shall remain in effect until changed by
submission of a new form as provided in the Plan.

        All amounts deferred with respect to any Fund and the earnings thereon
made pursuant to any election by me shall be credited to an account for my
benefit and shall be paid to me:

Check (a) or (b)


- ------ (a) in, or beginning in, the calendar year following the calendar year in
           which I cease to be a director of the Fund, or

- ------ (b) in, or beginning in, the calendar year following the earlier of the
           calendar year in which I cease to be a director of the Fund or 
           attain age 70,
           and shall be paid

Check (c) or (d)

- ------ (c) in a lump sum payable on the first day of the calendar year in which
           payment is to be made, or

- ------ (d) in 10 or fewer installments, payable on the first day of each year
           commencing with the calendar year in which payment is to begin.

        If (d) is selected, enter number of annual installments -------.

        If the payment is to be made in installments, the amount of each
installment shall be equal to a fraction of the total of the amounts in the
account at the date of the payment the numerator of which shall be one and the
denominator of which shall be the then remaining number of unpaid installments
(including the installment then to be paid). If I die at any time before all
amounts in the account have been paid, such amounts shall be paid at that time
in a lump sum to the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by me on the
attached Beneficiary Designation Form or in the absence of such a designation to
my estate.





- ------------------                             ---------------------------------
Date                                            Signature


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                           DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
                          BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION FORM

     I hereby designate the following beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive at
     my death the amounts held in my Deferred Payment Accounts from my
     participation in the Deferred Compensation Plans for Directors/Trustees of
     all registered investment companies advised by J. & W. Seligman & Co.
     Incorporated for which I serve as a director or trustee (the "Plans").





<PAGE>
<PAGE>




A.      Primary Beneficiary(ies)

1.      Name:__________________________________ % Share:_______________________

        Address:_______________________________________________________________

        Relationship:______________ DOB:_______ Social Security #:_____________

        Trustee Name and Date (if beneficiary is a trust):_____________________

        Trustee of Trust:______________________________________________________

2.      Name: ________________________________________% Share:_________________

        Address:_______________________________________________________________

        Relationship:______________ DOB:_______ Social Security #:_____________

        Trustee Name and Date (if beneficiary is a trust):_____________________

        Trustee of Trust:______________________________________________________

B.      Contingent Beneficiary(ies)

1.      Name: ________________________________________% Share:_________________

        Address:_______________________________________________________________

        Relationship:______________ DOB:_______ Social Security #:_____________

        Trustee Name and Date (if beneficiary is a trust):_____________________

        Trustee of Trust:______________________________________________________

2.      Name: ________________________________________% Share:_________________

        Address:_______________________________________________________________

        Relationship:______________ DOB:_______ Social Security #:_____________

        Trustee Name and Date (if beneficiary is a trust):_____________________

        Trustee of Trust:______________________________________________________

I understand that I may revoke or amend the above designation at any time. I
understand that payment will be made to my Contingent Beneficiary(ies) only if
there is no surviving Primary Beneficiary(ies). I further understand that if I
am not survived by any Primary or Contingent Beneficiaries, payment will be made
to my estate as set forth under the Plans.




___________________________                  ___________________________________
Date                                         Signature

                                             ___________________________________
                                             Participant's Name Printed

                                       5





<PAGE>
<PAGE>





                                                                       EXHIBIT C


                         SELIGMAN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
                          DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS
                            RETURN DESIGNATION FORM

I elect to have my deferred compensation for all registered investment companies
advised by J. & W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated for which I serve as a Director
or Trustee deemed to be invested as specified below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  % Allocation
                                                  % Allocation  for accumulated
                                                    for future    fees balances
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>
At the prevailing three-month U.S. Treasury
 Bill Rate
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seligman Capital Fund, Inc.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seligman Cash Management Fund, Inc.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seligman Common Stock Fund, Inc.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seligman Communications and Information Fund, Inc.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seligman Frontier Fund, Inc.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seligman Growth Fund, Inc.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seligman Henderson Global Fund Series, Inc. -
 Seligman Henderson Emerging Markets Growth Fund
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seligman Henderson Global Fund Series, Inc. -
 Seligman Henderson Global Growth Opportunities Fund
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seligman Henderson Global Fund Series, Inc. -
 Seligman Henderson Global Smaller Companies Fund
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seligman Henderson Global Fund Series, Inc. -
 Seligman Henderson Global Technology Fund
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seligman Henderson Global Fund Series, Inc. -
 Seligman Henderson International Fund
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seligman High Income Fund Series -
 Seligman High-Yield Bond Series
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seligman High Income Fund Series -
 Seligman U.S. Government Securities Series
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seligman Income Fund, Inc.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seligman Value Fund Series, Inc. -
 Seligman Large-Cap Value Fund
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seligman Value Fund Series, Inc. -
 Seligman Small-Cap Value Fund
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tri-Continental Corporation
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                            100%      100%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


        I acknowledge that I may amend this Return Designation in the manner,
and at such time as permitted, under the Plans. Furthermore, I acknowledge that
in certain circumstances, and pursuant to Section 4 of the Plans, the President
may at his discretion, and upon notice to me, disregard the designations made
above and cause all or a portion of my Deferred Account to receive a return
equal to the prevailing three-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate.

                                       6





<PAGE>
<PAGE>




- ----------------------                                 -------------------------
Date                                                   Signature



                                       7


<PAGE>





<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
SULLIVAN & CROMWELL

NEW YORK TELEPHONE: (212) 558-4000
TELEX: 62694 (INTERNATIONAL) 127816 (DOMESTIC)                       125 BROAD STREET, NEW YORK 10004-2498
CABLE ADDRESS: LADYCOURT, NEW YORK                                     __________
FACSIMILE: (212) 558-3588 (125 Broad Street)                               375 PARK AVENUE, NEW YORK 10152
                                                   1701 PENNSYLVANIA AVE, N.W. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5805
                                                           444 SOUTH FLOWER STREET, LOS ANGELES 90071-2901
                                                                             8, PLACE VENDOME, 75001 PARIS
                                                    ST. OLAVE'S HOUSE, 9a IRONMONGER LANE, LONDON EC2V 8EY
                                                                        101 COLLINS STREET, MELBOURNE 3000
                                                            2-1, MARUNOUCHI I-CHOME, CHIYODA-KU, TOKYO 100
                                                                     NINE QUEEN'S ROAD, CENTRAL, HONG KONG
</TABLE>











                                                 April 14, 1998




Tri-Continental Corporation,
   100 Park Avenue,
      New York, New York 10017.

Dear Sirs:

         In connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Act"), of 2,000,000 shares (the "Securities") of Common Stock,
par value $0.50 per share, of Tri-Continental Corporation, a Maryland
corporation (the "Corporation"), we, as your counsel, have examined such
corporate records, certificates and other documents, and such questions of law,
as we have considered necessary or appropriate for the purposes of this opinion.

         Upon the basis of such examination, we advise you that, in our opinion,
when the registration statement relating to the Securities (the "Registration
Statement") has become effective under the Act, the terms of the sale of the
Securities have been duly established in conformity with Corporation's Articles
of Incorporation and By-Laws, and the Securities have been duly issued and sold
as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Securities will be validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable.


<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Tri-Continental Corporation                                                  -2-




         The foregoing opinion is limited to the Federal laws of the United
States and the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland, and we are
expressing no opinion as to the effect of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

         We have relied as to certain matters on information obtained from
public officials, officers of the Corporation and other sources believed by us
to be responsible.

         We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we
are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the
Act.

                                                 Very truly yours,


                                                 SULLIVAN & CROMWELL




<PAGE>





<PAGE>


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Tri-Continental Corporation:

We consent to the use in Amendment No. 27 to Investment Company Act No. 811-266
of our report dated January 30, 1998, appearing in the Annual Report to
Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 1997, incorporated by reference in
the Statement of Additional Information, and to the references to us under the
captions "Financial Highlights" in the Prospectus and "Experts" in the Statement
of Additional Information which are also part of such Registration Statement.

Deloitte & Touche LLP
New York, New York
April 13, 1998


<PAGE>



<PAGE>



                    COMBINED TRADITIONAL/ROTH PACKAGE

                    INVESTORS FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY
                                    DST


<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                       INVESTORS FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY

                              TRADITIONAL OR ROTH

                         INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT

                                INFORMATION KIT


                          (EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1998)




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                  Seligman IRA
                                Information Kit

INTRODUCTION

What's New In The World Of IRAs?

     An Individual Retirement Account ("IRA") has always provided an attractive
means to save money for the future on a tax-advantaged basis. Recent changes to
Federal tax law have now made the IRA an even more flexible investment and
savings vehicle. Among the new changes is the creation of the Roth Individual
Retirement Account ("Roth IRA"), which will be available for use after January
1, 1998. Under a Roth IRA, the earnings and interest on an individual's
nondeductible contributions grow without being taxed, and distributions may be
tax-free under certain circumstances. Most taxpayers (except for those with very
high income levels) will be eligible to contribute to a Roth IRA. A Roth IRA can
be used instead of a Traditional IRA, to replace an existing Traditional IRA, or
complement a Traditional IRA you wish to continue maintaining.

     Taxpayers with adjusted gross income of up to $100,000 are eligible to
convert existing IRAs into Roth IRAs. The details on conversion are found in the
description of Roth IRAs in this booklet.

     Congress has also made significant changes to Traditional IRAs. First,
Congress increased the income levels at which IRA holders who participate in
employer-sponsored retirement plans can make deductible Traditional IRA
contributions. Also, the rules for deductible contributions by an IRA holder
whose spouse is a participant in an employer-sponsored retirement plan have
been liberalized. Second, the 10% penalty tax for premature withdrawals
(before age 59_) will no longer apply in the case of withdrawals to pay
certain higher education expenses or certain first-time homebuyer expenses.

What's in This Kit?

     In this Kit you will find detailed information about Roth IRAs and about
the changes that have been made to Traditional IRAs. You will also find
everything you need to establish and maintain either a Traditional or Roth IRA,
or to convert all or part of an existing Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA.

     The first section of this Kit contains the instructions and forms you will
need to open a new Traditional or Roth IRA, to transfer from another IRA to a
Investors Fiduciary Trust IRA, or to convert a Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA.

     The second section of this Kit contains our Universal IRA Disclosure
Statement. The Disclosure Statement is divided into three parts:

          Part One describes the basic rules and benefits which are specifically
     applicable to your Traditional IRA.

          Part Two describes the basic rules and benefits which are specifically
     applicable to your Roth IRA.

          Part Three describes important rules and information applicable to all
     IRAs.

          The third section of this Kit contains two IRA Custodial Agreements.

          Part One contains the Custodial Agreement applicable to Traditional
          IRAs.

          Part Two contains the Custodial Agreement applicable to Roth IRAs.

This Universal Individual Retirement Custodial Account Kit contains information
and forms for both Traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs. However, you may use the
Adoption Agreement in this Kit to establish only one Traditional IRA or one Roth
IRA; separate Adoption Agreements must be completed if you want to establish
multiple (Roth or Traditional) IRA accounts.

What's the Difference Between a Traditional IRA and a Roth IRA?


                                       2



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



     With a Traditional IRA, an individual can contribute up to $2,000 per year
and may be able to deduct the contribution from taxable income, reducing income
taxes. Taxes on investment growth and dividends are deferred until the money is
withdrawn. Withdrawals are taxed as additional ordinary income when received.
Nondeductible contributions, if any, are withdrawn tax-free. Withdrawals before
age 59_ are assessed a 10% penalty in addition to income tax, unless an
exception applies.

     With a Roth IRA, the contribution limits are essentially the same as
Traditional IRAs, but there is no tax deduction for contributions. All dividends
and investment growth in the account are tax-free. Most important with a Roth
IRA: there is no income tax on qualified withdrawals from your Roth IRA.
Additionally, unlike a Traditional IRA, there is no prohibition on making
contributions to Roth IRAs after turning age 70_, and there's no requirement
that you begin making minimum withdrawals at that age.

     The following chart highlights some of the major differences between a
Traditional IRA and a Roth IRA:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================================================================
Characteristics                               Traditional                                          Roth
                                                  IRA                                               IRA
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                                              <C>
Eligibility                       Individuals (and their spouses) who              Individuals (and their spouses) who
                                  receive compensation                             receive compensation under the maximum limit
                                  Individuals age 70_ and over may not             Individuals age 70_ and over may
                                  contribute                                       contribute
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tax Treatment of Contributions    Subject to limitations, contributions            No deduction permitted for amounts
                                  are deductible                                   contributed
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contribution Limits               Individuals may contribute up to $2,000          Individuals may generally contribute
                                  annually (or 100% of compensation, if less)      up to $2,000 (or 100% of compensation,
                                  Deductibility depends on income level            if less)
                                  for individuals who are active                   Ability to contribute phases out at
                                  participants in an employer-sponsored            income levels of $95,000 to $110,000
                                  retirement plan                                  (individual taxpayer) and $150,000 to
                                                                                   $160,000 (married taxpayers)
                                                                                   Overall limit for contributions to all
                                                                                   IRAs (Traditional and Roth combined) is
                                                                                   $2,000 annually (or 100% of compensation,
                                                                                   if less)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings                          Earnings and interest are not taxed              Earnings and interest are not taxed
                                  while held in your IRA                           while held in your IRA
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rollover/Conversions              Individual may rollover amounts held             Rollovers from other Roth IRAs or 
                                  in employer-sponsored retirement                 Traditional IRAs only
                                  arrangements (401(k), SEP IRA, etc.)             Amounts rolled over (or converted)
                                  tax free to Traditional IRA                      from another Traditional IRA are 
                                                                                   subject to income tax in the year
                                                                                   rolled over or converted
                                                                                   Tax on amounts rolled over or converted
                                                                                   in 1998 is spread over four year period
                                                                                   (1998-2001)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Withdrawals                       Total (principal + earnings) taxable             Not taxable as long as a qualified
                                  as income in year withdrawn (except              distribution-generally, account open
                                  for any prior non-deductible contributions)      for 5 years, and age 59_
                                  Minimum withdrawals must begin after             Minimum withdrawals not required
                                  age 70_                                          after age 70_
================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>



                                       3



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Is a Roth or a Traditional IRA Right For Me?

     We cannot act as your legal or tax advisor and so we cannot tell you which
kind of IRA is right for you. The information contained in this Kit is intended
to provide you with the basic information and material you will need if you
decide whether a Traditional or Roth IRA is better for you, or if you want to
convert an existing Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. We suggest that you consult
with your accountant, lawyer or other tax advisor, or with a qualified financial
planner, to determine whether you should open a Traditional or Roth IRA or
convert any or all of an existing Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. Your tax
advisor can also advise you as to the state tax consequences that may affect
whether a Traditional or Roth IRA is right for you.

SEPs and SIMPLEs.

The Investors Fiduciary Trust Traditional IRA may be used in connection with a
simplified employee pension (SEP) plan maintained by your employer. To establish
a Traditional IRA as part of your Employer's SEP plan, complete the Adoption
Agreement for a Traditional IRA, indicating in the proper box that the IRA is
part of a SEP plan. A Roth IRA should not be used in connection with a SEP plan.

A Roth IRA may not be used as part of an employer SIMPLE IRA plan. A Traditional
IRA may be used, but only after an individual has been participating for two or
more years (for the first two years, only a special SIMPLE IRA may be used).
SIMPLE IRA plans were added by the 1996 tax law to provide an easy and
inexpensive way for small employers to provide retirement benefits for their
employees. If you are interested in a SIMPLE IRA plan at your place of
employment, call or write to the number or address given at the end of the
Disclosure Statement portion of this Kit.

Other Points to Note.

     The Disclosure Statement in this Kit provides you with the basic
information that you should know about Investors Fiduciary Trust Company
Traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs. The Disclosure Statement provides general
information about the governing rules for these IRAs and the benefits and
features offered through each type of IRA. However, the Investors Fiduciary
Trust Company Adoption Agreement and the Custodial Agreement, are the primary
documents controlling the terms and conditions of your personal Investors
Fiduciary Trust Company Traditional or Roth IRA, and these shall govern in the
case of any difference with the Disclosure Statement.

     You or your when used throughout this Kit refer to the person for whom the
Investors Fiduciary Trust Company Traditional or Roth IRA is established, except
that the person who establishes the IRA is called the "Depositor" in the IRA
agreements. A Roth IRA is either an Investors Fiduciary Trust Company Roth IRA
or any Roth IRA established by any other financial institution. A Traditional
IRA is any non-Roth IRA offered by Investors Fiduciary Trust Company or any
other financial institution for annual contributions and rollovers, other than a
SIMPLE IRA or an Education IRA (these may not be created using the forms in this
kit).


                                       1



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                The Seligman IRA
                              Disclosure Statement
                          Traditional IRAs & Roth IRAs

                   Part One: Description of Traditional IRAs

SPECIAL NOTE

     Part One of the Disclosure Statement describes the rules applicable to
Traditional IRAs beginning January 1, 1998. IRAs described in these pages are
called "Traditional IRAs" to distinguish them from the new "Roth IRAs" first
available starting in 1998. Roth IRAs are described in Part Two of this
Disclosure Statement.

     For Traditional IRA contributions for 1997 (including contributions made up
to April 15, 1998 but designated as contributions for 1997), there are different
rules for determining the deductibility of your contribution on your federal tax
return. For contributions for 1997, the "active participant" limits on
deductibility (described below) apply if either spouse is an active participant
in an employer-sponsored plan. Also, the adjusted gross income ("AGI") levels
for partially deductible or nondeductible Traditional IRA contributions
(described below) are lower for 1997 ($25,000 for single taxpayers, with no
deduction if your AGI is above $35,000; and $40,000 for married taxpayers filing
jointly, with no deduction if your AGI is above $50,000). Also, the exceptions
to the 10% early withdrawal penalty for withdrawals to pay certain higher
education or first-time homebuyer expenses do not apply to withdrawals in 1997.

     This Part One of the Disclosure Statement describes Traditional IRAs. It
does not describe Roth IRAs, a new type of IRA available starting in 1998.
Contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible (regardless of your AGI), but
withdrawals that meet certain requirements are not subject to federal income
tax, so that dividends and investment growth on amounts held in the Roth IRA can
escape federal income tax. Please see Part Two of this Disclosure Statement if
you are interested in learning more about Roth IRAs or are adopting a Roth IRA.

     Traditional IRAs described in this Disclosure Statement may be used as part
of a simplified employee pension (SEP) plan maintained by your employer. Under a
SEP your employer may make contributions to your Traditional IRA, and these
contributions may exceed the normal limits on Traditional IRA contributions.
This Disclosure Statement does not describe IRAs established in connection with
a SIMPLE IRA program maintained by your employer. Employers provide special
explanatory materials for accounts established as part of a SIMPLE IRA program.
Traditional IRAs may be used as rollover IRAs in connection with a SIMPLE IRA
program, but for the first two years of participation a special SIMPLE IRA (not
a Traditional IRA) is required.

YOUR TRADITIONAL IRA

     This Part One contains information about your Traditional Individual
Retirement Custodial Account with Seligman. A Traditional IRA gives you several
tax benefits. Earnings on the assets held in your Traditional IRA are not
subject to federal income tax until withdrawn by you. You may be able to deduct
all or part of your Traditional IRA contribution on your federal income tax
return. State income tax treatment of your Traditional IRA may differ from
federal treatment; ask your state tax department or your personal tax advisor
for details.

     Be sure to read Part Three of this Disclosure Statement for important
additional information, including information on how to revoke your Traditional
or Roth IRA, investments and prohibited transactions, fees and expenses, and
certain tax requirements.

ELIGIBILITY

What are the eligibility requirements for a Traditional IRA?

     You are eligible to establish and contribute to a Traditional IRA for a
year if:

          You received compensation (or earned income if you are self employed)
     during the year for personal services you rendered. If you received taxable
     alimony, this is treated like compensation for IRA purposes.

          You did not reach age 70_ during the year.

Can I Contribute to a Traditional IRA for my Spouse?

     For each year before the year when your spouse attains age 70, you can
contribute to a separate Traditional IRA for your spouse, regardless of whether
your spouse had any compensation or earned income in that year. This is called a
"spousal IRA." To make a contribution to a Traditional IRA for your spouse, you
must file a joint tax return for the year with your spouse. For a spousal IRA,
your spouse must set up a different Traditional IRA, separate from yours, to
which you contribute.

CONTRIBUTIONS

When Can I Make Contributions to a Traditional IRA?

     You may make a contribution to your existing Traditional IRA or establish a
new Traditional IRA for a taxable year by the due date (not including any
extensions) for your federal income tax return for the year. Usually this is
April 15 of the following year.

How Much Can I Contribute to my Traditional IRA?

     For each year when you are eligible (see above), you can contribute up to
the lesser of $2,000 or 100% of your compensation (or earned income, if you are
self-employed). However, under the tax laws, all or a portion of your
contribution may not be deductible.


                                       2



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



     If you and your spouse have spousal Traditional IRAs, each spouse may
contribute up to $2,000 to his or her IRA for a year as long as the combined
compensation of both spouses for the year (as shown on your joint income tax
return) is at least $4,000. If the combined compensation of both spouses is less
than $4,000, the spouse with the higher amount of compensation may contribute up
to that spouse's compensation amount, or $2,000 if less. The spouse with the
lower compensation amount may contribute any amount up to that spouse's
compensation plus any excess of the other spouse's compensation over the other
spouse's IRA contribution. However, the maximum contribution to either spouse's
Traditional IRA is $2,000 for the year.

     If you (or your spouse) establish a new Roth IRA and make contributions to
both your Traditional IRA and a Roth IRA, the combined limit on contributions to
each of your (or your spouse's) Traditional IRA and Roth IRA for a single
calendar year is $2,000.

How Do I Know if my Contribution is Tax Deductible?

     If your adjusted gross income exceeds a minimum level, the deductibility of
your contribution depends upon whether you are an active participant in any
employer-sponsored retirement plan. If you are not an active participant, the
entire contribution to your Traditional IRA is deductible.

     If you are an active participant in an employer-sponsored plan, your
Traditional IRA contribution may still be completely or partly deductible on
your tax return. This depends on the amount of your income (see below).

     Similarly, the deductibility of a contribution to a Traditional IRA for
your spouse depends upon whether your spouse is an active participant in any
employer-sponsored retirement plan. If your spouse is not an active participant,
the contribution to your spouse's Traditional IRA will be deductible. If your
spouse is an active participant, the Traditional IRA contribution will be
completely, partly or not deductible depending upon your combined income.

     An exception to the preceding rules applies to high-income married
taxpayers, where one spouse is an active participant in an employer-sponsored
retirement plan and the other spouse is not. A contribution to the non-active
participant spouse's Traditional IRA will be only partly deductible at an
adjusted gross income level on the joint tax return of $150,000, and the
deductibility will be phased out as described below over the next $10,000 so
that there will be no deduction at all with an adjusted gross income level of
$160,000 or higher.

How do I Determine My or My Spouse's "Active Participant" status?

     Your (or your spouse's) Form W-2 should indicate if you (or your spouse)
were an active participant in an employer-sponsored retirement plan for a year.
If you have a question, you should ask your employer or the plan administrator.

     In addition, regardless of income level, your spouse's "active participant"
status will not affect the deductibility of your contributions to your
Traditional IRA if you and your spouse file separate tax returns for the taxable
year and you lived apart at all times during the taxable year.

What are the Deduction Restrictions for Active Participants?

     If you (or your spouse) are an active participant in an employer plan
during a year, the contribution to your Traditional IRA (or your spouse's
Traditional IRA) may be completely, partly or not deductible depending upon your
filing status and your amount of adjusted gross income ("AGI"). If AGI is any
amount up to the lower limit, the contribution is fully deductible. If your AGI
falls between the lower limit and the upper limit, the contribution is partly
deductible. If your AGI falls above the upper limit, the contribution is not
deductible.

                         FOR ACTIVE PARTICIPANTS - 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      If You Are                      If You Are                  Then Your Traditional
                        Single                   Married Filing Jointly            IRA Contribution Is
                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 
                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 <S>                            <C>                                  <C>
                       Up to                            Up to                             Fully
                    Lower Limit                      Lower Limit                        Deductible
                 ($30,000 for 1998)              ($50,000 for 1998)
                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjusted         More than Lower Limit          More than Lower Limit                     Partly
Gross               But less than                    but less than                      Deductible
Income               Upper Limit                      Upper Limit
(AGI) Level       ($40,000 for 1998)              ($60,000 for 1998)
                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Upper Limit or more            Upper Limit or more                         Not
                                                                                        Deductible
                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The Lower Limit and the Upper Limit will change for 1999 and later years. The
Lower Limit and Upper Limit for these years are shown in the following table.
Substitute the correct Lower Limit and Upper Limit in the table above to
determine deductibility in any particular year. (Note: if you are married but
filing separate returns, your Lower Limit is always zero and your Upper Limit is
always $10,000).


                                       3



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                        TABLE OF LOWER AND UPPER LIMITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year                 Single                       Married
                                               Filing Jointly
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Lower Limit    Upper Limit    Lower Limit    Upper Limit
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>    
1999         $31,000       $41,000         $51,000        $61,000

2000         $32,000       $42,000         $52,000        $62,000

2001         $33,000       $43,000         $53,000        $63,000

2002         $34,000       $44,000         $54,000        $64,000

2003         $40,000       $50,000         $60,000        $70,000

2004         $45,000       $55,000         $65,000        $75,000

2005         $50,000       $60,000         $70,000        $80,000

2006         $50,000       $60,000         $75,000        $85,000

2007 and     $50,000       $60,000         $80,000       $100,000
 Later
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

How do I Calculate my Deduction if I Fall in the "Partly Deductible" Range?

     If your AGI falls in the partly deductible range, you must calculate the
portion of your contribution that is deductible. To do this, multiply your
contribution by a fraction. The numerator is the amount by which your AGI
exceeds the lower limit (for 1998: $30,000 if single, or $50,000 if married
filing jointly). The denominator is $10,000 (note that the denominator for
married joint filers is $20,000 starting in 2007). Subtract this from your
contribution and then round down to the nearest $10. The deductible amount is
the greater of the amount calculated or $200 (provided you contributed at least
$200). If your contribution was less than $200, then the entire contribution is
deductible.

     For example, assume that you make a $2,000 contribution to your Traditional
IRA in 1998, a year in which you are an active participant in your employer's
retirement plan. Also assume that your AGI is $57,555 and you are married,
filing jointly. You would calculate the deductible portion of your contribution
this way:

1.   The amount by which your AGI exceeds the lower limit of the partly-
     deductible range:
                                             ($57,555-$50,000) = $7,555

2.   Divide this by $10,000:     $ 7,555  
                                 -------  = 0.7555
                                 $10,000

3.   Multiply this by your contribution limit:
            0.7555 x $2,000 = $1,511

4.   Subtract this from your contribution:
           ($2,000 - $1,551) = $489

5.   Round this down to the nearest $10: = $480

6.   Your deductible contribution is the greater of this amount or $200.

Even though part or all of your contribution is not deductible, you may still
contribute to your Traditional IRA (and your spouse may contribute to your
spouse's Traditional IRA) up to the limit on contributions. When you file your
tax return for the year, you must designate the amount of non-deductible
contributions to your Traditional IRA for the year. See IRS Form 8606. Failure
to file Form 8606 may result in a penalty of $50.

How Do I Determine My AGI?

     AGI is your gross income minus those deductions which are available to all
taxpayers even if they don't itemize. Instructions to calculate your AGI are
provided with your income tax Form 1040 or 1040A.

What Happens if I Contribute more than Allowed to my Traditional IRA?

     The maximum contribution you can make to a Traditional IRA generally is
$2,000 or 100% of compensation or earned income, whichever is less. Any amount
contributed to the IRA above the maximum is considered an "excess contribution."
The excess is calculated using your contribution limit, not the deductible
limit. An excess contribution is subject to excise tax of 6% for each year it
remains in the IRA.

How can I Correct an Excess Contribution?

     Excess contributions may be corrected without paying a 6% penalty. To do
so, you must withdraw the excess and any earnings on the excess before the due
date (including extensions)


                                       4



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



for filing your federal income tax return for the year for which you made the
excess contribution. A deduction should not be taken for any excess
contribution. Earnings on the amount withdrawn must also be withdrawn. The
earnings must be included in your income for the tax year for which the
contribution was made and may be subject to a 10% premature withdrawal tax if
you have not reached age 59_

What Happens if I Don't Correct the Excess Contribution by
the Tax Return Due Date?

     Any excess contribution withdrawn after the tax return due date (including
any extensions) for the year for which the contribution was made will be subject
to the 6% excise tax. There will be an additional 6% excise tax for each year
the excess remains in your account.

     Under limited circumstances, you may correct an excess contribution after
tax filing time by withdrawing the excess contribution (leaving the earnings in
the account). This withdrawal will not be includable in income nor will it be
subject to any premature withdrawal penalty if (1) your contributions to all
Traditional IRAs do not exceed $2,000 and (2) you did not take a deduction for
the excess amount (or you file an amended return (Form 1040X) which removes the
excess deduction).

How are Excess Contributions Treated if None of the Preceding Rules Apply?

     Unless an excess contribution qualifies for the special treatment outlined
above, the excess contribution and any earnings on it withdrawn after tax filing
time will be includable in taxable income and may be subject to a 10% premature
withdrawal penalty. No deduction will be allowed for the excess contribution for
the year in which it is made.

     Excess contributions may be corrected in a subsequent year to the extent
that you contribute less than your maximum amount. As the prior excess
contribution is reduced or eliminated, the 6% excise tax will become
correspondingly reduced or eliminated for subsequent tax years. Also, you may be
able to take an income tax deduction for the amount of excess that was reduced
or eliminated, depending on whether you would be able to take a deduction if you
had instead contributed the same amount.

Are the Earnings on My Traditional IRA Funds Taxed?

     Any dividends on or growth of the investments held in your Traditional IRA
are generally exempt from federal income taxes and will not be taxed until
withdrawn by you, unless the tax exempt status of your Traditional IRA is
revoked or you pledge your IRA as security for a loan (this is described in Part
Three of this Disclosure Statement).

TRANSFERS/ROLLOVERS

Can I Transfer or Roll Over a Distribution I Receive from my Employer's
Retirement Plan into a Traditional IRA?

     Almost all distributions from employer plans or 403(b) arrangements (for
employees of tax-exempt employers) are eligible for rollover to a Traditional
IRA. The main exceptions are

          payments over the lifetime or life expectancy of the participant (or
     participant and a designated beneficiary),

          installment payments for a period of 10 years or more,

          required distributions (generally the rules require distributions
     starting at age 70_ or for certain employees starting at retirement, if
     later), and

          payments of employee after-tax contributions.

If you are eligible to receive a distribution from a tax qualified retirement
plan as a result of, for example, termination of employment, plan
discontinuance, or retirement, all or part of the distribution may be
transferred directly into your Traditional IRA. Your employer may elect to issue
you a check made out to the new trustee or custodian instead of paying the new
trustee or custodian directly. In either case, this is a called a "direct
rollover." Or, you may receive the distribution and make a regular rollover to
your Traditional IRA within 60 days. By making a direct rollover or a regular
rollover, you can defer income taxes on the amount rolled over until you
subsequently make withdrawals from your IRA.

     The maximum amount you may roll over is the amount of employer
contributions and earnings distributed. You may not roll over any after-tax
employee contributions you made to the employer retirement plan. If you are over
age 70_ and are required to take minimum distributions under the tax laws, you
may not roll over any amount required to be distributed to you under the minimum
distribution rules. Also, if you are receiving periodic payments over your or
your and your designated beneficiary's life expectancy or for a period of at
least 10 years, you may not roll over these payments. A rollover to a
Traditional IRA must be completed within 60 days after the distribution from the
employer retirement plan to be valid.

     NOTE: A qualified plan administrator or 403(b) sponsor MUST WITHHOLD 20% OF
YOUR DISTRIBUTION for federal income taxes UNLESS you elect a direct rollover.
Your plan or 403(b) sponsor is required to provide you with information about
direct and traditional rollovers and withholding taxes before you receive your
distribution and must comply with your directions to make a direct rollover.

     The rules governing rollovers are complicated. Be sure to consult your tax
advisor or the IRS if you have a question about rollovers.

Once I Have Rolled Over a Plan Distribution into a Traditional IRA, Can I
Subsequently Roll Over into another Employer's Qualified Retirement Plan?

     Yes. Part or all of an eligible distribution received from a qualified plan
may be transferred from the Traditional IRA holding it to another qualified
plan. However, the IRA must have no assets other than those which were
previously distributed to you from the qualified plan. Specifically, the IRA
cannot contain any contributions by you (or your spouse). Also, the new
qualified plan must accept rollovers. Similar rules apply to Traditional IRAs
established with rollovers from 403(b) arrangements, except that only another
403(b) arrangement may accept the rollover.

Can I Make a Traditional Rollover from my Traditional IRA
to another Traditional IRA?


                                       5



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



     You may make a rollover from one Traditional IRA to another Traditional IRA
you have or you establish to receive the rollover. Such a rollover must be
completed within 60 days after the withdrawal from your first Traditional IRA.
After making a traditional rollover from one Traditional IRA to another, you
must wait a full year (365 days) before you can make another such rollover.
(However, you can instruct a Traditional IRA custodian to transfer amounts
directly to another Traditional IRA custodian; such a direct transfer does not
count as a rollover.)

What Happens If I Combine Rollover Contributions With My Normal Contributions In
One IRA?

     If you wish to make both a normal annual contribution and a rollover
contribution, you may wish to open two separate Traditional IRAs by completing
two Adoption Agreements and two sets of forms. You should consult a tax advisor
before making your annual contribution to the IRA you established with rollover
contributions (or make a rollover contribution to the IRA to which you make your
annual contributions). This is because combining your annual contributions and
rollover contributions originating from an employer plan distribution would
prohibit the future rollover out of the IRA into another qualified plan. If
despite this, you still wish to combine a rollover contribution and the IRA
holding your annual contributions, you should establish the account as a
Traditional IRA on the Adoption Agreement (not a Rollover IRA or Direct Rollover
IRA) and make the contributions to that account.

How Do Rollovers Affect my Contribution or Deduction Limits?

     Rollover contributions, if properly made, do not count toward the maximum
contribution. Also, rollovers are not deductible and they do not affect your
deduction limits as described above.

What About Converting My Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA?

     The rules for converting a Traditional IRA to a new Roth IRA, or making a
rollover from a Traditional IRA to a new Roth IRA, are described in Part Two
below.

WITHDRAWALS

When can I make withdrawals from my Traditional IRA?

     You may withdraw from your Traditional IRA at any time. However,
withdrawals before age 59_ may be subject to a 10% penalty tax in addition to
regular income taxes (see below).

When must I start making withdrawals?

     If you have not withdrawn your entire IRA by the April 1 following the year
in which you reach 70_, (your "required beginning date") you must make minimum
withdrawals in order to avoid penalty taxes. The rule allowing certain employees
to postpone distributions from an employer qualified plan until actual
retirement (even if this is after age 70_) does not apply to Traditional IRAs.

     You can take a lump-sum payment or choose one of several periodic payment
programs allowed by law, including life annuities. Generally, the law permits
you to receive your IRA in installments over a period not extending beyond your
life expectancy or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of you and your
designated beneficiary. Life expectancies are determined in accordance with the
IRS tables. Generally, the minimum amount you are required to take each year is
determined by multiplying the balance of your IRA as of the end of the preceding
year by a fraction, the numerator of which is 1 and the denominator of which is
your life expectancy (or the joint life expectancy of you and your beneficiary)
determined as of the year in which you reach age 70_ reduced by one for each
whole year since you reached age 70_. However, your life expectancy (and your
spouse's if he or she is your beneficiary) will be recalculated each year if you
have not made and election not to have recalculation apply. The life expectancy
of a beneficiary who isn't your spouse may not be recalculated. If life
expectancies are being recalculated, the minimum distribution is determined by
dividing the balance in the IRA at the end of the preceding year by the life
expectancy determined as of attained ages in the year in question. If your
beneficiary is not your spouse, distributions must also meet a separate minimum
test called the minimum incidental death benefit rule. The minimum withdrawal
rules are complex. Consult your tax advisor or IRS Publication 590 for
assistance.

     If you withdraw less than required, the penalty tax is 50% of the
difference between the minimum withdrawal amount and your actual withdrawals
during a year. The IRS may waive or reduce the penalty tax if you can show that
your failure to make the required minimum withdrawals was due to reasonable
cause and you are taking reasonable steps to remedy the problem.

     Distribution on and after your death. If you die after your required
beginning date, the balance in your IRA will continue to be distributed to your
designated beneficiaries at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution
being used prior to your death.

     If you die before the distribution of your interest has begun, the entire
balance of the account must be distributed by December 31 of the year in which
the 5th anniversary of your death occurs. However, distribution need not be made
within this 5-year period if your beneficiary receives payments over a period
measured by his or her life expectancy beginning no later than December 31 of
the year following the year in which you die, or, if your beneficiary is your
spouse, distribution may be delayed until December 31 of the year in which you
would have attained age 70_. In addition, a distribution need not be made within
5 years of your death if your spouse is your beneficiary and he or she elects to
treat the entire interest in the IRA (or remaining part of such interest if
distribution has already begun) as his or her own IRA subject to the regular IRA
distribution requirements. In such case, your spouse will be considered to be
the owner of the IRA and may elect a new form of payment based on the spouse's
(and any beneficiary's) life expectancy. This election is considered to have
been made if your spouse makes a regular IRA contribution to this IRA, makes a
rollover to or from this IRA or fails to elect any of the above distribution
provisions. If you die before the entire IRA has been distributed to you and
your spouse is not your beneficiary, no additional cash contributions or
rollover contributions may be accepted by the IRA and your beneficiary may NOT
elect to be considered the owner of the IRA.

How Are Withdrawals From My Traditional IRA Taxed?

     Amounts withdrawn by you are includable in your gross income in the taxable
year that you receive them, and are taxable as ordinary income. Lump sum
withdrawals from a Traditional IRA are not eligible for averaging treatment
currently available to certain lump sum distributions from qualified employer
retirement plans.


                                       6



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



     Since the purpose of a Traditional IRA is to accumulate funds for
retirement, your receipt or use of any portion of your Traditional IRA before
you attain age 59_ generally will be considered as an early withdrawal and
subject to a 10% penalty tax.

     The 10% penalty tax for early withdrawal will not apply if:

     The distribution was a result of your death or disability.

     The purpose of the withdrawal is to pay certain higher education expenses
     for yourself or your spouse, child, or grandchild. Qualifying expenses
     include tuition, fees, books, supplies and equipment required for
     attendance at a post-secondary educational institution. Room and board
     expenses may qualify if the student is attending at least half-time. The
     expenses must be incurred for education furnished in academic periods
     beginning after December 31, 1997.

     The withdrawal is used to pay eligible first-time homebuyer expenses. These
     are the costs of purchasing, building or rebuilding a principal residence
     (including customary settlement, financing or closing costs). The purchaser
     may be you, your spouse, or a child, grandchild, parent or grandparent of
     you or your spouse. An individual is considered a "first-time homebuyer" if
     the individual (or the individual's spouse, if married) did not have an
     ownership interest in a principal residence during the two-year period
     immediately preceding the acquisition in question. The withdrawal must be
     used for eligible expenses within 120 days after the withdrawal. (If there
     is an unexpected delay, or cancellation of the home acquisition, a
     withdrawal may be redeposited as a rollover).

     There is a lifetime limit on eligible first-time homebuyer expenses of
     $10,000 per individual.

     The distribution is one of a scheduled series of substantially equal
     periodic payments for your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or
     life expectancies of you and your beneficiary).

     If there is an adjustment to the scheduled series of payments, the 10%
     penalty tax may apply. The 10% penalty will not apply if you make no change
     in the series of payments until the end of five years or until you reach
     age 59_, whichever is later. If you make a change before then the penalty
     will apply. For example, if you begin receiving payments at age 50 under a
     withdrawal program providing for substantially equal payments over your
     life expectancy, and at age 58 you elect to receive the remaining amount in
     your Traditional IRA in a lump-sum, the 10% penalty tax will apply to the
     lump sum and to the amounts previously paid to you before age 59_.

     The distribution does not exceed the amount of your deductible medical
     expenses for the year (generally speaking, medical expenses paid during a
     year are deductible if they are greater than 7?% of your adjusted gross
     income for that year).

     The distribution does not exceed the amount you paid for health insurance
     coverage for yourself, your spouse and dependents. This exception applies
     only if you have been unemployed and received federal or state unemployment
     compensation payments for at least 12 weeks; this exceptio applies to
     distributions during the year in which you received the unemployment
     compensation and during the following year, but not to any distributions
     received after you have been reemployed for at least 60 days.

How are Nondeductible Contributions Taxed When They are Withdrawn?

     A withdrawal of nondeductible contributions (not including earnings) will
be tax-free. However, if you made both deductible and nondeductible
contributions to your Traditional IRA, then each distribution will be treated as
partly a return of your nondeductible contributions (not taxable) and partly a
distribution of deductible contributions and earnings (taxable). The nontaxable
amount is the portion of the amount withdrawn which bears the same ratio as your
total nondeductible Traditional IRA contributions bear to the total balance of
all your Traditional IRAs (including rollover IRAs and SEPs, but not including
Roth IRAs).

     For example, assume that you made the following Traditional IRA
contributions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Year      Deductible      Nondeductible
               ----      ----------      -------------
              <S>         <C>             <C>   
               1995       $2,000
               1996       $2,000
               1997       $1,000            $1,000
               1998                         $1,000
                          ------            ------
                          $5,000            $2,000
</TABLE>

     In addition assume that your Traditional IRA has total investment earnings
through 1998 of $1,000. During 1998 you withdraw $500. Your total account
balance as of 12-31-98 is $7,500 as shown below.

<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>   
Deductible Contributions                     $5,000
Nondeductible Contributions                  $2,000
Earnings On IRA                              $1,000
Less 1998 Withdrawal                         $  500
                                             ------
Total Account Balance as of 12/31/98         $7,500
</TABLE>

     To determine the nontaxable portion of your 1998 withdrawal, the total 1998
withdrawal ($500) must be multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the
fraction is the total of all nondeductible contributions remaining in the
account before the 1998 withdrawal ($2,000). The denominator is the total
account balance as of 12-31-98 ($7,500) plus the 1998 withdrawal ($500) or
$8,000. The calculation is:

                Total Remaining
          Nondeductible Contributions     $2,000 x $500  =  $  125
          ---------------------------     ------
           Total Account Balance          $8,000

     Thus, $125 of the $500 withdrawal in 1998 will not be included in your
taxable income. The remaining $375 will be taxable for 1998. In addition, for
future calculations the remaining nondeductible contribution total will be
$2,000 minus $125, or $1,875.

     A loss in your Traditional IRA investment may be deductible at the time of
the withdrawal. You should consult


                                       7



<PAGE>
<PAGE>





your tax advisor for further details on the appropriate calculation for this
deduction if applicable.

Is there a penalty tax on certain large withdrawals or accumulations in my IRA?

     Earlier tax laws imposed a "success" penalty equal to 15% of withdrawals
from all retirement accounts (including IRAs, 401(k) or other employer
retirement plans, 403(b) arrangements and others) in a year exceeding a
specified amount (initially $150,000 per year). Also, there was a 15% estate tax
penalty on excess accumulations remaining in IRAs and other tax-favored
arrangements upon your death. These 15% penalty taxes have been repealed.

Important: Please see Part Three below which contains important information
applicable to all Seligman IRAs.


                       Part Two: Description of Roth IRAs

SPECIAL NOTE

     Part Two of the Disclosure Statement describes the rules generally
applicable to Roth IRAs beginning January 1, 1998.

     Roth IRAs are a new kind of IRA available for the first time in 1998.
Contributions to a Roth IRA for 1997 are not permitted. Contributions to a Roth
IRA are not tax-deductible, but withdrawals that meet certain requirements are
not subject to federal income taxes. This makes the dividends on and growth of
the investments held in your Roth IRA tax-free for federal income tax purposes
if the requirements are met.

     This Part Two does not describe Traditional IRAs. If you wish to review
information about Traditional IRAs, or are adopting a Traditional IRA, please
see Part One of this Disclosure Statement.

     This Disclosure Statement also does not describe IRAs established in
connection with a SIMPLE IRA program or a Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) plan
maintained by your employer. Roth IRAs may not be used in connection with a
SIMPLE IRA program or a SEP plan.

YOUR ROTH IRA

     Your Roth IRA gives you several tax benefits. While contributions to a Roth
IRA are not deductible, dividends on and growth of the assets held in your Roth
IRA are not subject to federal income tax. Withdrawals by you from your Roth IRA
are excluded from your income for federal income tax purposes if certain
requirements (described below) are met. State income tax treatment of your Roth
IRA may differ from federal treatment; ask your state tax department or your
personal tax advisor for details.

Be sure to read Part Three of this Disclosure Statement for important additional
information, including information on how to revoke your Roth IRA, investments
and prohibited transactions, fees and expenses and certain tax requirements.

ELIGIBILITY

What are the eligibility requirements for a Roth IRA?

     Starting with 1998, you are eligible to establish and contribute to a Roth
IRA for a year if you received compensation (or earned income if you are self
employed) during the year for personal services you rendered. If you received
taxable alimony, this is treated like compensation for IRA purposes.

     In contrast to a Traditional IRA, with a Roth IRA you may continue making
contributions after you reach age 70_.

     Assets of a Roth IRA must always be kept separate from and cannot be
combined with assets of a Traditional IRA. You must designate the IRA as a Roth
IRA by completing a separate adoption agreement at the time the Roth IRA is
established. The IRS also recommends establishing a separate Roth IRA for annual
contributions if you have a Roth Conversion IRA.

Can I Contribute to Roth IRA for my Spouse?

     Starting with 1998, if you meet the eligibility requirements you can not
only contribute to your own Roth IRA, but also to a separate Roth IRA for your
spouse out of your compensation or earned income, regardless of whether your
spouse had any compensation or earned income in that year. This is called a
"spousal Roth IRA." To make a contribution to a Roth IRA for your spouse, you
must file a joint tax return for the year with your spouse. For a spousal Roth
IRA, your spouse must set up a different Roth IRA, separate from yours, to which
you contribute.

     Of course, if your spouse has compensation or earned income, your spouse
can establish his or her own Roth IRA and make contributions to it in accordance
with the rules and limits described in this Part Two of the Disclosure
Statement.


                                       8



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



CONTRIBUTIONS

When Can I Make Contributions to a Roth IRA?

     You may make a contribution to your Roth IRA or establish a new Roth IRA
for a taxable year by the due date (not including any extensions) for your
federal income tax return for the year. Usually this is April 15 of the
following year. For example, you will have until April 15, 1999 to establish and
make a contribution to a Roth IRA for 1998.

     Caution: Since Roth IRAs are available starting January 1, 1998, you may
not make a contribution by April 15, 1998 to a Roth IRA for 1997.

How Much Can I Contribute to my Roth IRA?

     For each year when you are eligible (see above), you can contribute up to
the lesser of $2,000 or 100% of your compensation (or earned income, if you are
self-employed).

     Annual contributions may be made only to a Roth IRA annual contribution
account which does not contain converted or transferred funds from a Traditional
IRA.

     Your Roth IRA limit is reduced by any contributions for the same year to a
Traditional IRA. For example, assuming you have at least $2,000 in compensation
or earned income, if you contribute $500 to your Traditional IRA for 1998, your
maximum Roth IRA contribution for 1998 will be $1,500.

     If you and your spouse have spousal Roth IRAs, each spouse may contribute
up to $2,000 to his or her Roth IRA for a year as long as the combined
compensation of both spouses for the year (as shown on your joint income tax
return) is at least $4,000. If the combined compensation of both spouses is less
than $4,000, the spouse with the higher amount of compensation may contribute up
to that spouse's compensation amount, or $2,000 if less. The spouse with the
lower compensation amount may contribute any amount up to that spouse's
compensation plus any excess the other spouse's compensation over the other
spouse's Roth IRA contribution. However, the maximum contribution to either
spouse's Roth IRA is $2,000 for the year.

     As noted above, the spousal Roth IRA limits are reduced by any
contributions for the same calendar year to a Traditional IRA maintained by you
or your spouse.

     For taxpayers with high income levels, the contribution limits may be
reduced or not permitted at all (see below).

Are Contributions to a Roth IRA Tax Deductible?

     Contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible. This is a major difference
between Roth IRAs and Traditional IRAs. Contributions to a Traditional IRA may
be deductible on your federal income tax return depending on whether or not you
are an active participant in an employer-sponsored plan and on your income
level.

Are the Earnings on my Roth IRA Funds Taxed?

     Any dividends on or growth of investments held in your Roth IRA are
generally exempt from federal income taxes and will not be taxed until withdrawn
by you, unless the tax exempt status of your Roth IRA is revoked or you pledge
your Roth IRA as security for a loan. If the withdrawal qualifies as a tax-free
withdrawal (see below), amounts reflecting earnings or growth of assets in your
Roth IRA will not be subject to federal income tax.

Which is Better, a Roth IRA or a Traditional IRA?

     If you are eligible for both types of IRAs, this will depend upon your
individual situation. A Roth IRA may be better if you are an active participant
in an employer-sponsored plan and your adjusted gross income is too high to make
a deductible IRA contribution (but not too high to make a Roth IRA
contribution). Also, the benefits of a Roth IRA vs. a Traditional IRA may depend
upon a number of other factors including: your current income tax bracket vs.
your expected income tax bracket when you make withdrawals from your IRA,
whether you expect to be able to make nontaxable withdrawals from your Roth IRA
(see below), how long you expect to leave your contributions in the IRA, whether
you would like your beneficiaries to receive non-taxable payments after your
death, how much you expect the IRA to earn in the meantime, and possible future
tax law changes.

     Consult a qualified tax or financial advisor for assistance on this
question.

Are there Any Restrictions on Contributions to my Roth IRA?

     Taxpayers with very high income levels may not be able to contribute to a
Roth IRA at all, or their contribution may be limited to an amount less than
$2,000. This depends upon your filing status and the amount of your adjusted
gross income (AGI). The following table shows how the contribution limits are
restricted:


                                       9



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                          ROTH IRA CONTRIBUTION LIMITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      If You Are                      If You Are                 Then You May Make
                   Single Taxpayer              Married Filing Jointly
                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 
                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 <S>                            <C>                            <C>
                       Up to                            Up to                           Full
                      $95,000                         $150,000                      Contribution
                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjusted         More than $95,000               More than $150,000           Reduced Contribution (see
Gross              but less than                    but less than                 explanation below)
Income               $110,000                         $160,000
(AGI) Level
                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       $110,000                       $160,000                 Zero (No Contribution)
                        and up                         and up
                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     Note: If you are a married taxpayer filing separately, the IRS model IRA,
which assumes pending legislation will be enacted, provides that the maximum
Roth contribution limit phases out at adjusted gross income levels up to
$10,000.

How do I Calculate my Limit if I Fall in the "Reduced Contribution" Range?

     If your AGI falls in the reduced contribution range, you must calculate
your contribution limit. To do this, multiply your normal contribution limit
($2,000 or your compensation if less) by a fraction. The numerator is the amount
by which your AGI exceeds the lower limit of the reduced contribution range
($95,000 if single, or $150,000 if married filing jointly). The denominator is
$15,000 (single taxpayers) or $10,000 (married filing jointly). Subtract this
from your normal limit and then round up to the nearest $10. The contribution
limit is the greater of the amount calculated or $200.

     For example, assume that your AGI for the year is $157,555 and you are
married, filing jointly. You would calculate your Roth IRA contribution limit
this way:

1.   The amount by which your AGI exceeds the lower limit of the reduced
     contribution deductible range:
                                      ($157,555-$150,000) = $7,555

2.   Divide this by $10,000:                    $ 7,555
                                                -------
                                                $10,000 =  0.7555

3.   Multiply this by $2,000 (or your compensation for the year, if less):

                           0.7555 x $2,000 = $1,511

4.   Subtract this from your $2,000 limit:

                           ($2,000 - $1,551) = $489

5.   Round this up to the nearest $10 = $490

6.   Your contribution limit is the greater of this amount or $200.

     Remember, your Roth IRA contribution limit of $2,000 is reduced by any
contributions for the same year to a Traditional IRA. If you fall in the reduced
contribution range, the reduction formula applies to the Roth IRA contribution
limit left after subtracting your contribution for the year to a Traditional
IRA.

How Do I Determine My AGI?

     AGI is your gross income minus those deductions which are available to all
taxpayers even if they don't itemize. Instructions to calculate your AGI are
provided with your income tax Form 1040 or 1040A.

     There are two additional rules when calculating AGI for purposes of Roth
IRA contribution limits. First, if you are making a deductible contribution for
the year to a Traditional IRA, your AGI is reduced by the amount of the
deduction. Second, if you are converting a Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA in a
year (see below), the amount includable in your income as a result of the
conversion is not considered AGI when computing your Roth IRA contribution limit
for the year or eligibility to convert a Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. (Note: a
bill pending in Congress might affect the first rule -- consult your tax advisor
or the IRS for the latest developments.)

What Happens if I Contribute more than Allowed to my Roth IRA?

     The maximum contribution you can make to a Roth IRA generally is $2,000 or
100% of compensation or earned income, whichever is less. As noted above, your
maximum is reduced by the amount of any contribution to a Traditional IRA for
the same year and may be further reduced if you have high AGI. Any amount
contributed to the Roth IRA above the maximum is considered an "excess
contribution."

     An excess contribution is subject to excise tax of 6% for each year it
remains in the Roth IRA.

How can I Correct an Excess Contribution?

     Excess contributions may be corrected without paying a 6% penalty. To do
so, you must withdraw the excess and any earnings on the excess before the due
date (including extensions) for filing your federal income tax return for the
year for which you made the excess contribution. Earnings on the amount
withdrawn must also be withdrawn. The earnings must be included in your income
for the tax year for which the contribution was made and may be subject to a 10%
premature withdrawal tax if you have not reached age 59_ (unless an exception to
the 10% penalty tax applies).

What Happens if I Don't Correct the Excess Contribution by the Tax Return Due
Date?

                                       10



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



     Any excess contribution withdrawn after the tax return due date (including
any extensions) for the year for which the contribution was made will be subject
to the 6% excise tax. There will be an additional 6% excise tax for each year
the excess remains in your account.

     Unless an excess contribution qualifies for the special treatment outlined
above, the excess contribution and any earnings on it withdrawn after tax filing
time will be includable in taxable income and may be subject to a 10% premature
withdrawal penalty.

     You may reduce the excess contributions by making a withdrawal equal to the
excess. Earnings need not be withdrawn. To the extent that no earnings are
withdrawn, the withdrawal will not be subject to income taxes or possible
penalties for premature withdrawals before age 59_. Excess contributions may
also be corrected in a subsequent year to the extent that you contribute less
than your Roth IRA contribution limit for the subsequent year. As the prior
excess contribution is reduced or eliminated, the 6% excise tax will become
correspondingly reduced or eliminated for subsequent tax years.

CONVERSION OF EXISTING TRADITIONAL IRA

Can I convert an Existing Traditional IRA into a Roth IRA?

     Yes, starting in 1998 you can convert an existing Traditional IRA into a
Roth IRA if you meet the adjusted gross income (AGI) limits described below.
Conversion may be accomplished either by establishing a Roth IRA and then
transferring the amount in your Traditional IRA you wish to convert to the new
Roth IRA. Or, if you want to convert an existing Traditional IRA with Investors
Fiduciary Trust as custodian to a Roth IRA, you may give us directions to
convert.

     You are eligible to convert a Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA if, for the
year of the conversion, your AGI is $100,000 or less. The same limit applies to
married and single taxpayers, and the limit is not indexed to cost-of-living
increases. Married taxpayers are eligible to convert a Traditional IRA to a Roth
IRA only if they file a joint income tax return; married taxpayers filing
separately are not eligible to convert.

     Note: No contributions other than Roth IRA conversion contributions made
during the same tax year should be deposited in a single Roth IRA conversion
account.

     Caution: You should be extremely cautious in converting an existing IRA
into a Roth IRA early in a year if there is any possibility that your AGI for
the year will exceed $100,000. Although a bill pending in Congress would permit
you to transfer amounts back to your Traditional IRA if your AGI exceeds
$100,000, under the current rules, if you have already converted during a year
and you turn out to have more than $100,000 of AGI, there may be adverse tax
results for you. Consult your tax advisor or the IRS for the latest
developments.

What are the Tax Results from Converting?

     The taxable amount in your Traditional IRA you convert to a Roth IRA will
be considered taxable income on your federal income tax return for the year of
the conversion. All amounts in a Traditional IRA are taxable except for your
prior non-deductible contributions to the Traditional IRA.

     If you make the conversion during 1998, the taxable income is spread over
four years. In other words, you would include one quarter of the taxable amount
on your federal income tax return for 1998, 1999, 2000 and 2001.

Should I convert my Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA?

     Only you can answer this question, in consultation with your tax or
financial advisors. A number of factors, including the following, may be
relevant. Conversion may be advantageous if you expect to leave the converted
funds on deposit in your Roth IRA for at least five years and to be able to
withdraw the funds under circumstances that will not be taxable or if you want
to defer income and make it possible for your beneficiaries to receive
distributions without paying income tax (see below). The benefits of converting
will also depend on whether you expect to be in the same tax bracket when you
withdraw from your Roth IRA as you are now. Also, conversion is based upon an
assumption that Congress will not change the tax rules for withdrawals from Roth
IRAs in the future, but this cannot be guaranteed.

TRANSFERS/ROLLOVERS

Can I Transfer or Roll Over a Distribution I Receive from my Employer's
Retirement Plan into a Roth IRA?

     Distributions from qualified employer-sponsored retirement plans or 403(b)
arrangements (for employees of tax-exempt employers) are not eligible for
rollover or direct transfer to a Roth IRA. However, in certain circumstances it
may be possible to make a direct rollover of an eligible distribution to a
Traditional IRA and then to convert the Traditional IRA to Roth IRA (see above).
Consult your tax or financial advisor for further information on this
possibility.

Can I Make a Rollover from my Roth IRA to another Roth IRA?

     You may make a rollover from one Roth IRA to another Roth IRA you have or
you establish to receive the rollover. Such a rollover must be completed within
60 days after the withdrawal from your first Roth IRA. After making a rollover
from one Roth IRA to another, you must wait a full year (365 days) before you
can make another such rollover. (However, you can instruct a Roth IRA custodian
to transfer amounts directly to another Roth IRA custodian; such a direct
transfer does not count as a rollover.)

How Do Rollovers Affect my Roth IRA Contribution Limits?

     Rollover contributions, if properly made, do not count toward the maximum
contribution. Also, you may make a rollover from one Roth IRA to another even
during a year when you are not eligible to contribute to a Roth IRA (for
example, because your AGI for that year is too high).

WITHDRAWALS

When can I make withdrawals from my Roth IRA?

     You may withdraw from your Roth IRA at any time. If the withdrawal meets
the requirements discussed below, it is tax-free. This means that you (or your
beneficiaries) pay no federal income tax even though the withdrawal includes
earnings or gains on your contributions while they were held in your Roth IRA.

When must I start making withdrawals?


                                       11



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



     There are no rules on when you must start making withdrawals from your Roth
IRA or on minimum required withdrawal amounts for any particular year during
your lifetime. Unlike Traditional IRAs, you are not required to start making
withdrawals from a Roth IRA by the April 1 following the year in which you reach
age 70-1/2.

     After your death, there are IRS rules on the timing and amount of
distributions. In general, the amount in your Roth IRA must be distributed by
the end of the fifth year after your death. However, distributions to a
designated beneficiary that begin by the end of the year following the year of
your death and that are paid over the life expectancy of the beneficiary satisfy
the rules. Also, if your surviving spouse is your designated beneficiary, the
spouse may defer the start of distributions until you would have reached age 70
_ had you lived.

     Your surviving spouse may also be able to roll the Roth IRA into his or
her own Roth IRA after your death, thereby avoiding the need to take lifetime
distributions. Consult your personal tax advisor about whether this is possible
at the time of death.

What are the requirements for a tax-free withdrawal?

     To be tax-free, a withdrawal from your Roth IRA must meet two requirements.
First, the Roth IRA must have been open for 5 or more years before the
withdrawal. Second, at least one of the following conditions must be satisfied:

     You are age 59_ or older when you make the withdrawal.

     The withdrawal is made by your beneficiary after you die.

     You are disabled (as defined in IRS rules) when you make the withdrawal.

     You are using the withdrawal to cover eligible first time homebuyer
     expenses. These are the costs of purchasing, building or rebuilding a
     principal residence (including customary settlement, financing or closing
     costs). The purchaser may be you, your spouse or a child, grandchild,
     parent or grandparent of you or your spouse. An individual is considered a
     "first-time homebuyer" if the individual (or the individual's spouse, if
     married) did not have an ownership interest in a principal residence during
     the two-year period immediately preceding the acquisition in question. The
     withdrawal must be used for eligible expenses within 120 days after the
     withdrawal (if there is an unexpected delay, or cancellation of the home
     acquisition, a withdrawal may be redeposited as a rollover).

     There is a lifetime limit on eligible first-time homebuyer expenses of
     $10,000 per individual.

     For a Roth IRA that you set up with amounts rolled over or converted from a
Traditional IRA, the 5 year period begins with the year in which the conversion
or rollover was made. (Note: a bill pending in Congress might affect this rule
- -- consult your tax advisor or the IRS for the latest developments.)

     For a Roth IRA that you started with a normal contribution, the 5 year
period starts with the year for which you make the initial normal contribution.

How Are Withdrawals From My Roth IRA Taxed if the Tax-Free Requirements are not
Met?

     If the qualified withdrawal requirements are not met, a withdrawal
consisting of your own prior contribution amounts to your Roth IRA will not be
considered taxable income in the year you receive it, nor will the 10% penalty
apply. To the extent that the nonqualified withdrawal consists of dividends or
gains while your contributions were held in your Roth IRA, the withdrawal is
includable in your gross income in the taxable year you receive it, and may be
subject to the 10% withdrawal penalty. All amounts withdrawn from your Roth IRA
are considered withdrawals of your contributions until you have withdrawn the
entire amount you have contributed. After that, all amounts withdrawn are
considered taxable withdrawals of dividends and gains.

     Note that, for purposes of determining what portion of any distribution is
includable in income, all of your Roth IRA accounts could be considered as one
single account. Amounts withdrawn from any one Roth IRA account are deemed to be
withdrawn from contributions first. Since all your Roth IRAs are considered to
be one account for this purpose, withdrawals from Roth IRA accounts are not
considered to be from earnings or interest until an amount equal to all
contributions made to all of an individual's Roth IRA accounts is withdrawn. The
following example illustrates this:

     A single individual contributes $1,000 a year to his Seligman Roth IRA
account and $1,000 a year to the Brand X Roth IRA account over a period of ten
years. At the end of 10 years his account balances are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Principal             Earnings
                               Contributions
<S>                               <C>                  <C>    
Seligman Roth IRA                 $10,000              $10,000

Brand X Roth IRA                  $10,000              $10,000
                                  -------              -------
Total                             $20,000              $20,000
</TABLE>

     At the end of 10 years, this person has $40,000 in both Roth IRA accounts,
of which $20,000 represents his contributions (aggregated) and $20,000
represents his earnings (aggregated). This individual, who is 40, withdraws
$15,000 from his Brand X Roth IRA (not a qualified withdrawal). We look to the
aggregate amount of all principal contributions - in this case $20,000 - to
determine if the withdrawal is from contributions, and thus non-taxable. In this
example, there is no ($0) taxable income as a result of this withdrawal because
the $15,000 withdrawal is less than the total amount of aggregated contributions
($20,000). If this individual then withdrew $15,000 from his Seligman Roth IRA,
$5,000 would not be taxable (the remaining aggregate contributions) and $10,000
would be treated as taxable income for the year of the withdrawal, subject to
regular income taxes and the 10% premature withdrawal penalty (unless an
exception applies).

     Note: "Technical corrections" legislation now pending in Congress and
expected to be passed, will change the rules and the results discussed above for
Roth Conversion IRAs. Under the proposed legislation, in general, separate Roth
IRAs established for annual contributions and conversions for separate years are
not aggregated as explained above to determine the tax on withdrawals. In
addition, the legislation would subject amounts withdrawn from a Roth IRA after
rollover and conversion from a Traditional IRA and within a five-year period
following conversion to the additional 10% penalty tax discussed


                                       12



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



below. An additional 10% penalty could apply if there was a conversion in 1998
and the four-year income inclusion rule applies. It is therefore advisable to
create separate Roth IRAs for conversions and for future annual Roth IRA
contributions. See your tax advisor for more information and the latest
developments.

     Taxable withdrawals of dividends and gains from a Roth IRA are treated as
ordinary income. Withdrawals of taxable amounts from a Roth IRA are not eligible
for averaging treatment currently available to certain lump sum distributions
from qualified employer-sponsored retirement plans, nor are such withdrawals
eligible for taxable gains tax treatment.

     Your receipt of any taxable withdrawal from your Roth IRA before you attain
age 59_ generally will be considered as an early withdrawal and subject to a 10%
penalty tax.

     The 10% penalty tax for early withdrawal will not apply if any of the
following exceptions applies:

     The withdrawal was a result of your death or disability.

     The withdrawal is one of a scheduled series of substantially equal periodic
     payments for your life or life expectancy (or the joint lives or life
     expectancies of you and your beneficiary).

          If there is an adjustment to the scheduled series of payments, the 10%
     penalty tax will apply. For example, if you begin receiving payments at age
     50 under a withdrawal program providing for substantially equal payments
     over your life expectancy, and at age 58 you elect to withdraw the
     remaining amount in your Roth IRA in a lump-sum, the 10% penalty tax will
     apply to the lump sum and to the amounts previously paid to you before age
     59_ to the extent they were includable in your taxable income.

     The withdrawal is used to pay eligible higher education expenses. The
     expenses must be incurred for education furnished in academic periods
     beginning after December 31, 1997. These are expenses for tuition, fees,
     books, and supplies required to attend an institution for post-secondary
     education. Room and board expenses are also eligible for a student
     attending at least half-time. The student may be you, your spouse, or your
     child or grandchild. However, expenses that are paid for with a scholarship
     or other educational assistance payment are not eligible expenses.

     The withdrawal is used to cover eligible first time homebuyer expenses (as
     described above in the discussion of tax-free withdrawals).

     The withdrawal does not exceed the amount of your deductible medical
     expenses for the year (generally speaking, medical expenses paid during a
     year are deductible if they are greater than 7?% of your adjusted gross
     income for that year).

     The withdrawal does not exceed the amount you paid for health insurance
     coverage for yourself, your spouse and dependents. This exception applies
     only if you have been unemployed and received federal or state unemployment
     compensation payments for at least 12 weeks; this exception applies to
     distributions during the year in which you received the unemployment
     compensation and during the following year, but not to any distributions
     received after you have been re-employed for at least 60 days.

What About the 15 percent Penalty Tax?

     The rule imposing a 15% penalty tax on very large withdrawals from
tax-favored arrangements (including IRAs, 403(b) arrangements and qualified
employer-sponsored plans), or on excess amounts remaining in such tax-favored
arrangements at your death, has been repealed. This 15% tax no longer applies.

Important: The discussion of the tax rules for Roth IRAs in this Disclosure
Statement is based upon the best available information. However, Roth IRAs are
new under the tax laws, and the IRS has not issued regulations or rulings on the
operation and tax treatment of Roth IRA accounts. Also, if enacted, legislation
now pending in Congress will change some of the rules. Therefore, you should
consult your tax advisor for the latest developments or for advice about how
maintaining a Roth IRA will affect your personal tax or financial situation.

     Also, please see Part Three below which contains important information
applicable to all Seligman IRAs.


                                       13



<PAGE>
<PAGE>





             Part Three: Rules for All IRAs (Traditional and Roth)

GENERAL INFORMATION

IRA Requirements

     All IRAs must meet certain requirements. Contributions (other than rollover
contributions) must be made in cash. The IRA trustee or custodian must be a
bank, savings and loan, or other person who has been approved by the Secretary
of the Treasury. Your contributions may not be invested in life insurance or
collectibles or be commingled with other property except in a common trust or
investment fund. Your interest in the account must be nonforfeitable at all
times. You may obtain further information on IRAs from any district office of
the Internal Revenue Service or by referring to IRS Publication 590.

May I Revoke My IRA?

     You may revoke a newly established Traditional or Roth IRA at any time
within seven days after the date on which you receive this Disclosure Statement.
A Traditional or Roth IRA established more than seven days after the date of
your receipt of this Disclosure Statement may not be revoked.

     To revoke your Traditional or Roth IRA, mail or deliver a written notice of
revocation to Seligman Retirement Services at the address which appears at the
end of this Disclosure Statement. Mailed notice will be deemed given on the date
that it is postmarked (or, if sent by certified or registered mail, on the date
of certification or registration). If you revoke your Traditional or Roth IRA
within the seven-day period, you are entitled to a return of the entire amount
you originally contributed into your Traditional or Roth IRA, without adjustment
for such items as sales charges, administrative expenses or fluctuations in
market value.

INVESTMENTS

How Are My IRA Contributions Invested?

     You control the investment and reinvestment of contributions to your
Traditional or Roth IRA. Investments must be in one or more of the Fund(s)
available from time to time as listed in the Adoption Agreement for your
Traditional or Roth IRA or in an investment selection form provided with your
Adoption Agreement or from the Fund Distributor or Service Company. You direct
the investment of your IRA by giving your investment instructions to the
Distributor or Service Company for the Fund(s). Since you control the investment
of your Traditional or Roth IRA, you are responsible for any losses; neither the
Custodian, the Distributor nor the Service Company has any responsibility for
any loss or diminution in value occasioned by your exercise of investment
control. Transactions for your Traditional or Roth IRA will generally be at the
applicable public offering price or net asset value for shares of the Fund(s)
involved next established after the Distributor or the Service Company
(whichever may apply) receives proper investment instructions from you; consult
the current prospectus for the Fund(s) involved for additional information.

     Before making any investment, read carefully the current prospectus for any
Fund you are considering as an investment for your Traditional IRA or Roth IRA.
The prospectus will contain information about the Fund's investment objectives
and policies, as well as any minimum initial investment or minimum balance
requirements and any sales, redemption or other charges.

     Because you control the selection of investments for your Traditional or
Roth IRA and because mutual fund shares fluctuate in value, the growth in value
of your Traditional or Roth IRA cannot be guaranteed or projected.

Are There Any Restrictions on the Use of my IRA Assets?

     The tax-exempt status of your Traditional or Roth IRA will be revoked if
you engage in any of the prohibited transactions listed in Section 4975 of the
tax code. Upon such revocation, your Traditional or Roth IRA is treated as
distributing its assets to you. The taxable portion of the amount in your IRA
will be subject to income tax (unless, in the case of a Roth IRA, the
requirements for a tax-free withdrawal are satisfied). Also, you may be subject
to a 10% penalty tax on the taxable amount as a premature withdrawal if you have
not yet reached the age of 59_.

     Any investment in a collectible (for example, rare stamps) by your
Traditional or Roth IRA is treated as a withdrawal; the only exception involves
certain types of government-sponsored coins or certain types of precious metal
bullion.

What Is A Prohibited Transaction?

     Generally, a prohibited transaction is any improper use of the assets in
your Traditional or Roth IRA. A prohibited transaction causes loss of the entire
IRA's tax exempt status. Some examples of prohibited transactions are:

     Direct or indirect sale or exchange of property between you and your
     Traditional or Roth IRA.

     Transfer of any property from your Traditional or Roth IRA to yourself or
     from yourself to your Traditional or Roth IRA.

     You may not use as security for a loan or borrow from your Traditional or
Roth IRA. A special rule applies if you pledge any IRA assets as security for a
loan. Any portion of your Traditional or Roth IRA used as security for a loan
will be treated as a distribution in the year in which the money is borrowed.
This amount may be taxable and you may also be subject to the 10% premature
withdrawal penalty on the taxable amount.

FEES AND EXPENSES

Custodian's Fees

     The fees charged by the Custodian for maintaining either a Traditional IRA
or a Roth IRA are listed in the Adoption Agreement.




General Fee Policies

     Fees may be paid by you directly, or the Custodian may deduct them from
     your Traditional or Roth IRA.

     Fees may be changed upon 30 days written notice to you.

                                  14

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



     The full annual maintenance fee will be charged for any calendar year
     during which you have a Traditional or Roth IRA with us. This fee is not
     prorated for periods of less than one full year.

     If provided for in this Disclosure Statement or the Adoption Agreement,
     termination fees are charged when your account is closed whether the funds
     are distributed to you or transferred to a successor custodian or trustee.

     The Custodian may charge you for its reasonable expenses for services not
     covered by its fee schedule, provided they are disclosed to you in advance.

Other Charges

     There may be sales or other charges associated with the purchase or
     redemption of shares of a Fund in which your Traditional IRA or Roth IRA is
     invested. Before investing, be sure to read carefully the current
     prospectus of any Fund you are considering as an investment for your
     Traditional IRA or Roth IRA for a description of applicable charges.

TAX MATTERS

What IRA Reports does the Custodian Issue?

     The Custodian will report all withdrawals to the IRS and the recipient on
the appropriate form. For reporting purposes, a direct transfer of assets to a
successor custodian or trustee is not considered a withdrawal.

     The Custodian will report to the IRS the year-end value of your account and
the amount of any rollover (including conversions of a Traditional IRA to a Roth
IRA) or regular contribution made during a calendar year, as well as the tax
year for which a contribution is made. Unless the Custodian receives an
indication from you to the contrary, it will treat any amount as a contribution
for the tax year in which it is received. It is most important that a
contribution between January and April 15th for the prior year be clearly
designated as such.

What Tax Information Must I Report to the IRS?

     You must file Form 5329 with the IRS for each taxable year for which you
made an excess contribution or you take a premature withdrawal that is subject
to the 10% penalty tax, or you withdraw less than the minimum amount required
from your Traditional IRA. If your beneficiary fails to make required minimum
withdrawals from your Traditional or Roth IRA after your death, your beneficiary
may be subject to an excise tax and be required to file Form 5329.

     For Traditional IRAs, you must also report each nondeductible contribution
to the IRS by designating it a nondeductible contribution on your tax return.
Use Form 8606. In addition, for any year in which you make a nondeductible
contribution or take a withdrawal, you must include additional information on
your tax return. The information required includes: (1) the amount of your
nondeductible contributions for that year; (2) the amount of withdrawals from
Traditional IRAs in that year; (3) the amount by which your total nondeductible
contributions for all the years exceed the total amount of your distributions
previously excluded from gross income; and (4) the total value of all your
Traditional IRAs as of the end of the year. If you fail to report any of this
information, the IRS will assume that all your contributions were deductible.
This will result in the taxation of the portion of your withdrawals that should
be treated as a nontaxable return of your nondeductible contributions. A $50
penalty may be assessed for each failure to fill out Form 8606.

Which Withdrawals Are Subject to Withholding?

Roth IRA

     Federal income tax will be withheld at a flat rate of 10% of any taxable
withdrawal from your Roth IRA, unless you elect not to have tax withheld.
Withdrawals from a Roth IRA are not subject to the mandatory 20% income tax
withholding that applies to most distributions from qualified plans or 403(b)
accounts that are not directly rolled over to another plan or IRA.

Traditional IRA

     Federal income tax will be withheld at a flat rate of 10% from any
withdrawal from your Traditional IRA, unless you elect not to have tax withheld.
Withdrawals from a Traditional IRA are not subject to the mandatory 20% income
tax withholding that applies to most distributions from qualified plans or
403(b) accounts that are not directly rolled over to another plan or IRA.

ACCOUNT TERMINATION

     You may terminate your Traditional IRA or Roth IRA at any time after its
establishment by sending a completed withdrawal form, or a transfer
authorization form, to:

                            Retirement Plan Services
                            c/o Seligman Data Corp.
                                100 Park Avenue
                               New York, NY 10017

     Your Traditional IRA or Roth IRA with Seligman will terminate upon the
first to occur of the following:

     The date your properly executed withdrawal form (as described above)
     withdrawing your total Traditional IRA or Roth IRA balance is received and
     accepted by the Custodian or, if later, the termination date specified in
     the withdrawal form.

     The date the Traditional IRA or Roth IRA ceases to qualify under the tax
     code. This will be deemed a termination.

     The transfer of the Traditional IRA or Roth IRA to another
     custodian/trustee.

     The rollover of the amounts in the Traditional IRA or Roth IRA to another
     custodian/trustee.

     Any outstanding fees must be received prior to such a termination of your
account.

     The amount you receive from your IRA upon termination of the account (other
than by transfer to a successor custodian/trustee) will be treated as a
withdrawal, and thus the rules relating to Traditional IRA or Roth IRA
withdrawals will apply. For example, if the IRA is terminated before you reach
age 59_, the 10% early withdrawal penalty may apply to the taxable amount you
receive.

IRA DOCUMENTS

Traditional IRA


                                       15



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



     The terms contained in Articles I to VII of Part One of the Seligman
Traditional Individual Retirement Custodial Account document have been
promulgated by the IRS in Form 5305-A (IRA Form I) for use in establishing a
Traditional IRA Custodial Account that meets the requirements of Code Section
408(a) for a valid Traditional IRA. This IRS approval relates only to the form
of Articles I to VII and is not an approval of the merits of the Traditional IRA
or of any investment permitted by the Traditional IRA.

Roth IRA

The terms contained in Articles I through VII of (IRA Form II) of the Seligman
Roth Individual Retirement Account Custodial Agreement have been promulgated by
the IRS in Form 5305-RA (IRA Form II) for use in establishing a Roth IRA
Custodial Account that meets the requirements of Code Section 408A for a valid
Roth IRA. This IRS approval relates only to the form of Articles I to VII and is
not an approval of the merits of the Roth IRA or any investment permitted by the
Roth IRA.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

You must use a separate adoption agreement and IRS Form for Traditional and Roth
IRAs, and if you wish to establish different types of Roth IRAs. For additional
information you may write to the following address or call the following
telephone number.

                            Retirement Plan Services
                              Seligman Data Corp.
                                100 Park Avenue
                               New York, NY 10017

                                  800-445-1777





                                       16



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                  Seligman IRA
                              Custodial Agreement
          Form I: Provisions applicable to Traditional IRAs Provisions

     The following provisions of Articles I to VII are in the form promulgated
by the Internal Revenue Service in Form 5305-A for use in establishing an
individual retirement custodial account.

Article I.

     The Custodian may accept additional cash contributions on behalf of the
Depositor for a tax year of the Depositor. The total cash contributions are
limited to $2,000 for the tax year unless the contribution is a rollover
contribution described in section 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), or an
employer contribution to a simplified employee pension plan as described in
section 408(k).

Article II.

        The Depositor's interest in the balance in the custodial account is
nonforfeitable.

Article III.

     1. No part of the custodial funds may be invested in life insurance
contracts, nor may the assets of the custodial account be commingled with other
property except in a common trust fund or common investment fund (within the
meaning of section 408(a)(5)).

     2. No part of the custodial funds may be invested in collectibles (within
the meaning of section 408(m)) except as otherwise permitted by section
408(m)(3), which provides an exception for certain gold, silver and platinum
coins, coins issued under the laws of any state, and certain bullion.

Article IV.

     1. Notwithstanding any provisions of this agreement to the contrary, the
distribution of the Depositor's interest in the custodial account shall be made
in accordance with the following requirements and shall otherwise comply with
section 408(a)(6) and Proposed Regulations section 1.408-8, including the
incidental death benefit provisions of Proposed Regulations section
1.401(a)(9)-2, the provisions of which are incorporated by reference.

     2. Unless otherwise elected by the time distributions are required to begin
to the Depositor under paragraph 3, or to the surviving spouse under paragraph
4, other than in the case of a life annuity, life expectancies shall be
recalculated annually. Such election shall be irrevocable as to the Depositor
and the surviving spouse and shall apply to all subsequent years. The life
expectancy of a non-spouse beneficiary may not be recalculated.

     3. The Depositor's entire interest in the custodial account must be, or
begin to be, distributed by the Depositor's required beginning date, the April 1
following the calendar year end in which the Depositor reaches age 70_. By that
date, the Depositor may elect, in a manner acceptable to the Custodian, to have
the balance in the custodial account distributed in:

     (a)  A single-sum payment.

     (b)  An annuity contract that provides equal or substantially equal
          monthly, quarterly, or annual payments over the life of the Depositor.

     (c)  An annuity contract that provides equal or substantially equal
          monthly, quarterly, or annual payments over the joint and last
          survivor lives of the Depositor and his or her designated beneficiary.

     (d)  Equal or substantially equal annual payments over a specified period
          that may not be longer than the Depositor's life expectancy.

     (e)  Equal or substantially equal annual payments over a specified period
          that may not be longer than the joint life and last survivor
          expectancy of the Depositor and his or her designated beneficiary.

     4. If the Depositor dies before his or her entire interest is distributed
to him or her, the entire remaining interest will be distributed as follows:

     (a)  If the Depositor dies on or after distribution of his or her interest
          has begun, distribution must continue to be made in accordance with
          paragraph 3.

     (b)  If the Depositor dies before distribution of his or her interest has
          begun, the entire remaining interest will, at the election of the
          Depositor or, if the Depositor has not so elected, at the election of
          the beneficiary or beneficiaries, either

          (i)  Be distributed by the December 31 of the year containing the
               fifth anniversary of the Depositor's death, or

          (ii) Be distributed in equal or substantially equal payments over the
               life or life expectancy of the designated beneficiary or
               beneficiaries starting by December 31 of the year following the
               year of the Depositor's death. If, however, the beneficiary is
               the Depositor's surviving spouse, then this distribution is not
               required to begin before December 31 of the year in which the
               Depositor would have turned age 70.

     (c)  Except where distribution in the form of an annuity meeting the
          requirements of section 408(b)(3) and its related regulations has
          irrevocably commenced, distributions are treated as having begun on
          the Depositor's required beginning date, even though payments may
          actually ha been made before that date.

     (d)  If the Depositor dies before his or her entire interest has been
          distributed and if the beneficiary is other than the surviving spouse,
          no additional cash


                                       17



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          contributions or rollover contributions may be accepted in the
          account.

     5. In the case of distribution over life expectancy in equal or
substantially equal annual payments, to determine the minimum annual payment for
each year, divide the Depositor's entire interest in the custodial account as of
the close of business on December 31 of the preceding year by the life
expectancy of the Depositor (or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of
the Depositor and the Depositor's designated beneficiary, or the life expectancy
of the designated beneficiary, whichever applies.) In the case of distributions
under paragraph 3, determine the initial life expectancy (or joint life and last
survivor expectancy) using the attained ages of the Depositor and designated
beneficiary as of their birthdays in the year the Depositor reaches age 70_. In
the case of a distribution in accordance with paragraph 4(b)(ii), determine life
expectancy using the attained age of the designated beneficiary as of the
beneficiary's birthday in the year distributions are required to commence.

     6. The owner of two or more individual retirement accounts may use the
"alternative method" described in Notice 88-38, 1988-1 C.B. 524, to satisfy the
minimum distribution requirements described above. This method permits an
individual to satisfy these requirements by taking from one individual
retirement account the amount required to satisfy the requirement for another.

Article V.

     1. The Depositor agrees to provide the Custodian with information necessary
for the Custodian to prepare any reports required under section 408(i) and
Regulations sections 1.408-5 and 1.408-6.

     2. The Custodian agrees to submit reports to the Internal Revenue Service
and the Depositor as prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service.

Article VI.

     Notwithstanding any other articles which may be added or incorporated, the
provisions of Articles I through III and this sentence will be controlling. Any
additional articles that are not consistent with section 408(a) and the related
regulations will be invalid.

Article VII.

     This agreement will be amended from time to time to comply with the
provisions of the Code and related regulations. Other amendments may be made
with the consent of the persons whose signatures appear on the Adoption
Agreement.

Article VIII.

     1. As used in this Article VIII the following terms have the following
meanings:

     "Account" or "Custodial Account" means the individual retirement account
established hereunder as a Traditional Individual Retirement Account, as
specified by the Depositor. See Section 24 below.

     "Custodian" means Investors Fiduciary Trust Company.

     "Fund" means any registered investment company which is advised, sponsored
or distributed by Seligman Financial Services; provided, however, that such a
mutual fund or registered investment company must be legally offered for sale in
the state of the Depositor's residence.

     "Distributor" means the entity which has a contract with the Fund(s) to
serve as distributor of the shares of such Fund(s).

     In any case where there is no Distributor, the duties assigned hereunder to
the Distributor may be performed by the Fund(s) or by an entity that has a
contract to perform management or investment advisory services for the Fund(s).

     "Service Company" means any entity employed by the Custodian or the
Distributor, including the transfer agent for the Fund(s), to perform various
administrative duties of either the Custodian or the Distributor.

     In any case where there is no Service Company, the duties assigned
hereunder to the Service Company will be performed by the Distributor (if any)
or by an entity specified in the second preceding paragraph.

     "Sponsor" means Seligman Financial Services.

     2. The Depositor may revoke the Custodial Account established hereunder by
mailing or delivering a written notice of revocation to the Custodian within
seven days after the Depositor receives the Disclosure Statement related to the
Custodial Account. Mailed notice is treated as given to the Custodian on date of
the postmark (or on the date of Post Office certification or registration in the
case of notice sent by certified or registered mail). Upon timely revocation,
the Depositor's initial contribution will be returned, without adjustment for
administrative expenses, commissions or sales charges, fluctuations in market
value or other changes.

     The Depositor may certify in the Adoption Agreement that the Depositor
received the Disclosure Statement related to the Custodial Account at least
seven days before the Depositor signed the Adoption Agreement to establish the
Custodial Account, and the Custodian may rely upon such certification.

     3. All contributions to the Custodial Account shall be in cash or if
rollover IRAs, in cash or shares of mutual funds available for investment and
shall be invested and reinvested in full and fractional shares of one or more
Funds. Such investments shall be made in such proportions and/or in such amounts
as Depositor from time to time in the Adoption Agreement or by other written
notice to Seligman Retirement Services c/o Seligman Data Corp. (in such form as
may be acceptable to Seligman) may direct.

     The Service Company shall be responsible for promptly transmitting all
investment directions by the Depositor for the purchase or sale of shares of one
or more Funds hereunder to the Funds' transfer agent for execution. However, if
investment directions with respect to the investment of any contribution
hereunder are not received from the Depositor as required or, if received, are
unclear or incomplete in the opinion of the Service Company, the contribution
will be returned to the Depositor, or will be held uninvested (or invested in a
money market fund if available) pending clarification or completion by the
Depositor, in either case without liability for interest or for loss of income
or appreciation. If any other directions or other orders by the Depositor with
respect to the sale or purchase of shares of one or more Funds for the Custodial
Account are unclear or incomplete in the opinion of the Service Company, the
Service Company will


                                       18



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



refrain from carrying out such investment directions or from executing any such
sale or purchase, without liability for loss of income or for appreciation or
depreciation of any asset, pending receipt of clarification or completion from
the Depositor.

     All investment directions by Depositor will be subject to any minimum
initial or additional investment or minimum balance rules applicable to a Fund
as described in its prospectus.

     All dividends and capital gains or other distributions received on the
shares of any Fund held in the Depositor's Account shall be (unless received in
additional shares) reinvested in full and fractional shares of such Fund (or of
any other Fund offered by the Sponsor, if so directed).

     4. Subject to the minimum initial or additional investment, minimum balance
and other exchange rules applicable to a Fund, the Depositor may at any time
direct the Service Company to exchange all or a specified portion of the shares
of a Fund in the Depositor's Account for shares and fractional shares of one or
more other Funds. The Depositor shall give such directions by written notice
acceptable to the Service Company, and the Service Company will process such
directions as soon as practicable after receipt thereof (subject to the second
paragraph of Section 3 of this Article VIII).

     5. Any purchase or redemption of shares of a Fund for or from the
Depositor's Account will be effected at the public offering price or net asset
value of such Fund (as described in the then effective prospectus for such Fund)
next established after the Service Company has transmitted the Depositor's
investment directions to the transfer agent for the Fund(s).

     Any purchase, exchange, transfer or redemption of shares of a Fund for or
from the Depositor's Account will be subject to any applicable sales, redemption
or other charge as described in the then effective prospectus for such Fund.

     6. The Service Company shall maintain adequate records of all purchases or
sales of shares of one or more Funds for the Depositor's Custodial Account. Any
account maintained in connection herewith shall be in the name of the Custodian
for the benefit of the Depositor. All assets of the Custodial Account shall be
registered in the name of the Custodian or of a suitable nominee. The books and
records of the Custodian shall show that all such investments are part of the
Custodial Account.

     The Custodian shall maintain or cause to be maintained adequate records
reflecting transactions of the Custodial Account. In the discretion of the
Custodian, records maintained by the Service Company with respect to the Account
hereunder will be deemed to satisfy the Custodian's recordkeeping
responsibilities therefor. The Service Company agrees to furnish the Custodian
with any information the Custodian requires to carry out the Custodian's
recordkeeping responsibilities.

     7. Neither the Custodian nor any other party providing services to the
Custodial Account will have any responsibility for rendering advice with respect
to the investment and reinvestment of Depositor's Custodial Account, nor shall
such parties be liable for any loss or diminution in value which results from
Depositor's exercise of investment control over his Custodial Account. Depositor
shall have and exercise exclusive responsibility for and control over the
investment of the assets of his Custodial Account, and neither Custodian nor any
other such party shall have any duty to question his directions in that regard
or to advise him regarding the purchase, retention or sale of shares of one or
more Funds for the Custodial Account.

     8. The Depositor may in writing appoint an investment advisor with respect
to the Custodial Account on a form acceptable to the Custodian and the Service
Company. The investment advisor's appointment will be in effect until written
notice to the contrary is received by the Custodian and the Service Company.
While an investment advisor's appointment is in effect, the investment advisor
may issue investment directions or may issue orders for the sale or purchase of
shares of one or more Funds to the Service Company, and the Service Company will
be fully protected in carrying out such investment directions or orders to the
same extent as if they had been given by the Depositor.

     9. The Custodian reserves the right to let you elect whether or not life
expectancies will be recalculated in connection with required minimum
distributions from your IRA, provided, however, that we give you notice of our
election. Alternatively, the Custodian may require recalculation to the extent
legally applicable.

     As described in Article IV, Section 3, or this Agreement, you may make an
election to begin receiving payments from your IRA in a manner that satisfies
the required minimum distribution rules no later than April 1 of the year
following the year you reach age 70_. (This is called the "required beginning
date.") If you fail to make such an election by your required beginning date, we
can do any one of the following:

     make no payment until you give us a proper payment request;

     pay your entire IRA to you in a single sum payment; or

     calculate your required minimum distribution from your IRA each year based
     on your single life expectancy (not recalculated) and pay those
     distributions to you until you direct otherwise.

     The Custodian will not be liable for any penalties or taxes related to your
failure to take a distribution. Consistent with Article VIII, Section 10, the
Custodian is not obligated to make any distributions absent a specific written
direction, in a form acceptable to and filed with Custodian, for the Depositor
or designated beneficiary to do so.

     Except in the case of the Depositor's death or disability (as defined in
section 72(m)(7) of the Code), or the attainment of age 59_, before distributing
an amount from the account, the Custodian may require from the Depositor a
declaration of the Depositor's intention as to the disposition of the amount
distributed. The Custodian may at its option require each (monthly, quarterly,
semiannually, etc.) distribution in an installment series to meet certain
minimum amounts, which may necessitate the distribution of amounts greater than
otherwise required under Article IV.

     10. The Custodian assumes (and shall have) no responsibility to make any
distribution except upon the written order of Depositor (or Beneficiary if
Depositor is deceased) containing such information as the Custodian may
reasonably request. Also, before making any distribution (except if no
instructions have been received by the required beginning date of the Custodial
Account), Custodian shall be furnished with any and all applications,
certificates, tax waivers, signature guarantees and other documents (including
proof of any legal representative's authority) deemed necessary or advisable by
Custodian, but Custodian shall not be responsible for complying with any order
or instruction which appears on its face to be genuine, or for refusing to
comply if not satisfied it is genuine, and Custodian


                                       19



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



has no duty of further inquiry. Any distributions from the Account may be
mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the last known address of the person who
is to receive such distribution, as shown on the Custodian's records, and such
distribution shall to the extent thereof completely discharge the Custodian's
liability for such payment.

 11. (a)  The Depositor may designated and re-designate his beneficiary or
          beneficiaries in writing on a form provided by the Custodian for such
          purpose. The Custodian may in its discretion limit the designation of
          beneficiary to those contemplated in the form provided, or may permit
          the Depositor to provide his or her own form, subject tot the
          Custodian's review and written acceptance. Upon the Depositor's death,
          such beneficiary(ies) shall be entitled to the balance in the
          Custodial account of the Depositor. Such designation may be changed or
          revoked only by written instrument filed with the Custodian. The
          Custodian may rely upon the last written designation received by it,
          which shall supersede all prior designations. If the beneficiary(ies)
          should predecease the Depositor, the designation shall be ineffective.
          Subject to the provisions of the law, if another designation is not
          made, or if no designation is in effect at the time of the Depositor's
          death, a married Depositor's beneficiary shall be his or her surviving
          spouse, and an unmarried Depositor's beneficiary shall be the
          Depositor's estate.

     (b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in paragraph 11(a) above,
          upon the Depositor's death, a surviving spouse beneficiary may
          designate and re-designate his or her beneficiary or beneficiaries in
          writing on a form provided (or accepted) by the Custodian for such
          purpose. a manner similar to that provided for the Depositor above,
          such beneficiary(ies) shall be entitled to the balance in the
          Custodial account upon the death of the surviving spouse.

     (c)  Where there is more than one beneficiary designated, distributions
          from the Custodial account shall be made in the manner specified in
          the Designation of Beneficiary section of the Application or, in the
          absence of any such specification, distributions shall be made pro
          rata among those beneficiaries who are alive at the time of the
          distribution.

 12. (a)  The Depositor agrees to provide information to the Custodian at
          such time and in such manner as may be necessary for the Custodian to
          prepare any reports required under Section 408(i) or Section
          408A(d)(3)(E) of the Code and the regulations thereunder or otherwise.

     (b)  The Custodian or the Service Company will submit reports to the
          Internal Revenue Service and the Depositor at such time and manner and
          containing such information as is prescribed by the Internal Revenue
          Service.

     (c)  The Depositor, Custodian and Service Company shall furnish to each
          other such information relevant to the Custodial Account as may be
          required under the Code and any regulations issued or forms adopted by
          the Treasury Department thereunder or as may otherwise be necessary
          for administration of the Custodial Account.

     (d)  The Depositor shall file any reports to the Internal Revenue Service
          which are required of him by law (including Form 5329), and neither
          the Custodian nor Service Company shall have any duty to advise
          Depositor concerning or monitor Depositor's compliance with such
          requireme

 13. (a)  Depositor consents in advance to amendments by the Custodian,
          provided (i) the Custodian does not change the investments available
          under this Custodial Agreement and (ii) the Custodian amends in the
          same manner all agreements comparable to this one, having the same
          Custodian permitting comparable investments, and under which such
          power has been delegated to it; this includes the power to amend
          retroactively if necessary or appropriate in the opinion of the
          Custodian in order to conform this Custodial Account to pertinent
          provisions of the Code and other laws or successor provisions of law,
          or to obtain a governmental ruling that such requirements are met, to
          adopt a prototype or master form of agreement in substitution for this
          Agreement, or as otherwise may be advisable in the opinion of the
          Custodian. Any amendment by the Custodian shall be communicated in
          writing to Depositor, and Depositor shall be deemed to have consented
          thereto unless, within 30 days after such communication to Depositor
          is mailed, Depositor either (i) gives Custodian a written order for a
          complete distribution or transfer of the Custodial Account, or (ii)
          removes the Custodian and appoints a successor under Section 17 below.

          Pending the adoption of any amendment necessary or desirable to
          conform this Custodial Account document to the requirements of any
          amendment to any applicable provision of the Internal Revenue Code or
          regulations or rulings thereunder, the Custodian and the Service
          Company may operate the Depositor's Custodial Account in accordance
          with such requirements to the extent that the Custodian and/or the
          Service Company deem necessary to preserve the tax benefits of the
          Account.

     (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) above, no
          amendment shall increase the responsibilities or duties of Custodian
          without its prior written consent.

     (c)  This Section 13 shall not be construed to restrict the Custodian's
          right to substitute fee schedules in the manner provided by Section 16
          below, and no such substitution shall be deemed to be an amendment of
          this Agreement.

 14. (a)  Custodian shall terminate the Custodial Account if this Agreement
          is terminated or if, within 60 days (or such longer time as Custodian
          may agree) after resignation or removal of Custodian under Section 17,
          Depositor or Sponsor, as the case may be, has not appointed a
          successor which has accepted such appointment. Termination of the
          Custodial Account shall be effected by distributing all assets thereof
          in


                                       20



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          a single payment in cash or in kind to Depositor, subject to
          Custodian's right to reserve funds as provided in Section 17.

     (b)  Upon termination of the Custodial Account, this custodial account
          document shall have no further force and effect (except for Sections
          15(f), 17(b) and (c) hereof which shall survive the termination of the
          Custodial Account and this document), and Custodian shall be relieve
          from all further liability hereunder or with respect to the Custodial
          Account and all assets thereof so distributed.

 15. (a)  In its discretion, the Custodian may appoint one or more
          contractors or service providers to carry out any of its functions and
          may compensate them from the Custodial Account for expenses attendant
          to those functions. In the event of such appointment, all rights and
          privileges of the Custodian under this Agreement shall pass through to
          such contractors or service providers who shall be entitled to enforce
          them as if a named party, provided, however that the Custodian shall
          remain a bank or other IRS-approved custodian.

     (b)  The Service Company shall be responsible for receiving all
          instructions, notices, forms and remittances from Depositor and for
          dealing with or forwarding the same to the transfer agent for the
          Fund(s).

     (c)  The parties do not intend to confer any fiduciary duties on Custodian
          or Service Company (or any other party providing services to the
          Custodial Account), and none shall be implied. Neither shall be liable
          (or assumes any responsibility) for the collection of contributions,
          proper amount, time or tax treatment of any contribution to the
          Custodial Account or the propriety of any contributions under this
          Agreement, or the purpose, time, amount (including any minimum
          distribution amounts) under election filed by the Depositor, tax
          treatment or propriety of any distribution hereunder, which matters
          are the sole responsibility of Depositor and Depositor's Beneficiary.

     (d)  Not later than May 31 after the close of each calendar year (or after
          the Custodian's resignation or removal), the Custodian or Service
          Company shall file with Depositor a written report or reports
          reflecting the transactions effected by it during such period and the
          assets the Custodial Account at its close. Upon the expiration of 60
          days after such a report is sent to Depositor (or Beneficiary), the
          Custodian or Service Company shall be forever released and discharged
          from all liability and accountability to anyone with respect to
          transactions shown in or reflected by such report except with respect
          to any such acts or transactions as to which Depositor shall have
          filed written objections with the Custodian or Service Company within
          such 60 day period.

     (e)  The Service Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to
          Depositor all notices, prospectuses, financial statements and other
          reports to shareholders, proxies and proxy soliciting materials
          relating to the shares of the Funds(s) credited to the Custodial
          Account. No s shall be voted, and no other action shall be taken
          pursuant to such documents, except upon receipt of adequate written
          instructions from Depositor.

     (f)  Depositor shall always fully indemnify Service Company, Distributor,
          the Fund(s), Sponsor and Custodian and save them harmless from any and
          all liability whatsoever which may arise either (i) in connection with
          this Agreement and the matters which it contemplates, except tha which
          arises directly out of the Service Company's, Distributor's, Fund's,
          Sponsor's or Custodian's bad faith, gross negligence or willful
          misconduct, (ii) with respect to making or failing to make any
          distribution, other than for failure to make distribution in
          accordance with an order therefor which is in full compliance with
          Section 10, or (iii) actions taken or omitted in good faith by such
          parties. Neither Service Company nor Custodian shall be obligated or
          expected to commence or defend any legal action or proceeding in
          connection with this Agreement or such matters unless agreed upon by
          that party and Depositor, and unless fully indemnified for so doing to
          that party's satisfaction.

     (g)  The Custodian and Service Company shall each be responsible solely for
          performance of those duties expressly assigned to it in this
          Agreement, and neither assumes any responsibility as to duties
          assigned to anyone else hereunder or by operation of law.

     (h)  The Custodian and Service Company may each conclusively rely upon and
          shall be protected in acting upon any written order from Depositor or
          Beneficiary, or any investment advisor appointed under Section 8, or
          any other notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrumen
          paper believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly executed,
          and so long as it acts in good faith, in taking or omitting to take
          any other action in reliance thereon. In addition, Custodian will
          carry out the requirements of any apparently valid court order
          relating to the Custodial Account and will incur no liability or
          responsibility for so doing.

 16. (a)  The Custodian, in consideration of its services under this
          Agreement, shall receive the fees specified on the applicable fee
          schedule. The fee schedule originally applicable shall be the one
          specified in the Adoption Agreement or Disclosure Statement, as
          applicable. The Custodian may substitute a different fee schedule at
          any time upon 30 days' written notice to Depositor. The Custodian
          shall, with prior notice to the Depositor, also receive reasonable
          fees for any services not contemplated by any applicable fee schedule
          and either deemed by it to be necessary or desirable or requested by
          Depositor.

     (b)  Any income, gift, estate and inheritance taxes and other taxes of any
          kind whatsoever, including transfer taxes incurred in connection with
          the investment or reinvestment of the assets of the Custodial Account,
          that may be levied or assessed in respect to such assets, and al other
          administrative expenses incurred by the Custodian in the performance
          of its duties (including fees for legal services rendered to


                                       21



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          it in connection with the Custodial Account) shall be charged to the
          Custodial Account.

     (c)  All such fees and taxes and other administrative expenses charged to
          the Custodial Account shall be collected either from the amount of any
          contribution or distribution to or from the Account, or (at the option
          of the person entitled to collect such amounts) to the extent possible
          under the circumstances by the conversion into cash of sufficient
          shares of one or more Funds held in the Custodial Account (without
          liability for any loss incurred thereby). Notwithstanding the
          foregoing, the Custodian or Service Company may make demand upon the
          Depositor for payment of the amount of such fees, taxes and other
          administrative expenses. Fees which remain outstanding after 60 days
          may be subject to a collection charge.

 17. (a)  Upon 60 days' prior written notice to the Custodian, Depositor or
          Seligman Retirement Services, as the case may be, may remove it from
          its office hereunder. Such notice, to be effective, shall designate a
          successor custodian and shall be accompanied by the successor's
          written acceptance. The Custodian also may at any time resign upon 60
          days' prior written notice to Seligman Retirement Services c/o
          Seligman Data Corp., whereupon the Sponsor shall notify the Depositor
          (or Beneficiary) and shall appoint a successor to the Custodian.

     (b)  The successor custodian shall be a bank, savings and loan, insured
          credit union, or other person satisfactory to the Secretary of the
          Treasury under Code Section 408(a)(2). Upon receipt by Custodian of
          written acceptance by its successor of such successor's appointment,
          Custodian shall transfer and pay over to such successor the assets of
          the Custodial Account and all records (or copies thereof) of Custodian
          pertaining thereto, provided that the successor custodian agrees not
          to dispose of any such records without the Custodian's consent.
          Custodian is authorized, however, to reserve such sum of money or
          property as it may deem advisable for payment of all its fees,
          compensation, costs, and expenses, or for payment of any other
          liabilities constituting a charge on or against the assets of the
          Custodial Account or on or against the Custodian, with any balance of
          such reserve remaining after the payment of all such items to be paid
          over to the successor custodian.

     (c)  Any Custodian shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of its
          predecessor or its successor.

     18. References herein to the "Internal Revenue Code" or "Code" and sections
thereof shall mean the same as amended from time to time, including successors
to such sections.

     19. Except where otherwise specifically required in this Agreement, any
notice from Custodian to any person provided for in this Agreement shall be
effective if sent by first-class mail to such person at that person's last
address on the Custodian's records.

     20. Depositor or Depositor's Beneficiary shall not have the right or power
to anticipate any part of the Custodial Account or to sell, assign, transfer,
pledge or hypothecate any part thereof. The Custodial Account shall not be
liable for the debts of Depositor or Depositor's Beneficiary or subject to any
seizure, attachment, execution or other legal process in respect thereof except
to the extent required by law. At no time shall it be possible for any part of
the assets of the Custodial Account to be used for or diverted to purposes other
than for the exclusive benefit of the Depositor or his/her Beneficiary except to
the extent required by law.

     21. When accepted by the Custodian, this Agreement is accepted in and shall
be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the state where the
principal offices of the Custodian are located. Any action involving the
Custodian brought by any other party must be brought in a state or federal court
in such state.

     This Agreement is intended to qualify under Code Section 408(a) as an
individual retirement Custodial Account and to entitle Depositor to the
retirement savings deduction under Code Section 219 if available.

     If any provision hereof is subject to more than one interpretation or any
term used herein is subject to more than one construction, such ambiguity shall
be resolved in favor of that interpretation or construction which is consistent
with the intent expressed in whichever of the two preceding sentences is
applicable.

     However, the Custodian shall not be responsible for whether or not such
intentions are achieved through use of this Agreement, and Depositor is referred
to Depositor's attorney for any such assurances.

     22. Depositor should seek advice from Depositor's attorney regarding the
legal consequences (including but not limited to federal and state tax matters)
of entering into this Agreement, contributing to the Custodial Account, and
ordering Custodian to make distributions from the Account. Depositor
acknowledges that Custodian and Service Company (and any company associated
therewith) will not render such advice.

     23. If any provision of any document governing the Custodial Account
provides for notice, instructions or other communications from one party to
another in writing, to the extent provided for in the procedures of the
Custodian, Service Company or another party, any such notice, instructions or
other communications may be given by telephonic, computer, other electronic or
other means, and the requirement for written notice will be deemed satisfied.

     24. The legal documents governing the Custodial Account are as follows:

(a)  An Adoption Agreement in which the Depositor designates the Custodial
Account as a Traditional IRA (a separate account will be established for such
IRA). Once Custodial Account may not serve as a Roth IRA and a Traditional IRA
(through the use of sub-accounts or otherwise).

     25. Articles I through VII of Part One of this Agreement are in the form
promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service as Form 5305-A. It is anticipated
that, if and when the Internal Revenue Service promulgates changes to Form
5305-A, the Custodian will amend this Agreement correspondingly.

     26. If the Depositor maintains an Individual Retirement Account under Code
section 408(a), Depositor may convert or transfer such other IRA to a Roth IRA
under Code section 408A using the terms of Form II and a separate Adoption
Agreement


                                       22



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



by completing and executing the Adoption Agreement and giving suitable
directions to the Custodian and the custodian or trustee of such other IRA.
Alternatively, the Depositor may convert or transfer such other IRA to a Roth
IRA by use of a reply card or by telephonic, computer or electronic means in
accordance with procedures adopted by the Custodian or Service Company intended
to meet the requirements of Code section 408A, and the Depositor will be deemed
to have executed the Adoption Agreement and adopted the provisions of this
Agreement and the Adoption Agreement in accordance with such procedures.

     27. The Depositor acknowledges that he or she has received and read the
current prospectus for each Fund in which his or her Account is invested and the
Individual Retirement Account Disclosure Statement related to the Account. The
Depositor represents under penalties of perjury that his or her Social Security
number (or other Taxpayer Identification Number) as stated in the Adoption
Agreement is correct.







                                       23



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                  Form II: Provisions applicable to Roth IRAs

     The following provisions of Article I to VII are in the form promulgated by
the Internal Revenue Service in Form 5305-RA for use in establishing a Roth
Individual Retirement Custodial Account.

Article I.

     1. If this Roth IRA is not designated as a Roth Conversion IRA, then,
except in the case of a rollover contribution described in section 408A(e), the
Custodian will accept only cash contributions and only up to a maximum amount of
$2,000 for any tax year of the Depositor.

     2. If this Roth IRA is designated as a Roth Conversion IRA, no
contributions other than IRA Conversion Contributions made during the same tax
year will be accepted.

Article II.

     The $2,000 limit described in Article I is gradually reduced to $0 between
certain levels of adjusted gross income (AGI). For a single Depositor, the
$2,000 annual contribution is phased out between AGI of $95,000 and $110,000;
for a married Depositor who files jointly, between AGI of $150,000 and $160,000;
and for a married Depositor who files separately, between $0 and $10,000. In
case of a conversion, the Custodian will not accept IRA Conversion Contributions
in a tax year if the depositor's AGI for that tax year exceeds $100,000 or if
the Depositor is married and files a separate return. Adjusted gross income is
defined in section 408A(c)(3) and does not include IRA Conversion Contributions.

Article III.

     The Depositor's interest in the balance in the custodial account is
nonforfeitable.

Article IV.

     1. No part of the custodial funds may be invested in life insurance
contracts, nor may the assets of the custodial account be commingled with other
property except in a common trust fund or common investment fund (within the
meaning of section 408(a)(5)).

     2. No part of the custodial funds may be invested in collectibles (within
the meaning of section 408(m)) except as otherwise permitted by section
408(m)(3), which provides an exception for certain gold, silver and platinum
coins, coins issued under the laws of any state, and certain bullion.

Article IV.

     1. If the Depositor dies before his or her entire interest is distributed
to him or her and the Depositor's surviving spouse is not the sole beneficiary,
the entire remaining interest will, at the election of the Depositor or, if the
Depositor has not so elected, at the election of the beneficiary or
beneficiaries, either:

     (a)  Be distributed by December 31 of the year containing the fifth
          anniversary of the Depositor's death, or

     (b)  Be distributed over the life expectancy of the designated beneficiary
          starting no later than December 31 of the year following the year of
          the Depositor's death.

     If distributions do no begin by the date described in (b), distribution
     method (a) will apply.

     2. In the case of distribution method 1.(b) above, to determine the minimum
annual payment for each year, divide the Depositor's entire interest in the
custodial account as of the close of business on December 31 of the preceding
year by the life expectancy of the designated beneficiary using the attained age
of the designated beneficiary as of the beneficiary's birthday in the year
distributions are required to commence and subtract 1 for each subsequent year.

     3. If the Depositor's spouse is the sole beneficiary on the Depositor's
date of death, such spouse will then be treated as the Depositor.

Article V.

     1. The Depositor agrees to provide the Custodian with information necessary
for the Custodian to prepare any reports required under sections 408(i) and
408A(d)(3)(E), and Regulations sections 1.408-5 and 1.408-6, and under guidance
published by the Internal Revenue Service.

     2. The Custodian agrees to submit reports to the Internal Revenue Service
and the Depositor prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service.

Article VI.

     Notwithstanding any other articles which may be added or incorporated, the
provisions of Articles I through IV and this sentence will be controlling. Any
additional articles that are not consistent with section 408A, the related
regulations, and other published guidance will be invalid.

Article VII.

     This agreement will be amended from time to time to comply with the
provisions of the Code, related regulations, and other published guidance. Other
amendments may be made with the consent of the persons whose signatures appear
on the Account Application.

Article VIII.

     1. As used in this Article VIII the following terms have the following
meanings:

     "Account" or "Custodial Account" means the individual retirement account
established hereunder as a Roth Individual Retirement Account as specified by
the Depositor. See Section 24 below.

     "Custodian" means Investors Fiduciary Trust Company.

     "Fund" means any registered investment company which is advised, sponsored
or distributed by Seligman Financial Services; provided, however, that such a
mutual fund or registered investment company must be legally offered for sale in
the state of the Depositor's residence.


                                       24



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



     "Distributor" means the entity which has a contract with the Fund(s) to
serve as distributor of the shares of such Fund(s).

     In any case where there is no Distributor, the duties assigned hereunder to
the Distributor may be performed by the Fund(s) or by an entity that has a
contract to perform management or investment advisory services for the Fund(s).

     "Service Company" means any entity employed by the Custodian or the
Distributor, including the transfer agent for the Fund(s), to perform various
administrative duties of either the Custodian or the Distributor.

     In any case where there is no Service Company, the duties assigned
hereunder to the Service Company will be performed by the Distributor (if any)
or by an entity specified in the second preceding paragraph.

     "Sponsor" means Seligman Financial Services.

     2. The Depositor may revoke the Custodial Account established hereunder by
mailing or delivering a written notice of revocation to the Custodian within
seven days after the Depositor receives the Disclosure Statement related to the
Custodial Account. Mailed notice is treated as given to the Custodian on date of
the postmark (or on the date of Post Office certification or registration in the
case of notice sent by certified or registered mail). Upon timely revocation,
the Depositor's initial contribution will be returned, without adjustment for
administrative expenses, commissions or sales charges, fluctuations in market
value or other changes.

     The Depositor may certify in the Adoption Agreement that the Depositor
received the Disclosure Statement related to the Custodial Account at least
seven days before the Depositor signed the Adoption Agreement to establish the
Custodial Account, and the Custodian may rely upon such certification.

     3. All contributions to the Custodial Account shall be in cash or if
rollover IRAs, in cash or shares of mutual funds available for investment and
shall be invested and reinvested in full and fractional shares of one or more
Funds. Such investments shall be made in such proportions and/or in such amounts
as Depositor from time to time in the Adoption Agreement or by other written
notice to Seligman Retirement Services c/o Seligman Data Corp. (in such form as
may be acceptable to Seligman) may direct.

     The Service Company shall be responsible for promptly transmitting all
investment directions by the Depositor for the purchase or sale of shares of one
or more Funds hereunder to the Funds' transfer agent for execution. However, if
investment directions with respect to the investment of any contribution
hereunder are not received from the Depositor as required or, if received, are
unclear or incomplete in the opinion of the Service Company, the contribution
will be returned to the Depositor, or will be held uninvested (or invested in a
money market fund if available) pending clarification or completion by the
Depositor, in either case without liability for interest or for loss of income
or appreciation. If any other directions or other orders by the Depositor with
respect to the sale or purchase of shares of one or more Funds for the Custodial
Account are unclear or incomplete in the opinion of the Service Company, the
Service Company will refrain from carrying out such investment directions or
from executing any such sale or purchase, without liability for loss of income
or for appreciation or depreciation of any asset, pending receipt of
clarification or completion from the Depositor.

     All investment directions by Depositor will be subject to any minimum
initial or additional investment or minimum balance rules applicable to a Fund
as described in its prospectus.

     All dividends and capital gains or other distributions received on the
shares of any Fund held in the Depositor's Account shall be (unless received in
additional shares) reinvested in full and fractional shares of such Fund (or of
any other Fund offered by the Sponsor, if so directed).

     4. Subject to the minimum initial or additional investment, minimum balance
and other exchange rules applicable to a Fund, the Depositor may at any time
direct the Service Company to exchange all or a specified portion of the shares
of a Fund in the Depositor's Account for shares and fractional shares of one or
more other Funds. The Depositor shall give such directions by written notice
acceptable to the Service Company, and the Service Company will process such
directions as soon as practicable after receipt thereof (subject to the second
paragraph of Section 3 of this Article VIII).

     5. Any purchase or redemption of shares of a Fund for or from the
Depositor's Account will be effected at the public offering price or net asset
value of such Fund (as described in the then effective prospectus for such Fund)
next established after the Service Company has transmitted the Depositor's
investment directions to the transfer agent for the Fund(s).

     Any purchase, exchange, transfer or redemption of shares of a Fund for or
from the Depositor's Account will be subject to any applicable sales, redemption
or other charge as described in the then effective prospectus for such Fund.

     6. The Service Company shall maintain adequate records of all purchases or
sales of shares of one or more Funds for the Depositor's Custodial Account. Any
account maintained in connection herewith shall be in the name of the Custodian
for the benefit of the Depositor. All assets of the Custodial Account shall be
registered in the name of the Custodian or of a suitable nominee. The books and
records of the Custodian shall show that all such investments are part of the
Custodial Account.

     The Custodian shall maintain or cause to be maintained adequate records
reflecting transactions of the Custodial Account. In the discretion of the
Custodian, records maintained by the Service Company with respect to the Account
hereunder will be deemed to satisfy the Custodian's recordkeeping
responsibilities therefor. The Service Company agrees to furnish the Custodian
with any information the Custodian requires to carry out the Custodian's
recordkeeping responsibilities.

     7. Neither the Custodian nor any other party providing services to the
Custodial Account will have any responsibility for rendering advice with respect
to the investment and reinvestment of Depositor's Custodial Account, nor shall
such parties be liable for any loss or diminution in value which results from
Depositor's exercise of investment control over his Custodial Account. Depositor
shall have and exercise exclusive responsibility for and control over the
investment of the assets of his Custodial Account, and neither Custodian nor any
other such party shall have any duty to question his directions in that regard
or to advise him regarding the purchase, retention or sale of shares of one or
more Funds for the Custodial Account.

     8. The Depositor may in writing appoint an investment advisor with respect
to the Custodial Account on a form acceptable to the Custodian and the Service
Company. The investment advisor's appointment will be in effect until written
notice to the contrary is


                                       25



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



received by the Custodian and the Service Company. While an investment advisor's
appointment is in effect, the investment advisor may issue investment directions
or may issue orders for the sale or purchase of shares of one or more Funds to
the Service Company, and the Service Company will be fully protected in carrying
out such investment directions or orders to the same extent as if they had been
given by the Depositor.

     9. Except in the case of the Depositor's death or disability (as defined in
section 72(m)(7) of the Code), or the attainment of age 59_, before distributing
an amount from the account, the Custodian may require from the Depositor a
declaration of the Depositor's intention as to the disposition of the amount
distributed. The Custodian may at its option require each (monthly, quarterly,
semiannually, etc.) distribution in an installment series to meet certain
minimum amounts, which may necessitate the distribution of amounts greater than
otherwise required under Article IV.

     10. The Custodian assumes (and shall have) no responsibility to make any
distribution except upon the written order of Depositor (or Beneficiary if
Depositor is deceased) containing such information as the Custodian may
reasonably request. Custodian shall be furnished with any and all applications,
certificates, tax waivers, signature guarantees and other documents (including
proof of any legal representative's authority) deemed necessary or advisable by
Custodian, but Custodian shall not be responsible for complying with any order
or instruction which appears on its face to be genuine, or for refusing to
comply if not satisfied it is genuine, and Custodian has no duty of further
inquiry. Any distributions from the Account may be mailed, first-class postage
prepaid, to the last known address of the person who is to receive such
distribution, as shown on the Custodian's records, and such distribution shall
to the extent thereof completely discharge the Custodian's liability for such
payment.

     11.  (a)  The Depositor may designate and re-designate his beneficiary
               or beneficiaries in writing on a form provided by the Custodian
               for such purpose. The Custodian may in its discretion limit the
               designation of beneficiary to those contemplated in the form
               provided, or may permit the Depositor to provide his or her own
               form, subject tot the Custodian's review and written acceptance.
               Upon the Depositor's death, such beneficiary(ies) shall be
               entitled to the balance in the Custodial account of the
               Depositor. Such designation may be changed or revoked only by
               written instrument filed with the Custodian. The Custodian may
               rely upon the last written designation received by it, which
               shall supersede all prior designations. If the beneficiary(ies)
               should predecease the Depositor, the designation shall be
               ineffective. Subject to the provisions of the law, if another
               designation is not made, or if no designation is in effect at the
               time of the Depositor's death, a married Depositor's beneficiary
               shall be his or her surviving spouse, and an unmarried
               Depositor's beneficiary shall be the Depositor's estate.

          (b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in paragraph 11 above,
               upon the Depositor's death, to the extent permitted by the law at
               that time, a surviving spouse beneficiary may designate and
               re-designate his or her beneficiary or beneficiaries in writing
               on a form provided (o accepted) by the Custodian for such
               purpose. In a manner similar to that provided for the Depositor
               in paragraph 11 above, such beneficiary(ies) shall be entitled to
               the balance in the Custodial account upon the death of the
               surviving spouse.

          (c)  Where there is more than one beneficiary designated,
               distributions from the Custodial account shall be made in the
               manner specified in the Designation of Beneficiary section of the
               Application or, in the absence of any such specification,
               distributions shall be made pro rata among those beneficiaries
               who are alive at the time of the distribution.

     12.  (a)  The Depositor agrees to provide information to the Custodian
               at such time and in such manner as may be necessary for the
               Custodian to prepare any reports required under Section 408(i) or
               Section 408A(d)(3)(E) of the Code and the regulations thereunder
               or otherwise.

          (b)  The Custodian or the Service Company will submit reports to the
               Internal Revenue Service and the Depositor at such time and
               manner and containing such information as is prescribed by the
               Internal Revenue Service.

          (c)  The Depositor, Custodian and Service Company shall furnish to
               each other such information relevant to the Custodial Account as
               may be required under the Code and any regulations issued or
               forms adopted by the Treasury Department thereunder or as may
               otherwise be necessary for administration of the Custodial
               Account.

          (d)  The Depositor shall file any reports to the Internal Revenue
               Service which are required of him by law (including Form 5329),
               and neither the Custodian nor Service Company shall have any duty
               to advise Depositor concerning or monitor Depositor's compliance
               with such requirement.

     13.  (a)  Depositor consents in advance to amendments by the Custodian,
               provided (i) the Custodian does not change the investments
               available under this Custodial Agreement and (ii) the Custodian
               amends in the same manner all agreements comparable to this one,
               having the same Custodian permitting comparable investments, and
               under which such power has been delegated to it; this includes
               the power to amend retroactively if necessary or appropriate in
               the opinion of the Custodian in order to conform this Custodial
               Account to pertinent provisions of the Code and other laws or
               successor provisions of law, or to obtain a governmental ruling
               that such requirements are met, to adopt a prototype or master
               form of agreement in substitution for this Agreement, or as
               otherwise may be advisable in the opinion of the Custodian. Any
               amendment by the Custodian shall be communicated in writing to
               Depositor, and Depositor shall be deemed to have consented
               thereto unless, within 60 days after such communication to
               Depositor is mailed, Depositor either (i) gives Custodian a
               written order for a complete distribution or transfer of the
               Custodial Account, or (ii) removes the Custodian and appoints a
               successor under Section 17 below.

               Pending the adoption of any amendment necessary or desirable to
               conform this Custodial Account document to the requirements of
               any amendment to any applicable provision of the Internal Revenue
               Code or regulations or rulings thereunder, the Custodian and the
               Service Company may operate the Depositor's Custodial Account in
               accordance with such


                                       26



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               requirements to the extent that the Custodian and/or the Service
               Company deem necessary to preserve the tax benefits of the
               Account.

          (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) above,
               no amendment shall increase the responsibilities or duties of
               Custodian without its prior written consent.

          (c)  This Section 13 shall not be construed to restrict the
               Custodian's right to substitute fee schedules in the manner
               provided by Section 16 below, and no such substitution shall be
               deemed to be an amendment of this Agreement.

     14.  (a)  Custodian shall terminate the Custodial Account if this
               Agreement is terminated or if, within 60 days (or such longer
               time as Custodian may agree) after resignation or removal of
               Custodian under Section 17, Depositor or Sponsor, as the case may
               be, has not appointed a successor which has accepted such
               appointment. Termination of the Custodial Account shall be
               effected by distributing all assets thereof in a single payment
               in cash or in kind to Depositor, subject to Custodian's right to
               reserve funds as provided in Section 17.

          (b)  Upon termination of the Custodial Account, this custodial account
               document shall have no further force and effect (except for
               Sections 15(f), 17(b) and (c) hereof which shall survive the
               termination of the Custodial Account and this document), and
               Custodian shall be relieve from all further liability hereunder
               or with respect to the Custodial Account and all assets thereof
               so distributed.

     15.  (a)  In its discretion, the Custodian may appoint one or more
               contractors or service providers to carry out any of its
               functions and may compensate them from the Custodial Account for
               expenses attendant to those functions. In the event of such
               appointment, all rights and privileges of the Custodian under
               this Agreement shall pass through to such contractors or service
               providers who shall be entitled to enforce them as if a named
               party, provided, however that the Custodian shall remain a bank
               or other IRS-approved custodian.

          (b)  The Service Company shall be responsible for receiving all
               instructions, notices, forms and remittances from Depositor and
               for dealing with or forwarding the same to the transfer agent for
               the Fund(s).

          (c)  The parties do not intend to confer any fiduciary duties on
               Custodian or Service Company (or any other party providing
               services to the Custodial Account), and none shall be implied.
               Neither shall be liable (or assumes any responsibility) for the
               collection of contributions, proper amount, time or tax treatment
               of any contribution to the Custodial Account or the propriety of
               any contributions under this Agreement, or the purpose, time,
               amount which matters are the sole responsibility of Depositor and
               Depositor's Beneficiary.

          (d)  Not later than May 31 after the close of each calendar year (or
               after the Custodian's resignation or removal), the Custodian or
               Service Company shall file with Depositor a written report or
               reports reflecting the transactions effected by it during such
               period and the assets the Custodial Account at its close. Upon
               the expiration of 60 days after such a report is sent to
               Depositor (or Beneficiary), the Custodian or Service Company
               shall be forever released and discharged from all liability and
               accountability to anyone with respect to transactions shown in or
               reflected by such report except with respect to any such acts or
               transactions as to which Depositor shall have filed written
               objections with the Custodian or Service Company within such 60
               day period.

          (e)  The Service Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to
               Depositor all notices, prospectuses, financial statements and
               other reports to shareholders, proxies and proxy soliciting
               materials relating to the shares of the Funds(s) credited to the
               Custodial Account. No s shall be voted, and no other action shall
               be taken pursuant to such documents, except upon receipt of
               adequate written instructions from Depositor.

          (f)  Depositor shall always fully indemnify Service Company,
               Distributor, the Fund(s), Sponsor and Custodian and save them
               harmless from any and all liability whatsoever which may arise
               either (i) in connection with this Agreement and the matters
               which it contemplates, except tha which arises directly out of
               the Service Company's, Distributor's, Fund's, Sponsor's or
               Custodian's bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct,
               (ii) with respect to making or failing to make any distribution,
               other than for failure to make distribution in accordance with an
               order therefor which is in full compliance with Section 10, or
               (iii) actions taken or omitted in good faith by such parties.
               Neither Service Company nor Custodian shall be obligated or
               expected to commence or defend any legal action or proceeding in
               connection with this Agreement or such matters unless agreed upon
               by that party and Depositor, and unless fully indemnified for so
               doing to that party's satisfaction.

          (g)  The Custodian and Service Company shall each be responsible
               solely for performance of those duties expressly assigned to it
               in this Agreement, and neither assumes any responsibility as to
               duties assigned to anyone else hereunder or by operation of law.

          (h)  The Custodian and Service Company may each conclusively rely upon
               and shall be protected in acting upon any written order from
               Depositor or Beneficiary, or any investment advisor appointed
               under Section 8, or any other notice, request, consent,
               certificate or other instrumen paper believed by it to be genuine
               and to have been properly executed, and so long as it acts in
               good faith, in taking or omitting to take any other action in
               reliance thereon. In addition, Custodian will carry out the
               requirements of any apparently valid court order relating to the
               Custodial Account and will incur no liability or responsibility
               for so doing.

     16.  (a)  The Custodian, in consideration of its services under this
               Agreement, shall receive the fees specified on the applicable fee
               schedule. The fee schedule originally applicable shall be the one
               specified in the Adoption Agreement or Disclosure Statement, as
               applicable. The Custodian may substitute a different fee schedule
               at any time upon 30 days' written notice to Depositor.


                                       27



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               The Custodian shall, with prior notice to the Depositor, also
               receive reasonable fees for any services not contemplated by any
               applicable fee schedule and either deemed by it to be necessary
               or desirable or requested by Depositor.

          (b)  Any income, gift, estate and inheritance taxes and other taxes of
               any kind whatsoever, including transfer taxes incurred in
               connection with the investment or reinvestment of the assets of
               the Custodial Account, that may be levied or assessed in respect
               to such assets, and al other administrative expenses incurred by
               the Custodian in the performance of its duties (including fees
               for legal services rendered to it in connection with the
               Custodial Account) shall be charged to the Custodial Account.

          (c)  All such fees and taxes and other administrative expenses charged
               to the Custodial Account shall be collected either from the
               amount of any contribution or distribution to or from the
               Account, or (at the option of the person entitled to collect such
               amounts) to the extent possible under the circumstances by the
               conversion into cash of sufficient shares of one or more Funds
               held in the Custodial Account (without liability for any loss
               incurred thereby). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Custodian
               or Service Company may make demand upon the Depositor for payment
               of the amount of such fees, taxes and other administrative
               expenses. Fees which remain outstanding after 60 days may be
               subject to a collection charge.

     17.  (a)  Upon 60 days' prior written notice to the Custodian,
               Depositor or Seligman Retirement Services c/o Seligman Data
               Corp., as the case may be, may remove it from its office
               hereunder. Such notice, to be effective, shall designate a
               successor custodian and shall be accompanied by the successor's
               written acceptance. The Custodian also may at any time resign
               upon 60 days' prior written notice to Seligman Retirement
               Services c/o Seligman Data Corp., whereupon the Sponsor shall
               notify the Depositor (or Beneficiary) and shall appoint a
               successor to the Custodian.

          (b)  The successor custodian shall be a bank, savings and loan,
               insured credit union, or other person satisfactory to the
               Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section 408(a)(2). Upon
               receipt by Custodian of written acceptance by its successor of
               such successor's appointment, Custodian shall transfer and pay
               over to such successor the assets of the Custodial Account and
               all records (or copies thereof) of Custodian pertaining thereto,
               provided that the successor custodian agrees not to dispose of
               any such records without the Custodian's consent. Custodian is
               authorized, however, to reserve such sum of money or property as
               it may deem advisable for payment of all its fees, compensation,
               costs, and expenses, or for payment of any other liabilities
               constituting a charge on or against the assets of the Custodial
               Account or on or against the Custodian, with any balance of such
               reserve remaining after the payment of all such items to be paid
               over to the successor custodian.

          (c)  Any Custodian shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of
               its predecessor or its successor.

     18. References herein to the "Internal Revenue Code" or "Code" and sections
thereof shall mean the same as amended from time to time, including successors
to such sections.

     19. Except where otherwise specifically required in this Agreement, any
notice from Custodian to any person provided for in this Agreement shall be
effective if sent by first-class mail to such person at that person's last
address on the Custodian's records.

     20. Depositor or Depositor's Beneficiary shall not have the right or power
to anticipate any part of the Custodial Account or to sell, assign, transfer,
pledge or hypothecate any part thereof. The Custodial Account shall not be
liable for the debts of Depositor or Depositor's Beneficiary or subject to any
seizure, attachment, execution or other legal process in respect thereof except
to the extent required by law. At no time shall it be possible for any part of
the assets of the Custodial Account to be used for or diverted to purposes other
than for the exclusive benefit of the Depositor or his/her Beneficiary except to
the extent required by law.

     21. When accepted by the Custodian, this Agreement is accepted in and shall
be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the state where the
principal offices of the Custodian are located. Any action involving the
Custodian brought by any other party must be brought in a state or federal court
in such state.

     If in the Adoption Agreement Depositor designates that the Custodial
Account is a Roth IRA, this Agreement is intended to qualify under Code Section
408A as a Roth individual retirement Custodial Account and to entitle Depositor
to the tax-free withdrawal of amounts from the Custodi Account to the extent
permitted in such Code section.

     If any provision hereof is subject to more than one interpretation or any
term used herein is subject to more than one construction, such ambiguity shall
be resolved in favor of that interpretation or construction which is consistent
with the intent expressed in whichever of the two preceding sentences is
applicable.

     However, the Custodian shall not be responsible for whether or not such
intentions are achieved through use of this Agreement, and Depositor is referred
to Depositor's attorney for any such assurances.

     22. Depositor should seek advice from Depositor's attorney regarding the
legal consequences (including but not limited to federal and state tax matters)
of entering into this Agreement, contributing to the Custodial Account, and
ordering Custodian to make distributions from the Account. Depositor
acknowledges that Custodian and Service Company (and any company associated
therewith) will not render such advice.

     23. If any provision of any document governing the Custodial Account
provides for notice, instructions or other communications from one party to
another in writing, to the extent provided for in the procedures of the
Custodian, Service Company or another party, any such notice, instructions or
other communications may be given by telephonic, computer, other electronic or
other means, and the requirement for written notice will be deemed satisfied.

     24. The legal documents governing the Custodial Account are as follows:

(a)  An Adoption Agreement in which the Depositor designates the Custodial
Account as a Roth IRA (a separate account will be established for such IRA).
Once Custodial Account may not serve as a Roth IRA and a Traditional IRA
(through the use of sub-accounts or otherwise). The IRS recommends that separate


                                       28



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



"regular" Roth IRAs and Conversion Roth IRAs should also be established in order
to avoid tax problems under pending legislation.

     25. Articles I through VII of Part Two of this Agreement are in the form
promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service as Form 5305-RA. It is anticipated
that if and when the Internal Revenue Service promulgates changes to Form
5305-RA, the Custodian will amend this Agreement correspondingly.

     26. If the Depositor maintains an Individual Retirement Account under Code
section 408(a), Depositor may convert or transfer such other IRA to a Roth IRA
under Code section 408A using the terms of a separate Form II and the Adoption
Agreement by completing and executing the Adoption Agreement and giving suitable
directions to the Custodian and the custodian or trustee of such other IRA.
Alternatively, the Depositor may convert or transfer such other IRA to a Roth
IRA by use of a reply card or by telephonic, computer or electronic means in
accordance with procedures adopted by the Custodian or Service Company intended
to meet the requirements of Code section 408A, and the Depositor will be deemed
to have executed the Adoption Agreement and adopted the provisions of this
Agreement and the Adoption Agreement in accordance with such procedures.

     27. The Depositor acknowledges that he or she has received and read the
current prospectus for each Fund in which his or her Account is invested and the
Individual Retirement Account Disclosure Statement related to the Account. The
Depositor represents under penalties of perjury that his or her Social Security
number (or other Taxpayer Identification Number) as stated in the Adoption
Agreement is correct.


                                        29

<PAGE>





<PAGE>



                             BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT 04
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>

<S>                                                                            <C>
SECTION ONE:  DEFINITIONS
   1.01       Adoption Agreement ............................................. 1
   1.02       Basic Plan Document ............................................ 1
   1.03       Beneficiary .................................................... 1
   1.04       Break in Eligibility Service ................................... 1
   1.05       Break in Vesting Service ....................................... 1
   1.06       Code ........................................................... 1
   1.07       Compensation ................................................... 1
   1.08       Custodian ...................................................... 3
   1.09       Disability ..................................................... 3
   1.10       Early Retirement Age ........................................... 3
   1.11       Earned Income .................................................. 3
   1.12       Effective Date ................................................. 3
   1.13       Eligibility Computation Period ................................. 3
   1.14       Employee ....................................................... 3
   1.15       Employer ....................................................... 3
   1.16       Employer Contribution .......................................... 3
   1.17       Employment Commencement Date ................................... 3
   1.18       Employer Profit Sharing Contribution ........................... 3
   1.19       Entry Dates .................................................... 4
   1.20       ERISA .......................................................... 4
   1.21       Forfeiture ..................................................... 4
   1.22       Fund ........................................................... 4
   1.23       Highly Compensated Employee .................................... 4
   1.24       Hours of Service ............................................... 4
   1.25       Individual Account ............................................. 5
   1.26       Investment Fund ................................................ 5
   1.27       Key Employee ................................................... 5
   1.28       Leased Employee ................................................ 5
   1.29       Nondeductible Employee Contributions ........................... 5
   1.30       Normal Retirement Age .......................................... 6
   1.31       Owner-Employee ................................................. 6
   1.32       Participant .................................................... 6
   1.33       Plan ........................................................... 6
   1.34       Plan Administrator ............................................. 6
   1.35       Plan Year ...................................................... 6
   1.36       Prior Plan ..................................................... 6
   1.37       Prototype Sponsor .............................................. 6
   1.38       Qualifying Participant ......................................... 6
   1.39       Related Employer ............................................... 6
   1.40       Related Employer Participation Agreement ....................... 6
   1.41       Self-Employed Individual ....................................... 6
   1.42       Separate Fund .................................................. 6
   1.43       Taxable Wage Base .............................................. 6
   1.44       Termination of Employment ...................................... 6
   1.45       Top-Heavy Plan ................................................. 7
   1.46       Trustee ........................................................ 7
   1.47       Valuation Date ................................................. 7
   1.48       Vested ......................................................... 7
   1.49       Year of Eligibility Service .................................... 7
   1.50       Year of Vesting Service ........................................ 7
</TABLE>



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                           <C>
SECTION TWO: ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
   2.01   Eligibility To Participate ......................................   7
   2.02   Plan Entry ......................................................   7
   2.03   Transfer to or From Ineligible Class ............................   8
   2.04   Return as a Participant After Break in Eligibility Service ......   8
   2.05   Determinations Under This Section ...............................   8
   2.06   Terms of Employment .............................................   8
   2.07   Special Rules Where Elapsed Time Method Is Being Used ...........   8
   2.08   Election Not To Participate .....................................   9

SECTION THREE: CONTRIBUTIONS
   3.01   Employer Contributions ..........................................   9
   3.02   Nondeductible Employee Contributions ............................  11
   3.03   Rollover Contributions ..........................................  12
   3.04   Transfer Contributions ..........................................  12
   3.05   Limitation on Allocations .......................................  12

SECTION FOUR: INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS OF PARTICIPANTS AND VALUATION
   4.01   Individual Accounts .............................................  16
   4.02   Valuation of Fund ...............................................  16
   4.03   Valuation of Individual Accounts ................................  16
   4.04   Modification of Method for Valuing Individual Accounts ..........  17
   4.05   Segregation of Assets ...........................................  17
   4.06   Statement of Individual Accounts ................................  17

SECTION FIVE: TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN
   5.01   Creation of Fund ................................................  17
   5.02   Investment Authority ............................................  17
   5.03   Financial Organization Custodian or Trustee Without
          Full Trust Powers ...............................................  17
   5.04   Financial Organization Trustee With Full Trust
          Powers and Individual Trustee ...................................  18
   5.05   Division of Fund Into Investment Funds ..........................  19
   5.06   Compensation and Expenses .......................................  19
   5.07   Not Obligated to Question Data ..................................  20
   5.08   Liability For Withholding on Distributions ......................  20
   5.09   Resignation or Removal of Trustee (or Custodian) ................  20
   5.10   Degree of Care - Limitations of Liability .......................  20
   5.11   Indemnification of Prototype Sponsor and Trustee (or Custodian) .  20
   5.12   Investment Managers .............................................  21
   5.13   Matters Relating to Insurance ...................................  21
   5.14   Direction of Investments by Participant .........................  22

SECTION SIX: VESTING AND DISTRIBUTION
   6.01   Distribution To Participant .....................................  22
   6.02   Form of Distribution to a Participant ...........................  25
   6.03   Distributions Upon the Death of a Participant ...................  26
   6.04   Form of Distribution to Beneficiary .............................  26
   6.05   Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements .........................  27
   6.06   Distribution Requirements .......................................  30
   6.07   Annuity Contracts ...............................................  33
   6.08   Loans to Participants ...........................................  33
   6.09   Distribution in Kind ............................................  34
   6.10   Direct Rollovers of Eligible Rollover Distributions .............  34
   6.11   Procedure for Missing Participants or Beneficiaries .............  35

SECTION SEVEN: CLAIMS PROCEDURE
   7.01   Filing a Claim for Plan Distributions ...........................  35
   7.02   Denial of Claim .................................................  35
   7.03   Remedies Available ..............................................  35
</TABLE>



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
SECTION EIGHT: PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
   8.01   Employer is Plan Administrator ................................... 36
   8.02   Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator ...................... 36
   8.03   Expenses and Compensation ........................................ 37
   8.04   Information from Employer ........................................ 37

SECTION NINE: AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
   9.01   Right of Prototype Sponsor to Amend the Plan ..................... 37
   9.02   Right of Employer to Amend the Plan .............................. 37
   9.03   Limitation on Power to Amend ..................................... 37
   9.04   Amendment of Vesting Schedule .................................... 38
   9.05   Permanency ....................................................... 38
   9.06   Method and Procedure for Termination ............................. 38
   9.07   Continuance of Plan by Successor Employer ........................ 38
   9.08   Failure of Plan Qualification .................................... 38

SECTION TEN: MISCELLANEOUS
  10.01   State Community Property Laws .................................... 38
  10.02   Headings ......................................................... 38
  10.03   Gender and Number ................................................ 39
  10.04   Plan Merger or Consolidation ..................................... 39
  10.05   Standard of Fiduciary Conduct .................................... 39
  10.06   General Undertaking Of All Parties ............................... 39
  10.07   Agreement Binds Heirs, Etc. ...................................... 39
  10.08   Determination Of Top-Heavy Status ................................ 39
  10.09   Special Limitations for Owner-Employees .......................... 40
  10.10   Inalienability of Benefits ....................................... 41
  10.11   Cannot Eliminate Protected Benefits .............................. 41

SECTION ELEVEN: 401(k) PROVISIONS
  11.100  Definitions ...................................................... 41
  11.101  Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP) ................................. 41
  11.102  Aggregate Limit ..................................................  42
  11.103  Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) ............................ 42
  11.104  Contributing Participant ......................................... 42
  11.105  Contribution Percentage .......................................... 42
  11.106  Contribution Percentage Amounts .................................. 42
  11.107  Elective Deferrals ............................................... 42
  11.108  Eligible Participant ............................................. 42
  11.109  Excess Aggregate Contributions ................................... 42
  11.110  Excess Contributions ............................................. 43
  11.111  Excess Elective Deferrals ........................................ 43
  11.112  Matching Contribution ............................................ 43
  11.113  Qualified Nonelective Contributions .............................. 43
  11.114  Qualified Matching Contributions ................................. 43
  11.115  Qualifying Contributing Participant .............................. 43
  11.200  Contributing Participant ......................................... 43
  11.201  Requirements to Enroll as a Contributing Participant ............. 43
  11.202  Changing Elective Deferral Amounts ............................... 43
  11.203  Ceasing Elective Deferrals ....................................... 44
  11.204  Return as a Contributing Participant After
          Ceasing Elective Deferrals ....................................... 44
  11.205  Certain One-Time Irrevocable Elections ........................... 44
  11.300  Contributions .................................................... 44
  11.301  Contributions By Employer ........................................ 44
  11.302  Matching Contributions ........................................... 44
  11.303  Qualified Nonelective Contributions .............................. 44
  11.304  Qualified Matching Contributions ................................. 44
  11.305  Nondeductible Employee Contributions ............................. 45
  11.400  Nondiscrimination Testing ........................................ 45
  11.401  Actual Deferral Percentage Test (ADP) ............................ 45
</TABLE>




<PAGE>
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
  11.402  Limits on Nondeductible Employee Contributions and
          Matching Contributions ........................................... 46
  11.500  Distribution Provisions .......................................... 47
  11.501  General Rule ..................................................... 47
  11.502  Distribution Requirements ........................................ 47
  11.503  Hardship Distribution ............................................ 48
  11.504  Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals ........................ 48
  11.505  Distribution of Excess Contributions ............................. 48
  11.506  Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions ................... 49
  11.507  Recharacterization ............................................... 50
  11.508  Distribution of Elective Deferrals if Excess Annual Additions .... 50
  11.600  Vesting .......................................................... 50
  11.601  100% Vesting on Certain Contributions ............................ 50
  11.602  Forfeitures and Vesting of Matching Contributions ................ 50
</TABLE>



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN AND TRUST
Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document 04
================================================================================
SECTION ONE  DEFINITIONS
          The following words and phrases when used in the Plan with initial
          capital letters shall, for the purpose of this Plan, have the meanings
          set forth below unless the context indicates that other meanings are
          intended:

     1.01 ADOPTION AGREEMENT
          Means the document executed by the Employer through which it adopts
          the Plan and Trust and thereby agrees to be bound by all terms and
          conditions of the Plan and Trust.

     1.02 BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT
          Means this prototype Plan and Trust document.

     1.03 BENEFICIARY
          Means the individual or individuals designated pursuant to Section
          6.03(A) of the Plan.

     1.04 BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE
          Means a 12 consecutive month period which coincides with an
          Eligibility Computation Period during which an Employee fails to
          complete more than 500 Hours of Service (or such lesser number of
          Hours of Service specified in the Adoption Agreement for this
          purpose).

     1.05 BREAK IN VESTING SERVICE
          Means a Plan Year (or other vesting computation period described in
          Section 1.50) during which an Employee fails to complete more than 500
          Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of Service specified
          in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose).

     1.06 CODE
          Means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from time-to-time.

     1.07 COMPENSATION

          A.   Basic Definition
               For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, the
               following definition of Compensation shall apply:

               As elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement (and if no
               election is made, W-2 wages will be deemed to have been
               selected), Compensation shall mean one of the following:

               1.   W-2 wages. Compensation is defined as information required
                    to be reported under Sections 6041 and 6051, and 6052 of the
                    Code (Wages, tips and other compensation as reported on Form
                    W-2). Compensation is defined as wages within the meaning of
                    Section 3401(a) of the Code and all other payments of
                    compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course
                    of the Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer
                    is required to furnish the Employee a written statement
                    under Sections 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3), and 6052 of the Code.
                    Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules
                    under Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included
                    in wages based on the nature or location of the employment
                    or the services performed (such as the exception for
                    agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2)).

               2.   Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is defined as wages
                    within the meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code, for the
                    purposes of income tax withholding at the source but
                    determined without regard to any rules that limit the
                    remuneration included in wages based on the nature or
                    location of the employment or the services performed (such
                    as the exception for agricultural labor in Section
                    3401(a)(2)).

               3.   415 safe-harbor compensation. Compensation is defined as
                    wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and
                    other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an
                    amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually
                    rendered in the course of employment with the Employer
                    maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are
                    includible in gross income (including, but not limited to,
                    commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the
                    basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance
                    premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements
                    or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as
                    described in 1.62-2(c)), and excluding the following:

                    a.   Employer contributions to a plan of deferred
                         compensation which are not includible in the Employee's
                         gross income for the taxable year in which contributed,
                         or employer contributions under a simplified employee
                         pension plan to the extent such contributions are
                         deductible by the Employee, or any distributions from a
                         plan of deferred compensation;



                                       1



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                    b.   Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified
                         stock option, or when restricted stock (or property)
                         held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable
                         or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of
                         forfeiture;

                    c.   Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
                         disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock
                         option; and

                    d.   Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or
                         contributions made by the Employer (whether or not
                         under a salary reduction agreement) towards the
                         purchase of an annuity contract described in Section
                         403(b) of the Code (whether or not the contributions
                         are actually excludable from the gross income of the
                         Employee).

               For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan,
               Compensation will mean Earned Income.

          B.   Determination Period And Other Rules
               Compensation shall include only that Compensation which is
               actually paid to the Participant during the determination period.
               Except as provided elsewhere in this Plan, the determination
               period shall be the Plan Year unless the Employer has selected
               another period in the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer makes
               no election, the determination period shall be the Plan Year.

               Unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement,
               Compensation shall include any amount which is contributed by the
               Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is
               not includible in the gross income of the Employee under Sections
               125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code.

               Where this Plan is being adopted as an amendment and restatement
               to bring a Prior Plan into compliance with the Tax Reform Act of
               1986, such Prior Plan's definition of Compensation shall apply
               for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1989.

          C.   Limits On Compensation
               For years beginning after December 31, 1988 and before January 1,
               1994, the annual Compensation of each Participant taken into
               account for determining all benefits provided under the Plan for
               any determination period shall not exceed $200,000. This
               limitation shall be adjusted by the Secretary at the same time
               and in the same manner as under Section 415(d) of the Code,
               except that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any
               calendar year is effective for Plan Years beginning in such
               calendar year and the first adjustment to the $200,000 limitation
               is effective on January 1, 1990.

               For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual
               Compensation of each Participant taken into account for
               determining all benefits provided under the Plan for any Plan
               Year shall not exceed $150,000, as adjusted for increases in the
               cost-of-living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the
               Internal Revenue Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect
               for a calendar year applies to any determination period beginning
               in such calendar year.

               If the period for determining Compensation used in calculating an
               Employee's allocation for a determination period is a short Plan
               Year (i.e., shorter than 12 months), the annual Compensation
               limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual
               Compensation limit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
               which is the number of months in the short Plan Year, and the
               denominator of which is 12.

               In determining the Compensation of a Participant for purposes of
               this limitation, the rules of Section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall
               apply, except in applying such rules, the term "family" shall
               include only the spouse of the Participant and any lineal
               descendants of the Participant who have not attained age 19
               before the close of the year. If, as a result of the application
               of such rules the adjusted $200,000 limitation is exceeded, then
               (except for purposes of determining the portion of Compensation
               up to the integration level, if this Plan provides for permitted
               disparity), the limitation shall be prorated among the affected
               individuals in proportion to each such individual's Compensation
               as determined under this Section prior to the application of this
               limitation.

               If Compensation for any prior determination period is taken into
               account in determining an Employee's allocations or benefits for
               the current determination period, the Compensation for such prior
               determination period is subject to the applicable annual
               Compensation limit in effect for that prior period. For this
               purpose, in determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on or
               after January 1, 1989, the annual Compensation limit in effect
               for determination periods beginning before that date is $200,000.
               In addition, in determining allocations in Plan Years beginning
               on or after January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation limit in
               effect for determination periods beginning before that date is
               $150,000.


                                       2



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



     1.08 CUSTODIAN
          Means an entity specified in the Adoption Agreement as Custodian or
          any duly appointed successor as provided in Section 5.09.

     1.09 DISABILITY
          Unless the Employer has elected a different definition in the Adoption
          Agreement, Disability means the inability to engage in any
          substantial, gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable
          physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death
          or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period
          of not less than 12 months. The permanence and degree of such
          impairment shall be supported by medical evidence.

     1.10 EARLY RETIREMENT AGE
          Means the age specified in the Adoption Agreement. The Plan will not
          have an Early Retirement Age if none is specified in the Adoption
          Agreement.

     1.11 EARNED INCOME
          Means the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business
          with respect to which the Plan is established, for which personal
          services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net
          earnings will be determined without regard to items not included in
          gross income and the deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings
          are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a qualified plan to
          the extent deductible under Section 404 of the Code.

          Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed
          to the Employer by Section 164(f) of the Code for taxable years
          beginning after December 31, 1989.

     1.12 EFFECTIVE DATE
          Means the date the Plan becomes effective as indicated in the Adoption
          Agreement. However, as indicated in the Adoption Agreement, certain
          provisions may have specific effective dates. Further, where a
          separate date is stated in the Plan as of which a particular Plan
          provision becomes effective, such date will control with respect to
          that provision.

     1.13 ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD
          An Employee's initial Eligibility Computation Period shall be the 12
          consecutive month period commencing on the Employee's Employment
          Commencement Date. The Employee's subsequent Eligibility Computation
          Periods shall be the 12 consecutive month periods commencing on the
          anniversaries of his or her Employment Commencement Date; provided,
          however, if pursuant to the Adoption Agreement, an Employee is
          required to complete one or less Years of Eligibility Service to
          become a Participant, then his or her subsequent Eligibility
          Computation Periods shall be the Plan Years commencing with the Plan
          Year beginning during his or her initial Eligibility Computation
          Period. An Employee does not complete a Year of Eligibility Service
          before the end of the 12 consecutive month period regardless of when
          during such period the Employee completes the required number of Hours
          of Service.

     1.14 EMPLOYEE
          Means any person employed by an Employer maintaining the Plan or of
          any other employer required to be aggregated with such Employer under
          Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

          The term Employee shall also include any Leased Employee deemed to be
          an Employee of any Employer described in the previous paragraph as
          provided in Section 414(n) or (o) of the Code.

     1.15 EMPLOYER
          Means any corporation, partnership, sole-proprietorship or other
          entity named in the Adoption Agreement and any successor who by
          merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise assumes the obligations
          of the Plan. A partnership is considered to be the Employer of each of
          the partners and a sole-proprietorship is considered to be the
          Employer of a sole proprietor. Where this Plan is being maintained by
          a union or other entity that represents its member Employees in the
          negotiation of collective bargaining agreements, the term Employer
          shall mean such union or other entity.

     1.16 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION
          Means the amount contributed by the Employer each year as determined
          under this Plan.

     1.17 EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE
          An Employee's Employment Commencement date means the date the Employee
          first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer.

     1.18 EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION
          Means an Employer Contribution made pursuant to the Section of the
          Adoption Agreement titled "Employer Profit Sharing Contributions." The
          Employer may make Employer Profit Sharing Contributions without regard
          to current or accumulated earnings or profits.


                                       3



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



     1.19 ENTRY DATES
          Means the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the seventh
          month of the Plan Year, unless the Employer has specified different
          dates in the Adoption Agreement.

     1.20 ERISA
          Means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended
          from time-to-time.

     1.21 FORFEITURE
          Means that portion of a Participant's Individual Account derived from
          Employer Contributions which he or she is not entitled to receive
          (i.e., the nonvested portion).

     1.22 FUND
          Means the Plan assets held by the Trustee for the Participants'
          exclusive benefit.

     1.23 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE
          The term Highly Compensated Employee includes highly compensated
          active employees and highly compensated former employees.

          A highly compensated active employee includes any Employee who
          performs service for the Employer during the determination year and
          who, during the look-back year: (a) received Compensation from the
          Employer in excess of $75,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d)
          of the Code); (b) received Compensation from the Employer in excess of
          $50,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code) and was a
          member of the top-paid group for such year; or (c) was an officer of
          the Employer and received Compensation during such year that is
          greater than 50% of the dollar limitation in effect under Section
          415(b)(1)(A) of the Code. The term Highly Compensated Employee also
          includes: (a) Employees who are both described in the preceding
          sentence if the term "determination year" is substituted for the term
          "look-back year" and the Employee is one of the 100 Employees who
          received the most Compensation from the Employer during the
          determination year; and (b) Employees who are 5% owners at any time
          during the look-back year or determination year.

          If no officer has satisfied the Compensation requirement of (c) above
          during either a determination year or look-back year, the highest paid
          officer for such year shall be treated as a Highly Compensated
          Employee.

          For this purpose, the determination year shall be the Plan Year. The
          look-back year shall be the 12 month period immediately preceding the
          determination year.

          A highly compensated former employee includes any Employee who
          separated from service (or was deemed to have separated) prior to the
          determination year, performs no service for the Employer during the
          determination year, and was a highly compensated active employee for
          either the separation year or any determination year ending on or
          after the Employee's 55th birthday.

          If an Employee is, during a determination year or look-back year, a
          family member of either a 5% owner who is an active or former Employee
          or a Highly Compensated Employee who is one of the 10 most Highly
          Compensated Employees ranked on the basis of Compensation paid by the
          Employer during such year, then the family member and the 5% owner or
          top 10 Highly Compensated Employee shall be aggregated. In such case,
          the family member and 5% owner or top 10 Highly Compensated Employee
          shall be treated as a single Employee receiving Compensation and Plan
          contributions or benefits equal to the sum of such Compensation and
          contributions or benefits of the family member and 5% owner or top 10
          Highly Compensated Employee. For purposes of this Section, family
          member includes the spouse, lineal ascendants and descendants of the
          Employee or former Employee and the spouses of such lineal ascendants
          and descendants.

          The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including
          the determinations of the number and identity of Employees in the
          top-paid group, the top 100 Employees, the number of Employees treated
          as officers and the Compensation that is considered, will be made in
          accordance with Section 414(q) of the Code and the regulations
          thereunder.

     1.24 HOURS OF SERVICE - Means
          A.   Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment,
               for the performance of duties for the Employer. These hours will
               be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which
               the duties are performed; and

          B.   Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment,
               by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no
               duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment
               relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness,
               incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military
               duty or leave of absence. No more than 501 Hours of Service will
               be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period
               (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation
               period). Hours under this paragraph shall be calculated and
               credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2 of the Department of
               Labor Regulations which is incorporated herein by this reference;
               and


                                       4



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          C.   Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
               damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same
               Hours of Service will not be credited both under paragraph (A) or
               paragraph (B), as the case may be, and under this paragraph (C).
               These hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation
               period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather
               than the computation period in which the award, agreement, or
               payment is made.

          D.   Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Eligibility
               Service or a Break in Vesting Service has occurred in a
               computation period (the computation period for purposes of
               determining whether a Break in Vesting Service has occurred is
               the Plan Year or other vesting computation period described in
               Section 1.50), an individual who is absent from work for
               maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit for the Hours
               of Service which would otherwise have been credited to such
               individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such
               hours cannot be determined, 8 Hours of Service per day of such
               absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for
               maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of
               the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of a birth of a
               child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a
               child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such
               child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such
               child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or
               placement. The Hours of Service credited under this paragraph
               shall be credited (1) in the Eligibility Computation Period or
               Plan Year or other vesting computation period described in
               Section 1.50 in which the absence begins if the crediting is
               necessary to prevent a Break in Eligibility Service or a Break in
               Vesting Service in the applicable period, or (2) in all other
               cases, in the following Eligibility Computation Period or Plan
               Year or other vesting computation period described in Section
               1.50.

          E.   Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other
               members of an affiliated service group (under Section 414(m) of
               the Code), a controlled group of corporations (under Section
               414(b) of the Code), or a group of trades or businesses under
               common control (under Section 414(c) of the Code) of which the
               adopting Employer is a member, and any other entity required to
               be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Section 414(o) of the
               Code and the regulations thereunder.

               Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual
               considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under Code
               Sections 414(n) or 414(o) and the regulations thereunder.

          F.   Where the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor employer,
               service for such predecessor employer shall be treated as service
               for the Employer.

          G.   The above method for determining Hours of Service may be altered
               as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

     1.25 INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT
          Means the account established and maintained under this Plan for each
          Participant in accordance with Section 4.01.

     1.26 INVESTMENT FUND
          Means a subdivision of the Fund established pursuant to Section 5.05.

     1.27 KEY EMPLOYEE
          Means any person who is determined to be a Key Employee under Section
          10.08.

     1.28 LEASED EMPLOYEE
          Means any person (other than an Employee of the recipient) who
          pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person
          ("leasing organization") has performed services for the recipient (or
          for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with
          Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full time basis for
          a period of at least one year, and such services are of a type
          historically performed by Employees in the business field of the
          recipient Employer. Contributions or benefits provided a Leased
          Employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to
          services performed for the recipient Employer shall be treated as
          provided by the recipient Employer.

          A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient
          if: (1) such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan
          providing: (a) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least
          10% of compensation, as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but
          including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
          which are excludable from the employee's gross income under Section
          125, Section 402(e)(3), Section 402(h)(1)(B) or Section 403(b) of the
          Code, (b) immediate participation, and (c) full and immediate vesting;
          and (2) Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20% of the
          recipient's nonhighly compensated work force.

     1.29 NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
          Means any contribution made to the Plan by or on behalf of a
          Participant that is included in the Participant's gross income in the
          year in which made and that is maintained under a separate account to
          which earnings and losses are allocated.


                                       5



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



     1.30 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE
          Means the age specified in the Adoption Agreement. However, if the
          Employer enforces a mandatory retirement age which is less than the
          Normal Retirement Age, such mandatory age is deemed to be the Normal
          Retirement Age. If no age is specified in the Adoption Agreement, the
          Normal Retirement Age shall be age 65.

     1.31 OWNER - EMPLOYEE
          Means an individual who is a sole proprietor, or who is a partner
          owning more than 10% of either the capital or profits interest of the
          partnership.

     1.32 PARTICIPANT
          Means any Employee or former Employee of the Employer who has met the
          Plan's eligibility requirements, has entered the Plan and who is or
          may become eligible to receive a benefit of any type from this Plan or
          whose Beneficiary may be eligible to receive any such benefit.

     1.33 PLAN
          Means the prototype defined contribution plan adopted by the Employer.
          The Plan consists of this Basic Plan Document plus the corresponding
          Adoption Agreement as completed and signed by the Employer.

     1.34 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
          Means the person or persons determined to be the Plan Administrator in
          accordance with Section 8.01.

     1.35 PLAN YEAR
          Means the 12 consecutive month period which coincides with the
          Employer's fiscal year or such other 12 consecutive month period as is
          designated in the Adoption Agreement.

     1.36 PRIOR PLAN
          Means a plan which was amended or replaced by adoption of this Plan
          document as indicated in the Adoption Agreement.

     1.37 PROTOTYPE SPONSOR
          Means the entity specified in the Adoption Agreement that makes this
          prototype plan available to employers for adoption.

     1.38 QUALIFYING PARTICIPANT
          Means a Participant who has satisfied the requirements described in
          Section 3.01(B)(2) to be entitled to share in any Employer
          Contribution (and Forfeitures, if applicable) for a Plan Year.

     1.39 RELATED EMPLOYER
          Means an employer that may be required to be aggregated with the
          Employer adopting this Plan for certain qualification requirements
          under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code (or any other
          employer that has ownership in common with the Employer). A Related
          Employer may participate in this Plan if so indicated in the Section
          of the Adoption Agreement titled "Employer Information" or if such
          Related Employer executes a Related Employer Participation Agreement.

     1.40 RELATED EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
          Means the agreement under this prototype Plan that a Related Employer
          may execute to participate in this Plan.

     1.41 SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL
          Means an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from
          the trade or business for which the Plan is established; also, an
          individual who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the
          trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year.

     1.42 SEPARATE FUND
          Means a subdivision of the Fund held in the name of a particular
          Participant representing certain assets held for that Participant. The
          assets which comprise a Participant's Separate Fund are those assets
          earmarked for him or her and those assets subject to the Participant's
          individual direction pursuant to Section 5.14.

     1.43 TAXABLE WAGE BASE
          Means, with respect to any taxable year, the contribution and benefit
          base in effect under Section 230 of the Social Security Act at the
          beginning of the Plan Year.

     1.44 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
          A Termination of Employment of an Employee of an Employer shall occur
          whenever his or her status as an Employee of such Employer ceases for
          any reason other than death. An Employee who does not return to work
          for the Employer on or before the expiration of an authorized leave of
          absence from such Employer shall be deemed to have incurred a
          Termination of Employment when such leave ends.


                                       6



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



     1.45 TOP-HEAVY PLAN
          This Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year if it is determined to
          be such pursuant to Section 10.08.

     1.46 TRUSTEE
          Means an individual, individuals or corporation specified in the
          Adoption Agreement as Trustee or any duly appointed successor as
          provided in Section 5.09. Trustee shall mean Custodian in the event
          the financial organization named as Trustee does not have full trust
          powers.

     1.47 VALUATION DATE
          Means the date or dates as specified in the Adoption Agreement. If no
          date is specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Valuation Date shall
          be the last day of the Plan Year and each other date designated by the
          Plan Administrator which is selected in a uniform and
          nondiscriminatory manner when the assets of the Fund are valued at
          their then fair market value.

     1.48 VESTED
          Means nonforfeitable, that is, a claim which is unconditional and
          legally enforceable against the Plan obtained by a Participant or the
          Participant's Beneficiary to that part of an immediate or deferred
          benefit under the Plan which arises from a Participant's Years of
          Vesting Service.

     1.49 YEAR OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE
          Means a 12 consecutive month period which coincides with an
          Eligibility Computation Period during which an Employee completes at
          least 1,000 Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of
          Service specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose). An
          Employee does not complete a Year of Eligibility Service before the
          end of the 12 consecutive month period regardless of when during such
          period the Employee completes the required number of Hours of Service.

     1.50 YEAR OF VESTING SERVICE
          Means a Plan Year during which an Employee completes at least 1,000
          Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of Service specified
          in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose). Notwithstanding the
          preceding sentence, where the Employer so indicates in the Adoption
          Agreement, vesting shall be computed by reference to the 12
          consecutive month period beginning with the Employee's Employment
          Commencement Date and each successive 12 month period commencing on
          the anniversaries thereof.

          In the case of a Participant who has 5 or more consecutive Breaks in
          Vesting Service, all Years of Vesting Service after such Breaks in
          Vesting Service will be disregarded for the purpose of determining the
          Vested portion of his or her Individual Account derived from Employer
          Contributions that accrued before such breaks. Such Participant's
          prebreak service will count in vesting the postbreak Individual
          Account derived from Employer Contributions only if either:

          (A)  such Participant had any Vested right to any portion of his or
               her Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions at the
               time of his or her Termination of Employment; or

          (B)  upon returning to service, the number of consecutive Breaks in
               Vesting Service is less than his or her number of Years of
               Vesting Service before such breaks.

          Separate subaccounts will be maintained for the Participant's prebreak
          and postbreak portions of his or her Individual Account derived from
          Employer Contributions. Both subaccounts will share in the gains and
          losses of the Fund.

          Years of Vesting Service shall not include any period of time excluded
          from Years of Vesting Service in the Adoption Agreement.

          In the event the Plan Year is changed to a new 12-month period,
          Employees shall receive credit for Years of Vesting Service, in
          accordance with the preceding provisions of this definition, for each
          of the Plan Years (the old and new Plan Years) which overlap as a
          result of such change.

SECTION TWO  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

     2.01 ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE
          Each Employee of the Employer, except those Employees who belong to a
          class of Employees which is excluded from participation as indicated
          in the Adoption Agreement, shall be eligible to participate in this
          Plan upon the satisfaction of the age and Years of Eligibility Service
          requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement.

     2.02 PLAN ENTRY

          A.   If this Plan is a replacement of a Prior Plan by amendment or
               restatement, each Employee of the Employer who was a Participant
               in said Prior Plan before the Effective Date shall continue to be
               a Participant in this Plan.


                                       7



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          B.   An Employee will become a Participant in the Plan as of the
               Effective Date if the Employee has met the eligibility
               requirements of Section 2.01 as of such date. After the Effective
               Date, each Employee shall become a Participant on the first Entry
               Date following the date the Employee satisfies the eligibility
               requirements of Section 2.01 unless otherwise indicated in the
               Adoption Agreement.

          C.   The Plan Administrator shall notify each Employee who becomes
               eligible to be a Participant under this Plan and shall furnish
               the Employee with the application form, enrollment forms or other
               documents which are required of Participants. The eligible
               Employee shall execute such forms or documents and make available
               such information as may be required in the administration of the
               Plan.

     2.03 TRANSFER TO OR FROM INELIGIBLE CLASS
          If an Employee who had been a Participant becomes ineligible to
          participate because he or she is no longer a member of an eligible
          class of Employees, but has not incurred a Break in Eligibility
          Service, such Employee shall participate immediately upon his or her
          return to an eligible class of Employees. If such Employee incurs a
          Break in Eligibility Service, his or her eligibility to participate
          shall be determined by Section 2.04.

          An Employee who is not a member of the eligible class of Employees
          will become a Participant immediately upon becoming a member of the
          eligible class provided such Employee has satisfied the age and Years
          of Eligibility Service requirements. If such Employee has not
          satisfied the age and Years of Eligibility Service requirements as of
          the date he or she becomes a member of the eligible class, such
          Employee shall become a Participant on the first Entry Date following
          the date he or she satisfies those requirements unless otherwise
          indicated in the Adoption Agreement.

     2.04 RETURN AS A PARTICIPANT AFTER BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE

          A.   Employee Not Participant Before Break - If an Employee incurs a
               Break in Eligibility Service before satisfying the Plan's
               eligibility requirements, such Employee's Years of Eligibility
               Service before such Break in Eligibility Service will not be
               taken into account.

          B.   Nonvested Participants - In the case of a Participant who does
               not have a Vested interest in his or her Individual Account
               derived from Employer Contributions, Years of Eligibility Service
               before a period of consecutive Breaks in Eligibility Service will
               not be taken into account for eligibility purposes if the number
               of consecutive Breaks in Eligibility Service in such period
               equals or exceeds the greater of 5 or the aggregate number of
               Years of Eligibility Service before such break. Such aggregate
               number of Years of Eligibility Service will not include any Years
               of Eligibility Service disregarded under the preceding sentence
               by reason of prior breaks.

               If a Participant's Years of Eligibility Service are disregarded
               pursuant to the preceding paragraph, such Participant will be
               treated as a new Employee for eligibility purposes. If a
               Participant's Years of Eligibility Service may not be disregarded
               pursuant to the preceding paragraph, such Participant shall
               continue to participate in the Plan, or, if terminated, shall
               participate immediately upon reemployment.

          C.   Vested Participants - A Participant who has sustained a Break in
               Eligibility Service and who had a Vested interest in all or a
               portion of his or her Individual Account derived from Employer
               Contributions shall continue to participate in the Plan, or, if
               terminated, shall participate immediately upon reemployment.

     2.05 DETERMINATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION
          The Plan Administrator shall determine the eligibility of each
          Employee to be a Participant. This determination shall be conclusive
          and binding upon all persons except as otherwise provided herein or by
          law.

     2.06 TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT
          Neither the fact of the establishment of the Plan nor the fact that a
          common law Employee has become a Participant shall give to that common
          law Employee any right to continued employment; nor shall either fact
          limit the right of the Employer to discharge or to deal otherwise with
          a common law Employee without regard to the effect such treatment may
          have upon the Employee's rights under the Plan.

     2.07 SPECIAL RULES WHERE ELAPSED TIME METHOD IS BEING USED
          This Section 2.07 shall apply where the Employer has indicated in the
          Adoption Agreement that the elapsed time method will be used. When
          this Section applies, the definitions of year of service, break in
          service and hour of service in this Section will replace the
          definitions of Year of Eligibility Service, Year of Vesting Service,
          Break in Eligibility Service, Break in Vesting Service and Hours of
          Service found in the Definitions Section of the Plan (Section One).

          For purposes of determining an Employee's initial or continued
          eligibility to participate in the Plan or the Vested interest in the
          Participant's Individual Account balance derived from Employer
          Contributions, (except for periods of service which may be disregarded
          on account of the "rule of parity" described in Sections 1.50 and
          2.04) an Employee will receive credit for the aggregate of all time
          period(s) commencing with the Employee's first day of employment or
          reemployment and ending on the date a break in service begins. The
          first day of employment or reemployment is the first day the


                                       8



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          Employee performs an hour of service. An Employee will also receive
          credit for any period of severance of less than 12 consecutive months.
          Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days.

          For purposes of this Section, hour of service will mean each hour for
          which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment for the performance
          of duties for the Employer. Break in service is a period of severance
          of at least 12 consecutive months. Period of severance is a continuous
          period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the
          Employer. Such period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits
          or is discharged, or if earlier, the 12 month anniversary of the date
          on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from service.

          In the case of an individual who is absent from work for maternity or
          paternity reasons, the 12 consecutive month period beginning on the
          first anniversary of the first date of such absence shall not
          constitute a break in service. For purposes of this paragraph, an
          absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence
          (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of the
          birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of
          a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such
          child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child
          for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

          Each Employee will share in Employer Contributions for the period
          beginning on the date the Employee commences participation under the
          Plan and ending on the date on which such Employee severs employment
          with the Employer or is no longer a member of an eligible class of
          Employees.

          If the Employer is a member of an affiliated service group (under
          Section 414(m) of the Code), a controlled group of corporations (under
          Section 414(b) of the Code), a group of trades or businesses under
          common control (under Section 414(c) of the Code), or any other entity
          required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Section 414(o)
          of the Code, service will be credited for any employment for any
          period of time for any other member of such group. Service will also
          be credited for any individual required under Section 414(n) or
          Section 414(o) to be considered an Employee of any Employer aggregated
          under Section 414(b), (c), or (m) of the Code.

     2.08 ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE
          This Section 2.08 will apply if this Plan is a nonstandardized plan
          and the Adoption Agreement so provides. If this Section applies, then
          an Employee or a Participant may elect not to participate in the Plan
          for one or more Plan Years. The Employer may not contribute for an
          Employee or Participant for any Plan Year during which such Employee's
          or Participant's election not to participate is in effect. Any
          election not to participate must be in writing and filed with the Plan
          Administrator.

          The Plan Administrator shall establish such uniform and
          nondiscriminatory rules as it deems necessary or advisable to carry
          out the terms of this Section, including, but not limited to, rules
          prescribing the timing of the filing of elections not to participate
          and the procedures for electing to re-participate in the Plan.

          An Employee or Participant continues to earn credit for vesting and
          eligibility purposes for each Year of Vesting Service or Year of
          Eligibility Service he or she completes and his or her Individual
          Account (if any) will share in the gains or losses of the Fund during
          the periods he or she elects not to participate.

SECTION THREE  CONTRIBUTIONS

     3.01 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
          A.   Obligation to Contribute - The Employer shall make contributions
               to the Plan in accordance with the contribution formula specified
               in the Adoption Agreement. If this Plan is a profit sharing plan,
               the Employer shall, in its sole discretion, make contributions
               without regard to current or accumulated earnings or profits.

          B.   Allocation Formula and the Right to Share in the Employer
               Contribution -

               1.   General - The Employer Contribution for any Plan Year will
                    be allocated or contributed to the Individual Accounts of
                    Qualifying Participants in accordance with the allocation or
                    contribution formula specified in the Adoption Agreement.
                    The Employer Contribution for any Plan Year will be
                    allocated to each Participant's Individual Account as of the
                    last day of that Plan Year.

                    Any Employer Contribution for a Plan Year must satisfy
                    Section 401(a)(4) and the regulations thereunder for such
                    Plan Year.

               2.   Qualifying Participants - A Participant is a Qualifying
                    Participant and is entitled to share in the Employer
                    Contribution for any Plan Year if the Participant was a
                    Participant on at least one day during the Plan Year and
                    satisfies any additional conditions specified in the
                    Adoption Agreement. If this Plan is a standardized plan,
                    unless the Employer specifies more favorable conditions in
                    the Adoption Agreement, a Participant will not be a
                    qualifying Participant for a Plan Year if he or she incurs a
                    Termination of Employment during such Plan Year with not
                    more than 500 Hours of Service if he or she is not an
                    Employee on the last day of the Plan Year. The


                                       9



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                    determination of whether a Participant is entitled to share
                    in the Employer Contribution shall be made as of the last
                    day of each Plan Year.

               3.   Special Rules for Integrated Plans - This Plan may not
                    allocate contributions based on an integrated formula if the
                    Employer maintains any other plan that provides for
                    allocation of contributions based on an integrated formula
                    that benefits any of the same Participants. If the Employer
                    has selected the integrated contribution or allocation
                    formula in the Adoption Agreement, then the maximum
                    disparity rate shall be determined in accordance with the
                    following table.

                             MAXIMUM DISPARITY RATE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Top-Heavy        Nonstandardized and
Integration Level               Money Purchase  Profit Sharing  Non-Top-Heavy Profit Sharing
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                   <C>             <C>                   <C> 
Taxable Wage Base (TWB)               5.7%            2.7%                  5.7%

More than $0 but not more
than 20% of TWB                       5.7%            2.7%                  5.7%

More than 20% of TWB but
not more than 80% of TWB              4.3%            1.3%                  4.3%

More than 80% of TWB but
not more than TWB                     5.4%            2.4%                  5.4%
</TABLE>


          C.   Allocation of Forfeitures - Forfeitures for a Plan Year which
               arise as a result of the application of Section 6.01(D) shall be
               allocated as follows:

               1.   Profit Sharing Plan - If this is a profit sharing plan,
                    unless the Adoption Agreement indicates otherwise,
                    Forfeitures shall be allocated in the manner provided in
                    Section 3.01(B) (for Employer Contributions) to the
                    Individual Accounts of Qualifying Participants who are
                    entitled to share in the Employer Contribution for such Plan
                    Year. Forfeitures shall be allocated as of the last day of
                    the Plan Year during which the Forfeiture arose (or any
                    subsequent Plan Year if indicated in the Adoption
                    Agreement).

               2.   Money Purchase Pension and Target Benefit Plan - If this
                    Plan is a money purchase plan or a target benefit plan,
                    unless the Adoption Agreement indicates otherwise,
                    Forfeitures shall be applied towards the reduction of
                    Employer Contributions to the Plan. Forfeitures shall be
                    allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year during which
                    the Forfeiture arose (or any subsequent Plan Year if
                    indicated in the Adoption Agreement).

          D.   Timing of Employer Contribution - The Employer Contribution for
               each Plan Year shall be delivered to the Trustee (or Custodian,
               if applicable) not later than the due date for filing the
               Employer's income tax return for its fiscal year in which the
               Plan Year ends, including extensions thereof.

          E.   Minimum Allocation for Top-Heavy Plans - The contribution and
               allocation provisions of this Section 3.01(E) shall apply for any
               Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.

               1.   Except as otherwise provided in (3) and (4) below, the
                    Employer Contributions and Forfeitures allocated on behalf
                    of any Participant who is not a Key Employee shall not be
                    less than the lesser of 3% of such Participant's
                    Compensation or (in the case where the Employer has no
                    defined benefit plan which designates this Plan to satisfy
                    Section 401 of the Code) the largest percentage of Employer
                    Contributions and Forfeitures, as a percentage of the first
                    $200,000 ($150,000 for Plan Years beginning after December
                    31, 1993), (increased by any cost of living adjustment made
                    by the Secretary of Treasury or the Secretary's delegate) of
                    the Key Employee's Compensation, allocated on behalf of any
                    Key Employee for that year. The minimum allocation is
                    determined without regard to any Social Security
                    contribution. The Employer may, in the Adoption Agreement,
                    limit the Participants who are entitled to receive the
                    minimum allocation. This minimum allocation shall be made
                    even though under other Plan provisions, the Participant
                    would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or
                    would have received a lesser allocation for the year because
                    of (a) the Participant's failure to complete 1,000 Hours of
                    Service (or any equivalent provided in the Plan), or (b) the
                    Participant's failure to make mandatory Nondeductible
                    Employee Contributions to the Plan, or (c) Compensation less
                    than a stated amount.

               2.   For purposes of computing the minimum allocation,
                    Compensation shall mean Compensation as defined in Section
                    1.07 of the Plan and shall exclude any amounts contributed
                    by the Employer pursuant to a salary


                                       10



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                    reduction agreement and which is not includible in the gross
                    income of the Employee under Sections 125, 402(e)(3),
                    402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code even if the Employer has
                    elected to include such contributions in the definition of
                    Compensation used for other purposes under the Plan.

               3.   The provision in (1) above shall not apply to any
                    Participant who was not employed by the Employer on the last
                    day of the Plan Year.

               4.   The provision in (1) above shall not apply to any
                    Participant to the extent the Participant is covered under
                    any other plan or plans of the Employer and the Employer has
                    provided in the adoption agreement that the minimum
                    allocation or benefit requirement applicable to Top-Heavy
                    Plans will be met in the other plan or plans.

               5.   The minimum allocation required under this Section 3.01(E)
                    and Section 3.01(F)(1) (to the extent required to be
                    nonforfeitable under Code Section 416(b)) may not be
                    forfeited under Code Section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

          F.   Special Requirements for Paired Plans - The Employer maintains
               paired plans if the Employer has adopted both a standardized
               profit sharing plan and a standardized money purchase pension
               plan using this Basic Plan Document.

               1.   Minimum Allocation - When the paired plans are top-heavy,
                    the top-heavy requirements set forth in Section 3.01(E)(1)
                    of the Plan shall apply.

                    a.   Same eligibility requirements. In satisfying the
                         top-heavy minimum allocation requirements set forth in
                         Section 3.01(E) of the Plan, if the Employees
                         benefiting under each of the paired plans are
                         identical, the top-heavy minimum allocation shall be
                         made to the money purchase pension plan.

                    b.   Different eligibility requirements. In satisfying the
                         top-heavy minimum allocation requirements set forth in
                         Section 3.01(E) of the Plan, if the Employees
                         benefiting under each of the paired plans are not
                         identical, the top-heavy minimum allocation will be
                         made to both of the paired plans.

                    A Participant is treated as benefiting under the Plan for
                    any Plan Year during which the Participant received or is
                    deemed to receive an allocation in accordance with Section
                    1.410(b)-3(a).

               2.   Only One Plan Can Be Integrated - If the Employer maintains
                    paired plans, only one of the Plans may provide for the
                    disparity in contributions which is permitted under Section
                    401(l) of the Code. In the event that both Adoption
                    Agreements provide for such integration, only the money
                    purchase pension plan shall be deemed to be integrated.

          G.   Return of the Employer Contribution to the Employer Under Special
               Circumstances - Any contribution made by the Employer because of
               a mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer within one
               year of the contribution.

               In the event that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue determines
               that the Plan is not initially qualified under the Code, any
               contributions made incident to that initial qualification by the
               Employer must be returned to the Employer within one year after
               the date the initial qualification is denied, but only if the
               application for qualification is made by the time prescribed by
               law for filing the Employer's return for the taxable year in
               which the Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of
               the Treasury may prescribe.

               In the event that a contribution made by the Employer under this
               Plan is conditioned on deductibility and is not deductible under
               Code Section 404, the contribution, to the extent of the amount
               disallowed, must be returned to the Employer within one year
               after the deduction is disallowed.

          H.   Omission of Participant

               1.   If the Plan is a money purchase plan or a target benefit
                    plan and, if in any Plan Year, any Employee who should be
                    included as a Participant is erroneously omitted and
                    discovery of such omission is not made until after a
                    contribution by the Employer for the year has been made and
                    allocated, the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution
                    to include earnings thereon, with respect to the omitted
                    Employee in the amount which the Employer would have
                    contributed with respect to that Employee had he or she not
                    been omitted.

               2.   If the Plan is a profit sharing plan, and if in any Plan
                    Year, any Employee who should be included as a Participant
                    is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not
                    made until after the Employer Contribution has been made and
                    allocated, then the Plan Administrator must re-do the
                    allocation (if a correction can be made) and inform the
                    Employee. Alternatively, the Employer may choose to
                    contribute for the omitted Employee the amount to include
                    earnings thereon, which the Employer would have contributed
                    for the Employee.

     3.02 NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS


                                       11



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          This Plan will not accept Nondeductible Employee Contributions and
          matching contributions for Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year in
          which this Plan is adopted by the Employer. Nondeductible Employee
          Contributions for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1986,
          together with any matching contributions as defined in Section 401(m)
          of the Code, will be limited so as to meet the nondiscrimination test
          of Section 401(m) of the Code.

          A separate account will be maintained by the Plan Administrator for
          the Nondeductible Employee Contributions of each Participant.

          A Participant may, upon a written request submitted to the Plan
          Administrator withdraw the lesser of the portion of his or her
          Individual Account attributable to his or her Nondeductible Employee
          Contributions or the amount he or she contributed as Nondeductible
          Employee Contributions.

          Nondeductible Employee Contributions and earnings thereon will be
          nonforfeitable at all times. No Forfeiture will occur solely as a
          result of an Employee's withdrawal of Nondeductible Employee
          Contributions.

          The Plan Administrator will not accept deductible employee
          contributions which are made for a taxable year beginning after
          December 31, 1986. Contributions made prior to that date will be
          maintained in a separate account which will be nonforfeitable at all
          times. The account will share in the gains and losses of the Fund in
          the same manner as described in Section 4.03 of the Plan. No part of
          the deductible employee contribution account will be used to purchase
          life insurance. Subject to Section 6.05, joint and survivor annuity
          requirements (if applicable), the Participant may withdraw any part of
          the deductible employee contribution account by making a written
          application to the Plan Administrator.

     3.03 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS
          If so indicated in the Adoption Agreement, an Employee may contribute
          a rollover contribution to the Plan. The Plan Administrator may
          require the Employee to submit a written certification that the
          contribution qualifies as a rollover contribution under the applicable
          provisions of the Code. If it is later determined that all or part of
          a rollover contribution was ineligible to be rolled into the Plan, the
          Plan Administrator shall direct that any ineligible amounts, plus
          earnings attributable thereto, be distributed from the Plan to the
          Employee as soon as administratively feasible.

          A separate account shall be maintained by the Plan Administrator for
          each Employee's rollover contributions which will be nonforfeitable at
          all times. Such account will share in the income and gains and losses
          of the Fund in the manner described in Section 4.03 and shall be
          subject to the Plan's provisions governing distributions.

          The Employer may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, only
          allow Employees who have become Participants in the Plan to make
          rollover contributions.

     3.04 TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS
          If so indicated in the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee (or Custodian,
          if applicable) may receive any amounts transferred to it from the
          trustee or custodian of another plan qualified under Code Section
          401(a). If it is later determined that all or part of a transfer
          contribution was ineligible to be transferred into the Plan, the Plan
          Administrator shall direct that any ineligible amounts, plus earnings
          attributable thereto, be distributed from the Plan to the Employee as
          soon as administratively feasible.

          A separate account shall be maintained by the Plan Administrator for
          each Employee's transfer contributions which will be nonforfeitable at
          all times. Such account will share in the income and gains and losses
          of the Fund in the manner described in Section 4.03 and shall be
          subject to the Plan's provisions governing distributions.
          Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, to the
          extent that any optional form of benefit under this Plan permits a
          distribution prior to the Employee's retirement, death, Disability, or
          severance from employment, and prior to Plan termination, the optional
          form of benefit is not available with respect to benefits attributable
          to assets (including the post-transfer earnings thereon) and
          liabilities that are transferred, within the meaning of Section 414(l)
          of the Internal Revenue Code, to this Plan from a money purchase
          pension plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue
          Code (other than any portion of those assets and liabilities
          attributable to voluntary employee contributions).

          The Employer may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, only
          allow Employees who have become Participants in the Plan to make
          transfer contributions.

     3.05 LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS

          A.   If the Participant does not participate in, and has never
               participated in another qualified plan maintained by the Employer
               or a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the
               Code maintained by the Employer, or an individual medical
               account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code, or a
               simplified employee pension plan, as defined in Section 408(k) of
               the Code, maintained by the Employer, which provides an annual
               addition as defined in Section 3.08(E)(1), the following rules
               shall apply:

               1.   The amount of annual additions which may be credited to the
                    Participant's Individual Account for any limitation year
                    will not exceed the lesser of the maximum permissible amount
                    or any other limitation contained


                                       12



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                    in this Plan. If the Employer Contribution that would
                    otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's
                    Individual Account would cause the annual additions for the
                    limitation year to exceed the maximum permissible amount,
                    the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that
                    the annual additions for the limitation year will equal the
                    maximum permissible amount.

               2.   Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation
                    for the limitation year, the Employer may determine the
                    maximum permissible amount for a Participant on the basis of
                    a reasonable estimation of the Participant's Compensation
                    for the limitation year, uniformly determined for all
                    Participants similarly situated.

               3.   As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the
                    limitation year, the maximum permissible amount for the
                    limitation year will be determined on the basis of the
                    Participant's actual Compensation for the limitation year.

               4.   If pursuant to Section 3.05(A)(3) or as a result of the
                    allocation of Forfeitures there is an excess amount, the
                    excess will be disposed of as follows:

                    a.   Any Nondeductible Employee Contributions, to the extent
                         they would reduce the excess amount, will be returned
                         to the Participant;

                    b.   If after the application of paragraph (a) an excess
                         amount still exists, and the Participant is covered by
                         the Plan at the end of the limitation year, the excess
                         amount in the Participant's Individual Account will be
                         used to reduce Employer Contributions (including any
                         allocation of Forfeitures) for such Participant in the
                         next limitation year, and each succeeding limitation
                         year if necessary;

                    c.   If after the application of paragraph (b) an excess
                         amount still exists, and the Participant is not covered
                         by the Plan at the end of a limitation year, the excess
                         amount will be held unallocated in a suspense account.
                         The suspense account will be applied to reduce future
                         Employer Contributions (including allocation of any
                         Forfeitures) for all remaining Participants in the next
                         limitation year, and each succeeding limitation year if
                         necessary;

                    d.   If a suspense account is in existence at any time
                         during a limitation year pursuant to this Section, it
                         will not participate in the allocation of the Fund's
                         investment gains and losses. If a suspense account is
                         in existence at any time during a particular limitation
                         year, all amounts in the suspense account must be
                         allocated and reallocated to Participants' Individual
                         Accounts before any Employer Contributions or any
                         Nondeductible Employee Contributions may be made to the
                         Plan for that limitation year. Excess amounts may not
                         be distributed to Participants or former Participants.

          B.   If, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under
               another qualified master or prototype defined contribution plan
               maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund maintained by
               the Employer, an individual medical account maintained by the
               Employer, or a simplified employee pension maintained by the
               Employer that provides an annual addition as defined in Section
               3.05(E)(1), during any limitation year, the following rules
               apply:

               1.   The annual additions which may be credited to a
                    Participant's Individual Account under this Plan for any
                    such limitation year will not exceed the maximum permissible
                    amount reduced by the annual additions credited to a
                    Participant's Individual Account under the other qualified
                    master or prototype plans, welfare benefit funds, individual
                    medical accounts and simplified employee pensions for the
                    same limitation year. If the annual additions with respect
                    to the Participant under other qualified master or prototype
                    defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds,
                    individual medical accounts and simplified employee pensions
                    maintained by the Employer are less than the maximum
                    permissible amount and the Employer Contribution that would
                    otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's
                    Individual Account under this Plan would cause the annual
                    additions for the limitation year to exceed this limitation,
                    the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that
                    the annual additions under all such plans and funds for the
                    limitation year will equal the maximum permissible amount.
                    If the annual additions with respect to the Participant
                    under such other qualified master or prototype defined
                    contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual
                    medical accounts and simplified employee pensions in the
                    aggregate are equal to or greater than the maximum
                    permissible amount, no amount will be contributed or
                    allocated to the Participant's Individual Account under this
                    Plan for the limitation year.

               2.   Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation
                    for the limitation year, the Employer may determine the
                    maximum permissible amount for a Participant in the manner
                    described in Section 3.05(A)(2).

               3.   As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the
                    limitation year, the maximum permissible amount for the
                    limitation year will be determined on the basis of the
                    Participant's actual Compensation for the limitation year.


                                       13



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               4.   If, pursuant to Section 3.05(B)(3) or as a result of the
                    allocation of Forfeitures a Participant's annual additions
                    under this Plan and such other plans would result in an
                    excess amount for a limitation year, the excess amount will
                    be deemed to consist of the annual additions last allocated,
                    except that annual additions attributable to a simplified
                    employee pension will be deemed to have been allocated
                    first, followed by annual additions to a welfare benefit
                    fund or individual medical account, regardless of the actual
                    allocation date.

               5.   If an excess amount was allocated to a Participant on an
                    allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an
                    allocation date of another plan, the excess amount
                    attributed to this Plan will be the product of,

                    a.   the total excess amount allocated as of such date,
                         times

                    b.   the ratio of (i) the annual additions allocated to the
                         Participant for the limitation year as of such date
                         under this Plan to (ii) the total annual additions
                         allocated to the Participant for the limitation year as
                         of such date under this and all the other qualified
                         prototype defined contribution plans.

               6.   Any excess amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed
                    in the manner described in Section 3.05(A)(4).

          C.   If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
               contribution plan maintained by the Employer which is not a
               master or prototype plan, annual additions which may be credited
               to the Participant's Individual Account under this Plan for any
               limitation year will be limited in accordance with Sections
               3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(B)(6) as though the other plan were a
               master or prototype plan unless the Employer provides other
               limitations in the Section of the Adoption Agreement titled
               "Limitation on Allocation - More Than One Plan."

          D.   If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified
               defined benefit plan covering any Participant in this Plan, the
               sum of the Participant's defined benefit plan fraction and
               defined contribution plan fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any
               limitation year. The annual additions which may be credited to
               the Participant's Individual Account under this Plan for any
               limitation year will be limited in accordance with the Section of
               the Adoption Agreement titled "Limitation on Allocation - More
               Than One Plan."

          E.   The following terms shall have the following meanings when used
               in this Section 3.05:

               1.   Annual additions: The sum of the following amounts credited
                    to a Participant's Individual Account for the limitation
                    year:

                    a.   Employer Contributions,

                    b.   Nondeductible Employee Contributions,

                    c.   Forfeitures,

                    d.   amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an
                         individual medical account, as defined in Section
                         415(l)(2) of the Code, which is part of a pension or
                         annuity plan maintained by the Employer are treated as
                         annual additions to a defined contribution plan. Also
                         amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued
                         after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after
                         such date, which are attributable to post-retirement
                         medical benefits, allocated to the separate account of
                         a key employee, as defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of the
                         Code, under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in
                         Section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the Employer
                         are treated as annual additions to a defined
                         contribution plan, and

                    e.   allocations under a simplified employee pension.

                    For this purpose, any excess amount applied under Section
                    3.05(A)(4) or 3.05(B)(6) in the limitation year to reduce
                    Employer Contributions will be considered annual additions
                    for such limitation year.

               2.   Compensation: Means Compensation as defined in Section 1.07
                    of the Plan except that Compensation for purposes of this
                    Section 3.05 shall not include any amounts contributed by
                    the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and
                    which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee
                    under Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the
                    Code even if the Employer has elected to include such
                    contributions in the definition of Compensation used for
                    other purposes under the Plan. Further, any other exclusion
                    the Employer has elected (such as the exclusion of certain
                    types of pay or pay earned before the Employee enters the
                    Plan) will not apply for purposes of this Section.

                    Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Compensation for a
                    Participant in a defined contribution plan who is
                    permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Section
                    22(e)(3) of the Code) is the Compensation such Participant
                    would have received for the limitation year if the
                    Participant had been paid at the rate of Compensation paid
                    immediately before becoming permanently and totally
                    disabled; such imputed


                                       14



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    Compensation for the disabled Participant may be taken into
                    account only if the Participant is not a Highly Compensated
                    Employee (as defined in Section 414(q) of the Code) and
                    contributions made on behalf of such Participant are
                    nonforfeitable when made.

               3.   Defined benefit fraction: A fraction, the numerator of which
                    is the sum of the Participant's projected annual benefits
                    under all the defined benefit plans (whether or not
                    terminated) maintained by the Employer, and the denominator
                    of which is the lesser of 125% of the dollar limitation
                    determined for the limitation year under Section 415(b) and
                    (d) of the Code or 140% of the highest average compensation,
                    including any adjustments under Section 415(b) of the Code.

                    Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a
                    Participant as of the first day of the first limitation year
                    beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined
                    benefit plans maintained by the Employer which were in
                    existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction
                    will not be less than 125% of the sum of the annual benefits
                    under such plans which the Participant had accrued as of the
                    close of the last limitation year beginning before January
                    1, 1987, disregarding any changes in the terms and
                    conditions of the plan after May 5, 1986. The preceding
                    sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans
                    individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements
                    of Section 415 of the Code for all limitation years
                    beginning before January 1, 1987.

               4.   Defined contribution dollar limitation: $30,000 or if
                    greater, one-fourth of the defined benefit dollar limitation
                    set forth in Section 415(b)(1) of the Code as in effect for
                    the limitation year.

               5.   Defined contribution fraction: A fraction, the numerator of
                    which is the sum of the annual additions to the
                    Participant's account under all the defined contribution
                    plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer
                    for the current and all prior limitation years (including
                    the annual additions attributable to the Participant's
                    nondeductible employee contributions to all defined benefit
                    plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the
                    Employer, and the annual additions attributable to all
                    welfare benefit funds, as defined in Section 419(e) of the
                    Code, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee
                    pensions, maintained by the Employer), and the denominator
                    of which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for the
                    current and all prior limitation years of service with the
                    Employer (regardless of whether a defined contribution plan
                    was maintained by the Employer). The maximum aggregate
                    amount in any limitation year is the lesser of 125% of the
                    dollar limitation determined under Section 415(b) and (d) of
                    the Code in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code or
                    35% of the Participant's Compensation for such year.

                    If the Employee was a Participant as of the end of the first
                    day of the first limitation year beginning after December
                    31, 1986, in one or more defined contribution plans
                    maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 6,
                    1986, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the
                    sum of this fraction and the defined benefit fraction would
                    otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the
                    adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess
                    of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 times (2) the
                    denominator of this fraction, will be permanently subtracted
                    from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is
                    calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as
                    of the end of the last limitation year beginning before
                    January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes in the terms
                    and conditions of the Plan made after May 5, 1986, but using
                    the Section 415 limitation applicable to the first
                    limitation year beginning on or after January 1, 1987.

                    The annual addition for any limitation year beginning before
                    January 1, 1987, shall not be recomputed to treat all
                    Nondeductible Employee Contributions as annual additions.

               6.   Employer: For purposes of this Section 3.05, Employer shall
                    mean the Employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of
                    a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section
                    414(b) of the Code as modified by Section 415(h)), all
                    commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in
                    Section 414(c) as modified by Section 415(h)) or affiliated
                    service groups (as defined in Section 414(m)) of which the
                    adopting Employer is a part, and any other entity required
                    to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations
                    under Section 414(o) of the Code.

               7.   Excess amount: The excess of the Participant's annual
                    additions for the limitation year over the maximum
                    permissible amount.

               8.   Highest average compensation: The average compensation for
                    the three consecutive years of service with the Employer
                    that produces the highest average.

               9.   Limitation year: A calendar year, or the 12-consecutive
                    month period elected by the Employer in the Adoption
                    Agreement. All qualified plans maintained by the Employer
                    must use the same limitation year. If the limitation year is
                    amended to a different 12-consecutive month period, the new
                    limitation year must begin on a date within the limitation
                    year in which the amendment is made.

               10.  Master or prototype plan: A plan the form of which is the
                    subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal
                    Revenue Service.
                                       15



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               11.  Maximum permissible amount: The maximum annual addition that
                    may be contributed or allocated to a Participant's
                    Individual Account under the Plan for any limitation year
                    shall not exceed the lesser of:

                    a.   the defined contribution dollar limitation, or
                    b.   25% of the Participant's Compensation for the
                         limitation year.

                    The compensation limitation referred to in (b) shall not
                    apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the
                    meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code)
                    which is otherwise treated as an annual addition under
                    Section 415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2) of the Code.

                    If a short limitation year is created because of an
                    amendment changing the limitation year to a different
                    12-consecutive month period, the maximum permissible amount
                    will not exceed the defined contribution dollar limitation
                    multiplied by the following fraction:

                    Number of months in the short limitation year
                    ---------------------------------------------
                                         12

               12.  Projected annual benefit: The annual retirement benefit
                    (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
                    if such benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight
                    life annuity or qualified joint and survivor annuity) to
                    which the Participant would be entitled under the terms of
                    the Plan assuming:

                    a.   the Participant will continue employment until Normal
                         Retirement Age under the Plan (or current age, if
                         later), and

                    b.   the Participant's Compensation for the current
                         limitation year and all other relevant factors used to
                         determine benefits under the Plan will remain constant
                         for all future limitation years.

                    Straight life annuity means an annuity payable in equal
                    installments for the life of the Participant that terminates
                    upon the Participant's death.

SECTION FOUR  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS OF PARTICIPANTS AND VALUATION

     4.01 INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
          A.   The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain an Individual
               Account in the name of each Participant to reflect the total
               value of his or her interest in the Fund. Each Individual Account
               established hereunder shall consist of such subaccounts as may be
               needed for each Participant including:

               1.   a subaccount to reflect Employer Contributions and
                    Forfeitures allocated on behalf of a Participant;
               2.   a subaccount to reflect a Participant's rollover
                    contributions;
               3.   a subaccount to reflect a Participant's transfer
                    contributions;
               4.   a subaccount to reflect a Participant's Nondeductible
                    Employee Contributions; and
               5.   a subaccount to reflect a Participant's deductible employee
                    contributions.

          B.   The Plan Administrator may establish additional accounts as it
               may deem necessary for the proper administration of the Plan,
               including, but not limited to, a suspense account for Forfeitures
               as required pursuant to Section 6.01(D).

     4.02 VALUATION OF FUND
          The Fund will be valued each Valuation Date at fair market value.

     4.03 VALUATION OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
          A.   Where all or a portion of the assets of a Participant's
               Individual Account are invested in a Separate Fund for the
               Participant, then the value of that portion of such Participant's
               Individual Account at any relevant time equals the sum of the
               fair market values of the assets in such Separate Fund, less any
               applicable charges or penalties.

          B.   The fair market value of the remainder of each Individual Account
               is determined in the following manner:

               1.   First, the portion of the Individual Account invested in
                    each Investment Fund as of the previous Valuation Date is
                    determined. Each such portion is reduced by any withdrawal
                    made from the applicable Investment Fund to or for the
                    benefit of a Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary,
                    further reduced by any amounts forfeited by the Participant
                    pursuant to Section 6.01(D) and further reduced by any
                    transfer to another Investment Fund since the previous
                    Valuation Date and is increased by any amount transferred
                    from another Investment Fund since the previous Valuation
                    Date. The resulting amounts are the net Individual Account
                    portions invested in the Investment Funds.


                                       16



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               2.   Secondly, the net Individual Account portions invested in
                    each Investment Fund are adjusted upwards or downwards, pro
                    rata (i.e., ratio of each net Individual Account portion to
                    the sum of all net Individual Account portions) so that the
                    sum of all the net Individual Account portions invested in
                    an Investment Fund will equal the then fair market value of
                    the Investment Fund. Notwithstanding the previous sentence,
                    for the first Plan Year only, the net Individual Account
                    portions shall be the sum of all contributions made to each
                    Participant's Individual Account during the first Plan Year.

               3.   Thirdly, any contributions to the Plan and Forfeitures are
                    allocated in accordance with the appropriate allocation
                    provisions of Section 3. For purposes of Section 4,
                    contributions made by the Employer for any Plan Year but
                    after that Plan Year will be considered to have been made on
                    the last day of that Plan Year regardless of when paid to
                    the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable).

                    Amounts contributed between Valuation Dates will not be
                    credited with investment gains or losses until the next
                    following Valuation Date.

               4.   Finally, the portions of the Individual Account invested in
                    each Investment Fund (determined in accordance with (1), (2)
                    and (3) above) are added together.

     4.04 MODIFICATION OF METHOD FOR VALUING INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
          If necessary or appropriate, the Plan Administrator may establish
          different or additional procedures (which shall be uniform and
          nondiscriminatory) for determining the fair market value of the
          Individual Accounts.

     4.05 SEGREGATION OF ASSETS
          If a Participant elects a mode of distribution other than a lump sum,
          the Plan Administrator may place that Participant's account balance
          into a segregated Investment Fund for the purpose of maintaining the
          necessary liquidity to provide benefit installments on a periodic
          basis.

     4.06 STATEMENT OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
          No later than 270 days after the close of each Plan Year, the Plan
          Administrator shall furnish a statement to each Participant indicating
          the Individual Account balances of such Participant as of the last
          Valuation Date in such Plan Year.

SECTION FIVE  TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN

     5.01 CREATION OF FUND
          By adopting this Plan, the Employer establishes the Fund which shall
          consist of the assets of the Plan held by the Trustee (or Custodian,
          if applicable) pursuant to this Section 5. Assets within the Fund may
          be pooled on behalf of all Participants, earmarked on behalf of each
          Participant or be a combination of pooled and earmarked. To the extent
          that assets are earmarked for a particular Participant, they will be
          held in a Separate Fund for that Participant.

          No part of the corpus or income of the Fund may be used for, or
          diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
          Participants or their Beneficiaries.

     5.02 INVESTMENT AUTHORITY
          Except as provided in Section 5.14 (relating to individual direction
          of investments by Participants), the Employer, not the Trustee (or
          Custodian, if applicable), shall have exclusive management and control
          over the investment of the Fund into any permitted investment.
          Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Trustee may make an
          agreement with the Employer whereby the Trustee will manage the
          investment of all or a portion of the Fund. Any such agreement shall
          be in writing and set forth such matters as the Trustee deems
          necessary or desirable.

     5.03 FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION CUSTODIAN OR TRUSTEE WITHOUT FULL TRUST POWERS
          This Section 5.03 applies where a financial organization has indicated
          in the Adoption Agreement that it will serve, with respect to this
          Plan, as Custodian or as Trustee without full trust powers (under
          applicable law). Hereinafter, a financial organization Trustee without
          full trust powers (under applicable law) shall be referred to as a
          Custodian. The Custodian shall have no discretionary authority with
          respect to the management of the Plan or the Fund but will act only as
          directed by the entity who has such authority.

          A.   Permissible Investments - The assets of the Plan shall be
               invested only in those investments which are available through
               the Custodian in the ordinary course of business which the
               Custodian may legally hold in a qualified plan and which the
               Custodian chooses to make available to Employers for qualified
               plan investments. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the
               Prototype Sponsor may, as a condition of making the Plan
               available to the Employer, limit the types of property in which
               the assets of the Plan may be invested.

          B.   Responsibilities of the Custodian - The responsibilities of the
               Custodian shall be limited to the following:


                                       17



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               1.   To receive Plan contributions and to hold, invest and
                    reinvest the Fund without distinction between principal and
                    interest; provided, however, that nothing in this Plan shall
                    require the Custodian to maintain physical custody of stock
                    certificates (or other indicia of ownership of any type of
                    asset) representing assets within the Fund;

               2.   To maintain accurate records of contributions, earnings,
                    withdrawals and other information the Custodian deems
                    relevant with respect to the Plan;

               3.   To make disbursements from the Fund to Participants or
                    Beneficiaries upon the proper authorization of the Plan
                    Administrator; and

               4.   To furnish to the Plan Administrator a statement which
                    reflects the value of the investments in the hands of the
                    Custodian as of the end of each Plan Year and as of any
                    other times as the Custodian and Plan Administrator may
                    agree.

          C.   Powers of the Custodian - Except as otherwise provided in this
               Plan, the Custodian shall have the power to take any action with
               respect to the Fund which it deems necessary or advisable to
               discharge its responsibilities under this Plan including, but not
               limited to, the following powers:

               1.   To invest all or a portion of the Fund (including idle cash
                    balances) in time deposits, savings accounts, money market
                    accounts or similar investments bearing a reasonable rate of
                    interest in the Custodian's own savings department or the
                    savings department of another financial organization;

               2.   To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give
                    general or special proxies or powers of attorney with or
                    without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion
                    privileges or subscription rights and to make any payments
                    incidental thereto; to oppose, or to consent to, or
                    otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations or other
                    changes affecting corporate securities, and to pay any
                    assessment or charges in connection therewith; and generally
                    to exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect to
                    stocks, bonds, securities or other property;

               3.   To hold securities or other property of the Fund in its own
                    name, in the name of its nominee or in bearer form; and

               4.   To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all
                    documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other
                    instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry
                    out the powers herein granted.

     5.04 FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION TRUSTEE WITH FULL TRUST POWERS AND INDIVIDUAL
          TRUSTEE
          This Section 5.04 applies where a financial organization has indicated
          in the Adoption Agreement that it will serve as Trustee with full
          trust powers. This Section also applies where one or more individuals
          are named in the Adoption Agreement to serve as Trustee(s).

          A.   Permissible Investments - The Trustee may invest the assets of
               the Plan in property of any character, real or personal,
               including, but not limited to the following: stocks, including
               shares of open-end investment companies (mutual funds); bonds;
               notes; debentures; options; limited partnership interests;
               mortgages; real estate or any interests therein; unit investment
               trusts; Treasury Bills, and other U.S. Government obligations;
               common trust funds, combined investment trusts, collective trust
               funds or commingled funds maintained by a bank or similar
               financial organization (whether or not the Trustee hereunder);
               savings accounts, time deposits or money market accounts of a
               bank or similar financial organization (whether or not the
               Trustee hereunder); annuity contracts; life insurance policies;
               or in such other investments as is deemed proper without regard
               to investments authorized by statute or rule of law governing the
               investment of trust funds but with regard to ERISA and this Plan.

               Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Prototype Sponsor
               may, as a condition of making the Plan available to the Employer,
               limit the types of property in which the assets of the Plan may
               be invested.

          B.   Responsibilities of the Trustee - The responsibilities of the
               Trustee shall be limited to the following:

               1.   To receive Plan contributions and to hold, invest and
                    reinvest the Fund without distinction between principal and
                    interest; provided, however, that nothing in this Plan shall
                    require the Trustee to maintain physical custody of stock
                    certificates (or other indicia of ownership) representing
                    assets within the Fund;

               2.   To maintain accurate records of contributions, earnings,
                    withdrawals and other information the Trustee deems relevant
                    with respect to the Plan;

               3.   To make disbursements from the Fund to Participants or
                    Beneficiaries upon the proper authorization of the Plan
                    Administrator; and


                                       18



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               4.   To furnish to the Plan Administrator a statement which
                    reflects the value of the investments in the hands of the
                    Trustee as of the end of each Plan Year and as of any other
                    times as the Trustee and Plan Administrator may agree.

          C.   Powers of the Trustee - Except as otherwise provided in this
               Plan, the Trustee shall have the power to take any action with
               respect to the Fund which it deems necessary or advisable to
               discharge its responsibilities under this Plan including, but not
               limited to, the following powers:

               1.   To hold any securities or other property of the Fund in its
                    own name, in the name of its nominee or in bearer form;

               2.   To purchase or subscribe for securities issued, or real
                    property owned, by the Employer or any trade or business
                    under common control with the Employer but only if the
                    prudent investment and diversification requirements of ERISA
                    are satisfied;

               3.   To sell, exchange, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of
                    any securities or other property held by the Trustee, by
                    private contract or at public auction. No person dealing
                    with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of
                    the purchase money or to inquire into the validity,
                    expediency, or propriety of any such sale or other
                    disposition, with or without advertisement;

               4.   To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give
                    general or special proxies or powers of attorney with or
                    without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion
                    privileges or subscription rights and to make any payments
                    incidental thereto; to oppose, or to consent to, or
                    otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations or other
                    changes affecting corporate securities, and to delegate
                    discretionary powers, and to pay any assessments or charges
                    in connection therewith; and generally to exercise any of
                    the powers of an owner with respect to stocks, bonds,
                    securities or other property;

               5.   To invest any part or all of the Fund (including idle cash
                    balances) in certificates of deposit, demand or time
                    deposits, savings accounts, money market accounts or similar
                    investments of the Trustee (if the Trustee is a bank or
                    similar financial organization), the Prototype Sponsor or
                    any affiliate of such Trustee or Prototype Sponsor, which
                    bear a reasonable rate of interest;

               6.   To provide sweep services without the receipt by the Trustee
                    of additional compensation or other consideration (other
                    than reimbursement of direct expenses properly and actually
                    incurred in the performance of such services);

               7.   To hold in the form of cash for distribution or investment
                    such portion of the Fund as, at any time and from
                    time-to-time, the Trustee shall deem prudent and deposit
                    such cash in interest bearing or noninterest bearing
                    accounts;

               8.   To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all
                    documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other
                    instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry
                    out the powers herein granted;

               9.   To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims,
                    debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to
                    commence or defend suits or legal or administrative
                    proceedings, and to represent the Plan in all suits and
                    legal and administrative proceedings;

               10.  To employ suitable agents and counsel, to contract with
                    agents to perform administrative and recordkeeping duties
                    and to pay their reasonable expenses, fees and compensation,
                    and such agent or counsel may or may not be agent or counsel
                    for the Employer;

               11.  To cause any part or all of the Fund, without limitation as
                    to amount, to be commingled with the funds of other trusts
                    (including trusts for qualified employee benefit plans) by
                    causing such money to be invested as a part of any pooled,
                    common, collective or commingled trust fund (including any
                    such fund described in the Adoption Agreement) heretofore or
                    hereafter created by any Trustee (if the Trustee is a bank),
                    by the Prototype Sponsor, by any affiliate bank of such a
                    Trustee or by such a Trustee or the Prototype Sponsor, or by
                    such an affiliate in participation with others; the
                    instrument or instruments establishing such trust fund or
                    funds, as amended, being made part of this Plan and trust so
                    long as any portion of the Fund shall be invested through
                    the medium thereof; and

               12.  Generally to do all such acts, execute all such instruments,
                    initiate such proceedings, and exercise all such rights and
                    privileges with relation to property constituting the Fund
                    as if the Trustee were the absolute owner thereof.

     5.05 DIVISION OF FUND INTO INVESTMENT FUNDS
          The Employer may direct the Trustee (or Custodian) from time-to-time
          to divide and redivide the Fund into one or more Investment Funds.
          Such Investment Funds may include, but not be limited to, Investment
          Funds representing the assets


                                       19



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          under the control of an investment manager pursuant to Section 5.12
          and Investment Funds representing investment options available for
          individual direction by Participants pursuant to Section 5.14. Upon
          each division or redivision, the Employer may specify the part of the
          Fund to be allocated to each such Investment Fund and the terms and
          conditions, if any, under which the assets in such Investment Fund
          shall be invested.

     5.06 COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES
          The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall receive such
          reasonable compensation as may be agreed upon by the Trustee (or
          Custodian) and the Employer. The Trustee (or Custodian) shall be
          entitled to reimbursement by the Employer for all proper expenses
          incurred in carrying out his or her duties under this Plan, including
          reasonable legal, accounting and actuarial expenses. If not paid by
          the Employer, such compensation and expenses may be charged against
          the Fund.

          All taxes of any kind that may be levied or assessed under existing or
          future laws upon, or in respect of, the Fund or the income thereof
          shall be paid from the Fund.

     5.07 NOT OBLIGATED TO QUESTION DATA
          The Employer shall furnish the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
          and Plan Administrator the information which each party deems
          necessary for the administration of the Plan including, but not
          limited to, changes in a Participant's status, eligibility, mailing
          addresses and other such data as may be required. The Trustee (or
          Custodian) and Plan Administrator shall be entitled to act on such
          information as is supplied them and shall have no duty or
          responsibility to further verify or question such information.

     5.08 LIABILITY FOR WITHHOLDING ON DISTRIBUTIONS
          The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for withholding federal
          income taxes from distributions from the Plan, unless the Participant
          (or Beneficiary, where applicable) elects not to have such taxes
          withheld. The Trustee (or Custodian) or other payor may act as agent
          for the Plan Administrator to withhold such taxes and to make the
          appropriate distribution reports, if the Plan Administrator furnishes
          all the information to the Trustee (or Custodian) or other payor it
          may need to do withholding and reporting.

     5.09 RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE (OR CUSTODIAN)
          The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) may resign at any time by
          giving 30 days advance written notice to the Employer. The resignation
          shall become effective 30 days after receipt of such notice unless a
          shorter period is agreed upon.

          The Employer may remove any Trustee (or Custodian) at any time by
          giving written notice to such Trustee (or Custodian) and such removal
          shall be effective 30 days after receipt of such notice unless a
          shorter period is agreed upon. The Employer shall have the power to
          appoint a successor Trustee (or Custodian).

          Upon such resignation or removal, if the resigning or removed Trustee
          (or Custodian) is the sole Trustee (or Custodian), he or she shall
          transfer all of the assets of the Fund then held by such Trustee (or
          Custodian) as expeditiously as possible to the successor Trustee (or
          Custodian) after paying or reserving such reasonable amount as he or
          she shall deem necessary to provide for the expense in the settlement
          of the accounts and the amount of any compensation due him or her and
          any sums chargeable against the Fund for which he or she may be
          liable. If the Funds as reserved are not sufficient for such purpose,
          then he or she shall be entitled to reimbursement from the successor
          Trustee (or Custodian) out of the assets in the successor Trustee's
          (or Custodian's) hands under this Plan. If the amount reserved shall
          be in excess of the amount actually needed, the former Trustee (or
          Custodian) shall return such excess to the successor Trustee (or
          Custodian).

          Upon receipt of the transferred assets, the successor Trustee (or
          Custodian) shall thereupon succeed to all of the powers and
          responsibilities given to the Trustee (or Custodian) by this Plan.

          The resigning or removed Trustee (or Custodian) shall render an
          accounting to the Employer and unless objected to by the Employer
          within 30 days of its receipt, the accounting shall be deemed to have
          been approved and the resigning or removed Trustee (or Custodian)
          shall be released and discharged as to all matters set forth in the
          accounting. Where a financial organization is serving as Trustee (or
          Custodian) and it is merged with or bought by another organization (or
          comes under the control of any federal or state agency), that
          organization shall serve as the successor Trustee (or Custodian) of
          this Plan, but only if it is the type of organization that can so
          serve under applicable law.

          Where the Trustee or Custodian is serving as a nonbank trustee or
          custodian pursuant to Section 1.401-12(n) of the Income Tax
          Regulations, the Employer will appoint a successor Trustee (or
          Custodian) upon notification by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue
          that such substitution is required because the Trustee (or Custodian)
          has failed to comply with the requirements of Section 1.401-12(n) or
          is not keeping such records or making such returns or rendering such
          statements as are required by forms or regulations.

     5.10 DEGREE OF CARE - LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
          The Trustee (or Custodian) shall not be liable for any losses incurred
          by the Fund by any direction to invest communicated by the Employer,
          Plan Administrator, investment manager appointed pursuant to Section
          5.12 or any Participant or Beneficiary. The Trustee (or Custodian)
          shall be under no liability for distributions made or other action
          taken or not


                                       20



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          taken at the written direction of the Plan Administrator. It is
          specifically understood that the Trustee (or Custodian) shall have no
          duty or responsibility with respect to the determination of matters
          pertaining to the eligibility of any Employee to become a Participant
          or remain a Participant hereunder, the amount of benefit to which a
          Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive hereunder,
          whether a distribution to Participant or Beneficiary is appropriate
          under the terms of the Plan or the size and type of any policy to be
          purchased from any insurer for any Participant hereunder or similar
          matters; it being understood that all such responsibilities under the
          Plan are vested in the Plan Administrator.

     5.11 INDEMNIFICATION OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR AND TRUSTEE (OR CUSTODIAN)
          Notwithstanding any other provision herein, and except as may be
          otherwise provided by ERISA, the Employer shall indemnify and hold
          harmless the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) and the Prototype
          Sponsor, their officers, directors, employees, agents, their heirs,
          executors, successors and assigns, from and against any and all
          liabilities, damages, judgments, settlements, losses, costs, charges,
          or expenses (including legal expenses) at any time arising out of or
          incurred in connection with any action taken by such parties in the
          performance of their duties with respect to this Plan, unless there
          has been a final adjudication of gross negligence or willful
          misconduct in the performance of such duties.

          Further, except as may be otherwise provided by ERISA, the Employer
          will indemnify the Trustee (or Custodian) and Prototype Sponsor from
          any liability, claim or expense (including legal expense) which the
          Trustee (or Custodian) and Prototype Sponsor shall incur by reason of
          or which results, in whole or in part, from the Trustee's (or
          Custodian's) or Prototype Sponsor's reliance on the facts and other
          directions and elections the Employer communicates or fails to
          communicate.

     5.12 INVESTMENT MANAGERS
          A.   Definition of Investment Manager - The Employer may appoint one
               or more investment managers to make investment decisions with
               respect to all or a portion of the Fund. The investment manager
               shall be any firm or individual registered as an investment
               adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, a bank as
               defined in said Act or an insurance company qualified under the
               laws of more than one state to perform services consisting of the
               management, acquisition or disposition of any assets of the Plan.

          B.   Investment Manager's Authority - A separate Investment Fund shall
               be established representing the assets of the Fund invested at
               the direction of the investment manager. The investment manager
               so appointed shall direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if
               applicable ) with respect to the investment of such Investment
               Fund. The investments which may be acquired at the direction of
               the investment manager are those described in Section 5.03(A)
               (for Custodians) or Section 5.04(A) (for Trustees).

          C.   Written Agreement - The appointment of any investment manager
               shall be by written agreement between the Employer and the
               investment manager and a copy of such agreement (and any
               modification or termination thereof) must be given to the Trustee
               (or Custodian).

               The agreement shall set forth, among other matters, the effective
               date of the investment manager's appointment and an
               acknowledgement by the investment manager that it is a fiduciary
               of the Plan under ERISA.

          D.   Concerning the Trustee (or Custodian) - Written notice of each
               appointment of an investment manager shall be given to the
               Trustee (or Custodian) in advance of the effective date of such
               appointment. Such notice shall specify which portion of the Fund
               will constitute the Investment Fund subject to the investment
               manager's direction. The Trustee (or Custodian) shall comply with
               the investment direction given to it by the investment manager
               and will not be liable for any loss which may result by reason of
               any action (or inaction) it takes at the direction of the
               investment manager.

     5.13 MATTERS RELATING TO INSURANCE
          A.   If a life insurance policy is to be purchased for a Participant,
               the aggregate premium for certain life insurance for each
               Participant must be less than a certain percentage of the
               aggregate Employer Contributions and Forfeitures allocated to a
               Participant's Individual Account at any particular time as
               follows:

               1.   Ordinary Life Insurance - For purposes of these incidental
                    insurance provisions, ordinary life insurance contracts are
                    contracts with both nondecreasing death benefits and
                    nonincreasing premiums. If such contracts are purchased,
                    less than 50% of the aggregate Employer Contributions and
                    Forfeitures allocated to any Participant's Individual
                    Account will be used to pay the premiums attributable to
                    them.

               2.   Term and Universal Life Insurance - No more than 25% of the
                    aggregate Employer Contributions and Forfeitures allocated
                    to any Participant's Individual Account will be used to pay
                    the premiums on term life insurance contracts, universal
                    life insurance contracts, and all other life insurance
                    contracts which are not ordinary life.


                                       21



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               3.   Combination - The sum of 50% of the ordinary life insurance
                    premiums and all other life insurance premiums will not
                    exceed 25% of the aggregate Employer Contributions and
                    Forfeitures allocated to any Participant's Individual
                    Account.

               If this Plan is a profit sharing plan, the above incidental
               benefits limits do not apply to life insurance contracts
               purchased with Employer Contributions and Forfeitures that have
               been in the Participant's Individual Account for at least 2 full
               Plan Years, measured from the date such contributions were
               allocated.

          B.   Any dividends or credits earned on insurance contracts for a
               Participant shall be allocated to such Participant's Individual
               Account.

          C.   Subject to Section 6.05, the contracts on a Participant's life
               will be converted to cash or an annuity or distributed to the
               Participant upon commencement of benefits.

          D.   The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall apply for and
               will be the owner of any insurance contract(s) purchased under
               the terms of this Plan. The insurance contract(s) must provide
               that proceeds will be payable to the Trustee (or Custodian),
               however, the Trustee (or Custodian) shall be required to pay over
               all proceeds of the contract(s) to the Participant's designated
               Beneficiary in accordance with the distribution provisions of
               this Plan. A Participant's spouse will be the designated
               Beneficiary of the proceeds in all circumstances unless a
               qualified election has been made in accordance with Section 6.05.
               Under no circumstances shall the Fund retain any part of the
               proceeds. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this
               Plan and the terms of any insurance contract purchased hereunder,
               the Plan provisions shall control.

          E.   The Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee (or Custodian) to
               sell and distribute insurance or annuity contracts to a
               Participant (or other party as may be permitted) in accordance
               with applicable law or regulations.

     5.14 DIRECTION OF INVESTMENTS BY PARTICIPANT
          If so indicated in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may
          individually direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
          regarding the investment of part or all of his or her Individual
          Account. To the extent so directed, the Employer, Plan Administrator,
          Trustee (or Custodian) and all other fiduciaries are relieved of their
          fiduciary responsibility under Section 404 of ERISA.

          The Plan Administrator shall direct that a Separate Fund be
          established in the name of each Participant who directs the investment
          of part or all of his or her Individual Account. Each Separate Fund
          shall be charged or credited (as appropriate) with the earnings,
          gains, losses or expenses attributable to such Separate Fund. No
          fiduciary shall be liable for any loss which results from a
          Participant's individual direction. The assets subject to individual
          direction shall not be invested in collectibles as that term is
          defined in Section 408(m) of the Code.

          The Plan Administrator shall establish such uniform and
          nondiscriminatory rules relating to individual direction as it deems
          necessary or advisable including, but not limited to, rules describing
          (1) which portions of Participant's Individual Account can be
          individually directed; (2) the frequency of investment changes; (3)
          the forms and procedures for making investment changes; and (4) the
          effect of a Participant's failure to make a valid direction.

          The Plan Administrator may, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner,
          limit the available investments for Participants' individual direction
          to certain specified investment options (including, but not limited
          to, certain mutual funds, investment contracts, deposit accounts and
          group trusts). The Plan Administrator may permit, in a uniform and
          nondiscriminatory manner, a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant or
          the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order (as
          defined in Section 414(p) of the Code) to individually direct in
          accordance with this Section.

SECTION SIX  VESTING AND DISTRIBUTION

     6.01 DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANT
          A.   Distributable Events
               1.   Entitlement to Distribution - The Vested portion of a
                    Participant's Individual Account shall be distributable to
                    the Participant upon (1) the occurrence of any of the
                    distributable events specified in the Adoption Agreement;
                    (2) the Participant's Termination of Employment after
                    attaining Normal Retirement Age; (3) the termination of the
                    Plan; and (4) the Participant's Termination of Employment
                    after satisfying any Early Retirement Age conditions.

                    If a Participant separates from service before satisfying
                    the Early Retirement Age requirement, but has satisfied the
                    service requirement, the Participant will be entitled to
                    elect an early retirement benefit upon satisfaction of such
                    age requirement.

               2.   Written Request: When Distributed - A Participant entitled
                    to distribution who wishes to receive a distribution must
                    submit a written request to the Plan Administrator. Such
                    request shall be made upon a form provided by


                                       22



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                    the Plan Administrator. Upon a valid request, the Plan
                    Administrator shall direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if
                    applicable) to commence distribution no later than the time
                    specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose and, if
                    not specified in the Adoption Agreement, then no later than
                    90 days following the later of:

                    a.   the close of the Plan Year within which the event
                         occurs which entitles the Participant to distribution;
                         or

                    b.   the close of the Plan Year in which the request is
                         received.

               3.   Special Rules for Withdrawals During Service - If this is a
                    profit sharing plan and the Adoption Agreement so provides,
                    a Participant may elect to receive a distribution of all or
                    part of the Vested portion of his or her Individual Account,
                    subject to the requirements of Section 6.05 and further
                    subject to the following limits:

                    a.   Participant for 5 or more years. An Employee who has
                         been a Participant in the Plan for 5 or more years may
                         withdraw up to the entire Vested portion of his or her
                         Individual Account.

                    b.   Participant for less than 5 years. An Employee who has
                         been a Participant in the Plan for less than 5 years
                         may withdraw only the amount which has been in his or
                         her Individual Account attributable to Employer
                         Contributions for at least 2 full Plan Years, measured
                         from the date such contributions were allocated.
                         However, if the distribution is on account of hardship,
                         the Participant may withdraw up to his or her entire
                         Vested portion of the Participant's Individual Account.
                         For this purpose, hardship shall have the meaning set
                         forth in Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Code.

               4.   Special Rules for Hardship Withdrawals - If this is a profit
                    sharing plan and the Adoption Agreement so provides, a
                    Participant may elect to receive a hardship distribution of
                    all or part of the Vested portion of his or her Individual
                    Account, subject to the requirements of Section 6.05 and
                    further subject to the following limits:

                    a.   Participant for 5 or more years. An Employee who has
                         been a Participant in the Plan for 5 or more years may
                         withdraw up to the entire Vested portion of his or her
                         Individual Account.

                    b.   Participant for less than 5 years. An Employee who has
                         been a Participant in the Plan for less than 5 years
                         may withdraw only the amount which has been in his or
                         her Individual Account attributable to Employer
                         Contributions for at least 2 full Plan Years, measured
                         from the date such contributions were allocated.

                         For purposes of this Section 6.01(A)(4) and Section
                         6.01(A)(3) hardship is defined as an immediate and
                         heavy financial need of the Participant where such
                         Participant lacks other available resources. The
                         following are the only financial needs considered
                         immediate and heavy: expenses incurred or necessary for
                         medical care, described in Section 213(d) of the Code,
                         of the Employee, the Employee's spouse or dependents;
                         the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a
                         principal residence for the Employee; payment of
                         tuition and related educational fees for the next 12
                         months of post-secondary education for the Employee,
                         the Employee's spouse, children or dependents; or the
                         need to prevent the eviction of the Employee from, or a
                         foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Employee's
                         principal residence.

                         A distribution will be considered as necessary to
                         satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the
                         Employee only if:

                         1)   The employee has obtained all distributions, other
                              than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable
                              loans under all plans maintained by the Employer;

                         2)   The distribution is not in excess of the amount of
                              an immediate and heavy financial need (including
                              amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or
                              local income taxes or penalties reasonably
                              anticipated to result from the distribution).

               5.   One-Time In-Service Withdrawal Option - If this is a profit
                    sharing plan and the Employer has elected the one-time
                    in-service withdrawal option in the Adoption Agreement, then
                    Participants will be permitted only one in-service
                    withdrawal during the course of such Participants employment
                    with the Employer. The amount which the Participant can
                    withdraw will be limited to the lesser of the amount
                    determined under the limits set forth in Section 6.01(A)(3)
                    or the percentage of the Participant's Individual Account
                    specified by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
                    Distributions under this Section will be subject to the
                    requirements of Section 6.05.

               6.   Commencement of Benefits - Notwithstanding any other
                    provision, unless the Participant elects otherwise,
                    distribution of benefits will begin no later than the 60th
                    day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

                    a.   the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age;


                                       23



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                    b.   occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the
                         Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or

                    c.   the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment.

               Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and
               spouse to consent to a distribution while a benefit is
               immediately distributable, within the meaning of Section 6.02(B)
               of the Plan, shall be deemed to be an election to defer
               commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this
               Section.

          B.   Determining the Vested Portion - In determining the Vested
               portion of a Participant's Individual Account, the following
               rules apply:

               1.   Employer Contributions and Forfeitures - The Vested portion
                    of a Participant's Individual Account derived from Employer
                    Contributions and Forfeitures is determined by applying the
                    vesting schedule selected in the Adoption Agreement (or the
                    vesting schedule described in Section 6.01(C) if the Plan is
                    a Top-Heavy Plan).

               2.   Rollover and Transfer Contributions - A Participant is fully
                    Vested in his or her rollover contributions and transfer
                    contributions.

               3.   Fully Vested Under Certain Circumstances - A Participant is
                    fully Vested in his or her Individual Account if any of the
                    following occurs:

                    a.   the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age;

                    b.   the Plan is terminated or partially terminated; or

                    c.   there exists a complete discontinuance of contributions
                         under the Plan.

                    Further, unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption
                    Agreement, a Participant is fully Vested if the Participant
                    dies, incurs a Disability, or satisfies the conditions for
                    Early Retirement Age (if applicable).

               4.   Participants in a Prior Plan - If a Participant was a
                    participant in a Prior Plan on the Effective Date, his or
                    her Vested percentage shall not be less than it would have
                    been under such Prior Plan as computed on the Effective
                    Date.

          C.   Minimum Vesting Schedule for Top-Heavy Plans - The following
               vesting provisions apply for any Plan Year in which this Plan is
               a Top-Heavy Plan.

               Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.01 or the
               vesting schedule selected in the Adoption Agreement (unless those
               provisions or that schedule provide for more rapid vesting), a
               Participant's Vested portion of his or her Individual Account
               attributable to Employer Contributions and Forfeitures shall be
               determined in accordance with the vesting schedule elected by the
               Employer in the Adoption Agreement (and if no election is made
               the 6 year graded schedule will be deemed to have been elected)
               as described below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   6 YEAR GRADED                            3 YEAR CLIFF

           Years of           Years of
        Vesting Service    Vested Percentage     Vesting Service    Vested Percentage
        ---------------    -----------------     ---------------    -----------------
             <S>               <C>                   <C>                 <C>
              1                   0                     1                   0
              2                  20                     2                   0
              3                  40                     3                 100
              4                  60
              5                  80
              6                 100
</TABLE>

               This minimum vesting schedule applies to all benefits within the
               meaning of Section 411(a)(7) of the Code, except those
               attributable to Nondeductible Employee Contributions including
               benefits accrued before the effective date of Section 416 of the
               Code and benefits accrued before the Plan became a Top-Heavy
               Plan. Further, no decrease in a Participant's Vested percentage
               may occur in the event the Plan's status as a Top-Heavy Plan
               changes for any Plan Year. However, this Section 6.01(C) does not
               apply to the Individual Account of any Employee who does not have
               an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially become a
               Top-Heavy Plan and such Employee's Individual Account
               attributable to Employer Contributions and Forfeitures will be
               determined without regard to this Section.

               If this Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, then in accordance
               with the above restrictions, the vesting schedule as selected in
               the Adoption Agreement will govern. If the vesting schedule under
               the Plan shifts in or out of top-heavy status, such shift is an
               amendment to the vesting schedule and the election in Section
               9.04 applies.


                                       24



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          D.   Break in Vesting Service and Forfeitures - If a Participant
               incurs a Termination of Employment, any portion of his or her
               Individual Account which is not Vested shall be held in a
               suspense account. Such suspense account shall share in any
               increase or decrease in the fair market value of the assets of
               the Fund in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan. The
               disposition of such suspense account shall be as follows:

               1.   Breaks in Vesting Service - If a Participant neither
                    receives nor is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to
                    Section 6.01(D)(3) or (4) and the Participant returns to the
                    service of the Employer before incurring 5 consecutive
                    Breaks in Vesting Service, there shall be no Forfeiture and
                    the amount in such suspense account shall be recredited to
                    such Participant's Individual Account.

               2.   Five Consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service - If a
                    Participant neither receives nor is deemed to receive a
                    distribution pursuant to Section 6.01(D)(3) or (4) and the
                    Participant does not return to the service of the Employer
                    before incurring 5 consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service,
                    the portion of the Participant's Individual Account which is
                    not Vested shall be treated as a Forfeiture and allocated in
                    accordance with Section 3.01(C).

               3.   Cash-out of Certain Participants - If the value of the
                    Vested portion of such Participant's Individual Account
                    derived from Nondeductible Employee Contributions and
                    Employer Contributions does not exceed $3,500, the
                    Participant shall receive a distribution of the entire
                    Vested portion of such Individual Account and the portion
                    which is not Vested shall be treated as a Forfeiture and
                    allocated in accordance with Section 3.01(C). For purposes
                    of this Section, if the value of the Vested portion of a
                    Participant's Individual Account is zero, the Participant
                    shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such
                    Vested Individual Account. A Participant's Vested Individual
                    Account balance shall not include accumulated deductible
                    employee contributions within the meaning of Section
                    72(o)(5)(B) of the Code for Plan Years beginning prior to
                    January 1, 1989.

               4.   Participants Who Elect to Receive Distributions - If such
                    Participant elects to receive a distribution, in accordance
                    with Section 6.02(B), of the value of the Vested portion of
                    his or her Individual Account derived from Nondeductible
                    Employee Contributions and Employer Contributions, the
                    portion which is not Vested shall be treated as a Forfeiture
                    and allocated in accordance with Section 3.01(C).

               5.   Re-employed Participants - If a Participant receives or is
                    deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to Section
                    6.01(D)(3) or (4) above and the Participant resumes
                    employment covered under this Plan, the Participant's
                    Employer-derived Individual Account balance will be restored
                    to the amount on the date of distribution if the Participant
                    repays to the Plan the full amount of the distribution
                    attributable to Employer Contributions before the earlier of
                    5 years after the first date on which the Participant is
                    subsequently re-employed by the Employer, or the date the
                    Participant incurs 5 consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service
                    following the date of the distribution.

                    Any restoration of a Participant's Individual Account
                    pursuant to Section 6.01(D)(5) shall be made from other
                    Forfeitures, income or gain to the Fund or contributions
                    made by the Employer.

          E.   Distribution Prior to Full Vesting - If a distribution is made to
               a Participant who was not then fully Vested in his or her
               Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions and the
               Participant may increase his or her Vested percentage in his or
               her Individual Account, then the following rules shall apply:

               1.   a separate account will be established for the Participant's
                    interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and

               2.   at any relevant time the Participant's Vested portion of the
                    separate account will be equal to an amount ("X") determined
                    by the formula: X=P (AB + (R x D)) - (R x D) where "P" is
                    the Vested percentage at the relevant time, "AB" is the
                    separate account balance at the relevant time; "D" is the
                    amount of the distribution; and "R" is the ratio of the
                    separate account balance at the relevant time to the
                    separate account balance after distribution.

     6.02 FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO A PARTICIPANT
          A.   Value of Individual Account Does Not Exceed $3,500 - If the value
               of the Vested portion of a Participant's Individual Account
               derived from Nondeductible Employee Contributions and Employer
               Contributions does not exceed $3,500, distribution from the Plan
               shall be made to the Participant in a single lump sum in lieu of
               all other forms of distribution from the Plan as soon as
               administratively feasible.

          B.   Value of Individual Account Exceeds $3,500

               1.   If the value of the Vested portion of a Participant's
                    Individual Account derived from Nondeductible Employee
                    Contributions and Employer Contributions exceeds (or at the
                    time of any prior distribution exceeded) $3,500, and the
                    Individual Account is immediately distributable, the
                    Participant and the Participant's spouse (or where either
                    the Participant or the spouse died, the survivor) must
                    consent to any distribution of such Individual Account. The
                    consent of the Participant and the Participant's spouse
                    shall be obtained in writing within the


                                       25



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                    90-day period ending on the annuity starting date. The
                    annuity starting date is the first day of the first period
                    for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.
                    The Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant and the
                    Participant's spouse of the right to defer any distribution
                    until the Participant's Individual Account is no longer
                    immediately distributable. Such notification shall include a
                    general description of the material features, and an
                    explanation of the relative values of, the optional forms of
                    benefit available under the Plan in a manner that would
                    satisfy the notice requirements of Section 417(a)(3) of the
                    Code, and shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more
                    than 90 days prior to the annuity starting date.

                    If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and
                    417 of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply, such
                    distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice
                    required under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax
                    Regulations is given, provided that:

                    a.   the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant
                         that the Participant has a right to a period of at
                         least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider
                         the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution
                         (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option),
                         and

                    b.   the Participant, after receiving the notice,
                         affirmatively elects a distribution.

                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Participant need
                    consent to the commencement of a distribution in the form of
                    a qualified joint and survivor annuity while the Individual
                    Account is immediately distributable. Neither the consent of
                    the Participant nor the Participant's spouse shall be
                    required to the extent that a distribution is required to
                    satisfy Section 401(a)(9) or Section 415 of the Code. In
                    addition, upon termination of this Plan if the Plan does not
                    offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial
                    provider), the Participant's Individual Account may, without
                    the Participant's consent, be distributed to the Participant
                    or transferred to another defined contribution plan (other
                    than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Section
                    4975(e)(7) of the Code) within the same controlled group.

                    An Individual Account is immediately distributable if any
                    part of the Individual Account could be distributed to the
                    Participant (or surviving spouse) before the Participant
                    attains or would have attained (if not deceased) the later
                    of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.

               2.   For purposes of determining the applicability of the
                    foregoing consent requirements to distributions made before
                    the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after
                    December 31, 1988, the Vested portion of a Participant's
                    Individual Account shall not include amounts attributable to
                    accumulated deductible employee contributions within the
                    meaning of Section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code.

          C.   Other Forms of Distribution to Participant - If the value of the
               Vested portion of a Participant's Individual Account exceeds
               $3,500 and the Participant has properly waived the joint and
               survivor annuity, as described in Section 6.05, the Participant
               may request in writing that the Vested portion of his or her
               Individual Account be paid to him or her in one or more of the
               following forms of payment: (1) in a lump sum; (2) in installment
               payments over a period not to exceed the life expectancy of the
               Participant or the joint and last survivor life expectancy of the
               Participant and his or her designated Beneficiary; or (3) applied
               to the purchase of an annuity contract.

               Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.02 to the contrary, a
               Participant cannot elect payments in the form of an annuity if
               the Retirement Equity Act safe harbor rules of Section 6.05(F)
               apply.

     6.03 DISTRIBUTIONS UPON THE DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT
          A.   Designation of Beneficiary - Spousal Consent - Each Participant
               may designate, upon a form provided by and delivered to the Plan
               Administrator, one or more primary and contingent Beneficiaries
               to receive all or a specified portion of the Participant's
               Individual Account in the event of his or her death. A
               Participant may change or revoke such Beneficiary designation
               from time to time by completing and delivering the proper form to
               the Plan Administrator.

               In the event that a Participant wishes to designate a primary
               Beneficiary who is not his or her spouse, his or her spouse must
               consent in writing to such designation, and the spouse's consent
               must acknowledge the effect of such designation and be witnessed
               by a notary public or plan representative. Notwithstanding this
               consent requirement, if the Participant establishes to the
               satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that such written consent
               may not be obtained because there is no spouse or the spouse
               cannot be located, no consent shall be required. Any change of
               Beneficiary will require a new spousal consent.

          B.   Payment to Beneficiary - If a Participant dies before the
               Participant's entire Individual Account has been paid to him or
               her, such deceased Participant's Individual Account shall be
               payable to any surviving Beneficiary designated by the
               Participant, or, if no Beneficiary survives the Participant, to
               the Participant's estate.


                                       26



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          C.   Written Request: When Distributed - A Beneficiary of a deceased
               Participant entitled to a distribution who wishes to receive a
               distribution must submit a written request to the Plan
               Administrator. Such request shall be made upon a form provided by
               the Plan Administrator. Upon a valid request, the Plan
               Administrator shall direct the Trustee (or Custodian) to commence
               distribution no later than the time specified in the Adoption
               Agreement for this purpose and if not specified in the Adoption
               Agreement, then no later than 90 days following the later of:

               1.   the close of the Plan Year within which the Participant
                    dies; or

               2.   the close of the Plan Year in which the request is received.

     6.04 FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARY
          A.   Value of Individual Account Does Not Exceed $3,500 - If the value
               of the Participant's Individual Account derived from
               Nondeductible Employee Contributions and Employer Contributions
               does not exceed $3,500, the Plan Administrator shall direct the
               Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) to make a distribution to
               the Beneficiary in a single lump sum in lieu of all other forms
               of distribution from the Plan.

          B.   Value of Individual Account Exceeds $3,500 - If the value of a
               Participant's Individual Account derived from Nondeductible
               Employee Contributions and Employer Contributions exceeds $3,500
               the preretirement survivor annuity requirements of Section 6.05
               shall apply unless waived in accordance with that Section or
               unless the Retirement Equity Act safe harbor rules of Section
               6.05(F) apply. However, a surviving spouse Beneficiary may elect
               any form of payment allowable under the Plan in lieu of the
               preretirement survivor annuity. Any such payment to the surviving
               spouse must meet the requirements of Section 6.06.

          C.   Other Forms of Distribution to Beneficiary - If the value of a
               Participant's Individual Account exceeds $3,500 and the
               Participant has properly waived the preretirement survivor
               annuity, as described in Section 6.05 (if applicable) or if the
               Beneficiary is the Participant's surviving spouse, the
               Beneficiary may, subject to the requirements of Section 6.06,
               request in writing that the Participant's Individual Account be
               paid as follows: (1) in a lump sum; or (2) in installment
               payments over a period not to exceed the life expectancy of such
               Beneficiary.

     6.05 JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS
          A.   The provisions of this Section shall apply to any Participant who
               is credited with at least one Hour of Eligibility Service with
               the Employer on or after August 23, 1984, and such other
               Participants as provided in Section 6.05(G).

          B.   Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity - Unless an optional form of
               benefit is selected pursuant to a qualified election within the
               90-day period ending on the annuity starting date, a married
               Participant's Vested account balance will be paid in the form of
               a qualified joint and survivor annuity and an unmarried
               Participant's Vested account balance will be paid in the form of
               a life annuity. The Participant may elect to have such annuity
               distributed upon attainment of the earliest retirement age under
               the Plan.

          C.   Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity - Unless an optional
               form of benefit has been selected within the election period
               pursuant to a qualified election, if a Participant dies before
               the annuity starting date then the Participant's Vested account
               balance shall be applied toward the purchase of an annuity for
               the life of the surviving spouse. The surviving spouse may elect
               to have such annuity distributed within a reasonable period after
               the Participant's death.

          D.   Definitions

               1.   Election Period - The period which begins on the first day
                    of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and
                    ends on the date of the Participant's death. If a
                    Participant separates from service prior to the first day of
                    the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, with respect to
                    the account balance as of the date of separation, the
                    election period shall begin on the date of separation.

                    Pre-age 35 waiver - A Participant who will not yet attain
                    age 35 as of the end of any current Plan Year may make
                    special qualified election to waive the qualified
                    preretirement survivor annuity for the period beginning on
                    the date of such election and ending on the first day of the
                    Plan Year in which the Participant will attain age 35. Such
                    election shall not be valid unless the Participant receives
                    a written explanation of the qualified preretirement
                    survivor annuity in such terms as are comparable to the
                    explanation required under Section 6.05(E)(1). Qualified
                    preretirement survivor annuity coverage will be
                    automatically reinstated as of the first day of the Plan
                    Year in which the Participant attains age 35. Any new waiver
                    on or after such date shall be subject to the full
                    requirements of this Section 6.05.

               2.   Earliest Retirement Age - The earliest date on which, under
                    the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive retirement
                    benefits.


                                       27



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               3.   Qualified Election - A waiver of a qualified joint and
                    survivor annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor
                    annuity. Any waiver of a qualified joint and survivor
                    annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity shall
                    not be effective unless: (a) the Participant's spouse
                    consents in writing to the election, (b) the election
                    designates a specific Beneficiary, including any class of
                    beneficiaries or any contingent beneficiaries, which may not
                    be changed without spousal consent (or the spouse expressly
                    permits designations by the Participant without any further
                    spousal consent); (c) the spouse's consent acknowledges the
                    effect of the election; and (d) the spouse's consent is
                    witnessed by a plan representative or notary public.
                    Additionally, a Participant's waiver of the qualified joint
                    and survivor annuity shall not be effective unless the
                    election designates a form of benefit payment which may not
                    be changed without spousal consent (or the spouse expressly
                    permits designations by the Participant without any further
                    spousal consent). If it is established to the satisfaction
                    of a plan representative that there is no spouse or that the
                    spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a
                    qualified election.

                    Any consent by a spouse obtained under this provision (or
                    establishment that the consent of a spouse may not be
                    obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such
                    spouse. A consent that permits designations by the
                    Participant without any requirement of further consent by
                    such spouse must acknowledge that the spouse has the right
                    to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a specific
                    form of benefit where applicable, and that the spouse
                    voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such
                    rights. A revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a
                    Participant without the consent of the spouse at any time
                    before the commencement of benefits. The number of
                    revocations shall not be limited. No consent obtained under
                    this provision shall be valid unless the Participant has
                    received notice as provided in Section 6.05(E) below.

               4.   Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity - An immediate annuity
                    for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for
                    the life of the spouse which is not less than 50% and not
                    more than 100% of the amount of the annuity which is payable
                    during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse and
                    which is the amount of benefit which can be purchased with
                    the Participant's vested account balance. The percentage of
                    the survivor annuity under the Plan shall be 50% (unless a
                    different percentage is elected by the Employer in the
                    Adoption Agreement).

               5.   Spouse (surviving spouse) - The spouse or surviving spouse
                    of the Participant, provided that a former spouse will be
                    treated as the spouse or surviving spouse and a current
                    spouse will not be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse
                    to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations
                    order as described in Section 414(p) of the Code.

               6.   Annuity Starting Date - The first day of the first period
                    for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.

               7.   Vested Account Balance - The aggregate value of the
                    Participant's Vested account balances derived from Employer
                    and Nondeductible Employee Contributions (including
                    rollovers), whether Vested before or upon death, including
                    the proceeds of insurance contracts, if any, on the
                    Participant's life. The provisions of this Section 6.05
                    shall apply to a Participant who is Vested in amounts
                    attributable to Employer Contributions, Nondeductible
                    Employee Contributions (or both) at the time of death or
                    distribution.

          E.   Notice Requirements

               1.   In the case of a qualified joint and survivor annuity, the
                    Plan Administrator shall no less than 30 days and not more
                    than 90 days prior to the annuity starting date provide each
                    Participant a written explanation of: (a) the terms and
                    conditions of a qualified joint and survivor annuity; (b)
                    the Participant's right to make and the effect of an
                    election to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity
                    form of benefit; (c) the rights of a Participant's spouse;
                    and (d) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation
                    of a previous election to waive the qualified joint and
                    survivor annuity.

               2.   In the case of a qualified preretirement annuity as
                    described in Section 6.05(C), the Plan Administrator shall
                    provide each Participant within the applicable period for
                    such Participant a written explanation of the qualified
                    preretirement survivor annuity in such terms and in such
                    manner as would be comparable to the explanation provided
                    for meeting the requirements of Section 6.05(E)(1)
                    applicable to a qualified joint and survivor annuity.

                    The applicable period for a Participant is whichever of the
                    following periods ends last: (a) the period beginning with
                    the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
                    attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year
                    preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age
                    35; (b) a reasonable period ending after the individual
                    becomes a Participant; (c) a reasonable period ending after
                    Section 6.05(E)(3) ceases to apply to the Participant; and
                    (d) a reasonable period ending after this Section 6.05 first
                    applies to the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                    notice must be provided within a reasonable period ending
                    after separation from service in the case of a Participant
                    who separates from service before attaining age 35.


                                       28



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                    For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph, a
                    reasonable period ending after the enumerated events
                    described in (b), (c) and (d) is the end of the two-year
                    period beginning one year prior to the date the applicable
                    event occurs, and ending one year after that date. In the
                    case of a Participant who separates from service before the
                    Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, notice shall be
                    provided within the two-year period beginning one year prior
                    to separation and ending one year after separation. If such
                    a Participant thereafter returns to employment with the
                    Employer, the applicable period for such Participant shall
                    be redetermined.

               3.   Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Section
                    6.05(E), the respective notices prescribed by this Section
                    6.05(E), need not be given to a Participant if (a) the Plan
                    "fully subsidizes" the costs of a qualified joint and
                    survivor annuity or qualified preretirement survivor
                    annuity, and (b) the Plan does not allow the Participant to
                    waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity or qualified
                    preretirement survivor annuity and does not allow a married
                    Participant to designate a nonspouse beneficiary. For
                    purposes of this Section 6.05(E)(3), a plan fully subsidizes
                    the costs of a benefit if no increase in cost, or decrease
                    in benefits to the Participant may result from the
                    Participant's failure to elect another benefit.

          F.   Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor Rules

               1.   If the Employer so indicates in the Adoption Agreement, this
                    Section 6.05(F) shall apply to a Participant in a profit
                    sharing plan, and shall always apply to any distribution,
                    made on or after the first day of the first Plan Year
                    beginning after December 31, 1988, from or under a separate
                    account attributable solely to accumulated deductible
                    employee contributions, as defined in Section 72(o)(5)(B) of
                    the Code, and maintained on behalf of a Participant in a
                    money purchase pension plan, (including a target benefit
                    plan) if the following conditions are satisfied:

                    a.   the Participant does not or cannot elect payments in
                         the form of a life annuity; and

                    b.   on the death of a Participant, the Participant's Vested
                         account balance will be paid to the Participant's
                         surviving spouse, but if there is no surviving spouse,
                         or if the surviving spouse has consented in a manner
                         conforming to a qualified election, then to the
                         Participant's designated Beneficiary. The surviving
                         spouse may elect to have distribution of the Vested
                         account balance commence within the 90-day period
                         following the date of the Participant's death. The
                         account balance shall be adjusted for gains or losses
                         occurring after the Participant's death in accordance
                         with the provisions of the Plan governing the
                         adjustment of account balances for other types of
                         distributions. This Section 6.05(F) shall not be
                         operative with respect to a Participant in a profit
                         sharing plan if the plan is a direct or indirect
                         transferee of a defined benefit plan, money purchase
                         plan, a target benefit plan, stock bonus, or profit
                         sharing plan which is subject to the survivor annuity
                         requirements of Section 401(a)(11) and Section 417 of
                         the code. If this Section 6.05(F) is operative, then
                         the provisions of this Section 6.05 other than Section
                         6.05(G) shall be inoperative.

               2.   The Participant may waive the spousal death benefit
                    described in this Section 6.05(F) at any time provided that
                    no such waiver shall be effective unless it satisfies the
                    conditions of Section 6.05(D)(3) (other than the
                    notification requirement referred to therein) that would
                    apply to the Participant's waiver of the qualified
                    preretirement survivor annuity.

               3.   For purposes of this Section 6.05(F), Vested account balance
                    shall mean, in the case of a money purchase pension plan or
                    a target benefit plan, the Participant's separate account
                    balance attributable solely to accumulated deductible
                    employee contributions within the meaning of Section
                    72(o)(5)(B) of the Code. In the case of a profit sharing
                    plan, Vested account balance shall have the same meaning as
                    provided in Section 6.05(D)(7).

          G.   Transitional Rules

               1.   Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23,
                    1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits
                    prescribed by the previous subsections of this Section 6.05
                    must be given the opportunity to elect to have the prior
                    subsections of this Section apply if such Participant is
                    credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan
                    or a predecessor plan in a Plan Year beginning on or after
                    January 1, 1976, and such Participant had at least 10 Years
                    of Vesting Service when he or she separated from service.

               2.   Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23,
                    1984, who was credited with at least one Hour of Service
                    under this Plan or a predecessor plan on or after September
                    2, 1974, and who is not otherwise credited with any service
                    in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must
                    be given the opportunity to have his or her benefits paid in
                    accordance with Section 6.05(G)(4).


                                       29



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               3.   The respective opportunities to elect (as described in
                    Section 6.05(G)(1) and (2) above) must be afforded to the
                    appropriate Participants during the period commencing on
                    August 23, 1984, and ending on the date benefits would
                    otherwise commence to said Participants.

               4.   Any Participant who has elected pursuant to Section
                    6.05(G)(2) and any Participant who does not elect under
                    Section 6.05(G)(1) or who meets the requirements of Section
                    6.05(G)(1) except that such Participant does not have at
                    least 10 Years of Vesting Service when he or she separates
                    from service, shall have his or her benefits distributed in
                    accordance with all of the following requirements if
                    benefits would have been payable in the form of a life
                    annuity:

                    a.   Automatic Joint and Survivor Annuity - If benefits in
                         the form of a life annuity become payable to a married
                         Participant who:

                         (1) begins to receive payments under the Plan on or
                             after Normal Retirement Age; or

                         (2) dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still
                             working for the Employer; or

                         (3) begins to receive payments on or after the
                             qualified early retirement age; or

                         (4) separates from service on or after attaining Normal
                             Retirement Age (or the qualified early retirement
                             age) and after satisfying the eligibility
                             requirements for the payment of benefits under the
                             Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to
                             receive such benefits; then such benefits will be
                             received under this Plan in the form of a qualified
                             joint and survivor annuity, unless the Participant
                             has elected otherwise during the election period.
                             The election period must begin at least 6 months
                             before the Participant attains qualified early
                             retirement age and ends not more than 90 days
                             before the commencement of benefits. Any election
                             hereunder will be in writing and may be changed by
                             the Participant at any time.

                    b.   Election of Early Survivor Annuity - A Participant who
                         is employed after attaining the qualified early
                         retirement age will be given the opportunity to elect,
                         during the election period, to have a survivor annuity
                         payable on death. If the Participant elects the
                         survivor annuity, payments under such annuity must not
                         be less than the payments which would have been made to
                         the spouse under the qualified joint and survivor
                         annuity if the Participant had retired on the day
                         before his or her death. Any election under this
                         provision will be in writing and may be changed by the
                         Participant at any time. The election period begins on
                         the later of (1) the 90th day before the Participant
                         attains the qualified early retirement age, or (2) the
                         date on which participation begins, and ends on the
                         date the Participant terminates employment.

                    c.   For purposes of Section 6.05(G)(4):

                         1.  Qualified early retirement age is the latest of:

                             a. the earliest date, under the Plan, on which the
                                Participant may elect to receive retirement
                                benefits,

                             b. the first day of the 120th month beginning
                                before the Participant reaches Normal Retirement
                                Age, or

                             c. the date the Participant begins participation.

                         2.  Qualified joint and survivor annuity is an annuity
                             for the life of the Participant with a survivor
                             annuity for the life of the spouse as described in
                             Section 6.05(D)(4) of this Plan.

     6.06 DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
          A.   General Rules

               1.   Subject to Section 6.05 Joint and Survivor Annuity
                    Requirements, the requirements of this Section shall apply
                    to any distribution of a Participant's interest and will
                    take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this
                    Plan. Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of this
                    Section 6.06 apply to calendar years beginning after
                    December 31, 1984.

               2.   All distributions required under this Section 6.06 shall be
                    determined and made in accordance with the Income Tax
                    Regulations under Section 401(a)(9), including the minimum
                    distribution incidental benefit requirement of Section
                    1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulations.


                                       30



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          B.   Required Beginning Date - The entire interest of a Participant
               must be distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the
               Participant's required beginning date.

          C.   Limits on Distribution Periods - As of the first distribution
               calendar year, distributions, if not made in a single sum, may
               only be made over one of the following periods (or a combination
               thereof):

               1.   the life of the Participant,

               2.   the life of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary,

               3.   a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of
                    the Participant, or

               4.   a period certain not extending beyond the joint and last
                    survivor expectancy of the Participant and a designated
                    Beneficiary.

          D.   Determination of Amount to be Distributed Each Year - If the
               Participant's interest is to be distributed in other than a
               single sum, the following minimum distribution rules shall apply
               on or after the required beginning date:

               1.   Individual Account

                    a.   If a Participant's benefit is to be distributed over
                         (1) a period not extending beyond the life expectancy
                         of the Participant or the joint life and last survivor
                         expectancy of the Participant and the Participant's
                         designated Beneficiary or (2) a period not extending
                         beyond the life expectancy of the designated
                         Beneficiary, the amount required to be distributed for
                         each calendar year, beginning with distributions for
                         the first distribution calendar year, must at least
                         equal the quotient obtained by dividing the
                         Participant's benefit by the applicable life
                         expectancy.

                    b.   For calendar years beginning before January 1, 1989, if
                         the Participant's spouse is not the designated
                         Beneficiary, the method of distribution selected must
                         assure that at least 50% of the present value of the
                         amount available for distribution is paid within the
                         life expectancy of the Participant.

                    c.   For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988,
                         the amount to be distributed each year, beginning with
                         distributions for the first distribution calendar year
                         shall not be less than the quotient obtained by
                         dividing the Participant's benefit by the lesser of (1)
                         the applicable life expectancy or (2) if the
                         Participant's spouse is not the designated Beneficiary,
                         the applicable divisor determined from the table set
                         forth in Q&A-4 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Proposed
                         Income Tax Regulations. Distributions after the death
                         of the Participant shall be distributed using the
                         applicable life expectancy in Section 6.05(D)(1)(a)
                         above as the relevant divisor without regard to
                         proposed regulations 1.401(a)(9)-2.

                    d.   The minimum distribution required for the Participant's
                         first distribution calendar year must be made on or
                         before the Participant's required beginning date. The
                         minimum distribution for other calendar years,
                         including the minimum distribution for the distribution
                         calendar year in which the Employee's required
                         beginning date occurs, must be made on or before
                         December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

               2.   Other Forms - If the Participant's benefit is distributed in
                    the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company,
                    distributions thereunder shall be made in accordance with
                    the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the
                    regulations thereunder.

          E.   Death Distribution Provisions

               1.   Distribution Beginning Before Death - If the Participant
                    dies after distribution of his or her interest has begun,
                    the remaining portion of such interest will continue to be
                    distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of
                    distribution being used prior to the Participant's death.


               2.   Distribution Beginning After Death - If the Participant dies
                    before distribution of his or her interest begins,
                    distribution of the Participant's entire interest shall be
                    completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the
                    fifth anniversary of the Participant's death except to the
                    extent that an election is made to receive distributions in
                    accordance with (a) or (b) below:

                    a.   if any portion of the Participant's interest is payable
                         to a designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made
                         over the life or over a period certain not greater than
                         the life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary
                         commencing on or before December 31 of the calendar
                         year immediately following the calendar year in which
                         the Participant died;


                                       31



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                    b.   if the designated Beneficiary is the Participant's
                         surviving spouse, the date distributions are required
                         to begin in accordance with (a) above shall not be
                         earlier than the later of (1) December 31 of the
                         calendar year immediately following the calendar year
                         in which the Participant dies or (2) December 31 of the
                         calendar year in which the Participant would have
                         attained age 70 1/2.

                         If the Participant has not made an election pursuant to
                         this Section 6.05(E)(2) by the time of his or her
                         death, the Participant's designated Beneficiary must
                         elect the method of distribution no later than the
                         earlier of (1) December 31 of the calendar year in
                         which distributions would be required to begin under
                         this Section 6.05(E)(2), or (2) December 31 of the
                         calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of
                         the date of death of the Participant. If the
                         Participant has no designated Beneficiary, or if the
                         designated Beneficiary does not elect a method of
                         distribution, distribution of the Participant's entire
                         interest must be completed by December 31 of the
                         calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
                         Participant's death.

               3.   For purposes of Section 6.06(E)(2) above, if the surviving
                    spouse dies after the Participant, but before payments to
                    such spouse begin, the provisions of Section 6.06(E)(2),
                    with the exception of paragraph (b) therein, shall be
                    applied as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

               4.   For purposes of this Section 6.06(E), any amount paid to a
                    child of the Participant will be treated as if it had been
                    paid to the surviving spouse if the amount becomes payable
                    to the surviving spouse when the child reaches the age of
                    majority.

               5.   For purposes of this Section 6.06(E), distribution of a
                    Participant's interest is considered to begin on the
                    Participant's required beginning date (or, if Section
                    6.06(E)(3) above is applicable, the date distribution is
                    required to begin to the surviving spouse pursuant to
                    Section 6.06(E)(2) above). If distribution in the form of an
                    annuity irrevocably commences to the Participant before the
                    required beginning date, the date distribution is considered
                    to begin is the date distribution actually commences.

          F.   Definitions

               1.   Applicable Life Expectancy - The life expectancy (or joint
                    and last survivor expectancy) calculated using the attained
                    age of the Participant (or designated Beneficiary) as of the
                    Participant's (or designated Beneficiary's) birthday in the
                    applicable calendar year reduced by one for each calendar
                    year which has elapsed since the date life expectancy was
                    first calculated. If life expectancy is being recalculated,
                    the applicable life expectancy shall be the life expectancy
                    as so recalculated. The applicable calendar year shall be
                    the first distribution calendar year, and if life expectancy
                    is being recalculated such succeeding calendar year.

               2.   Designated Beneficiary - The individual who is designated as
                    the Beneficiary under the Plan in accordance with Section
                    401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

               3.   Distribution Calendar Year - A calendar year for which a
                    minimum distribution is required. For distributions
                    beginning before the Participant's death, the first
                    distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately
                    preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant's
                    required beginning date. For distributions beginning after
                    the Participant's death, the first distribution calendar
                    year is the calendar year in which distributions are
                    required to begin pursuant to Section 6.05(E) above.

               4.   Life Expectancy - Life expectancy and joint and last
                    survivor expectancy are computed by use of the expected
                    return multiples in Tables V and VI of Section 1.72-9 of the
                    Income Tax Regulations.

                    Unless otherwise elected by the Participant (or spouse, in
                    the case of distributions described in Section 6.05(E)(2)(b)
                    above) by the time distributions are required to begin, life
                    expectancies shall be recalculated annually. Such election
                    shall be irrevocable as to the Participant (or spouse) and
                    shall apply to all subsequent years. The life expectancy of
                    a nonspouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated.

               5.   Participant's Benefit

                    a.   The account balance as of the last valuation date in
                         the valuation calendar year (the calendar year
                         immediately preceding the distribution calendar year)
                         increased by the amount of any Contributions or
                         Forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of
                         dates in the valuation calendar year after the
                         valuation date and decreased by distributions made in
                         the valuation calendar year after the valuation date.

                    b.   Exception for second distribution calendar year. For
                         purposes of paragraph (a) above, if any portion of the
                         minimum distribution for the first distribution
                         calendar year is made in the second distribution
                         calendar year on or before the required beginning date,
                         the amount of the minimum distribution made in the
                         second distribution calendar year shall be treated as
                         if it had been made in the immediately preceding
                         distribution calendar year.

                                       32



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               6.   Required Beginning Date

                    a.   General Rule - The required beginning date of a
                         Participant is the first day of April of the calendar
                         year following the calendar year in which the
                         Participant attains age 70 1/2.

                    b.   Transitional Rules - The required beginning date of a
                         Participant who attains age 70 1/2 before January 1,
                         1988, shall be determined in accordance with (1) or (2)
                         below:

                         (1) Non 5% Owners - The required beginning date of a
                             Participant who is not a 5% owner is the first day
                             of April of the calendar year following the
                             calendar year in which the later of retirement or
                             attainment of age 70 1/2 occurs.

                         (2) 5% Owners - The required beginning date of a
                             Participant who is a 5% owner during any year
                             beginning after December 31, 1979, is the first day
                             of April following the later of:

                             (a) the calendar year in which the Participant
                                 attains age 70 1/2, or

                             (b) the earlier of the calendar year with or within
                                 which ends the Plan Year in which the
                                 Participant becomes a 5% owner, or the calendar
                                 year in which the Participant retires.

                             The required beginning date of a Participant who is
                             not a 5% owner who attains age 70 1/2 during 1988
                             and who has not retired as of January 1, 1989, is
                             April 1, 1990.

                    c.   5% Owner - A Participant is treated as a 5% owner for
                         purposes of this Section 6.06(F)(6) if such Participant
                         is a 5% owner as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code
                         (determined in accordance with Section 416 but without
                         regard to whether the Plan is top-heavy) at any time
                         during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar
                         year in which such owner attains age 66 1/2 or any
                         subsequent Plan Year.

                    d.   Once distributions have begun to a 5% owner under this
                         Section 6.06(F)(6) they must continue to be
                         distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be a 5%
                         owner in a subsequent year.

          G.   Transitional Rule

               1.   Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Section 6.06
                    and subject to the requirements of Section 6.05, Joint and
                    Survivor Annuity Requirements, distribution on behalf of any
                    Employee, including a 5% owner, may be made in accordance
                    with all of the following requirements (regardless of when
                    such distribution commences):

                    a.   The distribution by the Fund is one which would not
                         have qualified such Fund under Section 401(a)(9) of the
                         Code as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit
                         Reduction Act of 1984.

                    b.   The distribution is in accordance with a method of
                         distribution designated by the Employee whose interest
                         in the Fund is being distributed or, if the Employee is
                         deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Employee.

                    c.   Such designation was in writing, was signed by the
                         Employee or the Beneficiary, and was made before
                         January 1, 1984.

                    d.   The Employee had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of
                         December 31, 1983.

                    e.   The method of distribution designated by the Employee
                         or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which
                         distribution will commence, the period over which
                         distributions will be made, and in the case of any
                         distribution upon the Employee's death, the
                         Beneficiaries of the Employee listed in order of
                         priority.

               2.   A distribution upon death will not be covered by this
                    transitional rule unless the information in the designation
                    contains the required information described above with
                    respect to the distributions to be made upon the death of
                    the Employee.

               3.   For any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984,
                    but continues after December 31, 1983, the Employee, or the
                    Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is being made, will
                    be presumed to have designated the method of distribution
                    under which the distribution is being made if the method of
                    distribution was specified in writing and the distribution
                    satisfies the requirements in Sections 6.06(G)(1)(a) and
                    (e).

               4.   If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution
                    must satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the
                    Code and the regulations thereunder. If a designation is
                    revoked subsequent to the date distributions are required to
                    begin, the Plan must distribute by the end of the calendar
                    year following the calendar year in which


                                       33



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    the revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed
                    which would have been required to have been distributed to
                    satisfy Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations
                    thereunder, but for the Section 242(b)(2) election. For
                    calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such
                    distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental
                    benefit requirements in Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the
                    Proposed Income Tax Regulations. Any changes in the
                    designation will be considered to be a revocation of the
                    designation. However, the mere substitution or addition of
                    another Beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under
                    the designation will not be considered to be a revocation of
                    the designation, so long as such substitution or addition
                    does not alter the period over which distributions are to be
                    made under the designation, directly or indirectly (for
                    example, by altering the relevant measuring life). In the
                    case in which an amount is transferred or rolled over from
                    one plan to another plan, the rules in Q&A J-2 and Q&A J-3
                    shall apply.

     6.07 ANNUITY CONTRACTS
          Any annuity contract distributed under the Plan (if permitted or
          required by this Section 6) must be nontransferable. The terms of any
          annuity contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a
          Participant or spouse shall comply with the requirements of the Plan.

     6.08 LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
          If the Adoption Agreement so indicates, a Participant may receive a
          loan from the Fund, subject to the following rules:
          A.   Loans shall be made available to all Participants on a reasonably
               equivalent basis.

          B.   Loans shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees
               (as defined in Section 414(q) of the Code) in an amount greater
               than the amount made available to other Employees.

          C.   Loans must be adequately secured and bear a reasonable interest
               rate.

          D.   No Participant loan shall exceed the present value of the Vested
               portion of a Participant's Individual Account.

          E.   A Participant must obtain the consent of his or her spouse, if
               any, to the use of the Individual Account as security for the
               loan. Spousal consent shall be obtained no earlier than the
               beginning of the 90 day period that ends on the date on which the
               loan is to be so secured. The consent must be in writing, must
               acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by a
               plan representative or notary public. Such consent shall
               thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting spouse or
               any subsequent spouse with respect to that loan. A new consent
               shall be required if the account balance is used for
               renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of the loan.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, no spousal consent is necessary
               if, at the time the loan is secured, no consent would be required
               for a distribution under Section 417(a)(2)(B). In addition,
               spousal consent is not required if the Plan or the Participant is
               not subject to Section 401(a)(11) at the time the Individual
               Account is used as security, or if the total Individual Account
               subject to the security is less than or equal to $3,500.

          F.   In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and attachment
               of security will not occur until a distributable event occurs in
               the Plan. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participant's
               default on a loan will be treated as a distributable event and as
               soon as administratively feasible after the default, the
               Participant's Vested Individual Account will be reduced by the
               lesser of the amount in default (plus accrued interest) or the
               amount secured. If this Plan is a 401(k) plan, then to the extent
               the loan is attributable to a Participant's Elective Deferrals,
               Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching
               Contributions, the Participant's Individual Account will not be
               reduced unless the Participant has attained age 59 1/2 or has
               another distributable event. A Participant will be deemed to have
               consented to the provision at the time the loan is made to the
               Participant.

          G.   No loans will be made to any shareholder-employee or
               Owner-Employee. For purposes of this requirement, a
               shareholder-employee means an employee or officer of an electing
               small business (Subchapter S) corporation who owns (or is
               considered as owning within the meaning of Section 318(a)(1) of
               the Code), on any day during the taxable year of such
               corporation, more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the
               corporation.

          If a valid spousal consent has been obtained in accordance with
          6.08(E), then, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, the
          portion of the Participant's Vested Individual Account used as a
          security interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to
          the Participant shall be taken into account for purposes of
          determining the amount of the account balance payable at the time of
          death or distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment
          of the loan. If less than 100% of the Participant's Vested Individual
          Account (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is
          payable to the surviving spouse, then the account balance shall be
          adjusted by first reducing the Vested Individual Account by the amount
          of the security used as repayment of the loan, and then determining
          the benefit payable to the surviving spouse.

          To avoid taxation to the Participant, no loan to any Participant can
          be made to the extent that such loan when added to the outstanding
          balance of all other loans to the Participant would exceed the lesser
          of (a) $50,000 reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest
          outstanding balance of loans during the one year period ending on the
          day before the loan is made, over the outstanding balance of loans
          from the Plan on the date the loan is made, or (b) 50% of the present
          value of the nonforfeitable Individual Account of the Participant or,
          if greater, the total Individual Account up to $10,000. For the
                                       34



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          purpose of the above limitation, all loans from all plans of the
          Employer and other members of a group of employers described in
          Sections 414(b), 414(c), and 414(m) of the Code are aggregated.
          Furthermore, any loan shall by its terms require that repayment
          (principal and interest) be amortized in level payments, not less
          frequently than quarterly, over a period not extending beyond 5 years
          from the date of the loan, unless such loan is used to acquire a
          dwelling unit which within a reasonable time (determined at the time
          the loan is made) will be used as the principal residence of the
          Participant. An assignment or pledge of any portion of the
          Participant's interest in the Plan and a loan, pledge, or assignment
          with respect to any insurance contract purchased under the Plan, will
          be treated as a loan under this paragraph.

          The Plan Administrator shall administer the loan program in accordance
          with a written document. Such written document shall include, at a
          minimum, the following: (i) the identity of the person or positions
          authorized to administer the Participant loan program; (ii) the
          procedure for applying for loans; (iii) the basis on which loans will
          be approved or denied; (iv) limitations (if any) on the types and
          amounts of loans offered; (v) the procedure under the program for
          determining a reasonable rate of interest; (vi) the types of
          collateral which may secure a Participant loan; and (vii) the events
          constituting default and the steps that will be taken to preserve Plan
          assets in the event of such default.

     6.09 DISTRIBUTION IN KIND
          The Plan Administrator may cause any distribution under this Plan to
          be made either in a form actually held in the Fund, or in cash by
          converting assets other than cash into cash, or in any combination of
          the two foregoing ways.

     6.10 DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS
          A.   Direct Rollover Option
               This Section applies to distributions made on or after January 1,
               1993. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary
               that would otherwise limit a distributee's election under this
               Section, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner
               prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an
               eligible rollover distribution that is equal to at least $500
               paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the
               distributee in a direct rollover.

          B.   Definitions

               1.   Eligible rollover distribution - An eligible rollover
                    distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of
                    the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an
                    eligible rollover distribution does not include:

                    a.   any distribution that is one of a series of
                         substantially equal periodic payments (not less
                         frequently than annually) made for the life (or life
                         expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or
                         joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the
                         distributee's designated Beneficiary, or for a
                         specified period of ten years or more;

                    b.   any distribution to the extent such distribution is
                         required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code;

                    c.   the portion of any other distribution that is not
                         includible in gross income (determined without regard
                         to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with
                         respect to employer securities); and

                    d.   any other distribution(s) that is reasonably expected
                         to total less than $200 during a year.

               2.   Eligible retirement plan - An eligible retirement plan is an
                    individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of
                    the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in
                    Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in
                    Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described
                    in Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the
                    distributee's eligible rollover distribution. However, in
                    the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the
                    surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an
                    individual retirement account or individual retirement
                    annuity.

               3.   Distributee - A distributee includes an Employee or former
                    Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's
                    surviving spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's
                    spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a
                    qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section
                    414(p) of the Code, are distributees with regard to the
                    interest of the spouse or former spouse.

               4.   Direct rollover - A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan
                    to the eligible retirement plan specified by the
                    distributee.

     6.11 PROCEDURE FOR MISSING PARTICIPANTS OR BENEFICIARIES
          The Plan Administrator must use all reasonable measures to locate
          Participants or Beneficiaries who are entitled to distributions from
          the Plan. In the event that the Plan Administrator cannot locate a
          Participant or Beneficiary who is entitled to a distribution from the
          Plan after using all reasonable measures to locate him or her, the
          Plan Administrator may, consistent with applicable laws, regulations
          and other pronouncements under ERISA, use any reasonable procedure to
          dispose of distributable plan assets, including any of the following:
          (1) establish a bank account for and in the name of


                                       35



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


          the Participant or Beneficiary and transfer the assets to such bank
          account, (2) purchase an annuity contract with the assets in the name
          of the Participant or Beneficiary, or (3) after the expiration of 5
          years after the benefit becomes payable, treat the amount
          distributable as a Forfeiture and allocate it in accordance with the
          terms of the Plan and if the Participant or Beneficiary is later
          located, restore such benefit to the Plan.

SECTION SEVEN  CLAIMS PROCEDURE

     7.01 FILING A CLAIM FOR PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS
          A Participant or Beneficiary who desires to make a claim for the
          Vested portion of the Participant's Individual Account shall file a
          written request with the Plan Administrator on a form to be furnished
          to him or her by the Plan Administrator for such purpose. The request
          shall set forth the basis of the claim. The Plan Administrator is
          authorized to conduct such examinations as may be necessary to
          facilitate the payment of any benefits to which the Participant or
          Beneficiary may be entitled under the terms of the Plan.

     7.02 DENIAL OF CLAIM
          Whenever a claim for a Plan distribution by any Participant or
          Beneficiary has been wholly or partially denied, the Plan
          Administrator must furnish such Participant or Beneficiary written
          notice of the denial within 60 days of the date the original claim was
          filed. This notice shall set forth the specific reasons for the
          denial, specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the
          denial is based, a description of any additional information or
          material needed to perfect the claim, an explanation of why such
          additional information or material is necessary and an explanation of
          the procedures for appeal.

     7.03 REMEDIES AVAILABLE
          The Participant or Beneficiary shall have 60 days from receipt of the
          denial notice in which to make written application for review by the
          Plan Administrator. The Participant or Beneficiary may request that
          the review be in the nature of a hearing. The Participant or
          Beneficiary shall have the right to representation, to review
          pertinent documents and to submit comments in writing. The Plan
          Administrator shall issue a decision on such review within 60 days
          after receipt of an application for review as provided for in Section
          7.02. Upon a decision unfavorable to the Participant or Beneficiary,
          such Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to bring such
          actions in law or equity as may be necessary or appropriate to protect
          or clarify his or her right to benefits under this Plan.

SECTION EIGHT  PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

     8.01 EMPLOYER IS PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
          A.   The Employer shall be the Plan Administrator unless the managing
               body of the Employer designates a person or persons other than
               the Employer as the Plan Administrator and so notifies the
               Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable). The Employer shall also be
               the Plan Administrator if the person or persons so designated
               cease to be the Plan Administrator. The Employer may establish an
               administrative committee that will carry out the Plan
               Administrator's duties. Members of the administrative committee
               may allocate the Plan Administrator's duties among themselves.

          B.   If the managing body of the Employer designates a person or
               persons other than the Employer as Plan Administrator, such
               person or persons shall serve at the pleasure of the Employer and
               shall serve pursuant to such procedures as such managing body may
               provide. Each such person shall be bonded as may be required by
               law.

     8.02 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
          A.   The Plan Administrator may, by appointment, allocate the duties
               of the Plan Administrator among several individuals or entities.
               Such appointments shall not be effective until the party
               designated accepts such appointment in writing.

          B.   The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to control and
               manage the operation and administration of the Plan. The Plan
               Administrator shall administer the Plan for the exclusive benefit
               of the Participants and their Beneficiaries in accordance with
               the specific terms of the Plan.

          C.   The Plan Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the
               general administration of the Plan, including, but not limited
               to, the following:

               1.   To determine all questions of interpretation or policy in a
                    manner consistent with the Plan's documents and the Plan
                    Administrator's construction or determination in good faith
                    shall be conclusive and binding on all persons except as
                    otherwise provided herein or by law. Any interpretation or
                    construction shall be done in a nondiscriminatory manner and
                    shall be consistent with the intent that the Plan shall
                    continue to be deemed a qualified plan under the terms of
                    Section 401(a) of the Code, as amended from time-to-time,
                    and shall comply with the terms of ERISA, as amended from
                    time-to-time;

               2.   To determine all questions relating to the eligibility of
                    Employees to become or remain Participants hereunder;


                                       36



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               3.   To compute the amounts necessary or desirable to be
                    contributed to the Plan;

               4.   To compute the amount and kind of benefits to which a
                    Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled under the Plan
                    and to direct the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) with
                    respect to all disbursements under the Plan, and, when
                    requested by the Trustee (or Custodian), to furnish the
                    Trustee (or Custodian) with instructions, in writing, on
                    matters pertaining to the Plan and the Trustee (or
                    Custodian) may rely and act thereon;

               5.   To maintain all records necessary for the administration of
                    the Plan;

               6.   To be responsible for preparing and filing such disclosure
                    and tax forms as may be required from time-to-time by the
                    Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of the Treasury; and

               7.   To furnish each Employee, Participant or Beneficiary such
                    notices, information and reports under such circumstances as
                    may be required by law.

          D.   The Plan Administrator shall have all of the powers necessary or
               appropriate to accomplish his or her duties under the Plan,
               including, but not limited to, the following:

               1.   To appoint and retain such persons as may be necessary to
                    carry out the functions of the Plan Administrator;

               2.   To appoint and retain counsel, specialists or other persons
                    as the Plan Administrator deems necessary or advisable in
                    the administration of the Plan;

               3.   To resolve all questions of administration of the Plan;

               4.   To establish such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules which
                    it deems necessary to carry out the terms of the Plan;

               5.   To make any adjustments in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
                    manner which it deems necessary to correct any arithmetical
                    or accounting errors which may have been made for any Plan
                    Year; and

               6.   To correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any
                    inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as shall be
                    deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of
                    the Plan.

     8.03 EXPENSES AND COMPENSATION
          All reasonable expenses of administration including, but not limited
          to, those involved in retaining necessary professional assistance may
          be paid from the assets of the Fund. Alternatively, the Employer may,
          in its discretion, pay any or all such expenses. Pursuant to uniform
          and nondiscriminatory rules that the Plan Administrator may establish
          from time-to-time, administrative expenses and expenses unique to a
          particular Participant may be charged to a Participant's Individual
          Account or the Plan Administrator may allow Participants to pay such
          fees outside of the Plan. The Employer shall furnish the Plan
          Administrator with such clerical and other assistance as the Plan
          Administrator may need in the performance of his or her duties.

     8.04 INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER
          To enable the Plan Administrator to perform his or her duties, the
          Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Plan
          Administrator (or his or her designated agents) on all matters
          relating to the Compensation of all Participants, their regular
          employment, retirement, death, Disability or Termination of
          Employment, and such other pertinent facts as the Plan Administrator
          (or his or her agents) may require. The Plan Administrator shall
          advise the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) of such of the
          foregoing facts as may be pertinent to the Trustee's (or Custodian's)
          duties under the Plan. The Plan Administrator (or his or her agents)
          is entitled to rely on such information as is supplied by the Employer
          and shall have no duty or responsibility to verify such information.

SECTION NINE  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

     9.01 RIGHT OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR TO AMEND THE PLAN
          A.   The Employer, by adopting the Plan, expressly delegates to the
               Prototype Sponsor the power, but not the duty, to amend the Plan
               without any further action or consent of the Employer as the
               Prototype Sponsor deems necessary for the purpose of adjusting
               the Plan to comply with all laws and regulations governing
               pension or profit sharing plans. Specifically, it is understood
               that the amendments may be made unilaterally by the Prototype
               Sponsor. However, it shall be understood that the Prototype
               Sponsor shall be under no obligation to amend the Plan documents
               and the Employer expressly waives any rights or claims against
               the Prototype Sponsor for not exercising this power to amend. For
               purposes of Prototype Sponsor amendments, the mass submitter
               shall be recognized as the agent of the Prototype Sponsor. If the
               Prototype Sponsor does not adopt the amendments made by the mass
               submitter, it will no longer be identical to or a minor modifier
               of the mass submitter plan.


                                       37



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          B.   An amendment by the Prototype Sponsor shall be accomplished by
               giving written notice to the Employer of the amendment to be
               made. The notice shall set forth the text of such amendment and
               the date such amendment is to be effective. Such amendment shall
               take effect unless within the 30 day period after such notice is
               provided, or within such shorter period as the notice may
               specify, the Employer gives the Prototype Sponsor written notice
               of refusal to consent to the amendment. Such written notice of
               refusal shall have the effect of withdrawing the Plan as a
               prototype plan and shall cause the Plan to be considered an
               individually designed plan. The right of the Prototype Sponsor to
               cause the Plan to be amended shall terminate should the Plan
               cease to conform as a prototype plan as provided in this or any
               other section.

     9.02 RIGHT OF EMPLOYER TO AMEND THE PLAN
          The Employer may (1) change the choice of options in the Adoption
          Agreement; (2) add overriding language in the Adoption Agreement when
          such language is necessary to satisfy Section 415 or Section 416 of
          the Code because of the required aggregation of multiple plans; and
          (3) add certain model amendments published by the Internal Revenue
          Service which specifically provide that their adoption will not cause
          the Plan to be treated as individually designed. An Employer that
          amends the Plan for any other reason, including a waiver of the
          minimum funding requirement under Section 412(d) of the Code, will no
          longer participate in this prototype plan and will be considered to
          have an individually designed plan.

          An Employer who wishes to amend the Plan to change the options it has
          chosen in the Adoption Agreement must complete and deliver a new
          Adoption Agreement to the Prototype Sponsor and Trustee (or Custodian,
          if applicable). Such amendment shall become effective upon execution
          by the Employer and Trustee (or Custodian).

          The Employer further reserves the right to replace the Plan in its
          entirety by adopting another retirement plan which the Employer
          designates as a replacement plan.

     9.03 LIMITATION ON POWER TO AMEND
          No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it has
          the effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued benefit.
          Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participant's Individual
          Account may be reduced to the extent permitted under Section 412(c)(8)
          of the Code. For purposes of this paragraph, a plan amendment which
          has the effect of decreasing a Participant's Individual Account or
          eliminating an optional form of benefit with respect to benefits
          attributable to service before the amendment shall be treated as
          reducing an accrued benefit. Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of a
          Plan is amended, in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of
          the later of the date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes
          effective, the Vested percentage (determined as of such date) of such
          Employee's Individual Account derived from Employer Contributions will
          not be less than the percentage computed under the Plan without regard
          to such amendment.

     9.04 AMENDMENT OF VESTING SCHEDULE
          If the Plan's vesting schedule is amended, or the Plan is amended in
          any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the
          Participant's Vested percentage, or if the Plan is deemed amended by
          an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, each
          Participant with at least 3 Years of Vesting Service with the Employer
          may elect, within the time set forth below, to have the Vested
          percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.

          For Participants who do not have at least 1 Hour of Service in any
          Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the preceding sentence
          shall be applied by substituting "5 Years of Vesting Service" for "3
          Years of Vesting Service" where such language appears.

          The Period during which the election may be made shall commence with
          the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and shall end
          the later of:

          A.   60 days after the amendment is adopted;

          B.   60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or

          C.   60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the
               amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator.

     9.05 PERMANENCY
          The Employer expects to continue this Plan and make the necessary
          contributions thereto indefinitely, but such continuance and payment
          is not assumed as a contractual obligation. Neither the Adoption
          Agreement nor the Plan nor any amendment or modification thereof nor
          the making of contributions hereunder shall be construed as giving any
          Participant or any person whomsoever any legal or equitable right
          against the Employer, the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) the
          Plan Administrator or the Prototype Sponsor except as specifically
          provided herein, or as provided by law.

     9.06 METHOD AND PROCEDURE FOR TERMINATION


                                       38



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          The Plan may be terminated by the Employer at any time by appropriate
          action of its managing body. Such termination shall be effective on
          the date specified by the Employer. The Plan shall terminate if the
          Employer shall be dissolved, terminated, or declared bankrupt. Written
          notice of the termination and effective date thereof shall be given to
          the Trustee (or Custodian), Plan Administrator, Prototype Sponsor,
          Participants and Beneficiaries of deceased Participants, and the
          required filings (such as the Form 5500 series and others) must be
          made with the Internal Revenue Service and any other regulatory body
          as required by current laws and regulations. Until all of the assets
          have been distributed from the Fund, the Employer must keep the Plan
          in compliance with current laws and regulations by (a) making
          appropriate amendments to the Plan and (b) taking such other measures
          as may be required.

     9.07 CONTINUANCE OF PLAN BY SUCCESSOR EMPLOYER
          Notwithstanding the preceding Section 9.06, a successor of the
          Employer may continue the Plan and be substituted in the place of the
          present Employer. The successor and the present Employer (or, if
          deceased, the executor of the estate of a deceased Self-Employed
          Individual who was the Employer) must execute a written instrument
          authorizing such substitution and the successor must complete and sign
          a new plan document.

     9.08 FAILURE OF PLAN QUALIFICATION
          If the Plan fails to retain its qualified status, the Plan will no
          longer be considered to be part of a prototype plan, and such Employer
          can no longer participate under this prototype. In such event, the
          Plan will be considered an individually designed plan.

SECTION TEN  MISCELLANEOUS

    10.01 STATE COMMUNITY PROPERTY LAWS
          The terms and conditions of this Plan shall be applicable without
          regard to the community property laws of any state.

    10.02 HEADINGS
          The headings of the Plan have been inserted for convenience of
          reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the
          provisions hereof.

    10.03 GENDER AND NUMBER
          Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine gender they shall
          be construed as though they were also used in the feminine gender in
          all cases where they would so apply, and whenever any words are used
          herein in the singular form they shall be construed as though they
          were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would so
          apply.

    10.04 PLAN MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
          In the case of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or
          transfer of assets or liabilities of such Plan to, any other plan,
          each Participant shall be entitled to receive benefits immediately
          after the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then
          terminated) which are equal to or greater than the benefits he or she
          would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
          consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated). The
          Trustee (or Custodian) has the authority to enter into merger
          agreements or agreements to directly transfer the assets of this Plan
          but only if such agreements are made with trustees or custodians of
          other retirement plans described in Section 401(a) of the Code.

    10.05 STANDARD OF FIDUCIARY CONDUCT
          The Employer, Plan Administrator, Trustee and any other fiduciary
          under this Plan shall discharge their duties with respect to this Plan
          solely in the interests of Participants and their Beneficiaries and
          with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances
          then prevailing that a prudent man acting in like capacity and
          familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise
          of a like character and with like aims. No fiduciary shall cause the
          Plan to engage in any transaction known as a "prohibited transaction"
          under ERISA.

    10.06 GENERAL UNDERTAKING OF ALL PARTIES
          All parties to this Plan and all persons claiming any interest
          whatsoever hereunder agree to perform any and all acts and execute any
          and all documents and papers which may be necessary or desirable for
          the carrying out of this Plan and any of its provisions.

    10.07 AGREEMENT BINDS HEIRS, ETC.
          This Plan shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators,
          successors and assigns, as those terms shall apply to any and all
          parties hereto, present and future.

    10.08 DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS
          A.   For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, this Plan is
               a Top-Heavy Plan if any of the following conditions exist:

               1.   If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds 60% and this
                    Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or
                    permissive aggregation group of plans.


                                       39



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
               2.   If this Plan is part of a required aggregation group of
                    plans but not part of a permissive aggregation group and the
                    top-heavy ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60%.

               3.   If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and
                    part of a permissive aggregation group of plans and the
                    top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds
                    60%.

               For purposes of this Section 10.08, the following terms shall
               have the meanings indicated below:

          B.   Key Employee - Any Employee or former Employee (and the
               Beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time during the
               determination period was an officer of the Employer if such
               individual's annual compensation exceeds 50% of the dollar
               limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code, an owner (or
               considered an owner under Section 318 of the Code) of one of the
               10 largest interests in the Employer if such individual's
               compensation exceeds 100% of the dollar limitation under Section
               415(c)(1)(A) of the Code, a 5% owner of the Employer, or a 1%
               owner of the Employer who has an annual compensation of more than
               $150,000. Annual compensation means compensation as defined in
               Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts contributed
               by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which
               are excludable from the Employee's gross income under Section
               125, Section 402(e)(3), Section 402(h)(1)(B) or Section 403(b) of
               the Code. The determination period is the Plan Year containing
               the determination date and the 4 preceding Plan Years.

               The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in
               accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the regulations
               thereunder.

          C.   Top-heavy ratio

               1.   If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution
                    plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and
                    the Employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan
                    which during the 5-year period ending on the determination
                    date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio
                    for this Plan alone or for the required or permissive
                    aggregation group as appropriate is a fraction, the
                    numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all
                    Key Employees as of the determination date(s) (including any
                    part of any account balance distributed in the 5-year period
                    ending on the determination date(s)), and the denominator of
                    which is the sum of all account balances (including any part
                    of any account balance distributed in the 5-year period
                    ending on the determination date(s)), both computed in
                    accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the regulations
                    thereunder. Both the numerator and the denominator of the
                    top-heavy ratio are increased to reflect any contribution
                    not actually made as of the determination date, but which is
                    required to be taken into account on that date under Section
                    416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

               2.   If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution
                    plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and
                    the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined
                    benefit plans which during the 5-year period ending on the
                    determination date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits,
                    the top-heavy ratio for any required or permissive
                    aggregation group as appropriate is a fraction, the
                    numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the
                    aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key
                    Employees, determined in accordance with (1) above, and the
                    present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated
                    defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of
                    the determination date(s), and the denominator of which is
                    the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined
                    contribution plan or plans for all Participants, determined
                    in accordance with (1) above, and the present value of
                    accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for
                    all Participants as of the determination date(s), all
                    determined in accordance with Section 416 of the Code and
                    the regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a
                    defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator
                    of the top-heavy ratio are increased for any distribution of
                    an accrued benefit made in the 5-year period ending on the
                    determination date.

               3.   For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value of account
                    balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be
                    determined as of the most recent valuation date that falls
                    within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the
                    determination date, except as provided in Section 416 of the
                    Code and the regulations thereunder for the first and second
                    plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances
                    and accrued benefits of a Participant (a) who is not a Key
                    Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Prior Year, or (b)
                    who has not been credited with at least one Hour of Service
                    with any employer maintaining the plan at any time during
                    the 5-year period ending on the determination date will be
                    disregarded. The calculation of the top-heavy ratio, and the
                    extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are
                    taken into account will be made in accordance with Section
                    416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Deductible
                    employee contributions will not be taken into account for
                    purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio. When aggregating
                    plans the value of account balances and accrued benefits
                    will be calculated with reference to the determination dates
                    that fall within the same calendar year.

                    The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key
                    Employee shall be determined under (a) the method, if any,
                    that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all
                    defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or
                                       40



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                    (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued
                    not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted
                    under the fractional rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the
                    Code.

               4.   Permissive aggregation group: The required aggregation group
                    of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which,
                    when considered as a group with the required aggregation
                    group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of
                    Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

               5.   Required aggregation group: (a) Each qualified plan of the
                    Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or
                    participated at any time during the determination period
                    (regardless of whether the Plan has terminated), and (b) any
                    other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan
                    described in (a) to meet the requirements of Sections
                    401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.

               6.   Determination date: For any Plan Year subsequent to the
                    first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year.
                    For the first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of that
                    year.

               7.   Valuation date: For purposes of calculating the top-heavy
                    ratio, the valuation date shall be the last day of each Plan
                    Year.

               8.   Present value: For purposes of establishing the "present
                    value" of benefits under a defined benefit plan to compute
                    the top-heavy ratio, any benefit shall be discounted only
                    for mortality and interest based on the interest rate and
                    mortality table specified for this purpose in the defined
                    benefit plan, unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption
                    Agreement.

    10.09 SPECIAL LIMITATIONS FOR OWNER-EMPLOYEES
          If this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
          Owner-Employees who control both the business for which this Plan is
          established and one or more other trades or businesses, this Plan and
          the plan established for other trades or businesses must, when looked
          at as a single plan, satisfy Sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code for
          the employees of those trades or businesses.

          If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
          Owner-Employees who control one or more other trades or businesses,
          the employees of the other trades or businesses must be included in a
          plan which satisfies Sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code and which
          provides contributions and benefits not less favorable than provided
          for Owner-Employees under this Plan.

          If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the plans of
          two or more trades or businesses which are not controlled and the
          individual controls a trade or business, then the contributions or
          benefits of the employees under the plan of the trade or business
          which is controlled must be as favorable as those provided for him or
          her under the most favorable plan of the trade or business which is
          not controlled.

          For purposes of the preceding paragraphs, an Owner-Employee, or two or
          more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control a trade or
          business if the Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees,
          together:

          (1)  own the entire interest in a unincorporated trade or business, or

          (2)  in the case of a partnership, own more than 50% of either the
               capital interest or the profit interest in the partnership.

          For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee, or two or
          more Owner-Employees, shall be treated as owning any interest in a
          partnership which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a partnership
          which such Owner-Employee, or such two or more Owner-Employees, are
          considered to control within the meaning of the preceding sentence.

    10.10 INALIENABILITY OF BENEFITS
          No benefit or interest available hereunder will be subject to
          assignment or alienation, either voluntarily or involuntarily. The
          preceding sentence shall also apply to the creation, assignment, or
          recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a
          Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order
          is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, as defined
          in Section 414(p) of the Code.

          Generally, a domestic relations order cannot be a qualified domestic
          relations order until January 1, 1985. However, in the case of a
          domestic relations order entered before such date, the Plan
          Administrator:

          (1)  shall treat such order as a qualified domestic relations order if
               such Plan Administrator is paying benefits pursuant to such order
               on such date, and

          (2)  may treat any other such order entered before such date as a
               qualified domestic relations order even if such order does not
               meet the requirements of Section 414(p) of the Code.


                                       41



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a
          distribution to an alternate payee under a qualified domestic
          relations order shall be permitted even if the Participant affected by
          such order is not otherwise entitled to a distribution and even if
          such Participant has not attained earliest retirement age as defined
          in Section 414(p) of the Code.

    10.11 CANNOT ELIMINATE PROTECTED BENEFITS
          Pursuant to Section 411(d)(6) of the Code, and the regulations
          thereunder, the Employer cannot reduce, eliminate or make subject to
          Employer discretion any Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit. Where
          this Plan document is being adopted to amend another plan that
          contains a protected benefit not provided for in this document, the
          Employer may attach a supplement to the Adoption Agreement that
          describes such protected benefit which shall become part of the Plan.

SECTION ELEVEN 401(k) PROVISIONS
          In addition to Sections 1 through 10, the provisions of this Section
          11 shall apply if the Employer has established a 401(k) cash or
          deferred arrangement (CODA) by completing and signing the appropriate
          Adoption Agreement.

   11.100 DEFINITIONS
          The following words and phrases when used in the Plan with initial
          capital letters shall, for the purposes of this Plan, have the
          meanings set forth below unless the context indicates that other
          meanings are intended.

   11.101 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE (ADP)
          Means, for a specified group of Participants for a Plan Year, the
          average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in
          such group) of (1) the amount of Employer Contributions actually paid
          over to the Fund on behalf of such Participant for the Plan Year to
          (2) the Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year (taking into
          account only that Compensation paid to the Employee during the portion
          of the Plan Year he or she was an eligible Participant, unless
          otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement). For purposes of
          calculating the ADP, Employer Contributions on behalf of any
          Participant shall include: (1) any Elective Deferrals made pursuant to
          the Participant's deferral election, (including Excess Elective
          Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees), but excluding (a) Excess
          Elective Deferrals of Non-highly Compensated Employees that arise
          solely from Elective Deferrals made under the Plan or plans of this
          Employer and (b) Elective Deferrals that are taken into account in the
          Contribution Percentage test (provided the ADP test is satisfied both
          with and without exclusion of these Elective Deferrals); and (2) at
          the election of the Employer, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and
          Qualified Matching Contributions. For purposes of computing Actual
          Deferral Percentages, an Employee who would be a Participant but for
          the failure to make Elective Deferrals shall be treated as a
          Participant on whose behalf no Elective Deferrals are made.

   11.102 AGGREGATE LIMIT
          Means the sum of (1) 125% of the greater of the ADP of the
          Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
          Year or the ACP of the Participants who are not Highly Compensated
          Employees under the Plan subject to Code Section 401(m) for the Plan
          Year beginning with or within the Plan Year of the CODA; and (2) the
          lesser of 200% or two plus the lesser of such ADP or ACP. "Lesser" is
          substituted for "greater" in "(1)" above, and "greater" is substituted
          for "lesser" after "two plus the" in "(2)" if it would result in a
          larger Aggregate Limit.

   11.103 AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE (ACP)
          Means the average of the Contribution Percentages of the Eligible
          Participants in a group.

   11.104 CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT
          Means a Participant who has enrolled as a Contributing Participant
          pursuant to Section 11.201 and on whose behalf the Employer is
          contributing Elective Deferrals to the Plan (or is making
          Nondeductible Employee Contributions).

   11.105 CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE
          Means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the Participant's
          Contribution Percentage Amounts to the Participant's Compensation for
          the Plan Year (taking into account only the Compensation paid to the
          Employee during the portion of the Plan Year he or she was an eligible
          Participant, unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement).

   11.106 CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE AMOUNTS
          Means the sum of the Nondeductible Employee Contributions, Matching
          Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions made under the
          Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year. Such Contribution
          Percentage Amounts shall not include Matching Contributions that are
          forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions or because
          the contributions to which they relate are Excess Deferrals, Excess
          Contributions, Excess Aggregate Contributions or excess annual
          additions which are distributed pursuant to Section 11.508. If so
          elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may include Qualified
          Nonelective Contributions in the Contribution Percentage Amount. The
          Employer also may elect to use Elective Deferrals in the Contribution
          Percentage Amounts so long as the ADP test is met before the Elective
          Deferrals are used in the ACP test and continues to be met following
          the exclusion of those Elective Deferrals that are used to meet the
          ACP test.


                                       42



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   11.107 ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
          Means any Employer Contributions made to the Plan at the election of
          the Participant, in lieu of cash compensation, and shall include
          contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement or other
          deferral mechanism. With respect to any taxable year, a Participant's
          Elective Deferral is the sum of all Employer contributions made on
          behalf of such Participant pursuant to an election to defer under any
          qualified CODA as described in Section 401(k) of the Code, any
          simplified employee pension cash or deferred arrangement as described
          in Section 402(h)(1)(B), any eligible deferred compensation plan under
          Section 457, any plan as described under Section 501(c)(18), and any
          Employer contributions made on the behalf of a Participant for the
          purchase of an annuity contract under Section 403(b) pursuant to a
          salary reduction agreement. Elective Deferrals shall not include any
          deferrals properly distributed as excess annual additions.

          No Participant shall be permitted to have Elective Deferrals made
          under this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by the
          Employer, during any taxable year, in excess of the dollar limitation
          contained in Section 402(g) of the Code in effect at the beginning of
          such taxable year.

          Elective Deferrals may not be taken into account for purposes of
          satisfying the minimum allocation requirement applicable to Top-Heavy
          Plans described in Section 3.01(E).

   11.108 ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT
          Means any Employee who is eligible to make a Nondeductible Employee
          Contribution or an Elective Deferral (if the Employer takes such
          contributions into account in the calculation of the Contribution
          Percentage), or to receive a Matching Contribution (including
          Forfeitures thereof) or a Qualified Matching Contribution.

          If a Nondeductible Employee Contribution is required as a condition of
          participation in the Plan, any Employee who would be a Participant in
          the Plan if such Employee made such a contribution shall be treated as
          an Eligible Participant on behalf of whom no Nondeductible Employee
          Contributions are made.

   11.109 EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS Means, with respect to any Plan Year,
          the excess of:
          A.   The aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account
               in computing the numerator of the Contribution Percentage
               actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such
               Plan Year, over

          B.   The maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted by the ACP
               test (determined by reducing contributions made on behalf of
               Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Contribution
               Percentages beginning with the highest of such percentages).

               Such determination shall be made after first determining Excess
               Elective Deferrals pursuant to Section 11.111 and then
               determining Excess Contributions pursuant to Section 11.110.

   11.110 EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS
          Means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:
          A.   The aggregate amount of Employer Contributions actually taken
               into account in computing the ADP of Highly Compensated Employees
               for such Plan Year, over

          B.   The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP
               test (determined by reducing contributions made on behalf of
               Highly Compensated Employees in order of the ADPs, beginning with
               the highest of such percentages).

   11.111 EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
          Means those Elective Deferrals that are includible in a Participant's
          gross income under Section 402(g) of the Code to the extent such
          Participant's Elective Deferrals for a taxable year exceed the dollar
          limitation under such Code section. Excess Elective Deferrals shall be
          treated as annual additions under the Plan, unless such amounts are
          distributed no later than the first April 15 following the close of
          the Participant's taxable year.

   11.112 MATCHING CONTRIBUTION
          Means an Employer Contribution made to this or any other defined
          contribution plan on behalf of a Participant on account of an Elective
          Deferral or a Nondeductible Employee Contribution made by such
          Participant under a plan maintained by the Employer.

          Matching Contributions may not be taken into account for purposes of
          satisfying the minimum allocation requirement applicable to Top-Heavy
          Plans described in Section 3.01(E).

   11.113 QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS
          Means contributions (other than Matching Contributions or Qualified
          Matching Contributions) made by the Employer and allocated to
          Participants' Individual Accounts that the Participants may not elect
          to receive in cash until distributed from the Plan; that are
          nonforfeitable when made; and that are distributable only in
          accordance with the distribution provisions that are applicable to
          Elective Deferrals and Qualified Matching Contributions.


                                       43



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be taken into account for
          purposes of satisfying the minimum allocation requirement applicable
          to Top-Heavy Plans described in Section 3.01(E).

   11.114 QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
          Means Matching Contributions which are subject to the distribution and
          nonforfeitability requirements under Section 401(k) of the Code when
          made.

   11.115 QUALIFYING CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT
          Means a Contributing Participant who satisfies the requirements
          described in Section 11.302 to be entitled to receive a Matching
          Contribution (and Forfeitures, if applicable) for a Plan Year.

   11.200 CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT

   11.201 REQUIREMENTS TO ENROLL AS A CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT
          A.   Each Employee who satisfies the eligibility requirements
               specified in the Adoption Agreement may enroll as a Contributing
               Participant as of any subsequent Entry Date (or earlier if
               required by Section 2.03) specified in the Adoption Agreement for
               this purpose. A Participant who wishes to enroll as a
               Contributing Participant must complete, sign and file a salary
               reduction agreement (or agreement to make Nondeductible Employee
               Contributions) with the Plan Administrator.

          B.   Notwithstanding the times set forth in Section 11.201(A) as of
               which a Participant may enroll as a Contributing Participant, the
               Plan Administrator shall have the authority to designate, in a
               nondiscriminatory manner, additional enrollment times during the
               12 month period beginning on the Effective Date (or the date that
               Elective Deferrals may commence, if later) in order that an
               orderly first enrollment might be completed. In addition, if the
               Employer has indicated in the Adoption Agreement that Elective
               Deferrals may be based on bonuses, then Participants shall be
               afforded a reasonable period of time prior to the issuance of
               such bonuses to elect to defer them into the Plan.

   11.202 CHANGING ELECTIVE DEFERRAL AMOUNTS
          A Contributing Participant may modify his or her salary reduction
          agreement (or agreement to make Nondeductible Employee Contributions)
          to increase or decrease (within the limits placed on Elective
          Deferrals (or Nondeductible Employee Contributions) in the Adoption
          Agreement) the amount of his or her Compensation deferred into the
          Plan. Such modification may only be made as of the dates specified in
          the Adoption Agreement for this purpose, or as of any other more
          frequent date(s) if the Plan Administrator permits in a uniform and
          nondiscriminatory manner. A Contributing Participant who desires to
          make such a modification shall complete, sign and file a new salary
          reduction agreement (or agreement to make Nondeductible Employee
          Contribution) with the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator may
          prescribe such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules it deems
          appropriate to carry out the terms of this Section.

   11.203 CEASING ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
          A Participant may cease Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible Employee
          Contributions) and thus withdraw as a Contributing Participant as of
          the dates specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose (or as
          of any other date if the Plan Administrator so permits in a uniform
          and nondiscriminatory manner) by revoking the authorization to the
          Employer to make Elective Deferrals (or Nondeductible Employee
          Contributions) on his or her behalf. A Participant who desires to
          withdraw as a Contributing Participant shall give written notice of
          withdrawal to the Plan Administrator at least thirty days (or such
          lesser period of days as the Plan Administrator shall permit in a
          uniform and nondiscriminatory manner) before the effective date of
          withdrawal. A Participant shall cease to be a Contributing Participant
          upon his or her Termination of Employment, or an account of
          termination of the Plan.

   11.204 RETURN AS A CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT AFTER CEASING ELECTIVE
          DEFERRALS
          A Participant who has withdrawn as a Contributing Participant under
          Section 11.203 (or because the Participant has taken a hardship
          withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.503) may not again become a
          Contributing Participant until the dates set forth in the Adoption
          Agreement for this purpose, unless the Plan Administrator, in a
          uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, permits withdrawing Participants
          to resume their status as Contributing Participants sooner.

   11.205 CERTAIN ONE-TIME IRREVOCABLE ELECTIONS
          This Section 11.205 applies where the Employer has indicated in the
          Adoption Agreement that an Employee may make a one-time irrevocable
          election to have the Employer make contributions to the Plan on such
          Employee's behalf. In such event, an Employee may elect, upon the
          Employee's first becoming eligible to participate in the Plan, to have
          contributions equal to a specified amount or percentage of the
          Employee's Compensation (including no amount of Compensation) made by
          the Employer on the Employee's behalf to the Plan (and to any other
          plan of the Employer) for the duration of the Employee's employment
          with the Employer. Any contributions made pursuant to a one-time
          irrevocable election described in this Section are not treated as made
          pursuant to a cash or deferred election, are not Elective Deferrals
          and are not includible in an Employee's gross income.


                                       44



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




          The Plan Administrator shall establish such uniform and
          nondiscriminatory procedures as it deems necessary or advisable to
          administer this provision.

   11.300 CONTRIBUTIONS

   11.301 CONTRIBUTIONS BY EMPLOYER
          The Employer shall make contributions to the Plan in accordance with
          the contribution formulas specified in the Adoption Agreement.

   11.302 MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
          The Employer may elect to make Matching Contributions under the Plan
          on behalf of Qualifying Contributing Participants as provided in the
          Adoption Agreement. To be a Qualifying Contributing Participant for a
          Plan Year, the Participant must make Elective Deferrals (or
          Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if the Employer has agreed to
          match such contributions) for the Plan Year, satisfy any age and Years
          of Eligibility Service requirements that are specified for Matching
          Contributions in the Adoption Agreement and also satisfy any
          additional conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement for this
          purpose. In a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, the Employer may
          make Matching Contributions at the same time as it contributes
          Elective Deferrals or at any other time as permitted by laws and
          regulations.

   11.303 QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS
          The Employer may elect to make Qualified Nonelective Contributions
          under the Plan on behalf of Participants as provided in the Adoption
          Agreement.

          In addition, in lieu of distributing Excess Contributions as provided
          in Section 11.505 of the Plan, or Excess Aggregate Contributions as
          provided in Section 11.506 of the Plan, and to the extent elected by
          the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may make
          Qualified Nonelective Contributions on behalf of Participants who are
          not Highly Compensated Employees that are sufficient to satisfy either
          the Actual Deferral Percentage test or the Average Contribution
          Percentage test, or both, pursuant to regulations under the Code.

   11.304 QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
          The Employer may elect to make Qualified Matching Contributions under
          the Plan on behalf of Participants as provided in the Adoption
          Agreement.

   11.305 NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
          Notwithstanding Section 3.02, if the Employer so allows in the
          Adoption Agreement, a Participant may contribute Nondeductible
          Employee Contributions to the Plan.

          If the Employer has indicated in the Adoption Agreement that
          Nondeductible Employee Contributions will be mandatory, then the
          Employer shall establish uniform and nondiscriminatory rules and
          procedures for Nondeductible Employee Contributions as it deems
          necessary and advisable including, but not limited to, rules
          describing in amounts or percentages of Compensation Participants may
          or must contribute to the Plan.

          A separate account will be maintained by the Plan Administrator for
          the Nondeductible Employee Contributions for each Participant.

          A Participant may, upon a written request submitted to the Plan
          Administrator, withdraw the lesser of the portion of his or her
          Individual Account attributable to his or her Nondeductible Employee
          Contributions or the amount he or she contributed as Nondeductible
          Employee Contributions.

          Nondeductible Employee Contributions and earnings thereon will be
          nonforfeitable at all times. No Forfeiture will occur solely as a
          result of an Employee's withdrawal of Nondeductible Employee
          Contributions.

   11.400 NONDISCRIMINATION TESTING

   11.401 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST (ADP)

          A.   Limits on Highly Compensated Employees - The Actual Deferral
               Percentage (hereinafter "ADP") for Participants who are Highly
               Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the ADP for
               Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the
               same Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

               1.   The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
                    Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ADP for
                    Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees for
                    the same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

               2.   The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
                    Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ADP for
                    Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees for
                    the same Plan Year multiplied by 2.0


                                       45



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    provided that the ADP for Participants who are Highly
                    Compensated Employees does not exceed the ADP for
                    Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees by
                    more than 2 percentage points.

          B.   Special Rules

               1.   The ADP for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated
                    Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have
                    Elective Deferrals (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions
                    or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as
                    Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP test) allocated
                    to his or her Individual Accounts under two or more
                    arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code, that
                    are maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if
                    such Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, such Qualified
                    Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching
                    Contributions, or both) were made under a single
                    arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates
                    in two or more cash or deferred arrangements that have
                    different Plan Years, all cash or deferred arrangements
                    ending with or within the same calendar year shall be
                    treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the
                    foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if
                    mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under Section
                    401(k) of the Code.

               2.   In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of
                    Sections 401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) of the Code only if
                    aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more
                    other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the
                    Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section
                    11.401 shall be applied by determining the ADP of Employees
                    as if all such plans were a single plan. For Plan Years
                    beginning after December 31, 1989, plans may be aggregated
                    in order to satisfy Section 401(k) of the Code only if they
                    have the same Plan Year.

               3.   For purposes of determining the ADP of a Participant who is
                    a 5% owner or one of the 10 most highly paid Highly
                    Compensated Employees, the Elective Deferrals (and Qualified
                    Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching
                    Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective Deferrals for
                    purposes of the ADP test) and Compensation of such
                    Participant shall include the Elective Deferrals (and, if
                    applicable, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and
                    Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) and Compensation
                    for the Plan Year of family members (as defined in Section
                    414(q)(6) of the Code). Family members, with respect to such
                    Highly Compensated Employees, shall be disregarded as
                    separate Employees in determining the ADP both for
                    Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees and
                    for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees.

               4.   For purposes of determining the ADP test, Elective
                    Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified
                    Matching Contributions must be made before the last day of
                    the 12 month period immediately following the Plan Year to
                    which contributions relate.

               5.   The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to
                    demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP test and the amount of
                    Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching
                    Contributions, or both, used in such test.

               6.   The determination and treatment of the ADP amounts of any
                    Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be
                    prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

               7.   If the Employer elects to take Qualified Matching
                    Contributions into account as Elective Deferrals for
                    purposes of the ADP test, then (subject to such other
                    requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the
                    Treasury) unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption
                    Agreement, only the amount of such Qualified Matching
                    Contributions that are needed to meet the ADP test shall be
                    taken into account.

               8.   In the event that the Plan Administrator determines that it
                    is not likely that the ADP test will be satisfied for a
                    particular Plan Year unless certain steps are taken prior to
                    the end of such Plan Year, the Plan Administrator may
                    require Contributing Participants who are Highly Compensated
                    Employees to reduce their Elective Deferrals for such Plan
                    Year in order to satisfy that requirement. Said reduction
                    shall also be required by the Plan Administrator in the
                    event that the Plan Administrator anticipates that the
                    Employer will not be able to deduct all Employer
                    Contributions from its income for Federal income tax
                    purposes.

   11.402 LIMITS ON NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS AND MATCHING
          CONTRIBUTIONS
          A.   Limits on Highly Compensated Employees - The Average Contribution
               Percentage (hereinafter "ACP") for Participants who are Highly
               Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the ACP for
               Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the
               same Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

               1.   The ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
                    Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ACP for
                    Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees for
                    the same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

               2.   The ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
                    Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the ACP for
                    Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees for
                    the same Plan Year multiplied by 2, provided


                                       46



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                    that the ACP for the Participants who are Highly Compensated
                    Employees does not exceed the ACP for Participants who are
                    not Highly Compensated Employees by more than 2 percentage
                    points.

          B.   Special Rules

               1.   Multiple Use - If one or more Highly Compensated Employees
                    participate in both a CODA and a plan subject to the ACP
                    test maintained by the Employer and the sum of the ADP and
                    ACP of those Highly Compensated Employees subject to either
                    or both tests exceeds the Aggregate Limit, then, as elected
                    in the Adoption Agreement, the ACP or the ADP of those
                    Highly Compensated Employees who also participate in a CODA
                    will be reduced (beginning with such Highly Compensated
                    Employee whose ACP (or ADP, if elected) is the highest) so
                    that the limit is not exceeded. The amount by which each
                    Highly Compensated Employee's Contribution Percentage
                    Amounts (or ADP, if elected) is reduced shall be treated as
                    an Excess Aggregate Contribution (or Excess Contribution, if
                    elected). The ADP and ACP of the Highly Compensated
                    Employees are determined after any corrections required to
                    meet the ADP and ACP tests. Multiple use does not occur if
                    the ADP and ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees does not
                    exceed 1.25 multiplied by the ADP and ACP of the
                    Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees.

               2.   For purposes of this Section 11.402, the Contribution
                    Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated
                    Employee and who is eligible to have Contribution Percentage
                    Amounts allocated to his or her Individual Account under two
                    or more plans described in Section 401(a) of the Code, or
                    arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code that
                    are maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if
                    the total of such Contribution Percentage Amounts was made
                    under each plan. If a Highly Compensated Employee
                    participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements
                    that have different plan years, all cash or deferred
                    arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year
                    shall be treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding
                    the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if
                    mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under Section
                    401(m) of the Code.

               3.   In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of
                    Sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code only if
                    aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more
                    other plans satisfy the requirements of such Sections of the
                    Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section
                    shall be applied by determining the Contribution Percentage
                    of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. For
                    Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1989, plans may be
                    aggregated in order to satisfy Section 401(m) of the Code
                    only if they have the same Plan Year.

               4.   For purposes of determining the Contribution Percentage of a
                    Participant who is a 5% owner or one of the 10 most highly
                    paid Highly Compensated Employees, the Contribution
                    Percentage Amounts and Compensation of such Participant
                    shall include the Contribution Percentage Amounts and
                    Compensation for the Plan Year of family members, (as
                    defined in Section 414(q)(6) of the Code). Family members,
                    with respect to Highly Compensated Employees, shall be
                    disregarded as separate Employees in determining the
                    Contribution Percentage both for Participants who are not
                    Highly Compensated Employees and for Participants who are
                    Highly Compensated Employees.

               5.   For purposes of determining the Contribution Percentage
                    test, Nondeductible Employee Contributions are considered to
                    have been made in the Plan Year in which contributed to the
                    Fund. Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective
                    Contributions will be considered made for a Plan Year if
                    made no later than the end of the 12 month period beginning
                    on the day after the close of the Plan Year.

               6.   The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to
                    demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP test and the amount of
                    Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching
                    Contributions, or both, used in such test.

               7.   The determination and treatment of the Contribution
                    Percentage of any Participant shall satisfy such other
                    requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the
                    Treasury.

               8.   If the Employer elects to take Qualified Nonelective
                    Contributions into account as Contribution Percentage
                    Amounts for purposes of the ACP test, then (subject to such
                    other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of
                    the Treasury) unless otherwise indicated in the Adoption
                    Agreement, only the amount of such Qualified Nonelective
                    Contributions that are needed to meet the ACP test shall be
                    taken into account.

               9.   If the Employer elects to take Elective Deferrals into
                    account as Contribution Percentage Amounts for purposes of
                    the ACP test, then (subject to such other requirements as
                    may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury) unless
                    otherwise indicated in the Adoption Agreement, only the
                    amount of such Elective Deferrals that are needed to meet
                    the ACP test shall be taken into account.

   11.500 DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS


                                       47



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   11.501 GENERAL RULE
          Distributions from the Plan are subject to the provisions of Section 6
          and the provisions of this Section 11. In the event of a conflict
          between the provisions of Section 6 and Section 11, the provisions of
          Section 11 shall control.

   11.502 DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
          Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and Qualified
          Matching Contributions, and income allocable to each are not
          distributable to a Participant or his or her Beneficiary or
          Beneficiaries, in accordance with such Participant's or Beneficiary or
          Beneficiaries' election, earlier than upon separation from service,
          death or disability.

          Such amounts may also be distributed upon:

          A.   Termination of the Plan without the establishment of another
               defined contribution plan, other than an employee stock ownership
               plan (as defined in Section 4975(e) or Section 409 of the Code)
               or a simplified employee pension plan as defined in Section
               408(k).

          B.   The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated corporation of
               substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of Section
               409(d)(2) of the Code used in a trade or business of such
               corporation if such corporation continues to maintain this Plan
               after the disposition, but only with respect to Employees who
               continue employment with the corporation acquiring such assets.

          C.   The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated entity of such
               corporation's interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of
               Section 409(d)(3) of the Code) if such corporation continues to
               maintain this Plan, but only with respect to Employees who
               continue employment with such subsidiary.

          D.   The attainment of age 59 1/2 in the case of a profit sharing
               plan.

          E.   If the Employer has so elected in the Adoption Agreement, the
               hardship of the Participant as described in Section 11.503.

               All distributions that may be made pursuant to one or more of the
               foregoing distributable events are subject to the spousal and
               Participant consent requirements (if applicable) contained in
               Section 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code. In addition,
               distributions after March 31, 1988, that are triggered by any of
               the first three events enumerated above must be made in a lump
               sum.

   11.503 HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION
          A.   General - If the Employer has so elected in the Adoption
               Agreement, distribution of Elective Deferrals (and any earnings
               credited to a Participant's account as of the end of the last
               Plan Year, ending before July 1, 1989) may be made to a
               Participant in the event of hardship. For the purposes of this
               Section, hardship is defined as an immediate and heavy financial
               need of the Employee where such Employee lacks other available
               resources. Hardship distributions are subject to the spousal
               consent requirements contained in Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of
               the Code.

          B.   Special Rules

               1.   The following are the only financial needs considered
                    immediate and heavy: expenses incurred or necessary for
                    medical care, described in Section 213(d) of the Code, of
                    the Employee, the Employee's spouse or dependents; the
                    purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal
                    residence for the Employee; payment of tuition and related
                    educational fees for the next 12 months of post-secondary
                    education for the Employee, the Employee's spouse, children
                    or dependents; or the need to prevent the eviction of the
                    Employee from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage of, the
                    Employee's principal residence.

               2.   A distribution will be considered as necessary to satisfy an
                    immediate and heavy financial need of the Employee only if:

                    a.   The Employee has obtained all distributions, other than
                         hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans under
                         all plans maintained by the Employer;

                    b.   All plans maintained by the Employer provide that the
                         Employee's Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible
                         Employee Contributions) will be suspended for 12 months
                         after the receipt of the hardship distribution;

                    c.   The distribution is not in excess of the amount of an
                         immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts
                         necessary to pay any Federal, state or local income
                         taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result
                         from the distribution); and

                    d.   All plans maintained by the Employer provide that the
                         Employee may not make Elective Deferrals for the
                         Employee's taxable year immediately following the
                         taxable year of the hardship distribution in excess of


                                       48



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                         the applicable limit under Section 402(g) of the Code
                         for such taxable year less the amount of such
                         Employee's Elective Deferrals for the taxable year of
                         the hardship distribution.

   11.504 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

          A.   General Rule - A Participant may assign to this Plan any Excess
               Elective Deferrals made during a taxable year of the Participant
               by notifying the Plan Administrator on or before the date
               specified in the Adoption Agreement of the amount of the Excess
               Elective Deferrals to be assigned to the Plan. A Participant is
               deemed to notify the Plan Administrator of any Excess Elective
               Deferrals that arise by taking into account only those Elective
               Deferrals made to this Plan and any other plans of the Employer.

               Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess Elective
               Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto,
               shall be distributed no later than April 15 to any Participant to
               whose Individual Account Excess Elective Deferrals were assigned
               for the preceding year and who claims Excess Elective Deferrals
               for such taxable year.

          B.   Determination of Income or Loss - Excess Elective Deferrals shall
               be adjusted for any income or loss up to the date of
               distribution. The income of loss allocable to Excess Elective
               Deferrals is the sum of: (1) income or loss allocable to the
               Participant's Elective Deferral account for the taxable year
               multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such
               Participant's Elective Deferrals for the year and the denominator
               is the Participant's Individual Account balance attributable to
               Elective Deferrals without regard to any income or loss occurring
               during such taxable year; and (2) 10% of the amount determined
               under (1) multiplied by the number of whole calendar months
               between the end of the Participant's taxable year and the date of
               distribution, counting the month of distribution if distribution
               occurs after the 15th of such month. Notwithstanding the
               preceding sentence, the Plan Administrator may compute the income
               or loss allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals in the manner
               described in Section 4 (i.e., the usual manner used by the Plan
               for allocating income or loss to Participants' Individual
               Accounts), provided such method is used consistently for all
               Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan
               for the Plan Year.

   11.505 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS

          A.   General Rule - Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan,
               Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss
               allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than the last
               day of each Plan Year to Participants to whose Individual
               Accounts such Excess Contributions were allocated for the
               preceding Plan Year. If such excess amounts are distributed more
               than 2 1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which
               such excess amounts arose, a 10% excise tax will be imposed on
               the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts.
               Such distributions shall be made to Highly Compensated Employees
               on the basis of the respective portions of the Excess
               Contributions attributable to each of such Employees. Excess
               Contributions of Participants who are subject to the family
               member aggregation rules shall be allocated among the family
               members in proportion to the Elective Deferrals (and amounts
               treated as Elective Deferrals) of each family member that is
               combined to determine the combined ADP.

               Excess Contributions (including the amounts recharacterized)
               shall be treated as annual additions under the Plan.

          B.   Determination of Income or Loss - Excess Contributions shall be
               adjusted for any income or loss up to the date of distribution.
               The income or loss allocable to Excess Contributions is the sum
               of: (1) income or loss allocable to Participant's Elective
               Deferral account (and, if applicable, the Qualified Nonelective
               Contribution account or the Qualified Matching Contributions
               account or both) for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the
               numerator of which is such Participant's Excess Contributions for
               the year and the denominator is the Participant's Individual
               Account balance attributable to Elective Deferrals (and Qualified
               Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or
               both, if any of such contributions are included in the ADP test)
               without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan
               Year; and (2) 10% of the amount determined under (1) multiplied
               by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the
               Plan Year and the date of distribution, counting the month of
               distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.
               Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Plan Administrator
               may compute the income or loss allocable to Excess Contributions
               in the manner described in Section 4 (i.e., the usual manner used
               by the Plan for allocating income or loss to Participants'
               Individual Accounts), provided such method is used consistently
               for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under
               the Plan for the Plan Year.

          C.   Accounting for Excess Contributions - Excess Contributions shall
               be distributed from the Participant's Elective Deferral account
               and Qualified Matching Contribution account (if applicable) in
               proportion to the Participant's Elective Deferrals and Qualified
               Matching Contributions (to the extent used in the ADP test) for
               the Plan Year. Excess Contributions shall be distributed from the
               Participant's Qualified Nonelective Contribution account only to
               the extent that such Excess Contributions exceed the balance in
               the Participant's Elective Deferral account and Qualified
               Matching Contribution account.

   11.506 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS


                                       49



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          A.   General Rule - Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan,
               Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any
               loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited, if forfeitable, or if
               not forfeitable, distributed no later than the last day of each
               Plan Year to Participants to whose accounts such Excess Aggregate
               Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan Year. Excess
               Aggregate Contributions of Participants who are subject to the
               family member aggregation rules shall be allocated among the
               family members in proportion to the Employee and Matching
               Contributions (or amounts treated as Matching Contributions) of
               each family member that is combined to determine the combined
               ACP. If such Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed more
               than 2 1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which
               such excess amounts arose, a 10% excise tax will be imposed on
               the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to those amounts.

               Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as annual
               additions under the Plan.

          B.   Determination of Income or Loss - Excess Aggregate Contributions
               shall be adjusted for any income or loss up to the date of
               distribution. The income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate
               Contributions is the sum of: (1) income or loss allocable to the
               Participant's Nondeductible Employee Contribution account,
               Matching Contribution account (if any, and if all amounts therein
               are not used in the ADP test) and, if applicable, Qualified
               Nonelective Contribution account and Elective Deferral account
               for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
               which is such Participant's Excess Aggregate Contributions for
               the year and the denominator is the Participant's Individual
               Account balance(s) attributable to Contribution Percentage
               Amounts without regard to any income or loss occurring during
               such Plan Year; and (2) 10% of the amount determined under (1)
               multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end
               of the Plan Year and the date of distribution, counting the month
               of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th of such
               month. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Plan
               Administrator may compute the income or loss allocable to Excess
               Aggregate Contributions in the manner described in Section 4
               (i.e., the usual manner used by the Plan for allocating income or
               loss to Participants' Individual Accounts), provided such method
               is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective
               distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year.

          C.   Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions - Forfeitures of
               Excess Aggregate Contributions may either be reallocated to the
               accounts of Contributing Participants who are not Highly
               Compensated Employees or applied to reduce Employer
               Contributions, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption
               Agreement.

          D.   Accounting for Excess Aggregate Contributions - Excess Aggregate
               Contributions shall be forfeited, if forfeitable or distributed
               on a pro rata basis from the Participant's Nondeductible Employee
               Contribution account, Matching Contribution account, and
               Qualified Matching Contribution account (and, if applicable, the
               Participant's Qualified Nonelective Contribution account or
               Elective Deferral account, or both).


                                       50



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



   11.507 RECHARACTERIZATION
          A Participant may treat his or her Excess Contributions as an amount
          distributed to the Participant and then contributed by the Participant
          to the Plan. Recharacterized amounts will remain nonforfeitable and
          subject to the same distribution requirements as Elective Deferrals.
          Amounts may not be recharacterized by a Highly Compensated Employee to
          the extent that such amount in combination with other Nondeductible
          Employee Contributions made by that Employee would exceed any stated
          limit under the Plan on Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

          Recharacterization must occur no later than two and one-half months
          after the last day of the Plan Year in which such Excess Contributions
          arose and is deemed to occur no earlier than the date the last Highly
          Compensated Employee is informed in writing of the amount
          recharacterized and the consequences thereof. Recharacterized amounts
          will be taxable to the Participant for the Participant's tax year in
          which the Participant would have received them in cash.

   11.508 DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS IF EXCESS ANNUAL ADDITIONS
          Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a Participant's
          Elective Deferrals shall be distributed to him or her to the extent
          that the distribution will reduce an excess annual addition (as that
          term is described in Section 3.05 of the Plan).

   11.600 VESTING

   11.601 100% VESTING ON CERTAIN CONTRIBUTIONS
          The Participant's accrued benefit derived from Elective Deferrals,
          Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Nondeductible Employee
          Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions is nonforfeitable.
          Separate accounts for Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective
          Contributions, Nondeductible Employee Contributions, Matching
          Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions will be maintained
          for each Participant. Each account will be credited with the
          applicable contributions and earnings thereon.

   11.602 FORFEITURES AND VESTING OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
          Matching Contributions shall be Vested in accordance with the vesting
          schedule for Matching Contributions in the Adoption Agreement. In any
          event, Matching Contributions shall be fully Vested at Normal
          Retirement Age, upon the complete or partial termination of the profit
          sharing plan, or upon the complete discontinuance of Employer
          Contributions. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan,
          Matching Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions must be
          forfeited if the contributions to which they relate are Excess
          Elective Deferrals, Excess Contributions, Excess Aggregate
          Contributions or excess annual additions which are distributed
          pursuant to Section 11.508. Such Forfeitures shall be allocated in
          accordance with Section 3.01(C).

          When a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment, whether a
          Forfeiture arises with respect to Matching Contributions shall be
          determined in accordance with Section 6.01(D).


                                       51


<PAGE>




<PAGE>



Flexible Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
ADOPTION AGREEMENT

                        SECTION 1. EMPLOYER INFORMATION

Name of Employer________________________________________________________________

Address_________________________________________________________________________

City____________________________________ State__________________ Zip____________

Telephone________________ Employer's Federal Tax Identification Number__________

Type of Business (Check only one)  [ ] Sole Proprietorship  [ ] Partnership
                                   [ ] C Corporation        [ ] S Corporation

[ ] Other (Specify)_____________________________________________________________

[ ] Check here if Related Employers may participate in this Plan and attach a
    Related Employer Participation Agreement for each Related Employer who will
    participate in this Plan.

Business Code___________________

Name of Plan____________________________________________________________________

Name of Trust (if different from Plan name)_____________________________________

Plan Sequence Number ___________ (Enter 001 if this is the first qualified plan
                                 the Employer has ever maintained, enter 002 if
                                 it is the second, etc.)

Trust Identification Number (if applicable)_______________

Account Number (Optional)_________________

                           SECTION 2. EFFECTIVE DATES
                             Complete Parts A and B

Part A. General Effective Dates (Check and Complete Option 1 or 2):
        Option 1: [ ] This is the initial adoption of a profit sharing plan by
                      the Employer.
                      The Effective Date of this Plan is _____________________ .
                      NOTE: The effective date is usually the first day of the
                      Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.

        Option 2: [ ] This is an amendment and restatement of an existing profit
                      sharing plan (a Prior Plan).
                      The Prior Plan was initially effective on ______________ .
                      The Effective Date of this amendment and restatement
                      is _____________________ .
                      NOTE: The effective date is usually the first day of the
                      Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.

Part B. Commencement of Elective Deferrals:
        Elective Deferrals may commence on _____________________ .
        NOTE: This date may be no earlier than the date this Adoption Agreement
        is signed because Elective Deferrals cannot be made retroactively.

                        SECTION 3. RELEVANT TIME PERIODS
                           Complete Parts A through C

Part A. Employer's Fiscal Year:
        The Employer's fiscal year ends (Specify month and date)________________
Part B. Plan Year Means:
        Option 1: [ ] The 12-consecutive month period which coincides with the
                      Employer's fiscal year.
        Option 2: [ ] The calendar year.
        Option 3: [ ] Other 12-consecutive month period (Specify)_______________
        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.
        If the initial Plan Year is less than 12 months (a short Plan Year)
        specify such Plan Year's beginning and ending dates

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 2


Part C. Limitation Year Means:
        Option 1: [ ] The Plan Year.
        Option 2: [ ] The calendar year.
        Option 3: [ ] Other 12-consecutive month period (Specify)_______________
        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                      SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
                           Complete Parts A through F

Part A. Years of Eligibility Service Requirement:
        1. Elective Deferrals.
           An Employee will be eligible to become a Contributing Participant in
           the Plan (and thus be eligible to make Elective Deferrals) and
           receive Matching Contributions (including Qualified Matching
           Contributions, if applicable) after completing ________ (enter 0, 1
           or any fraction less than 1) Years of Eligibility Service.
        2. Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
           An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for
           purposes of receiving an allocation of any Employer Profit Sharing
           Contribution made pursuant to Section 10 of the Adoption Agreement
           after completing ________ (enter 0, 1, 2 or any fraction less than 2)
           Years of Eligibility Service.

        NOTE: If more than 1 year is selected for Item 2, the immediate 100%
        vesting schedule of Section 12 will automatically apply for
        contributions described in such item. If either item is left blank, the
        Years of Eligibility Service required for such item will be deemed to be
        0. If a fraction is selected, an Employee will not be required to
        complete any specified number of Hours of Service to receive credit for
        a fractional year. If a single Entry Date is selected in Section 4, Part
        F for an item, the Years of Eligibility Service required for such item
        cannot exceed 1 1/2 (1/2 for Elective Deferrals).

Part B. Age Requirement:

        1. Elective Deferrals.
           An Employee will be eligible to become a Contributing Participant
           (and thus be eligible to make Elective Deferrals) and receive
           Matching Contributions (including Qualified Matching Contributions,
           if applicable) after attaining age ________ (no more than 21).
        2. Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
           An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for
           purposes of receiving an allocation of any Employer Profit Sharing
           Contribution made pursuant to Section 10 of the Adoption Agreement
           after attaining age ________ (no more than 21).

        NOTE: If either of the above items in this Section 4, Part B is left
        blank, it will be deemed there is no age requirement for such item. If a
        single Entry Date is selected in Section 4, Part F for an item, no age
        requirement can exceed 20 1/2 for such item.

Part C. Employees Employed As of Effective Date:

        Will all Employees employed as of the Effective Date of this Plan who
        have not otherwise met the requirements of Part A or Part B above be
        considered to have met those requirements as of the Effective Date?
        [ ] Yes  [ ]No

        NOTE: If a box is not checked for any item in this Section 4, Part C,
        "No" will be deemed to be selected.

Part D. Exclusion of Certain Classes of Employees:
        All Employees will be eligible to become Participants in the Plan
        except:

        a. [ ] Those Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by a
               collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee
               representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good
               faith bargaining and if two percent or less of the Employees who
               are covered pursuant to that agreement are professionals as
               defined in Section 1.410(b)-9 of the regulations. For this
               purpose, the term "employee representatives" does not include any
               organization more than half of whose members are Employees who
               are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

        b. [ ] Those Employees who are non-resident aliens (within the meaning
               of Section 7701(b)(1)(B) of the Code) and who received no earned
               income (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from
               the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the
               United States (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the
               Code).

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 3


Part E. Hours Required For Eligibility Purposes:
        1. __________ Hours of Service (no more than 1,000) shall be required to
           constitute a Year of Eligibility Service.
        2. __________ Hours of Service (no more than 500 but less than the
           number specified in Section 4, Part E, Item 1, above) must be
           exceeded to avoid a Break in Eligibility Service.
        3. For purposes of determining Years of Eligibility Service, Employees
           shall be given credit for Hours of Service with the following
           predecessor employer(s): (Complete if applicable)
           
           _____________________________________________________________________

           _____________________________________________________________________

Part F. Entry Dates:
        The Entry Dates for participation shall be (Choose one):
        Option 1: [ ] The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the
                      seventh month of the Plan Year.
        Option 2: [ ] Other (Specify)___________________________________________

                                     ___________________________________________

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.
        Option 2 can be selected for an item only if the eligibility
        requirements and Entry Dates are coordinated such that each Employee
        will become a Participant in the Plan no later than the earlier of: (1)
        the first day of the Plan Year beginning after the date the Employee
        satisfies the age and service requirements of Section 410(a) of the
        Code; or (2) 6 months after the date the Employee satisfies such
        requirements.

                    SECTION 5. METHOD OF DETERMINING SERVICE
                              Complete Part A or B

Part A. Hours of Service Equivalencies:
        Service will be determined on the basis of the method selected below.
        Only one method may be selected. The method selected will be applied to
        all Employees covered under the Plan. (Choose one):
        Option 1: [ ] On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is paid
                      or entitled to payment.
        Option 2: [ ] On the basis of days worked. An Employee will be credited
                      with 10 Hours of Service if under Section 1.24 of the Plan
                      such Employee would be credited with at least 1 Hour of
                      Service during the day.
        Option 3: [ ] On the basis of weeks worked. An Employee will be credited
                      with 45 Hours of Service if under Section 1.24 of the Plan
                      such Employee would be credited with at least 1 Hour of
                      Service during the week.
        Option 4: [ ] On the basis of months worked. An Employee will be
                      credited with 190 Hours of Service if under Section 1.24
                      of the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least
                      1 Hour of Service during the month.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.
        This Section 5, Part A will not apply if the Elapsed Time Method of
        Section 5, Part B is selected.

Part B. Elapsed Time Method:
        In lieu of tracking Hours of Service of Employees, will the elapsed time
        method described in Section 2.07 of the Plan be used? (Choose one)
        Option 1: [ ] No.
        Option 2: [ ] Yes.
        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                         SECTION 6. ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

Part A. Authorization of Elective Deferrals:
        Will Elective Deferrals be permitted under this Plan? (Choose one)
        Option 1: [ ] Yes.
        Option 2: [ ] No.
        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.
        Complete the remainder of Section 6 only if Option 1 is selected.

Part B. Limits on Elective Deferrals:
        If Elective Deferrals are permitted under the Plan, a Contributing
        Participant may elect under a salary reduction agreement to have his or
        her Compensation reduced by an amount as described below (Choose one):
        Option 1: [ ] An amount equal to a percentage of the Contributing
                      Participant's Compensation from _______ % to _______ % in
                      increments of _______ %.
        Option 2:x[ ] An amount of the Contributing Participant's Compensation
                      not less than _______________ and not more than
                      _______________ .
        The amount of such reduction shall be contributed to the Plan by the
        Employer on behalf of the Contributing Participant. For any taxable
        year, a Contributing Participant's Elective Deferrals shall not exceed
        the limit contained in Section 402(g) of the Code in effect at the
        beginning of such taxable year.

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 4


Part C. Elective Deferrals Based on Bonuses:
        Instead of or in addition to making Elective Deferrals through payroll
        deduction, may a Contributing Participant elect to contribute to the
        Plan, as an Elective Deferral, part or all of a bonus rather than
        receive such bonus in cash? (Choose one)
        Option 1: [ ] Yes.
        Option 2: [ ] No.
        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will be deemed to be selected.

Part D. Return As A Contributing Participant After Ceasing Elective Deferrals:
        A Participant who ceases Elective Deferrals by revoking a salary
        reduction agreement may return as a Contributing Participant as of such
        times established by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and
        nondiscriminatory manner.

Part E. Changing Elective Deferral Amounts:
        A Contributing Participant may modify a salary reduction agreement to
        prospectively increase or decrease the amount of his or her Elective
        Deferrals as of such times established by the Plan Administrator in a
        uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

Part F. Claiming Excess Elective Deferrals:
        Participants who claim Excess Elective Deferrals for the preceding
        calendar year must submit their claims in writing to the Plan
        Administrator by (Choose one):
        Option 1: [ ] March 1.
        Option 2: [ ] Other (Specify a date not later than April 15)
                      _____________________
        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                       SECTION 7. MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

Part A. Authorization of Matching Contributions:
        Will the Employer make Matching Contributions to the Plan on behalf of
        Qualifying Contributing Participants? (Choose one)
        Option 1: [ ] Yes, but only with respect to a Contributing
                      Participant's Elective Deferrals.
        Option 2: [ ] Yes, but only with respect to a Participant's
                      Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
        Option 3: [ ] Yes, with respect to both Elective Deferrals and
                      Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
        Option 4: [ ] No.
        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 4 will be deemed to be selected.
        Complete the remainder of Section 7 only if Option 1, 2 or 3 is
        selected.

Part B. Matching Contribution Formula:
        If the Employer will make Matching Contributions, then the amount of
        such Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Qualifying Contributing
        Participant each Plan Year shall be (Choose one):
        Option 1: [ ] An amount equal to __________% of such Contributing
                      Participant's Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible
                      Employee Contribution, if applicable).
        Option 2: [ ] An amount equal to the sum of __________% of the
                      portion of such Contributing Participant's Elective
                      Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if
                      applicable) which does not exceed __________% of the
                      Contributing Participant's Compensation plus __________%
                      of the portion of such Contributing Participant's Elective
                      Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if
                      applicable) which exceeds __________% of the Contributing
                      Participant's Compensation.
        Option 3: [ ] Such amount, if any, equal to that percentage of
                      each Contributing Participant's Elective Deferral (and/or
                      Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) which
                      the Employer, in its sole discretion, determines from year
                      to year.
        Option 4: [ ] Other Formula. (Specify) _________________________________
                                               _________________________________
        NOTE: If Option 4 is selected, the formula specified can only allow
        Matching Contributions to be made with respect to a Contributing
        Participant's Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee
        Contribution, if applicable).

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 5




Part C. Limit on Matching Contributions:
        Notwithstanding the Matching Contribution formula specified above, no
        Matching Contribution will be made with respect to a Contributing
        Participant's Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee
        Contributions, if applicable) in excess of ________ or ________% of such
        Contributing Participant's Compensation.

Part D. Qualifying Contributing Participants:
        A Contributing Participant who satisfies the eligibility requirements
        described in Section 4 will be a Qualifying Contributing Participant and
        thus entitled to share in Matching Contributions for any Plan Year only
        if the Participant is a Contributing Participant and satisfies the
        following additional conditions (Check one or more Options):

        Option 1: [ ] No Additional Conditions.

        Option 2: [ ] Hours of Service Requirement. The Contributing Participant
                      completes at least ________ (not more than 500) Hours of
                      Service during the Plan Year. However, this condition will
                      be waived for the following reasons (Check at least one):

                      [ ] The Contributing Participant's Death.

                      [ ] The Contributing Participant's Termination of
                          Employment after having incurred a Disability.

                      [ ] The Contributing Participant's Termination of
                          Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.

                      [ ] This condition will not be waived.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                 SECTION 8. QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS

Part A. Authorization of Qualified Nonelective Contributions:
        Will the Employer make Qualified Nonelective Contributions to the Plan?
        (Choose One)

        Option 1: [ ] Yes.

        Option 2: [ ] No.

        If the Employer elects to make Qualified Nonelective Contributions, then
        the amount, if any, of such contribution to the Plan for each Plan Year
        shall be an amount determined by the Employer.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.
        Complete the remainder of Section 8 only if Option 1 is selected.

Part B. Participants Entitled to Qualified Nonelective Contributions:
        Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be made to the
        Individual Accounts of (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] Only Participants who are not Highly Compensated
                      Employees.

        Option 2: [ ] All Participants.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

Part C. Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions:
        Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions to Participants
        entitled thereto shall be made (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] In the ratio which each Participant's Compensation for the
                      Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
                      Participants for such Plan Year.

        Option 2: [ ] In the ratio which each Participant's Compensation not in
                      excess of _____________ for the Plan Year bears to the
                      total Compensation of all Participants not in excess of
                      _____________ for such Plan Year.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 6



                  SECTION 9. QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

Part A. Authorization of Qualified Matching Contributions:
        Will the Employer make Qualified Matching Contributions to the Plan on
        behalf of Qualifying Contributing Participants? (Choose one)

        Option 1: [ ] Yes, but only with respect to a Contributing Participant's
                      Elective Deferrals.

        Option 2: [ ] Yes, but only with respect to a Participant's
                      Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

        Option 3: [ ] Yes, with respect to both Elective Deferrals and
                      Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

        Option 4: [ ] No.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will be deemed to be selected.
        Complete the remainder of Section 9 only if Option 1, 2 or 3 is
        selected.

Part B. Qualified Matching Contribution Formula:

        If the Employer will make Qualified Matching Contributions, then the
        amount of such Qualified Matching Contributions made on behalf of a
        Qualifying Contributing Participant each Plan Year shall be (Choose
        one):

        Option 1: [ ] An amount equal to ________% of such Contributing
                      Participant's Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible
                      Employee Contribution, if applicable).

        Option 2: [ ] An amount equal to the sum of ________% of the portion of
                      such Contributing Participant's Elective Deferral (and/or
                      Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) which
                      does not exceed ________% of the Contributing
                      Participant's Compensation plus ________% of the portion
                      of such Contributing Participant's Elective Deferral
                      (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if
                      applicable) which exceeds ________% of the Contributing
                      Participant's Compensation.

        Option 3: [ ] Such amount, if any, as determined by the Employer in its
                      sole discretion, equal to that percentage of the Elective
                      Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if
                      applicable) of each Contributing Participant entitled
                      thereto which would be sufficient to cause the Plan to
                      satisfy the Actual Contribution Percentage tests
                      (described in Section 11.402 of the Plan) for the Plan
                      Year.

        Option 4: [ ] Other Formula. (Specify) _________________________________
                                               _________________________________

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will be deemed to be selected.

Part C. Participants Entitled to Qualified Matching Contributions:
        Qualified Matching Contributions, if made to the Plan, will be made on
        behalf of (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] Only Contributing Participants who make Elective Deferrals
                      who are not Highly Compensated Employees.

        Option 2: [ ] All Contributing Participants who make Elective Deferrals.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

Part D. Limit on Qualified Matching Contributions:
        Notwithstanding the Qualified Matching Contribution formula specified
        above, the Employer will not match a Contributing Participant's Elective
        Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) in
        excess of ____________ or ________% of such Contributing Participant's
        Compensation.

               SECTION 10. EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS
                           Complete Parts A, B and C

Part A. Contribution Formula:
        For each Plan Year the Employer will contribute an Amount to be
        determined from year to year.

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 7



Part B. Allocation Formula (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] Pro Rata Formula. Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                      shall be allocated to the Individual Accounts of
                      Qualifying Participants in the ratio that each Qualifying
                      Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
                      total Compensation of all Qualifying Participants for the
                      Plan Year.

        Option 2: [ ] Integrated Formula. Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                      shall be allocated as follows (Start with Step 3 if this
                      Plan is not a Top-Heavy Plan):

                      Step 1. Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall first
                              be allocated pro rata to Qualifying Participants
                              in the manner described in Section 10, Part B,
                              Option 1. The percent so allocated shall not
                              exceed 3% of each Qualifying Participant's
                              Compensation.

                      Step 2. Any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                              remaining after the allocation in Step 1 shall be
                              allocated to each Qualifying Participant's
                              Individual Account in the ratio that each
                              Qualifying Participant's Compensation for the Plan
                              Year in excess of the integration level bears to
                              all Qualifying Participants' Compensation in
                              excess of the integration level, but not in excess
                              of 3%.

                      Step 3. Any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                              remaining after the allocation in Step 2 shall be
                              allocated to each Qualifying Participant's
                              Individual Account in the ratio that the sum of
                              each Qualifying Participant's total Compensation
                              and Compensation in excess of the integration
                              level bears to the sum of all Qualifying
                              Participants' total Compensation and Compensation
                              in excess of the integration level, but not in
                              excess of the profit sharing maximum disparity
                              rate as described in Section 3.01(B)(3) of the
                              Plan.

                      Step 4. Any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                              remaining after the allocation in Step 3 shall be
                              allocated pro rata to Qualifying Participants in
                              the manner described in Section 10, Part B, Option
                              1.

                      The integration level shall be (Choose one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] The Taxable Wage Base.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] _______________ (a dollar amount less
                                         than the Taxable Wage Base).

                      Suboption (c): [ ] ________% (not more than 100%) of the
                                         Taxable Wage Base.

                      NOTE: If no option is selected, Suboption (a) will be
                      deemed to be selected.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

Part C. Qualifying Participants:
        A Participant will be a Qualifying Participant and thus entitled to
        share in the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution for any Plan Year only
        if the Participant is a Participant on at least one day of such Plan
        Year and satisfies the following additional conditions (Check one or
        more Options):

        Option 1: [ ] No Additional Conditions.

        Option 2: [ ] Hours of Service Requirement. The Participant completes at
                      least _________ (not more than 500) Hours of Service
                      during the Plan Year. However, this condition will be
                      waived for the following reasons (Check at least one):

                      [ ] The Participant's Death.

                      [ ] The Participant's Termination of Employment after
                          having incurred a Disability.

                      [ ] The Participant's Termination of Employment after
                          having reached Normal Retirement Age.

                      [ ] This condition will not be waived.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                            SECTION 11. COMPENSATION
                           Complete Parts A through D

Part A. Basic Definition:
        Compensation will mean all of each Participant's (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] W-2 wages.

        Option 2: [ ] Section 3401(a) wages.

        Option 3: [ ] 415 safe-harbor compensation.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 8



Part B. Measuring Period for Compensation:

        Compensation shall be determined over the following applicable period
        (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] The Plan Year.

        Option 2: [ ] The calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

Part C. Inclusion of Elective Deferrals:

        Does Compensation include Employer Contributions made pursuant to a
        salary reduction agreement which are not includible in the gross income
        of the Employee under Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), and 403(b)
        of the Code?

        [ ] Yes [ ] No

        NOTE: If neither box is checked, "Yes" will be deemed to be selected.

Part D. Pre-Entry Date Compensation:

        For the Plan Year in which an Employee enters the Plan, the Employee's
        Compensation which shall be taken into account for purposes of the Plan
        shall be (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] The Employee's Compensation only from the time the
                      Employee became a Participant in the Plan.

        Option 2: [ ] The Employee's Compensation for the whole of such Plan
                      Year.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                      SECTION 12. VESTING AND FORFEITURES
                           Complete Parts A through G

Part A. Vesting Schedule For Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. A
        Participant shall become Vested in his or her Individual Account derived
        from Profit Sharing Contributions made pursuant to Section 10 of the
        Adoption Agreement as follows (Choose one):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    YEARS OF                                          VESTED PERCENTAGE
VESTING SERVICE   Option 1 [ ]   Option 2 [ ]   Option 3 [ ]   Option 4 [ ]   Option 5 [ ] (Complete if Chosen)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>            <C>          <C>              <C>      <C>
       1                0%             0%           100%             0%        --------- %
       2                0%            20%           100%             0%        --------- %
       3                0%            40%           100%            20%        --------- % (not less than 20%)
       4                0%            60%           100%            40%        --------- % (not less than 40%)
       5              100%            80%           100%            60%        --------- % (not less than 60%)
       6              100%           100%           100%            80%        --------- % (not less than 80%)
       7              100%           100%           100%           100%        --------- % (not less than 100%)
</TABLE>

   NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will be deemed to be selected.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Part B. Vesting Schedule For Matching Contributions. A Participant shall become
        Vested in his or her Individual Account derived from Matching
        Contributions made pursuant to Section 7 of the Adoption Agreement as
        follows (Choose one):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    YEARS OF                                          VESTED PERCENTAGE
VESTING SERVICE   Option 1 [ ]   Option 2 [ ]   Option 3 [ ]   Option 4 [ ]   Option 5 [ ] (Complete if Chosen)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>            <C>          <C>              <C>      <C>
       1                0%             0%           100%             0%        --------- %
       2                0%            20%           100%             0%        --------- %
       3                0%            40%           100%            20%        --------- % (not less than 20%)
       4                0%            60%           100%            40%        --------- % (not less than 40%)
       5              100%            80%           100%            60%        --------- % (not less than 60%)
       6              100%           100%           100%            80%        --------- % (not less than 80%)
       7              100%           100%           100%           100%        --------- % (not less than 100%)
</TABLE>

   NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will be deemed to be selected.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                          Page 9


Part C. Hours Required For Vesting Purposes:

        1. __________ Hours of Service (no more than 1,000) shall be required to
           constitute a Year of Vesting Service.

        2. __________ Hours of Service (no more than 500 but less than the
           number specified in Section 12, Part C, Item 1, above) must be
           exceeded to avoid a Break in Vesting Service.

        3. For purposes of determining Years of Vesting Service, Employees shall
           be given credit for Hours of Service with the following predecessor
           employer(s): (Complete if applicable)

           _____________________________________________________________________

           _____________________________________________________________________

Part D. Exclusion of Certain Years of Vesting Service:

        All of an Employee's Years of Vesting Service with the Employer are
        counted to determine the vesting percentage in the Participant's
        Individual Account except (Check any that apply):

        [ ] Years of Vesting Service before the Employee reaches age 18.

        [ ] Years of Vesting Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or
            a predecessor plan.

Part E. Allocation of Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions:

        Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall be (Choose
        one):

        Option 1: [ ] Allocated to the Individual Accounts of the Participants
                      specified below in the manner as described in Section 10,
                      Part B (for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions).

                      The Participants entitled to receive allocations of such
                      Forfeitures shall be (Choose one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] Only Qualifying Participants.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] All Participants.

        Option 2: [ ] Applied to reduce Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                      (Choose one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] For the Plan Year for which the
                                         Forfeiture arises.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent to the
                                         Plan Year for which the Forfeiture
                                         arises.

        Option 3: [ ] Applied first to the payment of the Plan's administrative
                      expenses and any excess applied to reduce Employer Profit
                      Sharing Contributions (Choose one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] For the Plan Year for which the
                                         Forfeiture arises.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent to the
                                         Plan Year for which the Forfeitures
                                         arises.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 and Suboption (a) will be
        deemed to be selected.

Part F. Allocation of Forfeitures of Matching Contributions:

        Forfeitures of Matching Contributions shall be (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] Allocated, after all other Forfeitures under the Plan, to
                      each Participant's Individual Account in the ratio which
                      each Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to
                      the total Compensation of all Participants for such Plan
                      Year.

                      The Participants entitled to receive allocations of such
                      Forfeitures shall be (Choose one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] Only Qualifying Contributing
                                         Participants.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] Only Qualifying Participants.

                      Suboption (c): [ ] All Participants.

        Option 2: [ ] Applied to reduce Matching Contributions (Choose one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] For the Plan Year for which the
                                         Forfeiture arises.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent to the
                                         Plan Year for which the Forfeiture
                                         arises.

        Option 3: [ ] Applied first to the payment of the Plan's administrative
                      expenses and any excess applied to reduce Matching
                      Contributions (Choose one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] For the Plan Year for which the
                                         Forfeiture arises.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent to the
                                         Plan Year for which the Forfeitures
                                         arises.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 and Suboption (a) will be
        deemed to be selected.

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 10



Part G. Allocation of Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions:

        Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] Allocated, after all other Forfeitures under the Plan, to
                      each Contributing Participant's Matching Contribution
                      account in the ratio which each Contributing Participant's
                      Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total
                      Compensation of all Contributing Participants for such
                      Plan Year. Such Forfeitures will not be allocated to the
                      account of any Highly Compensated Employee.

        Option 2: [ ] Applied to reduce Matching Contributions (Choose one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] For the Plan Year for which the
                                         Forfeiture arises.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent to the
                                         Plan Year for which the Forfeiture
                                         arises.

        Option 3: [ ] Applied first to the payment of the Plan's administrative
                      expenses and any excess applied to reduce Matching
                      Contributions (Choose one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] For the Plan Year for which the
                                         Forfeiture arises.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent to the
                                         Plan Year for which the Forfeitures
                                         arises.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 and Suboption (a) will be
        deemed to be selected.

           SECTION 13. NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE AND EARLY RETIREMENT AGE

Part A. The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan shall be (Check and complete
        one option):

        Option 1: [ ] Age 65.

        Option 2: [ ] Age ________ (not to exceed 65).

        Option 3: [ ] The later of age ________ (not to exceed 65) or the
                      ________ (not to exceed 5th) anniversary of the first day
                      of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced
                      participation in the Plan.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

Part B. Early Retirement Age (Choose one option):

        Option 1: [ ] An Early Retirement Age is not applicable under the Plan.

        Option 2: [ ] Age ________ (not less than 55 nor more than 65).

        Option 3: [ ] A Participant satisfies the Plan's Early Retirement Age
                      conditions by attaining age ________ (not less than 55)
                      and completing ________ Years of Vesting Service.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                           SECTION 14. DISTRIBUTIONS

Distributable Events. Answer each of the following items.

A. Termination of Employment Before Normal Retirement Age.
   May a Participant who has not reached Normal Retirement
   Age request a distribution from the Plan upon
   Termination of Employment?                                   [ ] Yes   [ ] No

B. Disability. May a Participant who has incurred a
   Disability request a distribution from the Plan?             [ ] Yes   [ ] No

C. Attainment of Normal Retirement Age. May a Participant
   who has attained Normal Retirement Age but has not
   incurred a Termination of Employment request a
   distribution from the Plan?                                  [ ] Yes   [ ] No

D. Attainment of Age 59 1/2. Will Participants who have
   attained age 59 1/2 be permitted to withdraw Elective
   Deferrals while still employed by the Employer?              [ ] Yes   [ ] No

E. Hardship Withdrawals of Elective Deferrals. Will
   Participants be permitted to withdraw Elective
   Deferrals on account of hardship pursuant to Section
   11.503 of the Plan?                                          [ ] Yes   [ ] No

F. In-Service Withdrawals. Will Participants be permitted
   to request a distribution during service pursuant to
   Section 6.01(A)(3) of the Plan?                              [ ] Yes   [ ] No

G. Hardship Withdrawals. Will Participants be permitted to
   make hardship withdrawals pursuant to Section
   6.01(A)(4) of the Plan?                                      [ ] Yes   [ ] No

H. Withdrawals of Rollover or Transfer Contributions. Will
   Employees be permitted to withdraw their Rollover or
   Transfer Contributions at any time?                          [ ] Yes   [ ] No

NOTE: If a box is not checked for an item, "Yes" will be deemed to be selected
for that item. Section 411(d)(6) of the Code prohibits the elimination of
protected benefits. In general, protected benefits include the forms and timing
of payout options. If the Plan is being adopted to amend and replace a Prior
Plan that permitted a distribution option described above, you must answer "Yes"
to that item.

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 11



                     SECTION 15. JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY

Part A. Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor:

        Will the safe harbor provisions of Section 6.05(F) of the Plan apply?
        (Choose only one option)

        Option 1: [ ] Yes.

        Option 2: [ ] No.

        NOTE: You must select "No" if you are adopting this Plan as an amendment
        and restatement of a Prior Plan that was subject to the joint and
        survivor annuity requirements.

Part B. Survivor Annuity Percentage: (Complete only if your answer in Section
        15, Part A is "No.")

        The survivor annuity portion of the Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be
        a percentage equal to ________% (at least 50% but no more than 100%) of
        the amount paid to the Participant prior to his or her death.

                           SECTION 16. OTHER OPTIONS
    Answer "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions by checking the
                                appropriate box.
 If a box is not checked for a question, the answer will be deemed to be "No."

A. Loans: Will loans to Participants pursuant to Section
   6.08 of the Plan be permitted?                             [ ] Yes   [ ] No

B. Insurance: Will the Plan allow for the investment in
   insurance policies pursuant to Section 5.13 of the
   Plan?                                                      [ ] Yes   [ ] No

C. Employer Securities: Will the Plan allow for the
   investment in qualifying Employer securities or
   qualifying Employer real property?                         [ ] Yes   [ ] No

D. Rollover Contributions: Will Employees be permitted to
   make rollover contributions to the Plan pursuant to
   Section 3.03 of the Plan?                                  [ ] Yes   [ ] No
                                                              [ ] Yes, but only
                                                                  after becoming
                                                                  a Participant.

E. Transfer Contributions: Will Employees be permitted to
   make transfer contributions to the Plan pursuant to
   Section 3.04 of the Plan?                                  [ ] Yes   [ ] No 
                                                              [ ] Yes, but only
                                                                  after becoming
                                                                  a Participant.

F. Nondeductible Employee Contributions: Will Employees be
   permitted to make Nondeductible Employee Contributions
   pursuant to Section 11.305 of the Plan?                    [ ] Yes   [ ] No 
   Check here if such contributions will be mandatory. [ ]

G. Will Participants be permitted to direct the investment
   of their Plan assets pursuant to Section 5.14 of the
   Plan?                                                      [ ] Yes   [ ] No 

          SECTION 17. LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS
                    More Than One Plan

If you maintain or ever maintained another qualified plan (other than a paired
standardized money purchase pension plan using the same Basic Plan Document as
this Plan) in which any Participant in this Plan is (or was) a Participant or
could become a Participant, you must complete this section. You must also
complete this section if you maintain a welfare benefit fund, as defined in
Section 419(e) of the Code, or an individual medical account, as defined in
Section 415(l)(2) of the Code, under which amounts are treated as annual
additions with respect to any Participant in this Plan.

Part A. Individually Designed Defined Contribution Plan:

        If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
        contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a master or
        prototype plan:

        1. [ ] The provisions of Section 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(B)(6) of the
               Plan will apply as if the other plan were a master or prototype
               plan.

        2. [ ] Other method. (Provide the method under which the plans will
               limit total annual additions to the maximum permissible amount,
               and will properly reduce any excess amounts, in a manner that
               precludes Employer discretion.)

               _________________________________________________________________

               _________________________________________________________________

               _________________________________________________________________

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                         Page 12


Part B. Defined Benefit Plan:

        If the Participant is or has ever been a participant in a defined
        benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the Employer will provide below
        the language which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation of Section 415(e) of
        the Code.

        1. [ ] If the projected annual addition to this Plan to the account of a
               Participant for any limitation year would cause the 1.0
               limitation of Section 415(e) of the Code to be exceeded, the
               annual benefit of the defined benefit plan for such limitation
               year shall be reduced so that the 1.0 limitation shall be
               satisfied.
               
               If it is not possible to reduce the annual benefit of the
               defined benefit plan and the projected annual addition to
               this Plan to the account of a Participant for a limitation year
               would cause the 1.0 limitation to be exceeded, the Employer shall
               reduce the Employer Contribution which is to be allocated to this
               Plan on behalf of such Participant so that the 1.0 limitation
               will be satisfied. (The provisions of Section 415(e) of the Code
               are incorporated herein by reference under the authority of
               Section 1106(h) of the Tax Reform Act of 1986.)

        2. [ ] Other method. (Provide language describing another method. Such
               language must preclude Employer discretion.)

               _________________________________________________________________

               _________________________________________________________________

               _________________________________________________________________

                         SECTION 18. TOP-HEAVY MINIMUM
                             Complete Parts A and B

Part A. Minimum Allocation or Benefit:

        For any Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan,
        any minimum allocation required pursuant to Section 3.01(E) of the Plan
        shall be made (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] To this Plan.

        Option 2: [ ] To the following other plan maintained by the Employer
                      (Specify name and plan number of plan)

                      __________________________________________________________

                      __________________________________________________________

        Option 3: [ ] In accordance with the method described on an attachment
                      to this Adoption Agreement. (Attach language describing
                      the method that will be used to satisfy Section 416 of the
                      Code. Such method must preclude Employer discretion.)

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

Part B. Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule:

        Pursuant to Section 6.01(C) of the Plan, the vesting schedule that will
        apply when this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan (unless the Plan's regular
        vesting schedule provides for more rapid vesting) shall be (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] 6 Year Graded.

        Option 2: [ ] 3 Year Cliff.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                         SECTION 19. PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

Name of Prototype Sponsor_______________________________________________________

Address_________________________________________________________________________

Telephone Number________________________________________________________________

Permissible Investments

The assets of the Plan shall be invested only in those investments described
below (To be completed by the Prototype Sponsor):

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401




<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                                                         Page 13


                        SECTION 20. TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN

Option A: [ ] Financial Organization as Trustee or Custodian

Check One: [ ] Custodian,   [ ] Trustee without full trust powers, or 
           [ ] Trustee with full trust powers

Financial Organization__________________________________________________________

Signature_______________________________________________________________________

Type Name_______________________________________________________________________

Collective or Commingled Funds

List any collective or commingled funds maintained by the financial organization
Trustee in which assets of the Plan may be invested (Complete if applicable).

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

Option B: [ ] Individual Trustee(s)

Signature_____________________________    Signature_____________________________
                                                                                
Type Name_____________________________    Type Name_____________________________
                                                                                
Signature_____________________________    Signature_____________________________
                                                                                
Type Name_____________________________    Type Name_____________________________
                                         

                              SECTION 21. RELIANCE

An Employer who has ever maintained or who later adopts any plan (including a
welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code, which provides
post-retirement medical benefits allocated to separate accounts for key
employees, as defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of the Code, or an individual
medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code) in addition to
this Plan (other than a paired standardized money purchase pension plan using
the same Basic Plan Document as this Plan) may not rely on the opinion letter
issued by the National Office of the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that
this Plan is qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. If the
Employer who adopts or maintains multiple plans wishes to obtain reliance that
his or her plan(s) are qualified, application for a determination letter should
be made to the appropriate Key District Director of Internal Revenue.

The Employer may not rely on the opinion letter issued by the National Office of
the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that this Plan is qualified under
Section 401 of the Code unless the terms of the Plan, as herein adopted or
amended, that pertain to the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4), 401(a)(17),
401(l), 401(a)(5), 410(b) and 414(s) of the Code, as amended by the Tax Reform
Act of 1986, or later laws, (a) are made effective retroactively to the first
day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988 (or such later date
on which these requirements first become effective with respect to this Plan);
or (b) are made effective no later than the first day on which the Employer is
no longer entitled, under regulations, to rely on a reasonable, good faith
interpretation of these requirements, and the prior provisions of the Plan
constitute such an interpretation.

This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with Basic Plan Document
No. 04.

                         SECTION 22. EMPLOYER SIGNATURE
                     Important: Please read before signing

I am an authorized representative of the Employer named above and I state the
following:

1. I acknowledge that I have relied upon my own advisors regarding the
   completion of this Adoption Agreement and the legal tax implications of
   adopting this Plan.

2. I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption Agreement may
   result in disqualification of the Plan.

3. I understand that the Prototype Sponsor will inform me of any amendments made
   to the Plan and will notify me should it discontinue or abandon the Plan.

4. I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and the corresponding Basic
   Plan Document.

Signature for Employer_____________________   Date Signed_______________________

Type Name__________________________________   Title_____________________________

                          'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401



<PAGE>




<PAGE>



                                                                          Page 1


Flexible Nonstandardized Safe Harbor 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
ADOPTION AGREEMENT

                        SECTION 1. EMPLOYER INFORMATION

Name of Employer _______________________________________________________________

Address ________________________________________________________________________

City ____________________________ State ________________  Zip __________________

Telephone ____________ Employer's Federal Tax Identification Number ____________

Type of Business (Check only one)
[ ] Sole Proprietorship [ ] Partnership [ ] C Corporation [ ] S Corporation

[ ] Other (Specify) ____________________________________________________________

[ ] Check here if Related Employers may participate in this Plan and attach a
    Related Employer Participation Agreement for each Related Employer who will
    participate in this Plan.

Business Code __________________________________________________________________

Name of Plan ___________________________________________________________________

Name of Trust (if different from Plan name) ____________________________________

Plan Sequence Number _______ (Enter 001 if this is the first qualified plan the
                              Employer has ever maintained, enter 002 if it is
                              the second, etc.)

Trust Identification Number (if applicable)____________

Account Number (Optional) _____________________________

                           SECTION 2. EFFECTIVE DATES
                             Complete Parts A and B

Part A. General Effective Dates (Check and Complete Option 1 or 2):

        Option 1: [ ] This is the initial adoption of a profit sharing plan
                      by the Employer.
                      The Effective Date of this Plan is _____________________ .
                      NOTE:  The effective date is usually the first day of the
                      Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.

        Option 2: [ ] This is an amendment and restatement of an existing profit
                      sharing plan (a Prior Plan).
                      The Prior Plan was initially effective on ______________ .
                      The Effective Date of this amendment and
                      restatement is _____________________ .

                      NOTE: The effective date is usually the first day of the
                      Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.

Part B. Commencement of Elective Deferrals:

        Elective Deferrals may commence on _____________________ .

        NOTE: This date may be no earlier than the date this Adoption Agreement
        is signed because Elective Deferrals cannot be made retroactively.

                        SECTION 3. RELEVANT TIME PERIODS
                           Complete Parts A through C

Part A. Employer's Fiscal Year:
        The Employer's fiscal year ends (Specify month and date) _______________

Part B. Plan Year Means:

        Option 1: [ ] The 12-consecutive month period which coincides with the
                      Employer's fiscal year.

        Option 2: [ ] The calendar year.

        Option 3: [ ] Other 12-consecutive month period (Specify) ______________

        NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

        If the initial Plan Year is less than 12 months (a short Plan Year)
        specify such Plan Year's beginning and ending dates
        ________________________________________________________________________

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                                                          Page 2


Part C. Limitation Year Means:
        Option 1: [ ] The Plan Year.
        Option 2: [ ] The calendar year.
        Option 3: [ ] Other 12-consecutive month period (Specify) ______________
        NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                      SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
                           Complete Parts A through G

Part A. Years of Eligibility Service Requirement:

        1. Elective Deferrals.
           An Employee will be eligible to become a Contributing Participant in
           the Plan (and thus be eligible to make Elective Deferrals) and
           receive Matching Contributions (including Qualified Matching
           Contributions, if applicable) after completing ________ (enter 0, 1
           or any fraction less than 1) Years of Eligibility Service.

        2. Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
           An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for
           purposes of receiving an allocation of any Employer Profit Sharing
           Contribution made pursuant to Section 10 of the Adoption Agreement
           after completing ________ (enter 0, 1, 2 or any fraction less than 2)
           Years of Eligibility Service.

        NOTE: If more than 1 year is selected for Item 2, the immediate 100%
        vesting schedule of Section 12 will automatically apply for
        contributions described in such item. If either item is left blank, the
        Years of Eligibility Service required for such item will be deemed to be
        0. If a fraction is selected, an Employee will not be required to
        complete any specified number of Hours of Service to receive credit for
        a fractional year. If a single Entry Date is selected in Section 4, Part
        G for an item, the Years of Eligibility Service required for such item
        cannot exceed 1 1/2 (1/2 for Elective Deferrals).

Part B. Age Requirement:

        1. Elective Deferrals.
           An Employee will be eligible to become a Contributing Participant
           (and thus be eligible to make Elective Deferrals) and receive
           Matching Contributions (including Qualified Matching Contributions,
           if applicable) after attaining age ________ (no more than 21).

        2. Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
           An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for
           purposes of receiving an allocation of any Employer Profit Sharing
           Contribution made pursuant to Section 10 of the Adoption Agreement
           after attaining age ________ (no more than 21).

        NOTE: If either of the above items in this Section 4, Part B is left
        blank, it will be deemed there is no age requirement for such item. If a
        single Entry Date is selected in Section 4, Part G for an item, no age
        requirement can exceed 20 1/2 for such item.

Part C. Employees Employed As of Effective Date:

        Will all Employees employed as of the Effective Date of this Plan who
        have not otherwise met the requirements of Part A or Part B above be
        considered to have met those requirements as of the Effective Date?
        [ ]  Yes     [ ]  No

        NOTE: If a box is not checked in this Section 4, Part C, "No" will be
        deemed to be selected.

Part D. Exclusion of Certain Classes of Employees:

        All Employees will be eligible to become Participants in the Plan
        except:

        a. [ ] Those Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by a
               collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and
               Employee representatives, if retirement benefits were the
               subject of good faith bargaining and if two percent or less of
               the Employees who are covered pursuant to that agreement are
               professionals as defined in Section 1.410(b)-9 of the
               regulations. For this purpose, the term "employee
               representatives" does not include any organization more than
               half of whose members are Employees who are owners, officers, or
               executives of the Employer.

        b. [ ] Those Employees who are non-resident aliens (within the meaning
               of Section 7701(b)(1)(B) of the Code) and who received no earned
               income (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from
               the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the
               United States (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the
               Code).

        c. [ ] Those Employees of a Related Employer that has not executed a
               Related Employer Participation Agreement.

        d. [ ] Other (Define) __________________________________________________
                              __________________________________________________

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                                                          Page 3


Part E. Election Not To Participate:

        May an Employee or a Participant elect not to participate in this Plan
        pursuant to Section 2.08 of the Plan?

        Option 1: [ ] Yes.
        Option 2: [ ] No.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will be deemed to be selected.

Part F. Hours Required For Eligibility Purposes:

        1. __________ Hours of Service (no more than 1,000) shall be required to
           constitute a Year of Eligibility Service.

        2. __________ Hours of Service (no more than 500 but less than the
           number specified in Section 4, Part F, Item 1, above) must be
           exceeded to avoid a Break in Eligibility Service.

        3. For purposes of determining Years of Eligibility Service, Employees
           shall be given credit for Hours of Service with the following
           predecessor employer(s): (Complete if applicable)
           _____________________________________________________________________
           _____________________________________________________________________

Part G. Entry Dates:

        The Entry Dates for participation shall be (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the
                      seventh month of the Plan Year.

        Option 2: [ ] Other (Specify)___________________________________________
                                     ___________________________________________

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.
        Option 2 can be selected only if the eligibility requirements and
        Entry Dates are coordinated such that each Employee will become a
        Participant in the Plan no later than the earlier of: (1) the first
        day of the Plan Year beginning after the date the Employee satisfies
        the age and service requirements of Section 410(a) of the Code; or
        (2) 6 months after the date the Employee satisfies such requirements.

                    SECTION 5. METHOD OF DETERMINING SERVICE
                              Complete Part A or B

Part A. Hours of Service Equivalencies:

        Service will be determined on the basis of the method selected below.
        Only one method may be selected. The method selected will be applied to
        all Employees covered under the Plan. (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is paid
                      or entitled to payment.

        Option 2: [ ] On the basis of days worked. An Employee will be
                      credited with 10 Hours of Service if under Section 1.24 of
                      the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least 1
                      Hour of Service during the day.

        Option 3: [ ] On the basis of weeks worked. An Employee will be
                      credited with 45 Hours of Service if under Section 1.24 of
                      the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least 1
                      Hour of Service during the week.

        Option 4: [ ] On the basis of months worked. An Employee will be
                      credited with 190 Hours of Service if under Section 1.24
                      of the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least
                      1 Hour of Service during the month.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.
        This Section 5, Part A will not apply if the Elapsed Time Method of
        Section 5, Part B is selected.

Part B. Elapsed Time Method:

        In lieu of tracking Hours of Service of Employees, will the elapsed time
        method described in Section 2.07 of the Plan be used? (Choose one)

        Option 1: [ ] No.

        Option 2: [ ] Yes.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                                                          Page 4


                         SECTION 6. ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

Part A. Authorization of Elective Deferrals:

        Will Elective Deferrals be permitted under this Plan? (Choose one)

        Option 1: [ ] Yes.

        Option 2: [ ] No.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.
        Complete the remainder of Section 6 only if Option 1 is selected.

Part B. Limits on Elective Deferrals:

        If Elective Deferrals are permitted under the Plan, a Contributing
        Participant may elect under a salary reduction agreement to have his or
        her Compensation reduced by an amount as described below (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] An amount equal to a percentage of the Contributing
                      Participant's Compensation from _______% to _______% in
                      increments of _______%.

        Option 2: [ ] An amount of the Contributing Participant's
                      Compensation not less than _______________ and not more
                      than _______________ .

        The amount of such reduction shall be contributed to the Plan by the
        Employer on behalf of the Contributing Participant. For any taxable
        year, a Contributing Participant's Elective Deferrals shall not exceed
        the limit contained in Section 402(g) of the Code in effect at the
        beginning of such taxable year.

Part C. Elective Deferrals Based on Bonuses:

        Instead of or in addition to making Elective Deferrals through payroll
        deduction, may a Contributing Participant elect to contribute to the
        Plan, as an Elective Deferral, part or all of a bonus rather than
        receive such bonus in cash? (Choose one)

        Option 1: [ ] Yes.

        Option 2: [ ] No.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will be deemed to be selected.

Part D. Return As A Contributing Participant After Ceasing Elective Deferrals:

        A Participant who ceases Elective Deferrals by revoking a salary
        reduction agreement may return as a Contributing Participant as of such
        times established by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and
        nondiscriminatory manner.

Part E. Changing Elective Deferral Amounts:

        A Contributing Participant may modify a salary reduction agreement to
        prospectively increase or decrease the amount of his or her Elective
        Deferrals as of such times established by the Plan Administrator in a
        uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

Part F. Claiming Excess Elective Deferrals:

        Participants who claim Excess Elective Deferrals for the preceding
        calendar year must submit their claims in writing to the Plan
        Administrator by (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] March 1.

        Option 2: [ ] Other (Specify a date not later than April 15) ___________

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                                                          Page 5


                       SECTION 7. MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

Part A. Authorization of Matching Contributions:

        Will the Employer make Matching Contributions to the Plan on behalf of
        Qualifying Contributing Participants? (Choose one)

        Option 1 [ ]: Yes, but only with respect to a Contributing
                      Participant's Elective Deferrals.

        Option 2: [ ] Yes, but only with respect to a Participant's
                      Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

        Option 3: [ ] Yes, with respect to both Elective Deferrals and
                      Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

        Option 4: [ ] No.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 4 will be deemed to be selected.
        Complete the remainder of Section 7 only if Option 1, 2 or 3 is
        selected.

Part B. Matching Contribution Formula:

        If the Employer will make Matching Contributions, then the amount of
        such Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Qualifying Contributing
        Participant each Plan Year shall be (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] An amount equal to __________% of such Contributing
                      Participant's Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible
                      Employee Contribution, if applicable).

        Option 2: [ ] An amount equal to the sum of __________% of the
                      portion of such Contributing Participant's Elective
                      Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if
                      applicable) which does not exceed __________% of the
                      Contributing Participant's Compensation plus __________%
                      of the portion of such Contributing Participant's Elective
                      Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if
                      applicable) which exceeds __________% of the Contributing
                      Participant's Compensation.

        Option 3: [ ] Such amount, if any, equal to that percentage of each
                      Contributing Participant's Elective Deferral (and/or
                      Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) which
                      the Employer, in its sole discretion, determines from year
                      to year.

        Option 4: [ ] Other Formula. (Specify) _________________________________
                                               _________________________________

        NOTE: If Option 4 is selected, the formula specified can only allow
        Matching Contributions to be made with respect to a Contributing
        Participant's Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee
        Contribution, if applicable).

Part C. Limit on Matching Contributions:

        Notwithstanding the Matching Contribution formula specified above, no
        Matching Contribution will be made with respect to a Contributing
        Participant's Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee
        Contributions) in excess of _________________ or ________% of such
        Contributing Participant's Compensation.

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                                                          Page 6


Part D. Qualifying Contributing Participants:

        A Contributing Participant who satisfies the eligibility requirements
        described in Section 4 will be a Qualifying Contributing Participant and
        thus entitled to share in Matching Contributions for any Plan Year only
        if the Participant is a Contributing Participant and satisfies the
        following additional conditions (Check one or more Options):

        Option 1: [ ] No Additional Conditions.

        Option 2: [ ] Hours of Service Requirement. The Contributing
                      Participant completes at least ________ Hours of Service
                      during the Plan Year. However, this condition will be
                      waived for the following reasons (Check at least one):

                      [ ] The Contributing Participant's Death.

                      [ ] The Contributing Participant's Termination of
                          Employment after having incurred a Disability.

                      [ ] The Contributing Participant's Termination of
                          Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.

                      [ ] This condition will not be waived.

        Option 3: [ ] Last Day Requirement. The Participant is an Employee of
                      the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. However,
                      this condition will be waived for the following reasons
                      (Check at least one):

                      [ ] The Contributing Participant's Death.

                      [ ] The Contributing Participant's Termination of
                          Employment after having incurred a Disability.

                      [ ] The Contributing Participant's Termination of
                          Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.

                      [ ] This condition will not be waived.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                 SECTION 8. QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS

Part A. Authorization of Qualified Nonelective Contributions:

        Will the Employer make Qualified Nonelective Contributions to the Plan?
        (Choose One)

        Option 1: [ ] Yes.

        Option 2: [ ] No.

        If the Employer elects to make Qualified Nonelective Contributions, then
        the amount, if any, of such contribution to the Plan for each Plan Year
        shall be an amount determined by the Employer.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.
        Complete the remainder of Section 8 only if Option 1 is selected.

Part B. Participants Entitled to Qualified Nonelective Contributions:

        Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be made to the
        Individual Accounts of (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] Only Participants who are not Highly Compensated
                      Employees.

        Option 2: [ ] All Participants.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

Part C. Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions:

        Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions to Participants 
        entitled thereto shall be made (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] In the ratio which each Participant's Compensation for
                      the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
                      Participants for such Plan Year.

        Option 2: [ ] In the ratio which each Participant's Compensation not
                      in excess of _____________ for the Plan Year bears to the
                      total Compensation of all Participants not in excess of
                      _____________ for such Plan Year.

        NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                                                          Page 7


SECTION 9.  QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

Part A. Authorization of Qualified Matching Contributions:

        Will the Employer make Qualified Matching Contributions to the Plan on
        behalf of Qualifying Contributing Participants? (Choose one)

        Option 1: [ ] Yes, but only with respect to a Contributing
                      Participant's Elective Deferrals.

        Option 2: [ ] Yes, but only with respect to a Participant's
                      Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

        Option 3: [ ] Yes, with respect to both Elective Deferrals and
                      Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

        Option 4: [ ] No.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will be deemed to be selected.
        Complete the remainder of Section 9 only if Option 1, 2 or 3 is
        selected.

Part B. Qualified Matching Contribution Formula:

        If the Employer will make Qualified Matching Contributions, then the
        amount of such Qualified Matching Contributions made on behalf of a
        Qualifying Contributing Participant each Plan Year shall be (Choose
        one):

        Option 1: [ ] An amount equal to ________% of such Contributing
                      Participant's Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible
                      Employee Contribution, if applicable).

        Option 2: [ ] An amount equal to the sum of ________% of the portion
                      of such Contributing Participant's Elective Deferral
                      (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if
                      applicable) which does not exceed ________% of the
                      Contributing Participant's Compensation plus ________% of
                      the portion of such Contributing Participant's Elective
                      Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if
                      applicable) which exceeds ________% of the Contributing
                      Participant's Compensation.

        Option 3: [ ] Such amount, if any, as determined by the Employer in
                      its sole discretion, equal to that percentage of the
                      Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee
                      Contribution, if applicable) of each Contributing
                      Participant entitled thereto which would be sufficient to
                      cause the Plan to satisfy the Actual Contribution
                      Percentage tests (described in Section 11.402 of the Plan)
                      for the Plan Year.

        Option 4: [ ] Other Formula. (Specify)__________________________________
                                              __________________________________

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will be deemed to be selected.

Part C. Participants Entitled to Qualified Matching Contributions:

        Qualified Matching Contributions, if made to the Plan, will be made on
        behalf of (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] Only Contributing Participants who make Elective
                      Deferrals who are not Highly Compensated Employees.

        Option 2: [ ] All Contributing Participants who make Elective
                      Deferrals.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

Part D. Limit on Qualified Matching Contributions:

        Notwithstanding the Qualified Matching Contribution formula specified
        above, the Employer will not match a Contributing Participant's Elective
        Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) in
        excess of ____________ or ________% of such Contributing Participant's
        Compensation.

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                                                          Page 8


               SECTION 10. EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS
                           Complete Parts A, B and C

Part A. Contribution Formula:

        For each Plan Year the Employer will contribute an Amount to be
        determined from year to year.

Part B. Allocation Formula  (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] Pro Rata Formula. Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                      shall be allocated to the Individual Accounts of
                      Qualifying Participants in the ratio that each Qualifying
                      Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
                      total Compensation of all Qualifying Participants for the
                      Plan Year.

        Option 2: [ ] Integrated Formula. Employer Profit Sharing
                      Contributions shall be allocated as follows (Start with
                      Step 3 if this Plan is not a Top-Heavy Plan):

                      Step 1. Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall
                              first be allocated pro rata to Qualifying
                              Participants in the manner described in Section
                              10, Part B, Option 1. The percent so allocated
                              shall not exceed 3% of each Qualifying
                              Participant's Compensation.

                      Step 2. Any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                              remaining after the allocation in Step 1 shall be
                              allocated to each Qualifying Participant's
                              Individual Account in the ratio that each
                              Qualifying Participant's Compensation for the Plan
                              Year in excess of the integration level bears to
                              all Qualifying Participants' Compensation in
                              excess of the integration level, but not in excess
                              of 3%.

                      Step 3. Any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                              remaining after the allocation in Step 2 shall be
                              allocated to each Qualifying Participant's
                              Individual Account in the ratio that the sum of
                              each Qualifying Participant's total Compensation
                              and Compensation in excess of the integration
                              level bears to the sum of all Qualifying
                              Participants' total Compensation and Compensation
                              in excess of the integration level, but not in
                              excess of the profit sharing maximum disparity
                              rate as described in Section 3.01(B)(3) of the
                              Plan.

                      Step 4. Any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                              remaining after the allocation in Step 3 shall be
                              allocated pro rata to Qualifying Participants in
                              the manner described in Section 10, Part B, Option
                              1.

                      The integration level shall be (Choose one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] The Taxable Wage Base.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] _______________ (a dollar amount less
                                         than the Taxable Wage Base).

                      Suboption (c): [ ] ________% (not more than 100%) of the
                                         Taxable Wage Base.

                      NOTE: If no option is selected, Suboption (a) will be
                      deemed to be selected.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

Part C. Qualifying Participants:

        A Participant will be a Qualifying Participant and thus entitled to
        share in the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution for any Plan Year only
        if the Participant is a Participant on at least one day of such Plan
        Year and satisfies the following additional conditions (Check one or
        more Options):

        Option 1: [ ] No Additional Conditions.

        Option 2: [ ] Hours of Service Requirement. The Participant completes
                      at least _________ Hours of Service during the Plan Year.
                      However, this condition will be waived for the following
                      reasons (Check at least one):

                      [ ] The Participant's Death.

                      [ ] The Participant's Termination of Employment after
                          having incurred a Disability.

                      [ ] The Participant's Termination of Employment after
                          having reached Normal Retirement Age.

                      [ ] This condition will not be waived.

        Option 3: [ ] Last Day Requirement. The Participant is an Employee of
                      the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. However,
                      this condition will be waived for the following reasons
                      (Check at least one):

                      [ ] The Participant's Death.

                      [ ] The Participant's Termination of Employment after
                          having incurred a Disability.

                      [ ] The Participant's Termination of Employment after
                          having reached Normal Retirement Age.

                      [ ] This condition will not be waived.

        NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                                                          Page 9


                            SECTION 11. COMPENSATION
                           Complete Parts A through E

Part A. Basic Definition:

        Compensation will mean all of each Participant's (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] W-2 wages.

        Option 2: [ ] Section 3401(a) wages.

        Option 3: [ ] 415 safe-harbor compensation.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

Part B. Measuring Period for Compensation:

        Compensation shall be determined over the following applicable period
        (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] The Plan Year.

        Option 2: [ ] The calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

Part C. Inclusion of Elective Deferrals:

        Does Compensation include Employer Contributions made pursuant to a
        salary reduction agreement which are not includible in the gross income
        of the Employee under Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) and 403(b)
        of the Code?

        [ ] Yes    [ ] No

        NOTE: If neither box is checked, "Yes" will be deemed to be selected.

Part D. Pre-Entry Date Compensation:

        For the Plan Year in which an Employee enters the Plan, the Employee's
        Compensation which shall be taken into account for purposes of the Plan
        shall be (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] The Employee's Compensation only from the time the
                      Employee became a Participant in the Plan.

        Option 2: [ ] The Employee's Compensation for the whole of such
                      Plan Year.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

Part E. Exclusions From Compensation:

        Compensation shall not include the following (Check any that apply):

        [ ] Bonuses   [ ] Commissions
        [ ] Overtime  [ ] Other (Specify) ______________________________________
                                          ______________________________________

        NOTE: No exclusions from Compensation are permitted if the integrated
        allocation formula in Section 10, Part B is selected.

                      SECTION 12. VESTING AND FORFEITURES
                           Complete Parts A through G

Part A. Vesting Schedule For Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. A
        Participant shall become Vested in his or her Individual Account
        derived from Profit Sharing Contributions made pursuant to Section 10
        of the Adoption Agreement as follows (Choose one):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================================================
    YEARS OF                                  VESTED PERCENTAGE
VESTING SERVICE    Option 1 [ ]   Option 2 [ ]   Option 3 [ ]   Option 4 [ ]   Option 5 [ ] (Complete if Chosen)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     <S>                 <C>            <C>          <C>              <C>      <C>
       1                 0%             0%           100%             0%       _________ %
       2                 0%            20%           100%             0%       _________ %
       3                 0%            40%           100%            20%       _________ % (not less than 20%)
       4                 0%            60%           100%            40%       _________ % (not less than 40%)
       5               100%            80%           100%            60%       _________ % (not less than 60%)
       6               100%           100%           100%            80%       _________ % (not less than 80%)
       7               100%           100%           100%           100%       _________ % (not less than 100%)
NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 3 will be deemed to be selected.
================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                                                         Page 10


Part B. Vesting Schedule For Matching Contributions. A Participant shall become
Vested in his or her Individual Account derived from Matching Contributions made
pursuant to Section 7 of the Adoption Agreement as follows (Choose one):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================================================
    YEARS OF                                  VESTED PERCENTAGE
VESTING SERVICE    Option 1 [ ]   Option 2 [ ]   Option 3 [ ]   Option 4 [ ]   Option 5 [ ] (Complete if Chosen)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     <S>                 <C>            <C>          <C>              <C>      <C>
       1                 0%             0%           100%             0%       _________ %
       2                 0%            20%           100%             0%       _________ %
       3                 0%            40%           100%            20%       _________ % (not less than 20%)
       4                 0%            60%           100%            40%       _________ % (not less than 40%)
       5               100%            80%           100%            60%       _________ % (not less than 60%)
       6               100%           100%           100%            80%       _________ % (not less than 80%)
       7               100%           100%           100%           100%       _________ % (not less than 100%)
NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 3 will be deemed to be selected.
================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

Part C. Hours Required For Vesting Purposes:

        1. __________ Hours of Service (no more than 1,000) shall be required to
           constitute a Year of Vesting Service.

        2. __________ Hours of Service (no more than 500 but less than the
           number specified in Section 12, Part C, Item 1, above) must be
           exceeded to avoid a Break in Vesting Service.

        3. For purposes of determining Years of Vesting Service, Employees shall
           be given credit for Hours of Service with the following predecessor
           employer(s): (Complete if applicable)
           _____________________________________________________________________
           _____________________________________________________________________

Part D. Exclusion of Certain Years of Vesting Service:

        All of an Employee's Years of Vesting Service with the Employer are
        counted to determine the vesting percentage in the Participant's
        Individual Account except (Check any that apply):

        [ ] Years of Vesting Service before the Employee reaches age 18.

        [ ] Years of Vesting Service before the Employer maintained this Plan
            or a predecessor plan.

Part E. Allocation of Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions:

        Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall be (Choose
        one):

        Option 1: [ ] Allocated to the Individual Accounts of the
                      Participants specified below in the manner as described in
                      Section 10, Part B (for Employer Profit Sharing
                      Contributions).

                      The Participants entitled to receive allocations of such
                      Forfeitures shall be (Choose one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] Only Qualifying Participants.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] All Participants.

        Option 2: [ ] Applied to reduce Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                      (Choose one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] For the Plan Year for which the
                                         Forfeiture arises.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent to the
                                         Plan Year for which the Forfeiture
                                         arises.

        Option 3: [ ] Applied first to the payment of the Plan's
                      administrative expenses and any excess applied to reduce
                      Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (Choose one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] For the Plan Year for which the
                                         Forfeiture arises.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent to the
                                         Plan Year for which the Forfeitures
                                         arises.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 and Suboption (a) will be
        deemed to be selected.

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                           Page 11


Part F. Allocation of Forfeitures of Matching Contributions:

        Forfeitures of Matching Contributions shall be (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] Allocated, after all other Forfeitures under the
                      Plan, to each Participant's Individual Account in the
                      ratio which each Participant's Compensation for the Plan
                      Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants
                      for such Plan Year.

                      The Participants entitled to receive allocations of such
                      Forfeitures shall be (Choose one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] Only Qualifying Contributing
                                         Participants.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] Only Qualifying Participants.

                      Suboption (c): [ ] All Participants.

        Option 2: [ ] Applied to reduce Matching Contributions (Choose
                      one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] For the Plan Year for which the
                                         Forfeiture arises.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent to the
                                         Plan Year for which the Forfeiture
                                         arises.

        Option 3: [ ] Applied first to the payment of the Plan's
                      administrative expenses and any excess applied to reduce
                      Matching Contributions (Choose one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] For the Plan Year for which the
                                         Forfeiture arises.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent
                                         to the Plan Year for which the
                                         Forfeitures arises.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 and Suboption (a) will be
        deemed to be selected.

Part G. Allocation of Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions:

        Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] Allocated, after all other Forfeitures under the
                      Plan, to each Contributing Participant's Matching
                      Contribution account in the ratio which each Contributing
                      Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
                      total Compensation of all Contributing Participants for
                      such Plan Year. Such Forfeitures will not be allocated to
                      the account of any Highly Compensated Employee.

        Option 2: [ ] Applied to reduce Matching Contributions (Choose
                      one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] For the Plan Year for which
                                         the Forfeiture arises.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent
                                         to the Plan Year for which the
                                         Forfeiture arises.

        Option 3: [ ] Applied first to the payment of the Plan's
                      administrative expenses and any excess applied to reduce
                      Matching Contributions (Choose one):

                      Suboption (a): [ ] For the Plan Year for which
                                         the Forfeiture arises.

                      Suboption (b): [ ] For any Plan Year subsequent
                                         to the Plan Year for which the
                                         Forfeitures arises.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 and Suboption (a) will be
        deemed to be selected.

           SECTION 13. NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE AND EARLY RETIREMENT AGE

Part A. The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan shall be (Check and complete
        one option):

        Option 1: [ ] Age 65.

        Option 2: [ ] Age ________ (not to exceed 65).

        Option 3: [ ] The later of age ________ (not to exceed 65) or the
                      ________ (not to exceed 5th) anniversary of the first day
                      of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced
                      participation in the Plan.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                                                         Page 12


Part B. Early Retirement Age (Choose one option):

        Option 1: [ ] An Early Retirement Age is not applicable under the
                      Plan.

        Option 2: Age ________ (not less than 55 nor more than 65).

        Option 3: [ ] A Participant satisfies the Plan's Early Retirement
                      Age conditions by attaining age ________ (not less than
                      55) and completing ________ Years of Vesting Service.

        NOTE:  If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                           SECTION 14. DISTRIBUTIONS

Distributable Events.  Answer each of the following items.

A.   Termination of Employment Before Normal Retirement Age. May
     a Participant who has not reached Normal Retirement Age
     request a distribution from the Plan?                        [ ] Yes  [ ]No

B.   Disability. May a Participant who has incurred a Disability
     request a distribution from the Plan?                        [ ] Yes  [ ]No

C.   Attainment of Normal Retirement Age. May a Participant who
     has attained Normal Retirement Age but has not incurred a
     Termination of Employment request a distribution from the
     Plan?                                                        [ ] Yes  [ ]No

D.   Attainment of Age 59 1/2. Will Participants who have attained
     age 59 1/2 be permitted to withdraw Elective Deferrals while
     still employed by the Employer?                              [ ] Yes  [ ]No

E.   Hardship Withdrawals of Elective Deferrals. Will
     Participants be permitted to withdraw Elective Deferrals on
     account of hardship pursuant to Section 11.503 of the Plan?  [ ] Yes  [ ]No

F.   In-Service Withdrawals. Will Participants be permitted to
     request a distribution during service pursuant to Section
     6.01(A)(3) of the Plan?                                      [ ] Yes  [ ]No

G.   Hardship Withdrawals. Will Participants be permitted to make
     hardship withdrawals pursuant to Section 6.01(A)(4) of the
     Plan?                                                        [ ] Yes  [ ]No

H.   Withdrawals of Rollover or Transfer Contributions. Will
     Employees be permitted to withdraw their Rollover or
     Transfer Contributions at any time?                          [ ] Yes  [ ]No

NOTE: If a box is not checked for an item, "Yes" will be deemed to be selected
for that item. Section 411(d)(6) of the Code prohibits the elimination of
protected benefits. In general, protected benefits include the forms and timing
of payout options. If the Plan is being adopted to amend and replace a Prior
Plan that permitted a distribution option described above, you must answer "Yes"
to that item.

                     SECTION 15. JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY

Part A. Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor:

        Will the safe harbor provisions of Section 6.05(F) of the Plan apply?
        (Choose only one option)

        Option 1: [ ] Yes.

        Option 2: [ ] No.

        NOTE: You must select "No" if you are adopting this Plan as an amendment
        and restatement of a Prior Plan that was subject to the joint and
        survivor annuity requirements.

Part B. Survivor Annuity Percentage: (Complete only if your answer in
        Section 15, Part A is "No.")

        The survivor annuity portion of the Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be
        a percentage equal to ________% (at least 50% but no more than 100%) of
        the amount paid to the Participant prior to his or her death.

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                                                         Page 13


                            SECTION 16. OTHER OPTIONS
            Answer "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions
                        by checking the appropriate box.
  If a box is not checked for a question, the answer will be deemed to be "No."

A.   Loans: Will loans to Participants pursuant to
     Section 6.08 of the Plan be permitted?              [ ] Yes [ ] No

B.   Insurance: Will the Plan allow for the investment
     in insurance policies pursuant to Section 5.13 of
     the Plan?                                           [ ] Yes [ ] No

C.   Employer Securities: Will the Plan allow for the
     investment in qualifying Employer securities or
     qualifying Employer real property?                  [ ] Yes [ ] No

D.   Rollover Contributions: Will Employees be
     permitted to make rollover contributions to the
     Plan pursuant to Section 3.03 of the Plan?          [ ] Yes  [ ] No
                                                         [ ] Yes, but only after
                                                             becoming a
                                                             Participant.

E.   Transfer Contributions: Will Employees be
     permitted to make transfer contributions to the
     Plan pursuant to Section 3.04 of the Plan?          [ ] Yes  [ ] No
                                                         [ ] Yes, but only after
                                                             becoming a
                                                             Participant.

F.   Nondeductible Employee Contributions: Will
     Employees be permitted to make Nondeductible
     Employee Contributions pursuant to Section 11.305
     of the Plan?                                        [ ] Yes  [ ] No
     Check here if such contributions
     will be mandatory. [ ]

G.   Will Participants be permitted to direct the
     investment of their Plan assets pursuant to
     Section 5.14 of the Plan?                           [ ] Yes  [ ] No

                     SECTION 17. LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS
                               More Than One Plan

If you maintain or ever maintained another qualified plan in which any
Participant in this Plan is (or was) a Participant or could become a
Participant, you must complete this section. You must also complete this section
if you maintain a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the
Code, or an individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the
Code, under which amounts are treated as annual additions with respect to any
Participant in this Plan.

Part A. Individually Designed Defined Contribution Plan:

If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined contribution plan
maintained by the Employer, other than a master or prototype plan:

        1. [ ] The provisions of Section 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(B)(6) of the
               Plan will apply as if the other plan were a master or prototype
               plan.

        2. [ ] Other method. (Provide the method under which the plans will
               limit total annual additions to the maximum permissible amount,
               and will properly reduce any excess amounts, in a manner that
               precludes Employer discretion.)
               _________________________________________________________________

               _________________________________________________________________

               _________________________________________________________________

Part B. Defined Benefit Plan:

        If the Participant is or has ever been a participant in a defined
        benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the Employer will provide below
        the language which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation of Section 415(e) of
        the Code.

        1. [ ] If the projected annual addition to this Plan to the account
               of a Participant for any limitation year would cause the 1.0
               limitation of Section 415(e) of the Code to be exceeded, the
               annual benefit of the defined benefit plan for such limitation
               year shall be reduced so that the 1.0 limitation shall be
               satisfied.

               If it is not possible to reduce the annual benefit of the defined
               benefit plan and the projected annual addition to this Plan to
               the account of a Participant for a limitation year would cause
               the 1.0 limitation to be exceeded, the Employer shall reduce the
               Employer Contribution which is to be allocated to this Plan on
               behalf of such Participant so that the 1.0 limitation will be
               satisfied. (The provisions of Section 415(e) of the Code are
               incorporated herein by reference under the authority of Section
               1106(h) of the Tax Reform Act of 1986.)

        2. [ ] Other method. (Provide language describing another method.
               Such language must preclude Employer discretion.)
               _________________________________________________________________
               _________________________________________________________________
               _________________________________________________________________

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                                                         Page 14


                         SECTION 18. TOP-HEAVY MINIMUM
                             Complete Parts A and B

Part A. Minimum Allocation or Benefit:

        For any Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan,
        any minimum allocation required pursuant to Section 3.01(E) of the Plan
        shall be made (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] To this Plan.

        Option 2: [ ] To the following other plan maintained by the
                      Employer (Specify name and plan number of plan)
                      __________________________________________________________
                      __________________________________________________________

        Option 3: [ ] In accordance with the method described on an
                      attachment to this Adoption Agreement. (Attach language
                      describing the method that will be used to satisfy Section
                      416 of the Code. Such method must preclude Employer
                      discretion.)

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

Part B. Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule:

        Pursuant to Section 6.01(C) of the Plan, the vesting schedule that will
        apply when this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan (unless the Plan's regular
        vesting schedule provides for more rapid vesting) shall be (Choose one):

        Option 1: [ ] 6 Year Graded.

        Option 2: [ ] 3 Year Cliff.

        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

                         SECTION 19. PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

Name of Prototype Sponsor ______________________________________________________

Address ________________________________________________________________________

Telephone Number _______________________________________________________________

Permissible Investments

The assets of the Plan shall be invested only in those investments described
below (To be completed by the Prototype Sponsor):
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

                        SECTION 20. TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN

Option A:   [ ] Financial Organization as Trustee or Custodian

Check One:  [ ] Custodian,  [ ] Trustee without full trust powers, or
            [ ] Trustee with full trust powers

Financial Organization _________________________________________________________

Signature ______________________________________________________________________

Type Name ______________________________________________________________________

Collective or Commingled Funds

List any collective or commingled funds maintained by the financial organization
Trustee in which assets of the Plan may be invested (Complete if applicable).
________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

Option B: [ ] Individual Trustee(s)

Signature ___________________________    Signature _____________________________

Type Name ___________________________    Type Name _____________________________

Signature ___________________________    Signature _____________________________

Type Name ___________________________    Type Name _____________________________

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                                                         Page 15


                              SECTION 21. RELIANCE

The Employer may not rely on an opinion letter issued by the National Office of
the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that the Plan is qualified under
Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. In order to obtain reliance with
respect to plan qualification, the Employer must apply to the appropriate Key
District office for a determination letter.

This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with Basic Plan Document
No. 04.

                         SECTION 22. EMPLOYER SIGNATURE
                     Important: Please read before signing

I am an authorized representative of the Employer named above and I state the
following:

1.   I acknowledge that I have relied upon my own advisors regarding the
     completion of this Adoption Agreement and the legal tax implications of
     adopting this Plan.

2.   I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption Agreement
     may result in disqualification of the Plan.

3.   I understand that the Prototype Sponsor will inform me of any amendments
     made to the Plan and will notify me should it discontinue or abandon the
     Plan.

4.   I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and the corresponding
     Basic Plan Document.

Signature for Employer _________________________ Date Signed ___________________

Type Name ______________________________________ Title _________________________

                           'c' 1996 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401

<PAGE>




<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                  6
<MULTIPLIER>               1000
       
<S>                                          <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1997
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                        2,560,513
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                       3,417,864
<RECEIVABLES>                                   12,917
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                  34,056
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                                 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               3,464,837
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                        31,701
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                        3,683
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                             35,384
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                 37,637
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                     2,339,618
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                          105,797
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                           96,837
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                         (340)
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                        195,204
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                       857,334
<NET-ASSETS>                                 3,429,453
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                               65,021
<INTEREST-INCOME>                               13,209
<OTHER-INCOME>                                      72
<EXPENSES-NET>                                 (19,518)
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                         58,784
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                       456,754
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                      201,339
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                          716,877
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                      (60,486)
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                      (338,654)
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                          1,154
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                     (1,865)
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                              9,671
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                         556,790
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                          1,362
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                       77,104
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                           13,152
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                 19,518
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                         3,267,384
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                            29.28
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                    .60
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                           6.25
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                              (.62)
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                        (3.45)
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                              32.06
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                    .60
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        
                                                



<PAGE>





<PAGE>




                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of TRI-CONTINENTAL
CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation, which proposes to file with the Securities
and Exchange Commission an Amendment to Registration Statement on Form N-1A and
further amendments thereto, as necessary, under the Securities Act of 1933 and
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, hereby constitutes and appoints
William C. Morris and Brian T. Zino, and each of them individually, his
attorneys-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution,
for in his name and stead, in his capacity as such director, to sign and file
such Amendment to Registration Statement or further amendments thereto, and any
and all applications or other documents to be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission pertaining thereto, with full power and authority to do and
perform all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done on the premises.

Executed this 1st day of April, 1998.


                                                 /s/ Richard R. Schmaltz  (L.S.)
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                     Richard R. Schmaltz


<PAGE>




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission